Monthly Archives: October 2022

Madrid Winter Weather, Average Temperature (Spain)

The Best Places to Visit in Spain in Winter

If you are looking for some winter sun in Europe, Spain is one of the best destinations to escape from the cold. However, Spain in the winter months is not just about beaches and sunshine – some of the best places to visit in Spain in winter are just as cold as elsewhere in Europe but visiting in the off-season means you will get a unique Spanish experience. With the help of some of my fellow travel bloggers, I’ve put together this guide for the best places to visit in Spain in winter, with lots of tips and advice about enjoying Spain in December and January.

This site contains affiliate links. If you click through the links on this page and make a purchase, I may earn a small commission. As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases. Thank you for supporting Tales of a Backpacker.[Learn more]

Contents

Weather in Spain in Winter

Winter in Spain is generally mild, although there are several different climates across the country. Temperatures tend to vary between 5°C to 14°C, but along the coast, high humidity can make it feel colder, and in higher altitude areas temperatures will be lower. Snow in coastal areas and on the Spanish Islands is rare, but inland it is more common, especially in the mountains where skiing is a popular winter activity.

When you are planning where to visit in Spain in winter, bear in mind that a lot of apartments in Spain are woefully prepared for the cold weather. My apartment in Barcelona didn’t have heating so I spent a lot of time snuggled up in my duvet with a hot water bottle and fan heater! However, most hotels will be heated, but check carefully before you book accommodation in Spain to make sure you will be warm enough. 

Alhambra in Granada – Visiting Spain in Winter

Winter in Spanish Beach Resorts

The south coast of Spain is in places just a few kilometres from the north coast of Africa, so it is warmer than the north, but still not boiling hot! On some days you may be able to enjoy walking around in short sleeves but you’re unlikely to be on the beach in your bikini. 

The exception to this is the Canary Islands, off the Moroccan coast. I remember going to Gran Canaria in February when I was a child and it was ridiculously hot, up to 40°C some days. However, the weather is changeable, and it certainly wasn’t that warm when I returned to the Canaries a couple of years ago to go surfing. It rained and it was cold! 

Before you book a trip to the Spanish coast in winter, check what facilities will be open and available to you. Some resorts close down in the winter, and you might find that many of the bars and restaurants that are open during the summer have closed their doors for the quieter winter season. That said, if you come to enjoy the beautiful scenery it shouldn’t matter if a few places are closed up.

Want More Winter Travel Inspiration?

Check out these blog posts for your European winter vacation inspiration!

Winter in Inland Spain

Before you start thinking that Spain is all about winter sun, don’t forget that there are several places in Spain where the weather is just as cold as the rest of Europe – or close to it! There are mountain ranges in Spain, perfect for skiing or other winter sports, and if the weather turns then some places get dreadfully cold. 

However, visiting inland cities in Spain during the winter, you will enjoy the streets without hoards of tourists and be able to spend your time in cosy restaurants and bars without sweating like you would in summer!

Toledo in Winter

Things to do in Spain in Winter

Of course, this varies depending on where you decide to go in Spain during the winter, but here are a few suggestions for the best things to do in December and January in Spain:

Christmas Celebrations in Spain

As a traditionally catholic country, Christmas is a big deal in Spain. Although not as famous perhaps as northern European destinations, Christmas markets in Spain are popular with locals and tourists alike. In the markets, you can find all sorts of decorations such as handmade nativity scenes, tree decorations and some unique items such as caganers in Catalan Christmas markets in Barcelona. 

Christmas lights pop up everywhere to brighten up the long dark nights. Christmas celebrations continue in January when the Three Kings arrive on 5^th January to deliver presents. Then you will often find parades when “Los Reyes” bring sweets and gifts for the children as they travel through the streets.

Christmas Decorations in Placa Catalunya Barcelona

Enjoy Some Winter Sun

Although you shouldn’t expect to be hitting the beach in your bikini every day, there is a high chance of lovely weather in southern Spain and the Canary Islands. Even if it isn’t hot enough for sunbathing, walking around in jeans and short sleeves is better than being bundled up in coats and woolly hats like you would be at home! 

Winter Sports in Spain

Skiing in Spain might not be at the top of your list, but ski resorts such as those in the Sierra Nevada near Granada in the south and in the Pyrenees in the north are great places to ski in the winter. If you don’t fancy spending your whole trip in the snowy mountains, a day trip from the Costa del Sol to the Sierra Nevada is easy to arrange, so you could be skiing during the day and sipping sangria by the sea at night! 

Skiing in Spain also tends to be cheaper than most other European ski destinations like France, Austria and Switzerland, so you know you can get a great deal here. And it’s not just skiing that you can do in Spain in winter, but snowboarding, snowshoeing, sledding, skidoo driving and a whole host of other snowy fun to enjoy!

Skiing in Spain in Winter

Sight-seeing Without the Crowds

Many destinations in Spain suffer from over-crowding in the summer months but come winter they are blissfully quiet. Visiting top attractions such as the Sagrada Familia in Barcelona or the Alhambra in Granada is much nicer without queuing for hours or barging your way through hundreds of other people. Although some places with gardens or outdoor areas might be prettier in spring or summer when the flowers are blooming, you can still enjoy being here in relative peace and quiet.

Travel Safely

• Leave valuables at home and don’t keep all your money and credit cards in one place.  I love hidden pocket clothing like this travel scarf for stashing my cash and passport or a belt with a hidden pocket.  Read more about how to hide money while travelling.
• Bring a water bottle with a built-in filter so you can safely drink water from any fresh water source while saving money and reducing plastic use.
• Don’t forget travel insurance!  Check out World Nomads or SafetyWing, both of which include some cover for costs related to COVID.  Alternatively, use a comparison site like Travel Insurance Master to find the best cover for you.

Eat Delicious Spanish Food

Spanish food is some of the best in the world, and you can enjoy delicious dishes in Spain all year round. Depending on the weather, in many places, you can still sit outside to enjoy some tapas and a glass of wine or beer on the terrace, or if it is too cold or rainy then there are plenty of cosy taverns to settle into.  

Traditional Spanish dishes such as paella are comforting and warming on cold days, and you can also find rich hearty dishes like goat stew in the Canary Islands. Winter specialities like turron are only found in December, and this sweet treat similar to nougat is not to be missed. And there is nothing better than a steaming cup of thick hot chocolate and crisp sugar-covered churros to keep you warm in the winter! 

Winter is also the perfect time to take part in a cooking class in Spain, so you can learn how to make your own Spanish dishes once you get back home.

Hot Chocolate and Churros – Delicious and Warming Winter Food

The Best Places to Visit in Spain in Winter

Barcelona

I adore Barcelona, and for me, there is no better city to spend the winter. Barcelona in winter is chilly, but a damn sight warmer (and drier) than the UK. Christmas celebrations will be in full swing from the start of December, with Christmas markets popping up around the Sagrada Familia and the square in front of the Gothic Cathedral, among others.  

The streets are quieter than usual, and although Barcelona has a steady stream of tourists all year, you won’t have the deluge of visitors as you do in the summer. The weather is often bright and clear, if cool, and enjoying a stroll along the beach is a fabulous way to pass the time.

On damp days Barcelona has some incredible museums to explore, from learning about art at the Picasso Museum, the National Museum of Catalan Art (MNAC), or the Modern Art Museum (MACBA), to seeing the history beneath the streets at the Barcelona History Museum (MUHBA) and many more.

If you are on a budget there are plenty of free things to do in Barcelona throughout the year, from exploring Gaudi’s magnificent architecture to wandering the narrow streets of the Gothic Quarter. If you have some money to spend on special experiences, some of the best things to do in Barcelona in the winter include:

• A tour of Camp Nou and Visiting the FC Barcelona Museum
• Park Guell Guided Tour & Skip the Line Access
• Sagrada Familia Tour with Tower Access
• Paella Cooking Experience & Boqueria Market Tour
• Watching a Flamenco Show

FIND OTHER ACTIVITIES IN BARCELONA

You can also read more about Barcelona on my dedicated site Why Visit Barcelona

Where to Stay in Barcelona

Use Hostelworld to find the best prices for hostels in Barcelona. Take a look at these recommended hostels:

• Yeah Hostel Barcelona
• TOC Hostel Barcelona
• Fabrizzio’s Petit Hostel

For hotels in Barcelona, check out Booking.com or Hotels.com for the best deals. Recommended hotels include:

• Chic & Basic Lemon Boutique Hotel
• Hotel Casa Camper
• h20 Madison
• Serras Barcelona 

FIND ACCOMMODATION IN BARCELONA

The Streets of Barcelona in Winter

Madrid 

Madrid is a great destination to travel to in winter for so many reasons. 

In the height of summer, Madrid is boiling hot, with many locals escaping to cooler climes elsewhere but tourists arriving in their droves. By contrast, winter is a much nicer time to put on your walking shoes and see the best of the Spanish capital. 

Madrid is a museum-lover’s haven thanks to the number of stellar galleries and museums dotted around the city. Many of the city’s biggest draws, like the Prado Museum, Thyssen-Bornemisza and the Reina Sofia are no less fabulous but are much quieter during the winter months. Instead of battling the crowds, you can browse at your leisure – seizing the opportunity to see world-famous works like Picasso’s Guernica in relative quiet. 

You might not think of winter as a great time to scope out a rooftop bar or two but thanks to Madrid’s relatively mild climate, you can still hop up to the top of bars like the Circulo de Bellas Artes to grab some beautiful views of the city – again without the heaving crowds of the summer months. 

Food-wise, Madrid is straight-up fabulous and that doesn’t change in the winter months. Bag a table at cool spots like Bar Cerveriz (their Spanish tortilla is divine) and La Sanabresa and feast on the vibrant flavours of Madrileno cuisine. 

Add to that the usual draws of travelling during the low-season (cheaper accommodation, no need to book tickets for attractions in advance and fewer crowds to name a few) and the fun of Christmas Markets and intricate Nativity displays around the city in December I’d highly recommend a winter trip to Madrid.  

By Julianna from The Discoveries Of

Check out these cool things to do in Madrid in the winter:

• Wine and Tapas Walking Tour
• Skip the Line Prado Museum Guided Tour
• Live Flamenco Show
• Day Trip to Toledo

Find other activities in Madrid

Where to Stay in Madrid

Use Hostelworld to find the best prices for hostels in Madrid. Take a look at these recommended hostels:

• The Hat Madrid
• OK Hostel Madrid
• Sungate One

For hotels in Madrid, check out Booking.com or Hotels.com for the best deals. Highly-rated hotels include:

• Hotel Liabeny
• Hotel Catalonia Puerta del Sol
• Pestana Plaza Mayor Madrid

FIND ACCOMMODATION IN Madrid

Madrid’s Royal Palace in Winter | Julianna at The Discoveries Of

The Canary Islands

The Canary Islands are the most southern part of Spain, and the group of islands off the Moroccan coast is the best place to visit if you want some winter sun in Spain. However, good weather isn’t guaranteed, so check the forecast before you pack your bags. 

I went surfing in Fuerteventura in winter, and the weather was chilly with a strong wind, but that was unusual for the season – it is often warm enough to enjoy the beach, with an average winter temperature of around 20°C.

Watersports are popular in the Canary Islands at any time of year, but windy weather makes ideal conditions for surfing, wind surfing, and kite surfing. Under the water, the Canaries are also excellent for diving. With milder weather than in the summer, it’s a great time for more active adventures such as climbing volcanoes in Teide National Park on Tenerife. 

Each of the islands in the Canaries offers something slightly different, so check flights to help you choose your destination. You can get some cheap deals on Skyscanner, and accommodation will be cheaper than in the peak summer season too, although some resorts and hotels may close for the winter season.

Check out these cool things to do in the Canary Islands in the winter:

• Tenerife: Teide National Park Stargazing Experience
• Lanzarote: Guided Volcano Buggy Tour
• Fuerteventura: Lobos Island Ferry & Entry Ticket
• Gran Canaria: Camel Ride in the Dunes of Maspalomas

Find other activities in the Canaries

Where to Stay in the Canary Islands

Use Hostelworld to find the best prices for hostels in the Canary Islands. Take a look at these recommended hostels:

• Gran Canaria: Casa Calma Yoga Guesthouse
• Fuerteventura: Surfers Retreat
• Tenerife: La Tortuga Hostel

For hotels in the Canary Islands, check out Booking.com or Hotels.com for the best deals. 

FIND ACCOMMODATION IN the CANARIES

Sunny Days in Fuerteventura in February

Malaga

If you’re on the hunt for the perfect city in which to spend winter in Spain, then you absolutely cannot go wrong with the lovely coastal city of Málaga. Situated in the Costa del Sol region of Andalucía in the south of Spain, Málaga boasts perennially beautiful weather and abundant sunshine even when the rest of Europe is in the depths of a cold, dark winter.

Though Málaga is known to be a tourist destination packed with crowds, it is easy enough to venture a bit off the beaten path and see a more local side of the city. Also, if you visit Malaga in the winter, you have the added benefit of fewer tourist crowds, to begin with!

Some of the top attractions in Málaga include the Alcazaba complex, the Picasso Museum, the Málaga Cathedral, and the Museo de Vino. Though compact, you can easily spend a couple of days in Malaga and not run out of things to do!

Málaga also has an incredible tapas scene, and if you take the time to venture away from the overpriced, tourist-centric restaurants close to the city’s main attractions, you have the potential to find some really special, hole-in-the-wall bars.

If you would rather make yourself a picnic or see where Spaniards buy their food, make sure to head to the Mercado de Atarazanas — the central market hall in Málaga. Here you can find some local delicacies, fresh fruits, and vegetables, and even sit down for a small beer, a glass of wine, and a few snacks before you finish your shop.

All in all, Málaga has a lot to offer visitors, and it is the perfect winter destination in Spain.

By Maggie from The World Was Here First

Check out these cool things to do in Malaga in the winter:

• Self-Guided Scavenger Hunt
• Live Flamenco Show
• Catamaran Sail
• Market and Winery Tour
• Traditional Hammam Bath and Massage

Find other activities in Malaga

Where to Stay in Malaga

Use Hostelworld to find the best prices for hostels in Malaga. Take a look at these recommended hostels:

• TOC Hostel Málaga
• The Lights Hostel
• Málaga Stop Hostel

For hotels in Malaga, check out Booking.com or Hotels.com for the best deals. Highly-rated hotels include:

• Only YOU Hotel Málaga
• Room Mate Valeria
• ICON Malabar

FIND ACCOMMODATION IN MALAGA

Malaga – A Great Place to visit in Spain in Winter | Maggie from The World Was Here First

Córdoba

Looking for a beautiful winter destination in Spain? Consider Córdoba, located in Spain’s southern province of Andalusia, with its stunning architecture, great food scene, and lively vibe.

Winter is a particularly nice time to visit Cordoba, which gets scorchingly hot in the summer. In the winter, though, daytime temperatures are in the low 60s Fahrenheit, perfect for wandering and exploring outdoors. Nights are in the low 40s, so bring a cosy jacket, and you can enjoy the city at night as well!

There are lots of fun things to do in Cordoba, including exploring the world-famous Mezquita, a UNESCO World Heritage site, and taking a mini trip just outside the city to view the ruins of Medina Azahara another UNESCO World Heritage site.

Wandering the picturesque Jewish Quarter and viewing the Roman Bridge, a Game of Thrones location, should also feature on your itinerary for the city. Visit the Alcazar, the Moorish fortress, for great views from the ramparts.

In November and December, visit the lovely Christmas market in Tendillas Square and browse the stalls selling wooden toys and local treats. Enjoy the lights and Nativity Scenes all over the city. On New Year’s Eve, visit Tendillas Square to watch the fireworks and eat the traditional 12 grapes as you count down the clock at midnight.

By Dhara from It’s Not About the Miles

Check out these cool things to do in Córdoba in the winter:

• Guided Tour of the Great Mosque-Cathedral of Córdoba
• Local Wine Tasting Evening
• Guided Visit to Azahara Medina
• Córdoba Bike Tour

Find other activities in Córdoba

Where to Stay in Córdoba

Use Hostelworld to find the best prices for hostels in Córdoba. Take a look at these recommended hostels:

• Patios del Orfebre
• Hostal Almanzor
• Hostal La Fuente
• Hospederia Luis de Gongora

For hotels in Córdoba, check out Booking.com or Hotels.com for the best deals. Highly-rated hotels include:

• Balcón de Córdoba
• Hotel Madinat
• Las Casas de la Judería de Códoba

FIND ACCOMMODATION IN CÓRDOBA

The Alcazar in Cordoba Spain | Dhara from It’s Not About the Miles

Gijón

Almost anyone who is not too familiar with Spain or is – but does not like cold or rain – will tell you that in the coldest season, you should head south of the Iberian Peninsula or the Canary Islands (which enjoy temperatures almost tropical throughout the year).

There will be few who recommend that you go north to experience the strength of the Atlantic Ocean (in Galicia) or that of the Cantabrian Sea. I am talking about this last one today because after living in the north of Spain for many years, I want to recommend you to visit Gijón (Asturias) in winter.

The amount of activities that the city offers to enjoy the outdoors regardless of the weather is very much to take into account. From surfing (when there are big waves) to paragliding (when there is enough wind), going for walks along the coast, and many others, action lovers won’t get bored.

On the other hand, Gijón has a wonderful historical centre, full of restaurants where you can taste the specialties of the region and bars to have a typical cider in the afternoon.
Take a raincoat and good shoes, read this list of awesome things to do in Gijon, and put northern Spain in your winter plans now.

By Inma from A World to Travel

Check out these cool things to do in Gijón in the winter:

• Bike Tour of Gijón
• Day Trip to Taramundi, Mazonovo, and Os Teixois Mills
• Day Trip to Covadonga and Cangas de Onís

Find other activities in Gijón

Where to Stay in Gijón

Use Hostelworld to find the best prices for hostels in Gijón. Take a look at these recommended hostels:

• Gijon Surf Hostel

For hotels in Gijón, check out Booking.com or Hotels.com for the best deals. Highly-rated hotels include:

• El Mirador del Náutico
• El Môderne Hotel
• Santa Catalina Suites Gijón

FIND ACCOMMODATION IN GIJÓN

Gijon – Winter in Spain | Inma from A World to Travel

Zaragoza in Winter

One of my favourite places to visit in the winter in Spain is Zaragoza. Since my husband’s family is from there, we visit the capital of Aragón almost every Christmas.

It might not be the first Spanish city you have in mind when planning your winter vacation, but trust me, it’s absolutely worth a visit. With its perfect location right in between Madrid and Barcelona, it can also be perfectly combined with a trip to those important Spanish cities. 

Unlike many other destinations in Spain, Zaragoza has a much more Christmassy vibe. This is not only due to the much colder weather (sometimes as low as 0°C /32 ° F) but also due to the beautiful Christmas decorations all over the city. Our favourite is the little Christmas market which you can find on Plaza de Pilar. Here you can sip some delicious mulled wine (which in cities like Barcelona is super hard to find) and have some typical Christmas market snacks. 

Another of the great things to do in Zaragoza in winter is joining the locals on their “terraceros.” Even though Zaragoza might be colder than many Spanish cities, the locals love to keep sitting outside in bars and restaurants, enjoying hot meals and coffee. One yummy treat you should definitely not miss is the mouth-watering fresh churros con chocolate which might not be native to the city but still has a long tradition, especially if you visit around Christmas time.

By Vicki from Vicki Viaja

Check out these cool things to do in Zaragoza in the winter:

• Private Tour with a Local Guide
• Scavenger Hunt and Self-Guided Walking Tour
• Visit Belchite with Olive Oil Tour
• Evening Tapas Walking Tour in Old Town

Find other activities in Zaragoza

Where to Stay in Zaragoza

Use Hostelworld to find the best prices for hostels in Zaragoza. Take a look at these recommended hostels:

• Hotel Avenida Zaragoza
• The Botanic Hostel

For hotels in Zaragoza, check out Booking.com or Hotels.com for the best deals. Highly-rated hotels include:

• Catalonia El Pilar
• Innside by Melia Zaragoza
• Hotel Inca
• Gran Hotel de Zaragoza

FIND ACCOMMODATION IN ZARAGOZA

Zaragoza, Spain | Vicki from Vicki Viaja

Santiago de Compostela

Santiago of Compostela in Galicia is Spain’s most famous pilgrimage destination. Every year millions of pilgrims walk the Camino de Santiago or “Way of Saint James,” leading to the apostle’s shrine in Santiago de Compostela. The Sanctuary holds the remains of the apostle James, which was brought to Galicia in the 9th century.

One of the most interesting things to do in the city is to attend a religious celebration in the Cathedral and witness the blessing of the pilgrims and the swing of the “Botafumeiro. ” A massive censer swings through the huge cathedral suspended from the roof of the Cathedral and at the end of the ceremony.

Besides the Shire of Saint James, the city has a beautiful medieval centre with cobbled streets, old buildings, and some impressive monuments that have been very well preserved. Santiago’s old town is a UNESCO heritage site since 1985.

We feel that there is something fascinating about roaming the old town and watching the pilgrims arrive, tired and inspired after doing the Saint James way, especially in winter when there are fewer people, and the whole ceremony feels more authentic and traditional. Old medieval Spanish towns combine well with winter. At the end of the cold and rainy day, you must simply enjoy a hot and hearty “Caldo Gallego.”

By Claudia from Travel Drafts

Check out these cool things to do in Santiago de Compostela in the winter:

• Gastronomic Night Tour of Santiago de Dompostela
• Day Trip to Visit Old Galician Villages Famous for Wine
• Pilgrim For a Day – Hiking in Santiago de Compostela

Find other activities in Santiago de Compostela

Where to Stay in Santiago de Compostela

Use Hostelworld to find the best prices for hostels in Santiago de Compostela. Take a look at this recommended hostel:

• Nest Style Santiago

For hotels in Santiago de Compostela, check out Booking.com or Hotels.com for the best deals. Highly-rated hotels include:

• Parador de Santiago – Hostal Reis Catolicos
• Hotel Miradoiro de Belvís
• Hotel Montes
• Hotel Palacio del Carmen

FIND ACCOMMODATION IN SANTIAGO DE COMPOSTELA

Santiago de Compostela – where to go in Spain in Winter | Claudia from Travel Drafts

Almeria

Almeria lies on the southern coast of Andalucia. It has a small airport and a train station but is most easily reached by bus from nearby cities. For sightseeing, the main attraction is the alcazar on top of the hill with views of the city. It has both Moorish and Christian sections, and it’s free to enter. You just have to walk up the steep hill. Nearby is the nature preserve of Cabo de Gato with hiking trails and other natural sights.

This is all pretty standard for an old town in southern Spain. But the reason you should visit Almeria in the winter is the tomatoes. More specifically, Raf tomatoes. They don’t look like your standard garden variety tomatoes. They are greenish even when perfectly ripe, ridged instead of smooth, and really almost ugly. Despite this, they are sweet and delicious. Winter is when they are ripe, and Almeria is the centre of their area.

In the winter, Raf tomatoes feature on many menus. Often the dish comes with onions and olives, sometimes with tuna, but the simplest form is just the tasty tomatoes with oil and salt on a plate. Plenty of tapas bars in the old town are scattered between the cathedral and the town hall square, or just head to the covered market and buy fresh ones. Almeria was also the Spanish capital of Gastronomy for 2019, so there’s more tasty food to try alongside your tomatoes as you enjoy the sun in the winter.

By Ali from Travel Made Simple

Check out these cool things to do in Almeria in the winter:

• Horse Riding Tour Through the Tabernas Desert
• Legends and Mysteries Evening Walking Tour
• Day Trip to Alhambra and Granada
• Kayaking and Swimming Excursion

Find other activities in Almeria

Where to Stay in Almeria

Use Hostelworld to find the best prices for hostels in Almeria. Take a look at this recommended hostel:

• Hotel La Perla

For hotels in Almeria, check out Booking.com or Hotels.com for the best deals. Highly-rated hotels include:

• Catedral Almería
• Torreluz Centro
• Nuevo Torreluz
• AC Hotel Almería by Marriot

FIND ACCOMMODATION IN ALMERIA

Spain in winter – Almeria Alcazar | Ali from Travel Made Simple

Granada

With a rich history dating back more than 2,500 years, Granada is a fascinating place to visit. Its biggest claim to fame is the Alhambra, which began as a 9th-century fortress but is most famous for its 14th-century incarnation as the palace of the Muslim Nasrid rulers of Granada.

This is actually the most visited attraction in all of Spain, which means that Granada can get unbearably overcrowded in the high season. By visiting in the winter, you will avoid the worst of the crowds, but you do still need to book in advance your Alhambra tickets well in advance, as they sell out quickly.

In addition to fewer crowds, another advantage of going in winter is that there will be snow on the Sierra Nevada mountains south of the city. For photographers, this is great for when you’re snapping that classic shot of the Alhambra with the mountains in the background. You could even make a day trip to the Sierra Nevada to go skiing, as it’s only about 30 kilometres away.

High temperatures in the winter are a comfortable 12 to 14 degrees Celsius. It does get quite chilly at night, though, so be sure to bring a good jacket. If you need to warm up, head to one of Granada’s many bars for a glass of red wine or a shot of the local artisanal rum, Pálido Montero. Unlike in other parts of Spain where tapas are paid for separately, here you’ll always receive a free tapa with every drink.

By Wendy from The Nomadic Vegan

Check out these cool things to do in Granada in the winter:

• Skip the Line Ticket for Alhambra
• Flamenco Show at Cuevas Los Tarantos
• Sunset Walking Tour in Albaicín and Sacromonte

Find other activities in Granada

Where to Stay in Granada

Use Hostelworld to find the best prices for hostels in Granada. Take a look at this recommended hostel:

• Barbieri Granada
• Casa Bombo
• ECO Hostel
• Toc Hostel Granada

For hotels in Granada, check out Booking.com or Hotels.com for the best deals. Highly-rated hotels include:

• Eurostars Puerta Real
• Áurea Catedral by Eurostars Hotel Company
• Sercotel Granada Suites
• Shine Albayzín

FIND ACCOMMODATION IN GRANADA

Alhambra Granada – Where to visit in Winter in Spain | Wendy from The Nomadic Vegan

Valencia

The beauty of visiting Valencia in Winter is that temperatures are mild, and crowds are few and far apart. Although December, January, and February are the coldest months, temperatures average around 17 degrees Celsius throughout the day. Despite being the City of Arts and Science, Valencia completely transforms into a Christmas town at the start of winter.

Valencia’s main square boasts four ice skating rinks with an equipment hire option for spontaneous fun. At this time of year, the streets are lined with meticulously decorated Belenes or nativity scenes, as well as an array of stalls, craft workshops, and food markets, making for the perfect place to find a souvenir.

From the start of December, the town is elaborately decorated with fairy lights, and churches hold Christmas concerts. The renowned carols at Palau de la Musica are not to be missed. There is also no shortage of sweet treats, and a cup of traditional hot chocolate and some churros are an absolute must. Witness the Reyes Magos de Oriente, or the Parade of the Three Kings of Orient, which is a re-enactment of the Biblical tale of the Three Wise Men that takes place on 5 January each year.

After Christmas festivities have ended, be sure to explore the mazed streets which comprise the heart of the city. Visit La Llotja de la Seda, the former Silk Exchange dating back to the 1500s, and support artisan shops and markets, while taking in the amazing architecture of the City Hall, a major landmark.

By Chrysoula from Travel Passionate

Check out these cool things to do in Valencia in the winter:

• Catamaran Cruise with Swim Stop
• Guided Bike Tour of Valencia
• Flamenco Show with Dinner at La Buleria

Find other activities in Valencia

Where to Stay in Valencia

Use Hostelworld to find the best prices for hostels in Valencia. Take a look at this recommended hostel:

• Cantagua Hostel
• The River Hostel
• The Venue Hostel

For hotels in Valencia, check out Booking.com or Hotels.com for the best deals. Highly-rated hotels include:

• Palacio Vallier 5*
• Hotel 19-30 Valencia
• Marqués House Hotel Sup
• Only YOU Hotel Valencia

FIND ACCOMMODATION IN VALENCIA

Valencia in Winter | Chrysoula from Travel Passionate

Alicante

Alicante in winter is a perfect getaway to escape the cold. While it normally is too cold for nice beach days, it is still warmer than in many other European cities and thus perfect for some relaxed sightseeing.  

And the best thing about visiting Alicante in the winter is that you don’t have crowds and can explore the city almost by yourself.

Though Alicante has some Christmas Markets, you cannot compare them to markets in Central Europe like Germany or Switzerland. However, it is great to visit in any of the winter months.

So, what to do if you can’t spend your day swimming in the Mediterranean Sea? Don’t worry, there are many activities even in the winter months. Do a short walk and get up to Santa Barbara Castle to enjoy beautiful views and learn about Alicante´s history. Stroll one of the most beautiful promenades in the country – the Esplanade of Spain.

The promenade is pleasantly lively and yet not busy at that time of the year – perfect for enjoying nice walks before resting at Canalejas Park.

And another good news: Alicante is quite affordable compared to other top destinations in Spain – especially in the winter months. You can also take a few day trips from Alicante to explore some of the pretty towns and villages. Even in the cold months, exploring the cities and strolling along Costa Blanca is fun.

By Arzo from Arzo Travels

Check out these cool things to do in Alicante in the winter:

• Food and Tapas Tour
• Wine Tasting Tour
• Canelobre Caves Tour
• Seven Secrets of Alicante Discovery Tour

Find other activities in Alicante

Where to Stay in Alicante

Use Hostelworld to find the best prices for hostels in Alicante. Take a look at this recommended hostel:

• B&B La Milagrosa
• La Lonja
• Old Town Alicante

For hotels in Alicante, check out Booking.com or Hotels.com for the best deals. Highly-rated hotels include:

• S30 Reina Victoria
• Alicante Center Apart
• Casa Alberola Alicante
• Reina Victoria Prado Sastre

FIND ACCOMMODATION IN ALICANTE

Alicante in Winter | Arzo from Arzo Travels

Seville

Seville (or Sevilla in Spanish) is in the Andalucia region of southern Spain and is the warmest city in continental Europe. In the summer, you can expect daily highs of 97 °F (36 °C). With those temperatures, it’s not surprising that you might prefer to visit Seville in the winter. During the wintertime, the weather in Seville is still pleasant (it rarely drops below 50 °F (10 °C), the streets are quieter and it’s the perfect time to see everything that Seville has to offer.

Most of Seville’s attractions are outside, so getting the weather right for your visit is everything. Top of your list should be Seville Cathedral and the amazing rooftop tour, which takes you up secret staircases and out onto the cathedral roof for fabulous views of the city.

For a more modern take on rooftop adventures, head to the Metropol Parasol, the world’s largest wooden structure. Seville locals have nicknamed it the “mushrooms,” and wandering around the undulating paths on top is a great way to spend an hour or so.

Another place in Seville that’s lovely to wander around in winter’s milder temperatures is the Real Alcazar, a complex of palaces and gardens that dates back to the middle ages. It may not be the best time to see flowers in the gardens, but they’re still gorgeous, and visitor numbers are far lower in the winter.

By Helen from Helen on her Holidays

Check out these cool things to do in Seville in the winter:

• Skip-the-Line Ticket to Seville Cathedral
• Casa de le Memoria Flamenco Show
• Guided Tour of Cathedral, Giralda and Alcazar

Find other activities in Seville

Where to Stay in Seville

Use Hostelworld to find the best prices for hostels in Seville. Take a look at this recommended hostel:

• Hostel One Catedral
• La Flamenka Hostel
• Pension Montorena

For hotels in Seville, check out Booking.com or Hotels.com for the best deals. Highly-rated hotels include:

• Hotel Gravina 51
• Hotel Casa Del Poeta
• Palacio Mármoles

FIND ACCOMMODATION IN SEVILLE

Real Alcazar in Sevilla – Spain in Winter | Helen from Helen on her Holidays

San Sebastian

San Sebastian, Spain, is one of the most overlooked and underrated coastal cities in the country. It was by accident that I stumbled through here 10 years prior en route to New Year’s Eve by car in France. But that trip would forever change how I viewed the region of Donostia; now 4 times back there, I absolutely cannot get enough, and winter is the perfect time to visit!

When the crowds are relaxed and the temperature is in the middle is where you’ll find yourselves diving into some of the best pintxos in the world. In this Basque city of 186,000, you’ll find yourselves among 3 of 5 three-star Michelin restaurants in Spain and 16 Michelin stars total in San Sebastian…Making it the most stars per sq capita in the world!

If that wasn’t enough, it’s in the mid-’50s during the day and mid-’40’s at night, with the occasional sea breeze bringing in warmer temperatures. It’s easy to find yourself walking along the beach, looking out into the Bay of La Cancha, and stopping into one of the exquisite cafes to watch the sunset. This winter or next, be sure to pay a visit to this little slice of heaven in the Basque Country of northwest Spain!

By Jim from The Executive Thrillseeker

Check out these cool things to do in San Sebastian in the winter:

• Pintxos and Wine Evening Tour
• Small Group Bike Tour of San Sebastian
• Txakoli Winery Visit

Find other activities in San Sebastian

Where to Stay in San Sebastian

Use Hostelworld to find the best prices for hostels in San Sebastian. Take a look at this recommended hostel:

• Pension Txingurri
• Koisi Hostel
• Downtown River Hostel

For hotels in San Sebastian, check out Booking.com or Hotels.com for the best deals. Highly-rated hotels include:

• Zenit Convento San Martin
• Hotel Arbaso
• Lasala Plaza Hotel

FIND ACCOMMODATION IN SAN SEBASTIAN

San Sebastian is a wonderful Spanish Winter Destination | Jim from The Executive Thrillseeker

Where would you like to spend the winter in Spain? There are so many wonderful destinations in Spain to enjoy all year round, so let me know what you would choose.

Don’t Forget Travel Insurance

• Make sure you have travel insurance to cover your belongings in case anything gets lost or stolen, as well as cover for injury or illness while you’re away.  Check out World Nomads or SafetyWing, both of which include some cover for costs related to COVID too.  Alternatively, use a comparison site like Travel Insurance Master to find the best cover for you.

Want More Spain travel tips?

Check out these blog posts for your Spain vacation inspiration or browse all of my Spain blog posts.

Like this post? Pin it to read later:

The best things to do in winter in Seville, Spain – On the Luce travel blog

Swap snow for sunshine on a Spanish city break this winter – discover the best things to do in winter in Seville, from spectacular architecture and festive celebrations to flamenco shows and delicious tapas.

* This site contains affiliate links, where I get a small commission from purchases at no extra cost to you.

Streets lined with orange trees, tapas bars hung with hams, horse-drawn carriages, flamenco dancers and a bull ring – Seville’s got everything you’d expect from Spain, wrapped up in a beautiful package. The city’s mix of Roman, Christian and Muslim architectural influences make it a joy to explore, and winter is one of the best times to visit.

In summer you’d be dodging crowds and sweltering in 40 degrees. But in winter you avoid the queues at the city’s main sites and the warm sunny days are perfect for exploring. Unlike much of Europe you can still sit outside a pavement café even in December, making it a great winter city break. So here are the best things to do in winter in Seville.

The best things to do in winter in Seville

Seville’s 15th century cathedral

Visit the Cathedral

Seville’s cathedral is the third largest church in the world, built in the 15th century to demonstrate the city’s wealth with 80 chapels, a 42-metre-high nave, lashing of gilt and an altarpiece carving that took one craftsman his entire life to finish. The cathedral’s most famous resident is Christopher Columbus, whose remains came to rest here after a posthumous round-the-world trip via the Dominican Republic and Havana.

Impressive as it is, even the huge cathedral is dwarfed by the Giralda, the bell tower which rises up above it. But if you look closely it doesn’t quite match the rest of the cathedral. It was originally the minaret from a mosque which was built when the city was under Muslim rule, and is modelled on the Koutoubia Mosque in Marrakech.

Interior details and the Giralda bell tower

The mosque was destroyed in an earthquake after Seville was recaptured by the Christians, but the tower was still standing so the new cathedral was built around it. You can climb to the top for panoramic views over Seville – with no steps involved. Instead there’s a ramp which twists and turns up 90 metres, built so the muezzin could ride up on horseback.

From the top of the Giralda you can look down on the rows of orange trees in the cathedral’s Court of Oranges below, and out towards Seville landmarks like the Real Alcázar palace, the Plaza de España and the Plaza de Toros (bullring).

The view down to the Court of Oranges and out to the city

Explore the lavish Real Alcázar

Next to the cathedral, the Real Alcázar* is Seville’s most famous building and the city’s answer to Granada’s Alhambra. It started as a fort for the 8th-century governors of Seville and different rulers have added to it since to create a unique combination of Moorish, Gothic, Renaissance and Baroque styles that comes together beautifully.

Among the highlights are the Moroccan-style Courtyard of the Maidens with its arched doorways and intricate carvings, the Gothic Halls of Carlos V which are decorated with tapestries and painted tiles, and the underground Baths of Lady María de Padilla – rainwater tanks where the water is so still you get a mirror-like reflection.

But my favourite part of the palace was its gardens with their towering palm trees. Close to the palace are formal gardens with pools and fountains stretching out into a series of terraces at different levels, with sculptures, hidden grottoes and a maze.

The Alcázar gardens

Enjoy the festivities

If you’re visiting Seville over Christmas period, the city puts on festive events until King’s Day on 6 January. The city centre and main shopping streets are decorated with sparkling lights and there are Christmas concerts, street musicians and parades.

There are also several Christmas markets around the city where you can pick up local gifts. There’s the Feria de Artesanía Creativa by the town hall selling handicrafts from around Andalusia. And the Feria del Belén outside the cathedral with figurines and decorations for traditional Spanish nativity scenes, which you can see around the city.

And if you’re spending New Year’s Eve in Seville, make sure to join the crowds in Plaza Nueva just before midnight to eat grapes. It’s a Spanish tradition to try to eat 12 grapes, one at each stroke of midnight, to give you good luck for the next year.

Christmas markets in Seville

Feast on tapas

Eating and drinking is a social event in Seville, based around tapas bars where you can graze your way around the city. In winter in Seville the city’s tapas bars are cosy spots to spend the evening, with warming local favourites like pork with whiskey, spinach and chickpeas, braised beef cheeks and fried dogfish, all served with crisp, dry sherry.

Some of my favourites spots for tapas in Seville were Ovejas Negras and La Cava Bar on Calle Hernando Colón, and Bar Antiguedades on Calle Argote de Molina. Or you can take a guided tapas tour* of the city, featuring tastings at five tapas bars along the way.

Tapas in Seville

Watch a flamenco show

The passionate art of flamenco originated in Andalusia among the gitano gypsies, and it’s become one of the region’s best-loved art forms. Flamenco is made up of three separate parts – the guitar (guitarra), song (cante) and dance (baile), which come together in an intense emotional performance. Watching a live flamenco show is a must in Seville, and there are usually more performances in winter when it’s not so hot.

If you’re looking for a traditional flamenco show in a small, intimate venue where you can see the performers up close, Casa de la Memoria* is a cultural centre which dates back to the 15th century and hosts exhibitions and nightly performances.

Flamenco dancer in Seville

Be dazzled by the Plaza de España

Even in a city overflowing with spectacular architecture, the Plaza de España is something special. Located in María Luisa Park, it’s made up of a grand sweeping semi-circle of rose-gold stone buildings surrounding a canal with arching bridges and a central fountain.

Although it looks like a historic palace it was actually built in the 1920s for the Ibero-American Exposition World’s Fair. So there are Art Deco touches among the Renaissance and Moorish Revival styles.. And when you get up close you can see that everything from benches to balconies is covered in intricately painted blue and yellow tiles.

The Plaza de España

The Plaza has featured in Lawrence of Arabia and Star Wars’ Attack of the Clones. But inside things are a bit less glamorous and it’s mainly used for government offices. Many Spaniards come to visit the Plaza to see the Alcoves of the Provinces, where each of Spain’s 48 provinces has its own alcove, decorated with maps and paintings of the area.

It’s traditional for Spanish visitors to Seville to get a photo taken in their province’s alcove, and in summer there can be long queues. But in winter it’s much quieter, and at night it’s almost deserted, with the illuminated building beautifully reflected in the water.

The Alcoves of the Provinces

Go modern at the Metropol Parasol

If you thought Seville was all historic architecture, there’s something very different north of the Alcázar. The Metropol Parasol is 26 metres high and 150 metres long, an undulating shape made from criss-crossing lattice forming six parasols. It’s nicknamed the setas – or mushrooms – and was commissioned in 2005 to revitalise Encarnación Square.

Although the Metropol Parasol looks like it’s made of painted metal, it’s actually the world’s largest wooden structure. You can get a closer look from the walkway running around the top. There are no straight lines, just sinuous paths curving up and down. The strange angles mean you can rarely see straight down, so it’s easy to forget how high up you are.

The terrace below is used for concerts and events, and underneath are bars, restaurants and an archaeological museum, as well as a Christmas market in December.

The Metropol Parasol – aka the mushrooms

The details

The weather in winter in Seville

Seville has a Mediterranean climate, and doesn’t really do winter as such – even between December and February the average high temperatures range from 16–20°C (61–68°F), with lows between 6–10°C (42–50°F) at night. The lower temperatures make it an ideal time to get out and explore the city without wilting in the summer heat.

There’s an average of five or six hours of sunshine a day in Seville in winter, so it makes a great destination for a fix of vitamin D. Rainfall is at its highest in November and December, but there are usually only around six to eight days of rain a month.

Sunset over the roof of the Alcazar

How to get to Seville

Seville’s San Pablo international airport has flights to destinations around Spain as well as a few other European cities. The airport is 10km out of the city and is connected by bus EA which takes 35 minutes to reach the Plaza de Armas and costs €4 single/€6 return.

Or if you’re travelling on through Spain by train, Seville’s Santa Justa station has high-speed connections to destinations including Cordoba (50 mins), Malaga (2 hours), Madrid (2.5 hours), Valencia (4 hours) and Barcelona (5.5 hours).

Book your travel to Seville*

Orange trees lining Seville’s wide streets

Where to stay in Seville

La Bella Sevilla* is a good-value hotel tucked down a narrow pedestrianised street just a few minutes’ walk from the cathedral. There are only 11 rooms, with the two superior rooms on the top floor sharing a terrace overlooking the Giralda. Continental breakfast is available for €8 and there are free tea, coffee and pastries in the breakfast room.

Or the Hotel Casa 1800* is a converted mansion on the edge of the Jewish quarter with a mix of historic features and luxury touches like chandeliers and gold headboards. The roof terrace has views of the Alcazar and cathedral and a pool for warm days, and some rooms have private terraces with hot tubs. There’s also a free daily afternoon tea buffet.

Looking for somewhere to stay in winter in Seville?*

The winding walking on top of the Metropol Parasol

Save for later

You might also like

Spain in January | Activities, Climate, Temperature, and More

Spain is a gorgeous country with wonderfully pleasant and sunny summers. However, just because January in Spain is considered the coldest time doesn’t mean you should only visit during the summer. Winter in Spain can have some beautiful sights and activities.

With different climates in different areas of Spain, you’ll be sure to find a place to settle during the cold month of January. And with several things to do to keep you warm, you won’t even notice the temperature outside. Let’s look at the climate and temperature in different areas of Spain during January.

Climate and Temperature in Spain

Spain is known as a sunny country. It has a recorded 3,000 hours of sun every year. Even though it has a reputation for being a hot country, the temperature in Spain is generally pretty mild.

Because of its large size, Spain has three different climates:

Along the northern coast of Spain, near the Cantabrian mountains, you’ll find a maritime climate. Cities like Cantabria and Galicia usually have mild winters and cool summers. There is frequent rainfall, and the weather is often cloudy.

Central Spain, known as the Meseta, has a more continental climate. The summers are dry, hot and sunny, and the winters are quite cold. You’ll experience rainfall mostly during spring and fall. There is also snowfall closer to the mountains that surround this area.

Closer to the southern part of Spain, there is a Mediterranean climate. Spain is generally known for having this type of climate. The winters are rainy, and the summers are hot and dry. The area around Murcia has an almost African climate, being quite hot in general. The average temperature in Spain truly differs from climate to climate.

Spain Weather in January

To find the perfect place for you to spend January in Spain, we have to discover different parts of Spain. Let’s take a look at the weather and climate in different areas and cities in Spain during January.

Weather in Southern Spain in January

As mentioned above, the southern part of Spain has a Mediterranean climate. Thus, even in January, the average temperatures are a little warmer than in the rest of Spain.

In places like Malaga and Costa del Sol, temperatures can reach highs of 64°F and lows of 45°F. The weather is enjoyable during the day. It’s warm enough to go sightseeing and do activities.

However, when the sun sets, it starts getting quite cold. You will see locals wearing thick coats all day long, so follow their lead and have something warm with you at all times.

The Coldest and Hottest Parts of Spain in January

The area of Castilla y León has been named the coldest part of Spain. In general, the highest average temperature is 46°F in January. Temperatures can also reach as low as 32°F. On January 7th, 2021, Spain recorded its lowest temperature since records began in Vega de Liordes, Castilla y León. The temperature reached -31°F.

On the opposite end of the spectrum, Andalusia has been named the hottest part of Spain in January. With an average temperature of 59°F that never goes lower than around 40°F, Andalusia is the place to go if you don’t enjoy the cold. You can still have a beach holiday in Andalusia, even in January.

Barcelona, Spain | Weather in January

Located in Catalonia, the weather in Barcelona is pretty much on par with the rest of Spain. Averaging about 47°F, you might want to consider a warm jacket when exploring. It’s relatively cloudy, but you shouldn’t expect much rainfall, as Barcelona averages about three days of rain in January.

Instead of running away from the cold, take a ski trip to the mountains of Andorra. There are trips that go from Barcelona, and an entire weekend can go for only €260 ($278). This includes your return trip from Barcelona, meals, ski passes, and equipment.

If you want to stay in Barcelona, then be sure to celebrate Three Kings Day. The Cavalcada de Reis is a parade that happens every year on January 5th, and Catalans tend to give gifts on this day instead of Christmas.

Madrid, Spain | Weather in January

Madrid is quite cold during January, averaging a temperature of 41°F. You can expect it to be cloudy and rainy, with an average of 6 days of rainfall. However, there are still a lot of things to do.

Head to Sierra de Guadarrama for some winter sports. Since mountains surround Madrid, January is usually the perfect time for skiing and snowboarding. The slopes are about an hour away. However, you can get there easily using public transport.

And if you don’t feel like venturing too far, you have to visit the Royal Palace. No trip to Madrid is complete without visiting the official residence of the Spanish royal family. That would be like visiting London and not going to Buckingham Palace.

Mallorca, Spain | Weather in January

As one of Spain’s Balearic Islands, Mallorca is warmer than Barcelona and Madrid. Mallorca, an island in the Mediterranean, has an average temperature of 50°F in January. The weather is only partly cloudy most of the time. However, there is a moderate chance of rainfall.

During this time, be sure to visit the Alfabia estate. It was the residence of Behabet, a Muslim lord and former governor of Mallorca in the 13th century. As such, the estate boasts some of the most gorgeous gardens. You can also see the Raixa Finca, an old-time Moorish farmstead developed in the 18th century.

Seville, Spain | Weather in January

Sevilla, as it’s known in Spanish, is located within the province of Andalusia. This means that Seville does not do winter like the rest of Spain. With an average temperature of around 55°F, January in Seville is quite pleasant. However, the weather can be partly cloudy, and there’s a moderate chance of rainfall.

During January, some fun things to do in Seville include taking a tapas cooking class or maybe even a Flamenco dance class to stay warm. A tapas food and wine tour is also great for when you want to eat but not cook. You can spend a night with some sharks or dine with the fishes at the Seville Aquarium.

Final Thoughts on the Weather in January in Spain

With so many activities to try in Spain during January, we believe that you shouldn’t miss out on even the cold months. So on your next trip to Spain, be sure to go during January. You will most definitely enjoy the skiing opportunities and lovely tapas tours.

And you’ll have bragging rights to your friends because you got to go snowboarding in Madrid or spent a night with sharks in Seville. Be sure to pack your winter clothes and essentials for an amazing experience.

Visiting Spain in Winter | Weather in December, January & February

Last updated:

27.10.2020

Wondering what is like visiting Spain in winter? It’s fantastic! Spain is so diverse that you can enjoy the sunny Canary Islands or snowy mountains. Usually, Spain is a loved destination in winter because of its milder temperatures than most of Europe. Scroll down to learn more!

What’s it Like Visiting Spain in December

Officially, winter in Spain starts around mid-December and ends at the end of March. For people who come from the Northern countries, the weather in Spain might not look like winter. Indeed, in some regions, the weather is more like spring, though the climate is more chilly on the north side. Also, winter has gusty winds and increased levels of humidity.

Northern Spanish regions such as Catalonia, Basque Country, Cantabria, Asturias, and Galicia are quite cold compared to other areas. For example, in Barcelona, the average temperature in December is 11°C (51.8°F), and BIlbao is 8°C (46.4°F). Meanwhile, the further south, you will experience more comfortable temperatures. The Southern Spanish areas, including Andalucia, Balearic Islands, Canary Islands, Valencia, and Murcia, boasts spring-like winter climate. For instance, in Valencia, the average temperature in December is 17°C (62.6°F), and in the most southern region, the Canary Islands, the average temperature is 22°C (71.6°F).

Undoubtedly, traveling to Spain in winter is an excellent idea not only because of the weather but also because the prices significantly drop and there are fewer crowds. Those are one of the main reasons attracting tourists to Spain in the low season.

TIP:

Pack your waterproof shoes and umbrella. Storms are unexpected and can be intense.

Madrid, Madrid weather forecast hourly

Popular Ski Resorts in Spain

• Sierra Nevada
• Pyrenees
• Astun
• La Molina
• Baquiera

What’s it Like Visiting Spain in January

Like all European countries, Spain also gets colder in the middle of the winter season. January is the most unpredictable month in Spain; it can be quite cold or very mild.
While again in Northern Spain the weather gets even cooler than in December, in Southern Spain it is warmer. For example, in the Spanish capital, Madrid, the average temperature is 6°C (42.8°F), and in sunny Malaga, the average temperature is 17°C (62.6°F).

Even though Spanish cities’ temperatures remain positive, visiting Spain in January is a perfect time to catch fun winter activities. One of the must-visit places for ski fans in Spanish Ski resorts is the Pyrenees and the Sierra Nevada. Located along the French border, Pyrenees is a classic ski resort that boasts sunny weather with an average temperature of −2 °C (28 °F). But for those who are eager to enjoy skiing and go for a warm walk in the green parks, the perfect destination is Granada with its Sierra Nevada ski resort. In Granada, the average daily temperature is 12°C (53.6 °F), while in Sierra Nevada Mountains, the temperature drops to -6°C (21.2 °F) and becomes excellent to have exciting skiing.

Winter Carnivals in Spain

• Santa Cruz de Tenerife Carnival, Tenerife (late February)
• The Sitges Carnival, Sitges (Late February – Early March)
• Aguilas Carnival, Murcia ( Mid February)
• La Palma Carnival, Canary Island (Late February)
• Las Palmas de Gran Ganaria Carnival (Late February)
• Madrid Carnival (Late February)

What’s it Like Visiting Spain in February

For most of Spain, February is the coldest month. The weather can change during the day many times, from sunny to rainy and even snowy. Meanwhile, in the southern part of Spain, January feels more like spring.

Visiting Spain in February is excellent for the same reasons as in other winter months. The northern Spanish side has lower temperatures; for instance, in Bilbao, the temperature drops to 5°C (41 °F). If it’s too cold, choose to go to South Spain; for example, in Seville, the average temperature in February is 18°C (64.4 °F).

February is a perfect time to visit the main cities, including Barcelona, Madrid, Malaga, Cordoba, and many other tourist towns that houses plenty of attractions and world-famous sights. Also, February is well-known as a month offering numerous events, carnivals, and festivals. One of the largest carnivals is the Sitges in Barcelona. Known for plenty of colorful costumes and liveliness, the celebration usually is held at the end of February. Another important festival is the Festival de Jerez near Cadiz. The large flamenco festival occupies the date from the end of February to the beginning of March. It’s only a couple of examples of the exciting celebrations in Spain during the wintertime; Spain is vibrant all around the year! Winter is also good season for taking a train ride between the biggest cities of charming Spain.

If you are planning to travel to Spain in winter, do not hesitate to do that! The weather is amazingly mild and lets you explore the most popular sights in Spain. If you have doubts about how to plan your itinerary to Spain, please contact us.

Spain in Winter: Best Places to Visit

When you’re dreaming of the perfect winter destination for a tour through Europe, most of us would immediately conjure up an image sipping on Glühwein in Vienna, skiing in the French Alps, or wandering around the Christmas markets in Germany. But what about Spain in winter? 

While Spain isn’t your typical winter destination, it makes for a perfect getaway for travellers seeking warmer temperatures (minus the sizzling heat of summer), unique cultural experiences, magnificent museums and delicious food-filled encounters. And the best part? Far fewer visitors to contend with compared to the peak summer months. If you want to save a few dollars, enjoy shorter lines at the main attractions while still enjoying warm temperatures, we suggest you start heading over to Spain for your winter adventure sooner rather than later, and these are the places you need to visit.  

Discover: Spain vacation packages

Explore the gardens of the Alcazar in Seville | ⓒ Naval S/Flickr

Southern Spain

Seville

Along with munching on endless amounts of tapas while sipping on sangria, Seville has plenty of things to see. When planning your escapades to Spain in winter, it pays to think strategically about all of the activities that don’t rely on the warm weather. And when in Seville, the traditional Flamenco dance is a colourful tradition that is very much alive all year-round. So, why not test your dancing skills in the cooler months?

If you have two left feet, there are many tablaos in Seville where you can sit back and watch, or you can spend time exploring the Royal Alcazar Palace, the Giralda Bell Tower, Casa de Pilatos or visit Maria Luisa Park and Plaza de España. With the winter temperatures averaging 16–17°C, plenty of sunshine and blue skies, the mild climate in Seville will feel like a heatwave compared to the rest of Europe. 

A gorgeous viewpoint over Seville in winter | ⓒ Carolyn Albritton/Flickr

Costa del Sol

The ever-popular summer tourist destination, the Costa del Sol, is just as beautiful in the winter. Yes, the temperature will be much cooler across the region compared to summer, but it should not be overlooked as a must-visit winter spot. Far less populated compared to summer, the temperature will still be mild (averaging around 15°C), and the white-sanded beaches are just as inviting; especially for travellers searching for a relaxing getaway. While the region becomes hot or overcrowded in summer, the winter months allow you to enjoy a cooler, more relaxed, and cheaper environment with plenty of cultural experiences.

Watching the sun go down in winter is just as beautiful as summer | ⓒ diocrio/Flickr

Granada

It’s impossible to ignore the lure of The Alhambra (a breathtaking Moorish palace) when talking about Granada. However, this city boasts far more than just one-star attraction. There’s street art. Brilliant tapas bars. Vibrant gardens. Intricate architecture and historic cathedrals. The best part is that every one of these sites is just as beautiful in winter as they are in summer. Due to Granada’s location at the bottom of the Sierra Nevada mountains, the temperatures from December to February will average between 9-11°C, but the blue skies will make up for the cooler weather.

Don’t forget to look out for the snow-draped peaks that surround the city, and if you’re a skier or winter-sports enthusiast, the country’s best ski resorts are just an hour’s drive away.

Explore the streets of Granada and take in the magnificent architecture | ⓒ Shadowgate/Flickr

Northern Spain

Barcelona

As one of the most exciting cities in Europe, some would argue that Barcelona is best explored in winter and it’s hard to deny that this city is filled plenty of with sights to keep you entertained – especially on rainy days. With mild temperatures that vary between 11-13°C, you can hit the streets to visit the Sagrada Família, Park Güell, Casa Milà and the Casa Batlló. Spend time tucked away inside a bar on Las Ramblas watching the world go by and later go on a hunt for the best paella. If you find yourself in Barcelona in late December, don’t miss the New Year’s spectacle at the Plaça d’Espanya or the must-see Three Kings parade on the night of January 5th. No matter when you visit, there will always be something to see or do. 

In Barcelona, there is so much to see and do (even in winter!) | ⓒ Juanedc/Flickr

Madrid

How could you not love Madrid? As the capital city of Spain, located in the centre of Spain, the summer months see the city packed with visitors, whereas the winter months are the complete opposite. For a glimpse into the lives of the royals, look no further than the Royal Palace in Madrid or check out the vintage stores and flea markets in Malasaña or the El Rastro Market in La Latina. If you find yourself in Madrid in December; you’re in for a treat as the city will be covered in Christmas lights and hosts an incredible fiesta on New Year’s Eve at the Puerto del Sol. And if it does get too chilly, make sure you visit Chocolatería San Ginés. This famous Spanish café has been serving delicious treats since 1894, and you can warm up with fresh churros dipped in hot chocolate. Just don’t expect Madrid to be warm, as the temperature in January in particular ranges from 6-10°C.

Madrid might be cold, but it is certainly worth a visit| ⓒ Alvy/Flickr

Bilbao

Winter in Bilbao means fewer crowds, lower prices, and it is an excellent time to take in the local culture, cosy up in the many hidden cafés, and spend hours admiring world-class museums and galleries. Even if you make the journey to Bilbao purely to go to the Frank Gehry designed Guggenheim Museum, nobody will fault you for it. Aside from museums being the perfect place to retreat to when the temperature drops, over winter you won’t have to contend with lines out the door or queues to the best exhibitions. It will be cool, but sunny, so you’ll find plenty of things to do both indoors and out.  

Make time to visit the Guggenheim Museum during your winter tour to Spain | ⓒ Aleksandr Zykov/Flickr

San Sebastian

Located in the mountainous Basque Country, San Sebastian is a resort town known for the famous La Playa de la Concha. While it might be too cold to spend your days lazing on the beach, but with the blue skies and temperatures around 10-13°C, it will hardly feel like a harsh winter. In San Sebastian, there are more Michelin-starred restaurants then you could hope for, and the culinary scene is by no means weather dependent, food lovers won’t be short of things to do (or eat).

Have we missed anything on our guide to Spain in Winter: Best Places to Visit? Let us know in the comments! 

Weather, average temperature in Malaga in winter (Spain)

Weather and seasons in Marbella

Marbella is one of the most prestigious and wealthy resorts on the southern Spanish coast of the Costa del Sol. The city stretches for 28 km along the coastline with luxurious villas, which are home to world stars and members of royal families. Popular for tourism and immigration, this resort is largely due to the pleasant sunny weather throughout the year. We tell you what kind of climate awaits you if you decide to come to Marbella for permanent residence or for an eventful holiday.

General information about the climate in Marbella

The warm sea and sunny weather in Marbella attract thousands of tourists every year

Marbella is not without reason called the green oasis of southern Spain. A pleasant microclimate and an abundance of warm sunny days – there are about 320 of them a year in Marbella – all this is due to the location of the city. From the south, the climate of the resort is influenced by warm air currents from the Mediterranean and Africa. And in the north, the city is protected from cyclones by the Sierra Blanca mountain range. At the same time, it can be windy and cool in the Strait of Gibraltar, and on the coast in Fuengirola and Paseo Maritimo – strong waves and heavy rain. At the same time, the weather in Marbella will remain calm and pleasant.

Summers in Marbella are quite mild and winters are warm. Therefore, in the summer season you can not do without light clothes and a hat. At the same time, even in winter, you can safely walk in a T-shirt and shorts for several days. And only at night wear a warm cape, cardigan or jumper.

There are only about 45 rainy days in Marbella a year. The average daily temperature in cloudy weather is +18 °C.

The best time to visit Marbella is September, May and June, when the air temperature is +25… +29°C At this time, precipitation is very rare, and the average sea temperature is about +22 °C. Everything you need for a comfortable swim!

In summer, the average daily temperature is about 20 degrees. The coldest month of summer is June. Then during July and August the temperature gradually rises, so that the hot weather lasts until the end of September.

From the beginning of October, the sea breeze gradually lowers the temperature on the coast – the autumn velvet season begins in Marbella. At this time, the water temperature is +21 °C, and the air temperature is +23 °C. From November, the amount of precipitation increases by 2–2.5 times compared to September and October. In winter, the average daily temperature is about +18 °C, and the water temperature drops to +12 °C.

Weather in Marbella in winter

The average summer temperature in Marbella reaches 20 degrees

In December, the average daytime temperature in Marbella is +17 °C, and by night it drops to +9 °C. The water temperature in the first winter month is still quite suitable for getting your feet wet in the coastal strip – about +16 °C.

In December, kite and windsurfers often come to Marbella. At this time, there are high tidal waves, and the average wind speed is about 3 m/s. The weather in Marbella in December is the rainiest. You need to be prepared that it can rain in the city without stopping for 3-4 days.

The coldest month of the year in Marbella is January. During the month, the daytime air temperature drops to +16 °С, and at night – to +8 °С. The water temperature during this period is about +15 °C. In January, rainfall and wind speed increase in Marbella.

February is still not suitable for a beach holiday. In the last month of winter, the average temperature during the day is about +17 °С, at night – about +9 °С. The water in the sea cools down to +14 °C.

The main climatic indicators in Marbella in winter – in the table:

Weather	December	January	February
Average temperature, °C	17	11. 2	11.6
Minimum temperature, °C	9.8	8.5	8.7
Maximum temperature, °C	14.9	14.3	14.6
Precipitation, mm	124	88	76
Humidity, %	77	76	74
Rainy days	7	7	6
Average hours of sunshine	6.3	6.7	7.3
Minimum water temperature, °C	15	14.4	15.1
Maximum water temperature, °C	15.7	14.1	14.4

Weather in Marbella in spring

In March, the air in Marbella begins to warm up a little. On average – up to +13 °С during the day and up to +11 °С at night. The sea also gradually warms up to +15 °С. The amount of precipitation in the first spring month slightly increases, but the wind speed remains at the same level – about 3.1 m/s.

April – the beginning of the tourist season in the resort. During the day, the thermometer is confidently holding at around +23 ° С. However, until the middle of the month, the difference with the night temperature is still significant, amounting to about 10 °C. The water temperature at this time is approximately +16 °C.

The weather in Marbella in May is truly summery. In fact, the first velvet season at the resort begins this month. There is no heat yet, and the ratio of day and night temperatures is more than comfortable: + 22 and +15 ° С, respectively. From mid-May, it is quite possible to go diving in the coastal waters of Marbella. Water warms up to comfortable +18 °C. Precipitation is becoming less and less, and at the end of May, completely summer weather sets in in the city.

Climatic indicators of spring – in the table:

Weather	March	April	May
Average temperature, °C	13. 3	15.1	17.9
Minimum temperature, °C	10.2	11.9	14.5
Maximum temperature, °C	16.4	18.2	21.1
Precipitation, mm	81	59	34
Humidity, %	73	72	57
Rainy days	6	5	4
Average hours of sunshine	8.4	9.7	11.5
Minimum water temperature, °C	14.1	14.8	15.7
Maximum water temperature, °C	14.8	15.7	17.1

Summer weather in Marbella

Summer in Marbella is the time when the weather here reaches its maximum values. However, you won’t feel the suffocating heat on the beach thanks to the Mediterranean water and gentle coastal breeze.

June is one of the most pleasant months of the year in terms of weather. During the day, the average temperature reaches almost +22 °C. At night it drops, but slightly – up to +18 ° С. Average water temperature +19°C. At this time in Marbella there is an influx of divers who are actively exploring the local underwater beauty.

Note:

Despite the excellent June weather in Marbella, there are still few tourists in the city. Therefore, prices in shops and restaurants are still at the spring level. However, since July they have been creeping up noticeably.

The hottest time in Marbella is in July and August. At this time, the tourist season reaches its peak. And no wonder: the temperature during the day is +28 °С, at night – +21 °С.

Sea water is the warmest, with an average of 20 °C. So the diving season is still going on. But windsurfers don’t have much to roam about – the wind speed subsides to 2.7 m / s. However, you can change the sailboard to a regular surfboard – the tidal waves are high enough for riding, along the coast you can find many schools that will teach you how to surf from scratch. And when it’s calm, it’s exciting to get on the paddle surf – a board with a paddle – for interesting walks along the picturesque coast of Marbella.

The weather in Marbella in August is not much different from July. There are almost no rainfall. During the day, the air warms up to almost +29 °С, at night – up to 22 °С. The sea is still warm.

Note:

How to relax comfortably in the summer season in Marbella:

• try not to spend too much time on the beach in the afternoon;
• do not remove your headgear;
• remember to drink more water and less sugary drinks and alcohol.

Climatic indicators of summer – in the table:

Weather	June	July	August
Average temperature, °C	21.8	24.5	24.7
Minimum temperature, °C	18. 1	20.6	21.2
Maximum temperature, °C	25.2	28.1	28.2
Precipitation, mm	9	1	5
Humidity, %	73	72	57
Rainy days	1	0	1
Average hours of sunshine	12.6	12.6	11.6
Minimum water temperature, °C	17.3	19.2	20.6
Maximum water temperature, °C	19.1	20.7	21.1

Weather in Marbella in autumn

The weather in Marbella in September is still summer. Day and night at this time it is very warm – from morning to sunset the temperature is about +27 ° C during the day, dropping after sunset by only 5-6 ° C at night, and 21 ° C water. However, the light breath of autumn begins to be felt by the increasing amount of precipitation – from 5 mm in August to 30 mm by the end of September.

At the beginning of October, the second velvety season in Marbella begins with mild and comfortable weather: +23 °С during the day and +16 °С at night. The water temperature is approximately +20 °C, and the amount of precipitation increases only in the last days of the month.

In November, the beach holiday season can be safely closed. During the day it is rarely warmer than +19 °C, and at night the temperature drops to +12 °C. Water cools down to +18 °C. In addition, the number of rainy days is gradually increasing in Marbella. If you are going to a resort at this time of the year, do not forget to pack a couple of warm sweaters, an umbrella or a raincoat in your suitcase.

Climatic indicators of autumn – in the table:

Weather	September	October	November
Average temperature, °C	21.9	16.6	14. 2
Minimum temperature, °C	18.8	15.9	11.6
Maximum temperature °C	25	21.5	17.1
Precipitation, mm	32	83	94
Humidity, %	70	76	75
Rainy days	3	6	6
Average hours of sunshine	10.1	8.4	7.1
Minimum water temperature, °C	19.6	17.8	15.8
Maximum water temperature, °C	21	19.6	17.7

Weather in Spain – temperature for each month

The climate of Spain is one of the warmest and sunniest in Europe. The weather in Spain is very dependent not only on the season, but also on the region you are traveling in. 5 types of climate coexist here, not counting the islands in the Atlantic Ocean:

The climate of the central plateau is usually temperate continental and arid – it includes Madrid, Leon, Pamplona.

The climate of the Atlantic coast is often cool, humid and rainy – it includes regions of Spain such as Galicia, Asturias, Bilbao.

The Mediterranean climate is always milder and sunnier, this climate is found in Barcelona, ​​Valencia, Malaga, Balearic Islands.

The mountain climate of the Pyrenees and the Sierres is special, the higher from sea level, the colder.

Almost African Andalusian climate with warm winters and very hot summers.

In the north of Spain, summers are calmer and wetter, winters are cold and harsh. In the south, there are very hot summers and rather pleasant winters. Let’s find out when is the best time to relax in Spain!

Winter in Spain

Average temperature +9 °C

If you want to save money on restaurants and hotels, winter is a great time to travel. In winter, all of Spain enjoys mild autumn weather, although snow falls in some places in the north.

Photo: F Delventhal

In the northernmost regions (Galicia, Basque Country, Rioja) in winter the rainy season and an average temperature of +9 °C. You can go to the beaches in the south of Spain, in the Sierra Nevada or Gran Canaria, where the air temperature reaches +20 °C.

The only thing is that for trekking in the Pyrenees, you should choose a warmer time, climbing will not be very comfortable. At an altitude of 2000 m, there will be a maximum of -5 ° C, and the temperature will decrease with the climb.

December

Day air +3… +17 °C

Sea +13… +16 °C

All of Spain in winter is filled with the spirit of Christmas. That’s it in December is a great time for Spanish shopping. To immerse yourself in the atmosphere of the upcoming holiday, head to Seville, where the average temperature is +12 °C, Madrid, +7 °C, or Barcelona, ​​+10 °C.

Photo: Youchun Yao

Due to the fact that the country is large and its terrain is varied, you can spend your winter holidays both on the beach and on skis. The ski season in Spain starts just at the beginning of December and lasts until the end of March. The most popular ski resorts in Spain are Sierra Nevada and Baqueira Beret.

January, February

Day air +3… +15 °C

Sea +13… +16 °C

If you don’t like crowds, this is the perfect time to travel to Spain. You can sunbathe only on the Canary Islands, where the average temperature is +18 °C, but all the popular places in Granada, Seville and Barcelona are practically free. There will be enough sunny days here in January too! Moreover, in winter there are a lot of holidays and festivals.

Photo: Keith William Rapley

January is the coldest month in Madrid and most of Spain, averaging +5°C. It will be hottest in Southern Andalusia and along the entire Mediterranean coast, +12 °C.

Spring in Spain

Average temperature +15 °C

In March, the air begins to warm up slowly. It’s still too early for swimming in the sea, but just right for a walk on the beach. The ski season ends in the mountains. There is still rainfall in the north, but by May most of the country is already flooded with summer sun. The greatest pleasure from a trip in the spring can be obtained by walking around the cities and tasting local delicacies.

Photo: ..b…

March, April

Daytime air +4… +20°C

Sea +12… +15°C

At night it will be quite fresh, and during the day you are guaranteed almost 12 hours of Spanish sun. According to the International Weather Comfort Index, Spanish April scores 66 out of 100. Across the country, the average is +19°C.

In the spring, there is a wave of festivals and celebrations throughout Spain, including Semana Santa, Easter week.

Photo: Marg Foley

The Mediterranean cities of Barcelona, ​​Seville and Malaga have an average stable climate and not too big differences between day and night temperatures. In central Spain, for example, in Madrid, the difference will be very noticeable. For night walks around the capital, be sure to take warm clothes.

May

Day air +20… +27 °C

Sea +14… +17 °C

In May, according to a centuries-old tradition, the season of Spanish bullfighting begins.

Photo: Fotomondeo

Many bright fairs and festivals are already in full swing all over the country, while holidays have not yet begun, tourist routes are not as busy as in summer.

The ideal month for a trip to Barcelona is an average temperature of +20 °C, warm, dry and sunny. Read more about the weather in Barcelona. Summer weather is already in most of Spain, take light clothes and sandals with you for the beach and walks in the cities.

Summer in Spain

Average temperature +23 °C

Get ready for scorching heat, especially in the southern regions. If you come to Spain in July or August, you will understand why the afternoon siesta is considered a sacred time throughout the country.

Photo: Jb Mauro Photography

Looking for some summer relaxation? Check out an overview of the top places for a beach holiday in Spain.

Important! Go on city tours and sightseeing in the morning before the sun is too bright. We recommend carrying a bottle of water with you everywhere – staying hydrated in the heat is very important.

June

Day air +16… +20 °C

Sea +13… +16 °C

It will be hot and dry in Madrid, so having air conditioning in your hotel is a necessary option. Wonderful weather for a trip to the north and northwest of the country, in Galicia, the Basque Country and Bilbao there will be comfortable +17 ° C and a minimum of rain.

Photo: Loren Gold

Great time to surf or kite surf in Tarifa. Here in June there is still no influx of tourists and the weather is ideal for surfing.

July, August

Day air +17… +35 °C

Sea +18. .. +25 °C

The hottest months in the country, high season in Spain. On the one hand, all possible entertainment, museums and cafes are available, and almost everywhere you can easily explain yourself in English. On the other hand, you will have to make your way through the crowd to get to the best places.

In August, we strongly do not recommend going to Seville, Malaga and Granada – the thermometer calmly reaches +40 ° C, and due to humidity, stuffiness and heat do not subside even at night. On the islands of Mallorca, Menorca, Ibiza it is warm and sunny, but quite windy. In southwestern Spain, Cadiz and Costa de la Luz, on the coast of the Atlantic Ocean, July-August is the most comfortable, the water is cool even in the middle of summer.

Photo: Neville.

On the plateau, Leon, Madrid, Pamplona, ​​in summer the temperature reaches +40 ° C, but due to low humidity, the heat is quite tolerable. There is little rain here in the summer. Small local establishments in Madrid may be closed, the owners and employees are usually on vacation at this time.

Autumn in Spain

Average temperature +12°C

Autumn and spring are the best seasons to travel to Spain. In most of the country, the weather is still warm, typical for summer, in the mornings and evenings – a pleasant coolness. There are almost no crowds anywhere, prices for housing and moving are lower. Just keep in mind that the weather is very unpredictable and changes dramatically.

Find out what attractions there are in Spain.

Photo: Andrey Sulitskiy

September, October

Daytime air +5… +20 °C

Sea +14… +20 °C

In September, the beach season continues in most of Spain. Bonus – there are much fewer tourists than in summer. Coastal cities will be cooler due to the sea breeze. October brings rain, especially in the north of Spain. In Madrid and Barcelona at this time it is about +20 °C and there is almost no precipitation. Seville, Cordoba and Malaga are a real Indian summer, warm and sunny. In addition, the National Day of Spain is celebrated on October 12, get ready for mass festivities and closed shops on this day.

Photo: Bob Bain

November

Daytime air temperature +4… +17 °C

Sea +15… +17 °C

Are you going to Spain in November? Then plan a museum and cafe vacation in advance – there will be sun, but you can lie on the beach, perhaps in Andalusia or Tenerife. But you can not be afraid of the invasion of tourists in the top places and save a lot of money – hotel prices are, on average, 20% lower than in warmer months.

Photo: hectorlo

On every corner, you’ll find traditional autumn treats like roasted chestnuts and foil-wrapped sweet potatoes.

Average temperature in Spanish cities in November:

Madrid +6 °C

Barcelona +11 °C

Girona +6 °C

Ibiza +11 °C

Bilbao +8 °C

Córdoba +8 °C

How to choose clothes for a trip

The main principle of choosing clothes among the Spaniards is that they dress according to the season, not the weather. For example, in the whole country in the autumn they already wear more closed clothes, despite the fact that it is still quite warm.

If you are going to Madrid, the North Atlantic coast or Barcelona in winter, bring warm sweaters, a coat, a down jacket, and, of course, an umbrella. On the south coast, you will have enough autumn-spring clothes to feel comfortable.

Photo: Micheo

In the spring, weather changes can be unexpected, so put in your luggage and sun cream, and a demi-season jacket and something from the rain. In general, a universal set of things for Spain is several layers of light clothing. With this luggage, you will be ready for any weather.

It will be hot everywhere in the summer, but in the evening you may need a light jacket. When going out during the day, cover your head with a panama hat or sun hat. Beachwear off the beach is not welcomed by the locals – light, breathable fabrics and sandals in the cities will be very appropriate. Don’t forget to bring sunscreen and sunglasses!

In autumn, cotton items, light trousers, comfortable shoes with closed toes should be in the luggage. If you are going north to Galicia or Bilbao, take an umbrella, raincoat and waterproof shoes – it can be quite rainy there. A great option is stylish high ankle boots.

The climate of Spain / Travel.Ru / Countries / Spain

Due to the length of Spain from north to south and the branched mountain system, the climate is quite noticeably different in different parts of the country. The vertical zonality is also clearly visible.

The northern regions are in rather peculiar conditions – the influence of wet sea masses from the Atlantic is strong here, therefore, in Galicia, Asturias, Cantabria and the Basque Country, mild (from + 8 ° С to + 14 ° С) and rather wet winters, and moderate summers warm (from +21°С to 26°С). However, from the north, this region is fenced off by a powerful wall of the Pyrenees (height up to 3404 m), so in mountainous areas the temperature in winter can drop to -7 ° C, and in summer it usually does not warm up above + 22 ° C. At the same time, these same mountains, as it were, block the strongly heated air masses coming from the south, from the territory of Africa, which in summer often leads to an increase in daytime temperatures up to + 32 ° С. The narrow strip of the coast north of the mountains, according to its weather conditions, already belongs to a temperate maritime climate. Precipitation falls up to 1200 mm per year, mainly in the autumn-winter period. In the highlands, frosts and heavy snowfalls are not uncommon in winter.

The central regions of Spain are located in the high plateaus and mountain ranges of the Meseta, so the climate here is close to sharply continental – day and night temperatures can differ by 10-15 degrees even in summer. Winter here is dry and for such a southern region it is cold (from -4°C to +8°C), summer is hot (up to +30°C during the day) and dry. In Madrid, in summer, the average temperature is around +25°С (at the same time, at night it can drop to +16°С, and during the day the thermometer can exceed +38°С), in winter – about +5°С. Precipitation falls no more than 500 mm per year, mainly in spring and autumn. In the mountainous regions of Aragon and northern Castile, snow often falls in winter. In the Pyrenees, the Sierra Nevada and the Sierra de Guadarrama, many peaks are covered with snow all year round.

The eastern coast of the country is located in the zone of subtropical Mediterranean climate. It has dry hot summers and mild winters. In summer, the temperature can reach + 36-38 ° С with an average level of about + 27 ° С, in winter the thermometer does not fall below + 12 ° С, although it usually stays around + 14-18 ° С (the Mediterranean coast of the country is quite long, therefore in the south is always somewhat warmer than in the north). There is little precipitation (500-600 mm per year), mainly in autumn and winter. The water warms up to + 23-27 ° С in summer, so the beach season here lasts from May-June to October.

The Balearic Islands have a subtropical Mediterranean climate. However, due to their position, the islands receive slightly more rainfall than the nearby continental coast of the country. Yes, and summer temperatures here are somewhat lower – + 26-28 ° С with daytime maxima around the mark of + 30-32 ° С. The beach season in the Balearic Islands starts in March, when the water temperature rises to +18°C, and ends in October.

On the islands of the Canary archipelago, the climate is close to tropical trade winds. The proximity of the cold oceanic current noticeably softens the summer heat inherent in this entire region, but it also evens out the general temperature background – in summer, on any of the islands of the archipelago, the average temperature ranges from + 18 ° С to + 21 ° С with maxima from + 36 ° С to +38°С, in winter the thermometer does not fall below +12°С with maximums up to +24°С. However, the hot wind “harmattan” blowing from the coast of Africa is able to sharply increase the air temperature at any time of the year, but the summer trade winds almost completely neutralize its influence during this period. The water temperature is even more constant – +20-23°C all year round.

Precipitation is little – from 250 to 400 mm per year, and Fuerteventura, Lanzarote and the southern regions of Gran Canaria and Tenerife are quite arid (no more than 200 mm per year), and the northwestern regions (especially mountainous) are much wetter. Local rains are very strong, but short-lived. Often they are accompanied by powerful thunderstorms.

Palma de Mallorca: history and attractions

The optimum temperature regime is maintained here all year round, and the rich, fresh, clean and surprisingly soft sea air attracts tourists from all over the world. Read more →

maryika
|
summer 2016

Seville and Cordoba (what to do when you only have one day)

I wanted to visit everywhere, but since time was limited, only a few cities were chosen, including Seville and Cordoba, which were visited one day each. Read more →

xeniatraveler
|
summer 2016

Almeria, Spain. The best sea

We came to Almeria to see the main attraction. The main symbol of the city, and of the entire region, is this little man under the sun. He comes across everywhere. Read more →

dobriy_vasya
|
July 2015

Bilbao. Sun and rain

Bilbao captivates immediately – even when you drive up to the Abando station and look at the city from the train window. At first glance, Bilbao is just a gingerbread city. Read more →

sxizma
|
September 2014

White cities of Andalusia. Nerja

We have been moving so close to the coast all the time, but we have never seen the sea. And now, finally, we had to take a look at it. To do this, we went to the city of Nerja. Read more →

anna_rw
|
November 2013

• 11:25|10.08.2022

  South European resorts suffer from heat waves

• 14:03|17.08.2016

  Malaga named the sunniest city in Spain

• 000+04:00″ itemprop=”published”> 00:45|06/08/2006

  Ecologists predict the transformation of Spain into a desert

Holidays in Spain – 2020. Weather in Spain, water temperature in summer and winter. Beach vacation. The best holidays in Spain: photo.

Holidays in Spain 2020

Special offers

All special offers

We know everything about holidays! Our experience
in tourism for over 15 years, so we can
choose a tour according to your wishes

Request a consultation

Weather in Spain in different regions and cities, sea temperature

The weather in Spain and the climate of the country is uneven and strongly depends on the location and season. In the Kingdom, temperature fluctuations are small, which is why it is so attractive for recreation and living. However, the territory of the country is divided into several climatic zones, climatic conditions both in winter and in summer, each region has its own.

Page content

Weather in Spain in different regions.

If you look closely at the map, you can divide the country into three climatic zones. In this section of the article, we will consider them separately.

If you want to know more about Spain, it would be useful to read the publication “ Permanent residence in Spain, residence permit in Spain – maximum information about moving to the Kingdom ”

Weather in the central part of the state

Castle in Castile

fluctuations are strongly pronounced, the amount of rain is not more than 500 mm / year, and frosts occur during the cold season, especially in Castile and Aragon. Moreover, in New Castile, winters are somewhat milder, there are no severe frosts and winds, and in big cities, weather conditions can vary greatly.

Not everyone dares to spend even a couple of summer days in the capital of the Kingdom. The low humidity level softens the heat, but the thermometer often goes off scale. The climate of Madrid is not conducive to relaxation, which should be especially taken into account for people with chronic diseases.

North-west of the country

The climate of the north-western part of the kingdom is quite mild. It is characterized by a large amount of precipitation, but small annual fluctuations between the cold and warm seasons. If on average the air in the country warms up to +20, then in the north and west of the country it is around +16 degrees. There are frequent fogs and drizzling rains. The amount of precipitation in some regions exceeds the norm by more than three times.

Climate of the Mediterranean coast

Cadaqués, Costa Brava, Spain

The climatic conditions of the Mediterranean coast differ depending on the latitude. In the north, in the Costa Brava and Costa Dorada, rain is not uncommon even in summer. But they are not protracted and do not overshadow the rest as in the northwest. In the south, which includes the Costa Calida, Tropical and Malaga, the number of sunny days per year is more than 320, so it is warmer there, less rainfall and a warm sea. The sea water here is very warm and ranges from +25 to +29(June, July, August and September).

The middle part of the Mediterranean coast, where Alicante and Valencia are located, can be attributed to the temperate climate zone. The weather here cannot be called rainy, there are about 300-310 sunny days a year. The air temperature in the warm season is about +26, and the water in the sea is about +24.

Weather in Spain at famous resorts

If you are going to visit the Kingdom, these articles may be useful for you:

• Visa to Spain 2016 on your own
• Spain Visa Application Centers in Moscow, Yekaterinburg, St. Petersburg and other Russian cities

Barcelona

Although Barcelona is not located in the south of the Kingdom, the winters here are relatively warm. The thermometer rarely drops below +5, and usually in January, which is the coldest month, it fluctuates around +9. During the year, 630-650 mm of precipitation falls here, the rainiest months are September and October. The water temperature in Barcelona (beach season) is about +21 degrees.

Valencia

This city receives only 450 mm of rain per year, and the thermometer rarely drops below +7 in winter. Most rainy days occur in October, as well as September and November. On average, in summer it is not very hot here, about +27, but it can rise to +35, and the sea off the coast of the city in June warms up to +20, and at the end of summer to +26 degrees.

Other cities

Beach in Alicante in winter

The weather of Alicante, Torrevieja and Malaga is very similar. The water in the sea in summer warms up to +27 degrees on average, usually the amount of precipitation here is somewhat lower than in Bars. But this is offset by the number of sunny days, which are more than 300. The air in winter is usually cooled down to 7-9degrees of heat, although frosts occur every few years.

Regardless of weather conditions and seasons, Spain remains one of the best countries for recreation and life.

Guided Walking Holidays La Palma (Canary Islands)

View gallery

• 
  Europe
• 
  Spain
• 
  Canary Islands
• 
  La Palma
• La Palma

A Canary Islands walking holiday based in La Palma. This green and beautiful island is further out into the Atlantic than Tenerife and Gomera.

• La Palma

• 7 nights
• Half Board

• Islands

• Feb

  Mar

  Apr

  Oct

  Nov

  Dec

Moderate Challenging

What does this mean?

Tour codes: 12790

Book now from £1,260

Book with Confidence

• Our Refund Guarantee
• Travel in Confidence
• Flexible Deposits
• 100% Financial Protection

Close

Walking grade

Grade 5

Grade 6

The walker’s haven that is La Palma offers a wide variety of walking which is perfect for our 2 Grade, 2 Leaders, 2 Walks option at a Grades 5 and 6. On the East of the island paths are greener through forests where on the West the island is much more barren.

Each day we will walk up to 6 hours with cumulative daily ascents and descents in the range of 750m depending on the grade of walk you choose to do. Some walks will have longer descents that can be towards 1000m especially on the Grade 6 walk.  The paths we take are rough and steep at times, but will be taken at a pace appropriate to the grade of the walk. The higher the grade walking programmes the higher ascents and duration will be. It is important to note that some walks maybe difficult for those affected by vertigo. The maximum altitude reached on either grade is over 2,400m.

Please ensure you read the Proposed Itinerary carefully to best gauge the walking technicalities.

Discover more about our walking grades

Jump To: Overview

Overview

Holiday Highlights

• Enjoy the flexibility of choosing from two grades of walking each day.
• Walk the Ruta de los Volcanes – one of the truly memorable walks on the island.
• Discover a wide variety of walks, including parts of the long-distance GR (Gran Recorrido) footpath.
• Step through green laurel forests and fragrant pine woods and climb above the tree line to discover a volcanic landscape.
• Explore the National Park of Caldera de Taburiente which offers walking in stunning surroundings well above the clouds.
• Explore the 15th century capital, Santa Cruz de la Palma.

Why not extend you stay in the Canaries by combining your holiday on La Palma with another island. Take a look at our Canary Islands Page to view all our possible island combinations!

Take a walk on the wild side of La Palma, make your way through ancient green laurel forests and fragrant pine woods and climb above the tree line to discover a volcanic landscape like no other. Walk along the dramatic Ruta de Los Volcanes and ascend to over 1800m to the Pico Bejenado rim for a bird’s eye view down into the vast caldera.

La Palma is a green and beautiful island with a temperate climate and an impressive volcanic past. The National Park of Caldera de Taburiente offers wonderful walking in stunning surroundings. Apart from mountains and volcanoes here; the northern part of the island is very fertile, and bananas particularly are grown extensively.

Our walking programme reflects the wide variety of walks, including along parts of the long-distance GR (Gran Recorrido) footpath which takes us to the southern tip of the island with its lighthouse and salt-pans nature reserve, as well as the dramatic Ruta de los Volcanes. Here we see up close evidence of volcanic activity over the centuries, and as recently as 1971 when Teneguia last erupted.

We also visit the 15th century capital, Santa Cruz de la Palma, with its picturesque streets, colourful architecture and waterfront cafés. This is just a 15 minute bus ride north from our hotel, which is situated in the district of Los Cancajos. We hire buses and the reliable local bus services to get all around the island on our walks.

Our Christmas and New Year departures are a chance to see in the festive season in a different setting.

• What’s included?
• What’s not included?

• Return flights from London to Santa Cruz, La Palma
• Airport transfers
• Half board en suite accommodation
• Two walks, two leaders, two grades
• All local transport costs.

• Entrance fees (unless otherwise specified)
• Personal expenses (such as your bar bill)
• Discretionary tips
• Optional excursions
• Travel Insurance

Holiday Information

Click the button below for a detailed Holiday Information Sheet containing all the particulars about this trip.

NOTE: Itineraries and Holiday Information Sheets can vary by a specific date chosen

View Holiday Information Sheet

Itinerary & Travel

Itinerary Details

Whilst every effort will be made to adhere to the outlined itinerary and advertised programme, local conditions can change due to weather or other unforeseen circumstances. This may mean that routes and timings need to be amended or the order of days may change, sometimes at short notice.

Select your Itinerary
La Palma (Grade 5 and 6) – 1 week

Your Itinerary

Meals

Dinner

Accommodation

h20 Taburiente Playa Hotel

Once we land into La Palma we then take a very short transfer by road to our hotel in Playa de los Cancajos where the rest of the day can be used to get to know the local area or relax by the pool.

Transfer Time = 15m

Meals

Breakfast & Dinner

Accommodation

h20 Taburiente Playa Hotel

During our time in La Palma there is a wealth of walking to be undertaken. So much in fact it is impossible to tell you all the options. Below is a selection of walks to give you a taste of what you can expect.

San Antonio Volcano (Grade 5)

Today we take a hire bus ride to a tiny village called ‘Montes de Luna’, where we pick up a pathway which gently rises then falls as it contours its way around the south of the island to the town of Fuencaliente. Here, we stop for coffee in one of the charming bars before continuing down to the San Antonio Volcano. Here we watch an excellent short explanatory film in the Visitor Centre before venturing out on to the rim of the volcano which formed in the 1600s. It is now quite safe and the walk is protected by hand rails where needed. Our group looks down on even younger volcanoes (the youngest blew in 1971) before returning to the Visitor Centre. After lunch, we have another short walk, and then visit the ‘Bodegas Teneguia’ for wine tasting with the joint owner ‘Diego’.

San Antonio Volcano (Grade 6)

Our day begins very much the same as the Grade 5 walk however, after lunch, we continue down the island via some even younger volcanoes (the youngest blew in 1971) before reaching ‘Faro’ (lighthouse) where there is a small museum and a bar selling craft beers and cakes from the island.

Ruta de los Volcanes (Grade 5)

Today we get back to business with serious hikes along the ‘spine’ of the island. We take a taxi ride up the mountain road to ‘El Pilar’ pass at around 1,450 metres above sea level, where we start our walks. Both groups hike (albeit at a different pace) up onto the spine. From the pass, we start off on the GR path, then turn off and climb up our first peak Birigoyo where we have truly amazing views back north to the whole Taburiente caldera. We may see the ‘Mar des Nubes’ (sea of clouds) in the foreground, which we, hopefully, will be above by this stage! We continue over the peak of Barquita and down to the ‘Hoyo Negro’ crater (it means black hole). From there, we then climb up to Pico Nambroque (our main target for the day) before returning on the main GR footpath all the way back to El Pilar for our return transfer.

Ruta de los Volcanes (Grade 6)

We walk the same start of the Grade 5 walk before they peel off the GR path at the pass. From the pass, we stay on the GR path, bypassing the first few peaks and past the ‘Hoyo Negro’ crater until we reach the dramatic ‘Volcan de la Deseada’ – a spectacular volcano which is the highest on the spine. The (safe) climb up the rim is truly memorable and the 360- degree views are awesome. From there, we descend south (staying on the spine) to reach the ‘View of Views’ – looking south to the Volcan de St Martin and beyond (on a clear day) out to sea and the islands of Tenerife, El Hierro and La Gomera. A steady descent to Fuencaliente completes this 18km classic walk to our return transfer.

Laurisilva Forest (Grade 5)

From a drop-off point at 1200m, we enter woodland in a micro-climate with birds and butterflies before reaching our main viewpoint at just under 1500m. Continuing on forest tracks we reach El Pilar leisure area with a Visitor Centre showing a video about La Palma. Having reached El Pilar on a shorter route, we can maintain a slower pace down to our pick-up point near El Paso, seeing a wide variety of terrain and interesting features.

Laurisilva Forest (Grade 6)

The beginning of our day follows our Grade 5 route before going our own way. The longer route to El Pilar will still allow time for the video, and the group has plenty of time to descend gradually on the same terrain as Grade 5 to El Paso.

Highest Point and Observatories (Grade 5)

This is a spectacular walk, but needs reasonable weather to enjoy it at its utmost. From our start point at 1900m, we soon reach the largest caldera rim for a drinks stop. We then follow slightly below the ridge of the rim with impressive and ever-changing views. Enjoying the panoramic terrain on both sides, we gradually move along the rim with a series of peaks until we arrive at our destination and the bus collection point. Both groups will spend time on the summit before returning to the hotel.

Highest Point and Observatories (Grade 6)

We go further than Grade 5 and drop down slightly into the caldera before summiting the highest point on the island at 2426m, surrounded by radio and observational telescopes of various types. Both groups will spend time on the summit before returning to the hotel.

Rest day
During our time in La Palma we have a free day which can easily be spent exploring Santa Cruz or why not ask your leader about a walk they suggest you can do on your own.

Meals

Breakfast

It has come time to say goodbye the to ‘La Isla Bonita’ as we take our transfer back to La Palma Airport for our return flights to the UK.

From (GBP)£1,260

View Holiday Information Sheet

Departure dates for your selected tour

16th Feb 2023 – 23rd Feb 2023 (7 Nights)

16th Mar 2023 – 23rd Mar 2023 (7 Nights)

6th Apr 2023 – 13th Apr 2023 (7 Nights)

5th Oct 2023 – 12th Oct 2023 (7 Nights)

9th Nov 2023 – 16th Nov 2023 (7 Nights)

30th Nov 2023 – 7th Dec 2023 (7 Nights)

20th Dec 2023 – 27th Dec 2023 (7 Nights)

Travel Details

• Return flights from London to Santa Cruz, La Palma. Manchester may be available on some dates
• Airport transfers by road c. 15 minutes
• We can offer regional flight options and often there will be up to two transfer vehicles (which may include coaches, minibuses or taxis) from the airport to the hotel and vice versa which will minimise any waiting time at the overseas airport
• Upgrades are available on most flights. For scheduled flights this may be Premium Economy, Business or First Class. Most low-cost carriers also have extra legroom seats.

Accommodation

Accommodation information

Below is the accommodation featured on this holiday across all departure dates. Please refer to the Itinerary for more detail about each night’s accommodation for each departure date.

The 4 star hotel h20 Taburiente Playa with its grand atrium and well appointed rooms is located on the seafront, 300m from Los Cancajos beach and has a wealth of amenities.

Hotel facilities include tennis courts, restaurants, bars, sauna, swimming pools (one heated all year round, towels provided), free wi-fi throughout and evening entertainment on some evenings.

Room facilities include en-suite, hairdryer, television, air conditioning, safe (charge payable locally) and telephone.

Our centre for this tour is the small seaside village of Los Cancajos. Close to the famous black sandy beaches, this area was once dominated by the salt pan industry, but now it’s a well located tourist resort with all amenities available.

There are beautiful views back to the interior of the island, also over to the historic capital Santa Cruz de La Palma and often it is possible to see Spain’s highest mountain, Teide, on the island of Tenerife. It is just five minutes by bus to the bustling capital where there are colonial buildings with tall wooden doors and colourful flower-laden balconies, along with shops selling local produce from the island. Whale watching and astronomy excursions are available from Los Cancajos, and these are often taken on a free day.

Reviews

What customers are saying

View Dates & Book

Choose your preferred departure date

Can’t find what you’re looking for?

Call for help or regional flights on 01707 331133

View Dates And Book

Close

La Palma Guided Walking Holiday

The teardrop-shaped volcanic island of La Palma is relatively untouched by mass tourism and offers a fantastic walking escape, especially in winter and spring. Join us for guided walks to explore and enjoy its varied terrain from pine forests, coastal paths and agricultural plantations to its stunningly beautiful national park focussed on the huge Caldera de Taburiente with the option to reach the top of the ‘world’s steepest island’. The rich volcanic soil has allowed vegetation to thrive so much of the island is covered by swathes of emerald green. Plants have yet to colonise areas where there has been more recent volcanic activity, so parts of the island have a barren kind of beauty all of their own.

Holiday Highlights

• Discover ‘La Isla Bonita’ – a green paradise which feels a world away from mass tourism
• A walker’s paradise home to almost 1,000km of paths and the spectacular Caldera de Taburiente rim, often above a ‘sea’ of clouds
• Lush green vegetation and incredible volcanic geology create amazing views at every turn
• Visit the capital of Santa Cruz de la Palma with its pretty balconies and colonial era architecture
• Stay at the landmark Parador de la Palma with its extensive gardens and Atlantic views

What’s included

• A full programme of guided walks with 2 options every walking day
• All transport to and from the walks
• The services of experienced  HF Holidays’ leaders
• ‘With flight’ holidays include return flights from the UK and hotel transfers
• 7 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms
• Half Board – extensive breakfast and evening meal

Trip Notes

Trip notes are detailed, downloadable PDF’s for each holiday, please click the button below to find the right trip notes for your departure date.

Gallery

Previous

Next

On our Guided Walking holidays, we believe that choice is key. Our walks descriptions will help you choose according to your interests and fitness. The walks are grouped together with care by local experts to give the best experience. While every effort will be made to adhere to the described itinerary, we may occasionally vary the sequence shown here or substitute an alternative route to suit local conditions or for other operational reasons, potentially at short notice.

Welcome to Parador de La Palma. Unpack and settle in.

Today both groups explore the southern tip of La Palma which is the site of the most recent volcanic activity.

Option 1 – Southern Volcanoes & Faro de Fuencaliente

Distance: 6 miles (9½km) 

Total ascent: 100 feet (30m)

Total descent: 2,300 feet (690m)

In summary: This walk starts from the southern town of Los Canarios to ascend Volcan San Antonio and visit the visitor centre. The route then descends through the volcanic lava fields before emerging at sea level in Faro de Fuencaliente. At the end of the walk there is time to explore the only commercial salt pans on La Palma and enjoy refreshments.

Highlight: The spectacular volcanic lava fields.

Option 2 – Camino Real & the Southern Volcanoes

Distance: 9 miles (14½km) 

Total ascent: 800 feet (240m)

Total descent: 3,200 feet (960m) 

In summary: The harder walk starts on the southeastern side of the island and follows the Camino Real (GR130) with good coastal views to reach Los Canarios. The route then follows the same path as the easier walk to arrive at Faro de Fuencaliente for refreshments.

Highlight: Fabulous views along the coast and out to the island of El Hiero.

Today both groups will explore the laurel forest of La Galga and part of the northeast coast, with spectacular views from Mirador de la Somada Alta.

Option 1 – Laurel Forest of La Galga & San Andrès

Distance: 6 miles (9½km)

Total ascent: 1,200 feet (360m)

Total Descent: 1,800 feet (550m)

In summary: The easier walk explores the laurel forests behind La Galga. The route ascends to the Mirador de la Somada Alta before beginning the descent into the depths of the laurel forest. The high sides of the ravine restrict the light to the valley floor creating a magical walk through the lush ferns and mosses. Emerging from the ravine, we descend to San Bartolome for lunch in a local bar, followed by a tour of the village and a viewpoint before travelling to the attractive village of San Andrès.

Highlight: Enjoy a typical lunch in a local bar.

Option 2 – Laurel Forest of La Galga & cliff paths to San Andrès

Distance: 8 miles (13km)

Total ascent: 1,700 feet (510m)

Total Descent: 3,500 feet (1050m)

In summary: The harder walk also explores the laurel forests, ascending to the Mirador de la Somada Alta before a descent to lunch in San Bartolome. We then descend to the coast to reach a cliff path (GR130). The cliff path continues through banana plantations to finally reach San Andrès and welcome refreshments.

Highlight: Stunning views of the coastline below.

Today takes us to the heart of the Taburiente National Park. On a clear day we will be able to enjoy stunning views from the Mirador de la Cumbrecita down into the Caldera de Taburiente and upwards to the rim of the caldera, before descending through the El Riachuelo valley.

Option 1 – Mirador de la Cumbrecita circuit

Distance: 7½ miles (12km) 

Total ascent: 1,000 feet (300m) 

Total descent: 2,000 feet (600m)

In summary: The first section of this panoramic circuit follows an almost level track with good views. We then reach a viewpoint at the Mirador de Los Roques. From La Cumbrecita there are good views back down the El Riachuelo valley. Leaving La Cumbrecita we walk down the quiet access road into the lower El Riachuelo valley. We then follow rough forest trails ascending to reach tracks below the Cumbre Nueva before continuing on pleasant forest trails to reach the Ermita de la Virgen del Pino.

Highlight: Panoramic views on the way to the viewpoint.

Option 2 – Mirador de la Cumbrecita circuit & the Camino de Gordian

Distance: 6½ miles (10½km)

Total ascent: 1,300 feet (400m)

Total descent: 2,700 feet (800m)

In summary: After enjoying the magnificent views on the circuit of La Cumbrecita, we descend a narrow path that contours high above the El Riachuelo valley, below the cliffs of the Cumbre Nueva. Descending into the lower valley, the rough path then skirts around the edge of farmland ascending onto the ridge of Lomo de Padron. Joining a track, we make our way down to the Ermita de la Virgen del Pino to meet the coach.

Highlight: A challenging route with breathtaking scenery.

Each week there is a free day when no guided walks are offered. This is an ideal opportunity to relax around the hotel, walk independently or visit local places of interest. Some options for your free day may include:

Hotel: Relax in the hotel, swim in the pool and take lunch on the patio.

Santa Cruz: Visit nearby Santa Cruz. Walk around the cobbled streets in the old quarter where there are traditional buildings with wooden carved balconies festooned with brightly coloured flowers. You can walk to the colourful market, have lunch in one of the many restaurants and walk along the promenade round the harbour.

Accompanied by a local guide, these walks take us to the highest point on the island. The summit area is home to many international observatories, located here due to the ‘dark skies’ of La Palma.

Option 1 – Roque de los Muchachos & the Caldera de Taburiente Rim

Distance: 4½ miles (7km)

Total ascent: 500 feet (150m)

Total descent: 2,200 feet (660m)

In summary: The walk will usually enjoy the magnificent views from the highest point on the island, Roque de las Muchachos (2,426m) and follow sections of the GR131 along the rim of the Caldera de Taburiente.

Highlight: Follow the caldera rim trail with picture postcard views down into the caldera.

Option 2 – Caldera de Taburiente Rim

Distance: 7 miles (11km)

Total ascent: 1,300 feet (400m) 

Total descent: 3,300 feet (1000m) 

In summary: The harder walk will also enjoy the magnificent views from the highest point on the island, Roque de las Muchachos (2,426m), and follow more of the GR131 along the rim of the Caldera de Taburiente across Pico de la Cruz and Pico de la Nieve before descending the eastern slopes through pine forests to meet the coach.

Highlight: Today we walk with a local guide who will share their extensive knowledge of the history and geology of the island.

Option 3 – Roque de los Muchachos & the Caldera de Taburiente Rim

Distance: 4½ miles (7km)

Total ascent: 500 feet (150m)

Total descent: 2,200 feet (660m)

In summary: The walk will usually enjoy the magnificent views from the highest point on the island, Roque de las Muchachos (2,426m) and follow sections of the GR131 along the rim of the Caldera de Taburiente.

Highlight: Follow the caldera rim trail with picture postcard views down into the caldera.

Today, we travel to the centre of this beautiful island where we can appreciate its volcanic geology.

Option 1 – Traverse of Cumbre Nueva

Distance: 7 miles (11km)

Total ascent: 1,000 feet (300m) 

Total descent: 2,100 feet (630m)

In summary: The easier walk ascends through enchanting woodlands on tracks used for centuries to cross from east to west on the island to the significant north-south intersection at Refugio del Pilar, a popular camping and recreational spot. It then descends on rough paths across the drier western slopes and lava fields of Montana Quemada to finish with refreshments at a bar on the outskirts of El Paso.

Highlight: Discover some of the oldest prehistoric lava flows.

Option 2 – Circuit of Pico Birigoyo & the Volcano Route

Distance: 9½ miles (15km)

Total ascent: 2,300 feet (700m)

In summary: The harder walk starts from the Refugio del Pilar and follows forest tracks to circuit Pico Birigoyo and ascends onto the ridge of the Volcano Route. We then follow the Volcano Route to view the crater del Hoyo Negro and ascend Pico Nambroque to enjoy stunning views southwards along the ridge. Returning northwards, we follow the GR131 back along the Volcano Route descending to the Refugio del Pilar where we meet the coach for a transfer to meet the easier walkers for a final drink.

Highlight: The Cumbre Vieja is one of the most active volcanic areas in the Canaries with over 120 volcanoes and craters.

We hope to see you again soon.

Parador de La Palma – La Palma

The Parador de la Palma is located in an area of great scenic beauty, close to the capital of the island. The Parador building is newly-constructed with traditional Canary Island architecture. It has an extensive garden of 44 hectares, home to native plants and fruit trees allowing pleasant walks along several paths where the plants are identified by their scientific names. There are stupendous views over the Atlantic Ocean at this very special location.

Previous

Next

Rooms

The Parador has 78 comfortable en-suite rooms, some with sea views from their balconies as well as air conditioning and satellite television.

The rooms are comfortably furnished with TV, telephone, room safe (free), Wi-Fi (free), en-suite bathroom with complimentary toiletries, hairdryer and minibar (charged).

About Your Stay

Inside, the reception leads to a central courtyard garden with shaded seating all around. A large bar area leads to an elegant dining room serving traditional Canary Island produce. At the reception there is a small shop selling essentials.

As well as offering a high standard of comfort, the hotel has an outdoor swimming pool (seasonal) and seating, a sauna and gym.

The Parador is set within 44 hectares of tropical gardens, with avacado trees and native plants. This makes a delightful walk in the evening with views of the Atlantic Ocean.

There is a comfortable sitting room and large bar area with seating. Free Wi-Fi is available throughout the hotel and bedrooms.

Food & Drink

Our holidays at La Palma are on a Half Board basis and include breakfast and evening meal.

Breakfast

The buffet breakfast consists of wide selection of breads, jams, fresh and stewed fruit, cereals, fruit juices, cheese and cold meats, tea and coffee. There are also hot breakfast options available.

Lunch (payable locally)

You may prefer to buy ingredients for your picnic lunch locally in nearby Breña Baja. On some days it may be possible to visit shops on the walk, or eat in a local café; your leaders will advise you of the options.

Evening meal

The restaurant specialises in preparing local dishes but does have international dishes on the menu (there is also a special gluten free menu). Recommended dishes include watercress or chickpea broth made with varied meats. Also recommended are the fresh, grilled or parboiled fishes, served with a good ”mojo” (typical Canary Island sauce).

Dinner is a 3-course meal served at your table. 

Drinks

The hotel has a well-stocked bar serving beer, wine and spirits

Your Evenings

Each evening your walking leaders will tell you about the choice of walks for the next day and answer any questions you may have. During the evening you may like to join in an optional organised evening activity; one evening we take our guests into Santa Cruz after the evening meal.  

We have organised a local guide to speak to our guests about the local geology and history of this interesting island.  On a warm evening, it is nice to just stroll in the gardens below the Parador or perhaps take part in a short quiz.

Guest Reviews

• Holiday Prices

• Prices with Flights from UK

These departure dates can be booked with flights or as land only holiday options. All packages that include flights are ATOL protected. Advertised flight prices are based on UK flights departing from London. Regional departures and/or connections to London, if available, can be requested. Cabin upgrades may also be available on request.

Important Information

• Single room: From £238 (complete holiday)
• With flight holidays: Flights from London Gatwick to La Palma included
• Regional flight available from Manchester from £60pp
• Our airport taxi service operates at this resort – price per taxi: £15 one way.
• Independent travellers can join our transfer from La Palma Airport: From £7pp one way.

Guided Walking Holiday Week in La Palma

La Palma – a mini Continent and dream destination for hiking

La Palma is still to many one of the more unknown Canary Islands and situated in the most Northwestern corner of the archipelago.The surface of this pear shaped island, is about one third of Tenerife, but La Palmas altitude compared to its surface is spectacular with the top of Roque de Los Muchachos at 2426 metres. The North to South mountain ridge (Cumbre) divides La Palma in a more humid East side and a dryer West side. Reason for this are the Northeast trade winds. All these geological and meteorological aspects make La Palma into an island of incredible diversities.

La Palma in a geological sense, is the second youngest island of the Canaries, with an age of less than two million years. This means that the island is still under construction. The last three volcanic eruptions took place in 1949 – 1971 and the last one lies still freshly in our memories. ..2021.

This might mean to some a too adventurous destination… But lets stick to the facts. None of La Palmas eruptions have ever been a threat to its people, nor to tourism and let us not forget that volcanology gave La Palma its very existence and beauty.

Walking La Palma makes you want to stand still, to look around and take it in. Mountainous, deep canyons, rugged coastlines, green forests, black beaches and the blue ocean around it. National Park Caldera de Taburiente, situated in one of worlds largest erosion craters, Nature Parks and many places of scientific interest, as well as protected marine areas along its coasts and a official protected Night Sky Reserve above, show how acknowledged its beauty is and the necessity of protecting it.

The five walks we offer will be lead by La Palma experienced guides, with great knowledge about and love for the Island. They will show you every corner of the island and each of its five different vegetation levels. Volcanic areas and old lava flows in the South, subtropical rainforest in the Northeast and subalpine near to La Palmas most important observatory of the Northern hemisphere.

We offer guided walking holidays here in November and January. In our opinion these are optimum times to visit with plenty of winter sunshine and mild temperatures giving ideal hiking conditions.

We hope we’ve tickled your curiosity and imagination and that you will join us on an unforgettable walking experience.

Hasta pronto – Hasta La Palma!

Hotel Las Olas is situated in the holiday village/urbanisation of Los Cancajos, just south of capital Santa Cruz and just north of the airport. A very good hotel, with friendly management. There are supermarkets near the hotel for people to buy their food and drinks for during the walks.

Jill Pinkerton and Peter van der Mussele have guided groups on most of the Canary Islands including Gran Canaria, Tenerife, La Gomera, Lanzarote and on Isla Bonita (La Palma). They have an excellent knowledge and understanding of the archipelago.

Jill Pinkerton

From a very early age Jill discovered her love of the great outdoors and being in the mountains which led her to pursue a very active career in a variety of outdoor education and personal development leadership roles.

She is a qualified Mountain Leader and has been leading guided walks, treks and expeditions for over 30 years. Jill has guided groups in the UK, across Europe and in Nepal. Her love of the sun and good life led her to emigrate to mainland Spain during the recent pandemic where she lives with Pete and their 58 olive trees.

Jill immediately fell in love with La Palma on her first visit and lived there for 16 months.

Peter van der Mussele

Pete is Dutch, and however flat Holland may be, his whole life he has had his connection with the outdoors and the mountains. Apart from having had mountain training in Scotland and Norway, he followed several courses with the Dutch Mountaineering club.

Pete has lived for sixteen years on the Canary Island of La Palma, where he worked guiding hiking groups in four different languages. At the moment he lives on the mainland of Spain together with his wife Jill and their cat.

Day 1

Arrival at the international airport of Santa Cruz de La Palma. From here your transfer will bring you, during a five minute drive, to your hotel, where you’ll be welcomed by your guides Jill and Pete. They will show you the hotel and take you to your room. Later that day, before dinner, there will be a briefing.

Day 2 – TOP OF THE ISLAND

To get to the starting point of this spectacular walk you’ll be taken up by private bus from sea level and through all five different vegetation levels, to the highest peak of the island (Roque de Los Muchachos 2526 metres). From here we first walk over a viewing point and later along the highest rim of the Island. It will give us a birdsview over La Palma all the way over to the neighbouring islands of Tenerife, La Gomera and El Hierro. The National Park of Caldera de Taburiente at our feet.

Top of the Island
Moderate Linear walk

12km

6hrs

259m

655m

Day 3 – THE VOLCANIC SOUTH

A short transfer leads to the Southwest of the Island. On the GR130 track we walk through pine forests and along vineyards. With the constant wonderful views towards the coast we arrive near the village of Fuencaliente, home of the largest winery of the island. From here it gradually goes all the way down to the lighthouse. On our the way down we’re able to have a look at the Teneguia volcano (1971) and walk its lava fields.

The Volcanic South
Moderate Linear walk

12km

6.5hrs

168m

685m

Day 4 – CALDERA de TABURIENTE (NAT.

PARK)

Another spectacular transfer takes us to a magnificent viewpoint right into the huge erosion crater of the National Park. From an altitude of 1463 metres we walk down into the very heart of the crater, surrounded by its steep walls. Once down we visit the waterfall of colours and follow the waterstream of Taburiente futher down through the gorge of Angustias to the finish.

Caldera de Taburiente
Challenging Linear walk

16km

7hrs

107m

869m

Day 5

Optional. Either a day off, or an extra walk for those who want to be booked on arrival on La Palma with your guides.

Day 6 – THE WILD NORTH

A beautiful transfer shows you a big part of the Northeast of the island and takes you to the far North. The walk starts in one of Europes last big laurel forests. Impressive trees and huge ferns accompany us further North, where all of a sudden it opens up a we are allowed a view over the rugged North coast of La Palma with its deep canyons (barrancos). One of them is waiting for us to cross…a tough ascent taken slowly, brings us to the little hamlet of El Tablado, where time seems to have stopped 60 years ago.

The Wild North
Challenging Linear walk

14km

5.5hrs

305m

762m

Day 7 – CUMBRECITA TO BEJENADO

After a short transfer we first pay a visit to the extremely informative Visitors Centre in the central area of El Paso. Its wonderful set up and by means of models and a short video will give you a better understanding of what we’re going to experience during our last walk.

The walk starts in a mountain saddle at over 1200 metres and goes first down along two magnificent viewpoints. When we have almost returned to where we started, an ascent starts up to Bejenado mountain top. We are allowed a last look over this incredible island, before a long descend takes us back to our transport.

Cumbrecita to Bejenado
Challenging Linear walk

14km

5.5hrs

548m

610m

Day 8 – Departure day

After having said goodbye and hopefully having made some new friends, you’ll be taken to the airport. In your luggage maybe a bottle of Palma wine and a chunk of Palma goats cheese, maybe not. But what we are sure of you’ll take is the memory of a exceptional walking experience.

Tour Dates 2022

Arrive: Thursday 10th November. Depart: Thursday 17th November (FULL)

Tour Dates 2023

Arrive: Thursday 12th January. Depart: Thursday 19th January (PLACES AVAILABLE)

Arrive: Thursday 9th November. Depart: Thursday 16th November (PLACES AVAILABLE)

Additional Dates

Please enquire if your group wishes alternative dates, we are reasonably flexible

Languages spoken

We can offer this holiday in four languages:

English, Dutch, German and Spanish.

Prices

€1250

Included:

• 7 nights full board accommodation in Hotel Las Olas, Los Cancajos
• Airport transfers
• All transport to and from the walks
• 5 Guided Walks
• Services of local, english speaking local guides

Optional:

• Single room supplement €25 per night
• Want an extra days walking? Day hike available (at modest additional cost)

N.B Minimum group size 4 persons

Flights: UK flights to La Palma via TUI flying direct every Thursday from Manchester and London Gatwick. Flight prices around €200 return.

Canary adventure

• How to get to Tenerife
• Responsibilities of a crew member
• Living conditions on board
• What to bring?

Sailing plan

Where is Shtandart now?

This year the Shtandart frigate will spend the winter in the Canary Islands. Anyone can explore new lands as part of the crew of a unique sailboat. We have developed four special weekly itineraries for you. Choose one or more and join us!

Route 1. Islands in the ocean

Dates: 12/28/13 – 01/03/14

Day 1. Arrival. Accommodation on the ship. In the evening we go out to sea towards the island of La Palma.

Day 2. Trek to the island of La Palma. Parking in the harbor of Santa Cruz de La Palma, the capital of the island, or on the beach of Puerto de Tazacorte. A trip to the Caldera de Taburiente National Natural Park, where the world’s largest volcanic crater of erosional origin is located. Those who wish can climb one of the active volcanoes, see lighthouses and salt mines.

Day 3. Trek to the island of El Hierro, almost untouched by tourists. This island is considered the westernmost point of the Old World, next to the Faro de la Orchilla lighthouse there is still a sign of the prime meridian. True, now this island is known mainly for dive sites. The ship will stop at La Restinga or Puerto de la Estaca.

Day 4. Night crossing to the island of La Gomera. Visit to Garajonay National Park. Most likely, on the way to the island we will see dolphins or whales.

Day 5. Trek to the island of Tenerife, to the port of Amarilla or Las Gaietas, along the favorite “pastures” of whales. Inspection of the island, hiking or horseback riding.

Day 6. Sailing to the capital of Tenerife and the Canary Islands, Santa Cruz de Tenerife. Bathing in the ocean.

Day 7. Return to Santa Cruz de Tenerife.

Cost: 25 and over € 640 / under 25 € 549

Participate!

Route 2. Following the trail of Columbus

Dates: 11.01.14 – 01/17/14, 02/08/14-14.02.14

Day 1. arrivals. Accommodation on the ship. In the evening we go to the sea, we go to the southwest, in the direction of Masca beach.

Day 2. Parking at the black beach of Masca (or, depending on the weather, entering Los Gigantes). Here you can meet whales and sea turtles. Hiking along the Maska gorge, climbing to the highest point of the island. In the evening, departure to the island of La Gomera.

Day 3. Arrival at La Gomera, Columbus Island. Here he made a stop on his way to America. They say he fell in love with the ruler of the island, Beatrice de Bobadilla, and stayed in the Canaries for a long time. In the city of San Sebastian de la Gomera, we will see the church in which Columbus prayed before sailing, the house in which he lived, the well from where the sailors took water, with the inscription “Americ was baptized with this water. In addition, unique laurel forests have been preserved on the island.

Day 4. Sea passage to the island of Gran Canaria, the city of Pasito Blanco. Hiking to Roko Nublo, “Cloud Rock”, which the natives of the island considered sacred. In good weather, the Teide volcano on the island of Tenerife is visible from the observation deck. On request, it is possible to visit the theme park Palmitos, a subtropical oasis located in a gorge surrounded by palm trees and cacti. About two hundred species of birds live in the park, there is an orchid house, a butterfly house, an aquarium, a primate island, a parrot show and a dolphin show …

Day 5. Parking in Pasito Blanca. A trip to the Palmitas park or a water park, or a sailing trip is possible.

Day 6. Exit to the ocean. It is possible to enter Las Palmas. In the evening, head to Tenerife.

Day 7. Return to Santa Cruz de Tenerife.

Cost: 25 and over € 640 / under 25 € 549

Participate!

Route 3. Three elements

Dates: 04.01.14 – 10.01.14, 01.02.14-07.02.14

The Canary Islands are the meeting place of the three elements, water, earth and fire. The ocean – and sheer cliffs rising from the water. White sand – and tropical forests. Mangrove swamps – and active volcanoes. Moving from island to island, we will see non-tourist Canaries.

Day 1. Arrival. Accommodation on the ship. In the evening, going to sea, heading for Gran Canaria.

Day 2. Arrival in Las Palmas. Hike to Roco Nublo, the “Cliff of the Clouds”, one of the main symbols of the Canary Islands, a natural monument over 60 meters high. Exit to the ocean, heading to the island of Fuerteventura.

Day 3. Arrival in Morro Jable. Visit to the Oasis Park in La Lajita – a wildlife sanctuary inhabited by exotic animals.

Day 4. Trek to Corralejo. Hiking or horseback riding, swimming, barbecue.

Day 5. Arrival in Playa Blanca. Excursion to Timanfaya Park. Just a few meters from the surface, the temperature reaches 600 degrees. A handful of hay thrown into a pit burns instantly. Those who wish can dine in a restaurant where only the heat coming from the earth is used for cooking. And the locals call this area Mal Pais, bad land.

Day 6. Sailing in Tenerife.

Day 7. Return to Santa Curus de Tenerife

Cost: 25 years and over € 640 / younger than 25 years old 549

take part!

Route 4. Inhabitants of the deep

Dates: 18.01.14-24.01.14, 15.02.14-21.02.14

Arrival 20.9022 Accommodation on the ship. In the evening, going out to sea, we go to the southern tip of the island.

Day 2. Arrival in Puerto Colon. Our path will pass through the habitats of whales and dolphins. Undeterred by the noise of the engines, they can swim quite close.

Day 3. Going to sea. Sailing in Puerto Rico. Whale pastures. It is possible to visit the water park or the theme park Palmitas.

Day 4. Camp in Puerto Rico. View of the island.

Day 5. Sea crossing in Morro Jable.

Day 6. Stop at Morro Jable. Inspection of the island, visit to the park “Oasis” in La Lajita, exit to Tenerife.

Day 7. Return to Santa Cruz de Tenerife.

Cost: 25 and over € 640 / under 25 € 549

Participate!

7 wonders of the Canary Islands –

The Canary Islands are not only a holiday all year round with comfort, but also a new unknown world: valleys with Martian and lunar landscapes, volcanic landscape, bizarre plants.

Timanfaya Park in Lanzarote

In the southwest of Lanzarote, the easternmost and most mysterious Canary Island, lies the Timanfaya National Park. This is a reserve of “fire-breathing mountains” – dormant and extinct volcanoes. The last strongest eruptions shook Lanzarote in the period 1730-36. Then the fertile fields and valleys were completely destroyed. Today, the island soil is hidden under frozen, lifeless basalt flows. The area of ​​Timanfaya Park is more than 5 hectares – almost the entire territory of the island, covered with lava, is included in the reserve. The local landscapes surprise and shock observers, they are so similar to Martian ones: the earth is scorched, there is almost no greenery, the birds do not sing. The rugged beauty is amazing.

Tourists admire the landscapes in ocher and black-and-red tones, visit the extraordinary restaurant El Diablo, working on the crater. Independent walks in the protected area are prohibited: only organized excursions along specially laid routes are possible. In the island relief, many funnels, underground caves are hidden, into which it is easy to fall. Warmth emanates from the earth: literally under your feet, under a thin shell of stone soil, a fire-breathing volcanic element bubbles. You can get to Timanfaya Park by rented car or bus from the village of El Golfo. Cars are left in a special parking lot. Bus tours with an audio guide leave every quarter of an hour throughout the park; Hiking trails and camel rides are organized.

“Underwater cemetery” Las Cruces de Malpique near La Palma

A large memorial complex is hidden under water, at the southern tip of the green island of La Palma. Forty true believers are buried here – Catholic priests who have found their last refuge in the ocean. In 1570, the ship Santiago, on which missionaries of the Jesuit order headed by Ignacio de Acevedo sailed to Brazil, was boarded by French pirates. The leader of the Protestant invaders was Jacques Sauret.

The pirates mocked the Jesuits, forcing them to renounce their Catholic faith in exchange for their lives. The threats did not break the monks – the Huguenots killed them and threw them overboard. In 1999, the inhabitants of La Palma installed forty crosses on the seabed in memory of the feat of true faith. The tombstones stand at a depth of 25 meters, attracting divers and photographers. Cruces de Malpique (Las Cruces de Malpique) is a biosphere reserve, a UNESCO site. Turtles, moray eels, barracudas and huge groupers live here. You can only dive in calm weather when the sun is shining. The dive site Las Cruces is located in the sea, at Punta Malpique, at the beginning of the Costa el Faro motorway. The landmark is the Faro de Fuencaliente lighthouse, installed on the southernmost point of the island of Palma.

“Organ” of the island of La Gomera – rock Los Organos

You can only see the unique “sculptural composition” of Los Organos, which is located on the northern coast of the foggy La Gomera (La Gomera), only from the water. The rock walls, like thousands of silent organ pipes, drop steeply into the ocean. Foamy waves break on this impregnable sheer stronghold. Lava flows petrified here after a powerful eruption. Water and wind, gradually destroying the basalt, cut the stone into countless vertical columns over the centuries, resembling a huge church organ.

Los Órganos is 800 meters high. The total area of ​​the natural monument is 150 hectares. It is fenced, and it is impossible to get close to it from the land side. The rock is located near the town of Vallehermoso. Tourists go to watch Los Organos on hired boats from the resort towns of Playa de Santiago and Valle Gran Rey: excursion routes go around La Gomera along the eastern coast. Pleasure boats offer an impressive panorama of the coast, settlements and bays. On the way, tourists often meet whales and dolphins.

Canarian juniper – a relic tree Sabina de El Hierro

On the farthest island of the archipelago, tiny El Hierro, there is no variety of hotels and tourist fuss. People come here not for comfort – for vivid impressions. El Hierro is visited by connoisseurs of pristine nature, silence, unusual landscapes, diving, ecotourism. The glory of the island was made up of the relic juniper forests of El Sabinar – a protected park on top of a volcanic massif, on the mountain plain of Dehes.

The highest point of El Hierro is adorned by the ancient Canarian juniper Sabina de El Hierro, a symbol of the island, majestic and gloomy, broken by the wind and leaning to the ground. On the way to the top of La Dehesa, where miracle trees grow, views of the fantastically beautiful valley of El Golfo open up, the panorama of the entire small island. The natural monument of Sabina de El Hierro can be reached via the HI-500 highway (located on the western edge of the island, a short walk from the car park).

Lunar Landscapes in Tenerife

Not far from the high mountain village of Vilaflor, the highest settlement in Tenerife, there is a rocky landscape of extraordinary structure. The mountain formation “Lunar Landscapes” (Lunar Landscape) arose sometime during the eruption of Teide. Today, in the middle of the slope, overgrown with Canarian pines, bizarre rounded light peaks rise. The lava, frozen in the form of cones, resembles an alien relief in the vision of the directors of science fiction films (this area, indeed, served as a location for films more than once).

On the way to the summit, observers from different angles have views of the majestic Teide, the southern coast of Tenerife, the peak of neighboring Gran Canaria, the outer part of the Las Cañadas caldera. Tourists have to walk up to the “Lunar Landscapes” along winding mountain paths. The entire route, starting from Vilaflor, takes about 13 km. You can drive along the TF-21 highway for another 2 kilometers towards Teide until you reach a dirt road and continue along the scenic area, following the signs.

Rock Sanctuary – Roque Nublo in Gran Canaria

The center of the round island of Gran Canaria is occupied by mountain landscapes. In the heart of the massif, near the town of Tejeda, stands the famous “Rock in the Clouds” – the Roque Nublo cliff. The top of the volcanic formation, resembling either an ancient idol or a stone finger, reaches 1.8 km above sea level. Above the surface of the earth, a lonely cliff rose 80 meters. The Guanches who lived in Gran Canaria in the pre-Hispanic period worshiped Roque Nublo, considering him a petrified deity who descended from heaven.

Gifts were placed at the foot of a lonely rock, and prayers were offered to it. Legends of the magical power of Roque Nublo still live in the epic of Gran Canaria. To the top, on which the cliff stands, you need to go along the mountain paths from the main road. The length of the path is about 5 km on an uneven rocky surface. Trekking trails are laid from Tejeda, Arucas, and other nearby settlements. Following the route, you can see other unique stone formations: Monk Peak and Frog Rock.

Las Penitas ravine in Fuerteventura

In the middle of gloomy granite rocks on ancient Fuerteventura lies a fabulous desert oasis. It is called Las Penitas. Unlike the ancient Canarian monuments of nature, this unique object was formed relatively recently – after the civil war. The tour starts at Vega de Río Palmas. You need to walk about 4 km along the path, following the signs. The road passes over an old dry lake and a man-made dam. A river flows out of the ground between the stone ridges in the winter months. Once it was a powerful mountain stream, but now it has turned into a small stream. It forms a small lake covered with aquatic vegetation. From the Mirador Las Penitas you can see huge granite rocks and a green “island” below between the slopes. To see the landscape of Las Peñitas, you need to drive to Vega.

Canary adventures of the frigate Shtandart. – Cheaptrip – Carpe Diem

Airfare changes! To reduce the risk of fare recalculation, you can use the club system (details here).

This year the Shtandart frigate will spend the winter in the Canary Islands. Anyone can explore new lands as part of the crew of a unique sailboat. We offer you four special winter weekly routes, including Happy New Year!

Special project Ch

Cost of participation on ANY selected stage of the route – 549*/640 euros SOLD!
when booking two or more stages discounts!
*special price for travelers under 25!

Route 1: “Islands in the Ocean”

Dates: December 28 – January 3 (La Gomera New Year) or January 25 – January 31 upd 20/12 more expensive, now 850 euros

Program:

Day 1. Arrival. Accommodation on the ship. In the evening we go out to sea towards the island of La Palma.
Day 2. Transfer to the island of La Palma. Parking in the harbor of Santa Cruz de La Palma, the capital of the island, or on the beach of Puerto de Tazacorte. A trip to the Caldera de Taburiente National Natural Park, where the world’s largest volcanic crater of erosional origin is located. Those who wish can climb one of the active volcanoes, see lighthouses and salt mines.
Day 3. Trek to the island of El Hierro, almost untouched by tourists. This island is considered the westernmost point of the Old World, next to the Faro de la Orchilla lighthouse there is still a sign of the prime meridian. True, now this island is known mainly for dive sites. The ship will stop at La Restinga or Puerto de la Estaca.
Day 4. Night crossing to the island of La Gomera. Visit to Garajonay National Park. Most likely, on the way to the island we will see dolphins or whales.
Day 5. Trek to the island of Tenerife, to the port of Amarilla or Las Gaietas, along the favorite “pastures” of whales. Inspection of the island, hiking or horseback riding.
Day 6. Sailing to the capital of Tenerife and the Canary Islands, Santa Cruz de Tenerife. Bathing in the ocean.
Day 7. Return to Santa Cruz de Tenerife.

Route 2: “In the footsteps of Columbus”

Dates: January 11 – January 17 or February 8 – February 14 upd 13/12 no places!

Program :

Day 1. Arrival. Accommodation on the ship. In the evening we go to the sea, we go to the southwest, in the direction of Masca beach.
Day 2. Parking at the black beach of Masca (or, depending on weather conditions, entry to Los Gigantes). Here you can meet whales and sea turtles. Hiking along the Maska gorge, climbing to the highest point of the island. In the evening, departure to the island of La Gomera.
Day 3. Arrival at La Gomera, Columbus Island. Here he made a stop on his way to America. They say he fell in love with the ruler of the island, Beatrice de Bobadilla, and stayed in the Canaries for a long time. In the city of San Sebastian de la Gomera, we will see the church in which Columbus prayed before sailing, the house in which he lived, the well from where the sailors took water, with the inscription “Americ was baptized with this water. In addition, unique laurel forests have been preserved on the island.
Day 4. Sailing to the island of Gran Canaria, the city of Pasito Blanco. Hiking to Roko Nublo, “Cloud Rock”, which the natives of the island considered sacred. In good weather, the Teide volcano on the island of Tenerife is visible from the observation deck. On request, it is possible to visit the theme park Palmitos, a subtropical oasis located in a gorge surrounded by palm trees and cacti. About two hundred species of birds live in the park, there is an orchid house, a butterfly house, an aquarium, a primate island, a parrot show and a dolphin show . ..
Day 5. Parking in Pasito Blanca. A trip to the Palmitas park or a water park, or a sailing trip is possible.
Day 6. Exit to the ocean. It is possible to enter Las Palmas. In the evening, head to Tenerife.
Day 7. Return to Santa Cruz de Tenerife.

Route 3: “Three Elements”

Dates: January 4 – January 10 or February 1 – February 7 upd 31/01 Attention! add. stage from 22.02 to 1.03

Program:

Day 1. Arrival. Accommodation on the ship. In the evening, going to sea, heading for Gran Canaria.
Day 2. Arrival in Las Palmas. Hike to Roco Nublo, the “Cliff of the Clouds”, one of the main symbols of the Canary Islands, a natural monument over 60 meters high. Exit to the ocean, heading to the island of Fuerteventura.
Day 3. Arrival in Morro Jable. Visit to the Oasis Park in La Lajita – a wildlife sanctuary inhabited by exotic animals.
Day 4. Trek to Corralejo. Hiking or horseback riding, swimming, barbecue.
Day 5. Arrival in Playa Blanca. Excursion to Timanfaya Park. Just a few meters from the surface, the temperature reaches 600 degrees. A handful of hay thrown into a pit burns instantly. Those who wish can dine in a restaurant where only the heat coming from the earth is used for cooking. And the locals call this area Mal Pais, bad land.
Day 6. Sailing in Tenerife.
Day 7. Return to Santa Cruz de Tenerife

Route 4: “Inhabitants of the Deep”

Dates: January 18 – January 24 upd 13/01 cheaper, now 420 euros, for all ages! or February 15 – February 21

Program:

Day 1. Arrival. Accommodation on the ship. In the evening, going out to sea, we go to the southern tip of the island.
Day 2. Arrival in Puerto Colon. Our path will pass through the habitats of whales and dolphins. Undeterred by the noise of the engines, they can swim quite close.
Day 3. Exit to the sea. Sailing in Puerto Rico. Whale pastures. It is possible to visit the water park or the theme park Palmitas.
Day 4. Parking in Puerto Rico. View of the island.
Day 5. Sea crossing in Morro Jable.
Day 6. Parking in Morro Jable. Inspection of the island, visit to the park “Oasis” in La Lajita, exit to Tenerife.
Day 7. Return to Santa Cruz de Tenerife.

You can read about the requirements for candidates and living conditions on the ship here

For all questions, write to the post office: sport () cheaptrip.ru board, including snacks, coffee and tea, port fees, pre-expedition materials, uniforms.
Additional charges: air travel (Route 1. from 750 euros Route 2. from 450 euros, Route 3. from 750 euros, Route 4. from 375 euros, please specify a/c and connections when booking), visa costs, sports medical insurance (4 euros per day, mandatory), luggage and trip cancellation insurance.

Getting to Tenerife Reina Sofia Airport by Bus

Passengers can travel to or from Tenerife South Airport by bus, as there are extensive bus services in Tenerife. The buses are considered to offer a reliable and cost effective form of transportation.

Tenerife South Airport consists of a single terminal building, which handles all international and domestic departure and arrival flights. Since that the Canary Islands are famous for their beautiful beaches, warm weather and upmarket holiday resorts, Tenerife South is a popular arrival point for thousands of local and international tourists. Although many car hire companies are found at the airport, and taxis are always available in the taxi rank, many passengers prefer to travel on the buses of the island, as they are a much cheaper way to their next destination. Passengers will find the bus stops at Tenerife South Airport just opposite the arrivals gate of the terminal building.

There are currently three bus routes available from Tenerife South Airport, which travel to various near and far destinations on the island. One of the nice things about Tenerife is that it is relatively easy to get to any of the towns, even if you need to travel all the way to the northern coast, as it is only approximately 60 or 70 km across the island from the south. The Route 111 bus from Tenerife South Airport travels to Santa Cruz, the island’s capital city and a major tourist destination, and also stops at the Los Christianos beaches and the Playa de las Américas. This bus is available approximately every half an hour, between the hours of 06:20 and 22:20. From the Santa Cruz bus terminal, many other bus routes are available to the northern areas of the island.

Another two bus routes from Tenerife South Airport travel to Puerto de la Cruz, and are known as the Route 340 and Route 343 buses. Travelling time to this region of Tenerife is approximately an hour and twenty-five minutes, and regular bus services are available. However, if you need to travel to Tenerife North Airport, the Route 343 bus should be used. In general, the buses from Tenerife South Airport provide transport to Santa Cruz and Puerto de la Cruz, the Tenerife North Airport and the most popular beaches found towards the south of the island.

A company known as the Transportes Interurbanos de Tenerife operates the public buses in Tenerife, or TITSA for short, which has been providing transport services for over thirty years. TITSA has also become one of the most important transport companies in Spain, as their services provide a vital role in the mobility of local people and tourists between the municipalities of Tenerife. Passengers can reach just about every main town and city in Tenerife by bus, and TITSA’s services operate 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. There are also about 3,700 bus stops on the island.

TITSA operates a fleet of 550 buses, and has one of the most modern fleets in Europe, which means that the buses of Tenerife are fitted with the latest technology regarding safety and comfort. They are also mechanically sound, and therefore able to provide a reliable transport service. The most recent vehicle purchases by the company are known as EEV buses, which stand for Enhanced Environmental-Friendly Vehicles. They produce lower emissions of carbon dioxide, and other harmful substances, and therefore help to sustain healthy living conditions for all in Tenerife. Many of the buses on the island are also fully accessible for disabled passengers. If an accessible bus is required at the airport, it is best to contact the company ahead of your arrival to ensure that one is available for the route you wish to take. Further information regarding TITSA is available at www.titsa.com.

Bus tickets are generally very inexpensive when compared to a taxi fare, and for the routes from Tenerife South Airport, the costs are between €2.25 and €9.70. There are also travel cards available, for either €12.00 or €30.00, which can be used on the tram services as well. A monthly travel card is available for €40.00 for the exclusive use in the metropolitan area – Santa Cruz de Tenerife, La Laguna, El Rosario and Tegueste. Passengers may also purchase a single bus ticket from the driver of their bus, but change can only be provided for a maximum of €10.00.

Another form of bus transport quite popular from Tenerife South Airport are hotel shuttles, operated by the various hotels and holiday resorts in the area. Many own their own buses for the transport of their guests between the airport and their place of accommodation. These services should be booked at the time of reserving accommodation. There are also several private companies available, which mainly offer transport to the resorts nearby, and are sometimes provided as part of a package deal.

Passengers arriving at Tenerife South Airport can rely on the buses to get to their next destination, and passengers departing from the airport will also find the buses to provide an excellent service.

Tenerife South Airport (Reina Sofia) Transfers

Why book your Tenerife airport transfers with HolidayTaxis

We are very passionate about helping you on your travels and providing excellent quality airport transfers to get you to your destination. When you book with us, we can reassure you that up to 24-hours before you are due to travel, you will be able to amend or cancel your booking and receive a full refund without any hidden fees. At HolidayTaxis we have a vast number of destinations available including Tenerife South (Reina Sofia) Airport. With reliable suppliers around the world and 7 days a week English customer service team we pride ourselves on being the easiest and quickest way for you to arrive at your holiday destination.

Transfer options from/to Tenerife South (Reina Sofia) Airport (TFS)?

We operate both private car hire transfers and shared shuttle services in Tenerife. Our Tenerife airport transfer services are fully licensed, insured, and guaranteed to be clean for your journey. With strict Covid protocols across all transfers, you can have peace of mind when traveling with HolidayTaxis.  

We suggest pre-booking your Tenerife Airport private transfers for a party of any size, from couples, families, and large group transfers, as our reputable suppliers have a range of good quality vehicles to suit all needs. By booking in advance there is no need to spend time in the taxi queues at the airport. Our airport transfers offer you stress-free travel with English-speaking drivers who are local to the area.

Input your destinations above in the journey planner and choose from our choices of airport transfers available on your dates of arrival and departure. Your driver will then meet you at arrivals when you land. Don’t worry if your flight is delayed, as we pass your flight number along to our drivers and they will wait an hour for you after your plane lands. This means you will have plenty of time to get your luggage and passport control.   

Should I choose a shuttle bus service or a private transfer?

We offer a range of cost-effective transfer options from the airport to your hotel in Tenerife, such as our shared shuttles or private standard car hire or travel in comfort with our premier car service with upgraded wait time and vehicles. We also offer a private minibus and wheelchair-accessible vehicles, all of which will get you quickly and safely to your destination, without the hassle of local taxi queues.

We can accommodate any transport to any hotel, resort, and location, including the ferry port of Santa Cruz in Tenerife. Benefit from all-inclusive prices with no hidden fees, comfortable journey, and courteous service. Book your Tenerife transfers to and from the airport with us and choose the right transfer for you.

Popular Tenerife airport transfers and their journey times:

Golf del Sur, 15 minutes

Los Cristianos, 15 minutes

Costa Adeje, 15 minutes

Playa de las Américas, 20 minutes

Guia de Isora, 35 minutes

La Caleta, 35 minutes

Playa de la Arena, 55 minutes

Santa Cruz, 55 minutes

Puerto de la Cruz, 60 minutes

Playa de Fanabe, 80 minutes

Los Gigantes, 90 minutes

Garachico, 90 minutes

*You can check your Tenerife Airport transfer duration and price by completing the search form at the top of this page. Times may differ depending on local traffic on the day of transfer.

Top things to do in Tenerife:

Being the largest Canary Island, Tenerife has so much to offer for all ages and can give you that well-needed sunny holiday, even in the winter. If you are looking for that beach holiday with fun excursions, then Tenerife is the best place to visit. With an average temperature of 23°C throughout the year Tenerife makes a great family holiday with lots to see and do including water activities and visiting volcanic pools.

Visiting a water park – Siam Park

One of the best water parks in the world! The Thai-themed water park is a fun-filled day out for all ages and families. It offers a variety of slides, rides, and activities for those looking to relax on the Mai Thai River or seek adrenalin on the Tower of Power!

Siam Park also has eateries, shops, and services, so you can stay and enjoy your whole day with everything you need in the park. 

Mount Teide

Located in the centre of the island, Teide National Park is one of UNESCO World Heritage Sites and is home to Volcan El Teide, an active volcano. The island has a climate referred to as ‘microclimate’, so you could be sunbathing at the beach in the south but be surrounded by snow at the peak of El Teide.

If you are looking to hike up Mount Teide, you will need a permit to walk to the peak, which you will need to apply for in advance. Or, if you are looking for a more comfortable experience, you can have a scenic drive up and catch a cable car to the summit to enjoy the breathtaking views. You may also wish to visit at night and stargaze at the Teide Observatory.

Take a boat tour around Tenerife

Boat tours are a great way of taking in the scenery and exploring the island. Whether you have a private or shared excursion, there will be plenty to see and learn about you may even spot whales and dolphins in their natural habitat!

Local tour guides depart in the South most days from either Los Cristianos or Los Gigantes.

Visit Tenerife beaches

The weather will still be warm enough to have beach days and sunbathe in Tenerife in December, with plenty of choice of beaches in the south of the island in Playa de las Americas or Costa Adeje. Some beaches, for example, Playa del Duque beach have a range of facilities with lifeguards, shops, restaurants, and sunbed hire.

Loro Parque

Being one of the most popular attractions in the Canaries, Loro Parque is an animal adventure park with a diverse range of animals, guaranteed to be another great day out for the family! Loro Parque has a variety of eateries and other entertainment activities to do throughout the day.

Located just off the coast in Puerto de la Cruz, Santa Cruz, it is easily accessible by car and by the bus and express train service they offer to help their visitors reach them. More information on services and purchasing tickets can be found on their website. 

FAQ’s

What happens once I’ve booked my transfers from Tenerife Airport?

When you pre-book a private transfer, you will receive a ‘Meet & Greet’ service where one of our friendly drivers will be waiting for you at the airport. They will be holding a sign with your name, ready to whisk you away to your hotel door quickly. You may get some valuable insider travel tips on what to see, where to eat, and which events to join in whilst on holiday in Tenerife.

If you choose one of our shared shuttles, then your driver will meet you at a designated location at the airport. The buses are located right outside the terminal. All booking vouchers will have your transfer details and important information including pick up times and supplier contact information.

What does the price include?

Once you complete the booking, the price you paid is all-inclusive and includes all gratuities and tolls. You don’t need to tip your driver. Our private transfers are priced per vehicle, whereas our shared shuttles are priced per passenger.

Click here to book your Tenerife Airport transfers!

Trustpilot

Madrid Airport (MAD) to Reina Sofia Museum

Find Transport to Reina Sofia Museum

Travel From

Travel From

To

Search accommodation with Booking. com

Need a hotel room in Madrid?

Book now

There are 6 ways to get from Madrid Airport (MAD) to Reina Sofia Museum by subway, train, bus, taxi, car, shuttle or towncar

Select an option below to see step-by-step directions and to compare ticket prices and travel times in Rome2rio’s travel planner.

Line 8 subway, train

 •  43 min

1. 
   Take the line 8 subway from Aeropuerto T4 to Nuevos Ministerios
   
   
   8
   





2. 
   Take the train from Nuevos Ministerios to Atocha
   
   
   C4 / …
   

Line 203 bus

 •  1h 5m

1. 
   Take the line 203 bus from Aeropuerto T4 to Estación De Atocha
   
   
   203
   

Taxi

 •  19 min

1. 
   Take a taxi from Madrid Airport (MAD) to Reina Sofia Museum
   
   
   21. 2 km
   

Drive

 •  19 min

1. 
   Drive from Madrid Airport (MAD) to Reina Sofia Museum
   
   
   21.2 km
   

Shuttle

 •  19 min

1. 
   Take a shuttle bus from Madrid Airport to Reina Sofia Museum

Towncar

 •  19 min

1. 
   Take a town car from Madrid Airport to Reina Sofia Museum
   
   
   21.2 km
   

Quickest way to get there
Cheapest option
Distance between

Madrid Airport (MAD) to Reina Sofia Museum by subway, train and walk

713


Weekly Services

43 min


Average Duration

€8


Cheapest Price

See schedules




Share

Save this link to stay updated on COVID-19 restrictions

Travel safe during COVID-19

Rules to follow in Spain

Mandatory

Mandatory

Travel within Spain

Observe COVID-19 safety rules

COVID-19 help in Spain

If you need help, visit the national COVID-19 website or call the COVID-19 Helpline 112

Frequently Asked Questions

Am I allowed to travel from Madrid Airport (MAD) to Reina Sofia Museum?

What are the travel restrictions in Reina Sofia Museum?

Domestic travel is not restricted, but some conditions may apply

• Face masks are mandatory
• There is a social distancing requirement of 1. 5 metres
• Observe COVID-19 safety rules

Explore travel options

What is the national COVID-19 helpline number in Reina Sofia Museum?

The national COVID-19 helpline number in Reina Sofia Museum is 112.

Do I have to wear a face mask on public transport in Reina Sofia Museum?

Wearing a face mask on public transport in Reina Sofia Museum is mandatory.

What should I do if I have COVID-19 symptoms when I arrive in Reina Sofia Museum?

Make yourself known to an official member of staff and/or call the national coronavirus helpline number on 112.

Last updated: 3 Oct 2022

Exceptions may apply, for full details: European Union.

We’re working around the clock to bring you the latest COVID-19 travel updates.
This information is compiled from official sources. To the best of our knowledge, it is correct as of the last update.
Visit Rome2rio travel advice for general help.

Questions & Answers

What is the cheapest way to get from Madrid Airport (MAD) to Reina Sofia Museum?

The cheapest way to get from Madrid Airport (MAD) to Reina Sofia Museum is to line 203 bus which costs €2 and takes 1h 5m.

More details

How do I get from Madrid Airport (MAD) to Reina Sofia Museum the fastest?

The fastest way to get from Madrid Airport (MAD) to Reina Sofia Museum is to taxi. Taking this option will cost €35 – €45 and takes 19 min.

More details

Is there a direct bus between Madrid Airport (MAD) and Reina Sofia Museum?

Yes, there is a direct bus departing from Aeropuerto T4 and arriving at Estación De Atocha. Services depart every five minutes, and operate every day. The journey takes approximately 1h.

More details

Is there a direct train between Madrid Airport (MAD) and Reina Sofia Museum?

No, there is no direct train from Madrid Airport (MAD) to Reina Sofia Museum. However, there are services departing from Aeropuerto T4 and arriving at Atocha via Nuevos Ministerios. The journey, including transfers, takes approximately 43 min.

More details

How far is it from Madrid Airport (MAD) to Reina Sofia Museum?

The distance between Madrid Airport (MAD) and Reina Sofia Museum is 13 km. The road distance is 21.2 km.

Get driving directions

How do I travel from Madrid Airport (MAD) to Reina Sofia Museum without a car?

The best way to get from Madrid Airport (MAD) to Reina Sofia Museum without a car is to line 8 subway and train which takes 43 min and costs €7 – €10.

More details

How long does it take to get from Madrid Airport (MAD) to Reina Sofia Museum?

It takes approximately 43 min to get from Madrid Airport (MAD) to Reina Sofia Museum, including transfers.

More details

What companies run services between Madrid Airport (MAD), Spain and Reina Sofia Museum, Madrid, Spain?

Empresa Municipal de Transportes operates a bus from Aeropuerto T4 to Estación De Atocha every 5 minutes. Tickets cost €2 and the journey takes 1h.

Metro de Madrid

Phone

+34 902 44 44 03

Website

metromadrid.es

Ave. Duration

21 min

Frequency

Every 10 minutes

Estimated price

€3

Website

Consorcio Regional de Transportes de Madrid

Renfe Cercanias

This regional commuter train system (also known as Cercanías) connects Barcelona with Catalonia and the Barcelona metropolitan area, including popular destinations like Sitges and the Costa Brava. The network of routes mostly runs overground and connects to many Barcelona metro and bus stations. Trains run frequently, and tickets can be bought at station ticket machines on the day of travel. Two children per adult (up to 6 years) can travel for free. If you’re arriving or departing Barcelona on a domestic AVE or long-distance train, check your ticket for a 5-digit Combinado Cercanias code, which is redeemable for a free local ticket from the ticket machines.

Phone

+34 902 320 320

Email

[email protected]

Website

renfe.com

Ave. Duration

9 min

Frequency

Every 15 minutes

Website

Renfe Cercanias

Renfe Viajeros

Spain’s excellent and extensive rail system connects cities across Spain and into neighbouring countries. Renfe’s high-speed AVE trains can reach speeds of up to 350km/h, making travel between major cities very efficient. All medium- and long-distance trains require a seat reservation; ticket sales for these trains usually open 30-60 days before travel. Most Renfe trains have two classes: Turista (2nd class) and Preferente (1st class), although some AVE trains offer Turista Plus. There is free WiFi for Preferente passengers and for those with a +Renfe loyalty card.

Phone

+34 91 232 03 20

Email

[email protected]

Website

renfe.com

Ave. Duration

8 min

Frequency

Every 4 hours

Estimated price

€5 – €7

Website

Renfe Viajeros

Empresa Municipal de Transportes

Phone

+34 902 50 78 50

Email

atencioncliente@emtmadrid. es

Website

emtmadrid.es

Ave. Duration

1h

Frequency

Every 5 minutes

Estimated price

€2

Website

EMT Madrid

Taxi from Madrid Airport (MAD) to Reina Sofia Museum

Ave. Duration

19 min

Estimated price

€35 – €45

Phone

+34 910 85 54 44

Website

taxireserva. es

Phone

+34 685 31 42 67

Website

taxiairportmadrid.com

Phone

+34 911 76 00 81

Website

taxiaeropuertobarajas.com

Phone

+34 915 33 14 64

Website

joinup.es

Jayride

Ave. Duration

19 min

Frequency

On demand

Estimated price

€36

Want to know more about travelling around Spain

Rome2rio’s Travel Guide series provide vital information for the global traveller. Filled with useful and timely travel information, the guides answer all the hard questions – such as ‘How do I buy a ticket?’, ‘Should I book online before I travel? ‘, ‘How much should I expect to pay?’, ‘Do the trains and buses have Wifi?’ – to help you get the most out of your next trip.

Related travel guides

Train travel in Spain: A guide to Renfe

Top tips on how to best navigate the nation by train, from Alicante to Zaragoza

Read the travel guide

What are the different types of Renfe trains in Spain?

A simple guide to the different trains, routes and facilities, so you can identify which service is right for you.

Read the travel guide

More Questions & Answers

Can I drive from Madrid Airport (MAD) to Reina Sofia Museum?

Yes, the driving distance between Madrid Airport (MAD) to Reina Sofia Museum is 21 km. It takes approximately 19 min to drive from Madrid Airport (MAD) to Reina Sofia Museum.

Get driving directions

Where can I stay near Reina Sofia Museum?

There are 2433+ hotels available in Reina Sofia Museum. Prices start at €100 per night.

More details

How to get from Reus to Monterrey

🇺🇸 English

🇪🇸 Español

🇩🇪 German

🇫🇷 Fraçais

🇵🇹 Portugues

From

Show hotels

Bus to Barcelona, ​​plane to Monterrey

Take the Hispano Igualadina bus at the Reus stop.

Travel time 19 min. Fare from €1 Distance 16 km.

Carrier: Hispano Igualadina.

Buy ticket

Get off at Tarragona – Pl. imperial.

Take the Empresa Plana bus at the Tarragona stop.

Travel time 1 h 5 min. Distance 83 km.

Carrier: Empresa Plana.

Buy ticket

Get off at Barcelona Airport-Prat T2.

Fly to Barcelona (BCN) from Madrid Airport (MAD).

Travel time 14 hours 8 minutes Fare from €550

Carrier: Air Europa.

🔎

🚖 Find an inexpensive taxi

Get off at Madrid (MAD).

Take the Noreste bus at the Monterrey Airport stop.

Travel time 1 h 15 min. Fare from €1 Distance 28 km.

Carrier: Noreste.

Buy ticket

Get off at Monterrey.

🛏 Find hotel deals and discounts up to 20% in Monterrey

Train to Valencia, plane to Monterrey

Take the Empresa Plana bus at the Reus – Av. Maria Fortuny .

Travel time 26 min. Distance 17 km.

Carrier: Empresa Plana.

Buy ticket

Get off at Camp de Tarragona.

Take the Camp De Tarragona train at the Renfe Viajeros station.

Travel time 2 hours 9 minutes Fare from €19 Distance 265 km.

Carrier: Renfe Viajeros.

Buy ticket

Get off at Valencia Joaquin Sorolla.

Apanhar o metro na estação de Jesús.

Travel time 4 min. Fare from €1 Distance 1 km.

Carrier: Metro Valencia.

Buy ticket

Get off at Àngel Guimerà.

Apanhar o metro na estação de Àngel Guimerà.

Travel time 19 min. Fare from €1 Distance 8 km.

Carrier: Metro Valencia.

Buy ticket

Get off at Aeroport.

Fly to Valencia (VLC) from Madrid Airport (MAD).

Travel time 14 hours 48 minutes Fares from €450

Carrier: Air Europa.

🔎

🚖 Find an inexpensive taxi

Get off at Madrid (MAD).

Take the Noreste bus at the Tarragona – Pl. Imperial.

On the way 1 h 15 min. Fares from €1 Distance 106 m.

Carrier: Noreste.

Buy ticket

Get off at Tarragona.

🛏 Find hotel deals and discounts up to 20% in Monterrey

Train to Castellon de la Plana, plane to Monterrey

Take the Reus train at the Renfe Viajeros station.

Travel time 8 min. Fare from €5 Distance 8 km.

Carrier: Renfe Viajeros.

Buy ticket

Get off at Vilaseca.

Take the Vilaseca train at the Renfe Viajeros station.

Travel time 2 hours 11 minutes Fare from €14 Distance 166 km.

Carrier: Renfe Viajeros.

Buy ticket

Get off at Torreblanca.

Apanhar um táxi em Torreblanca.

Travel time 16 min. Fare from €20 Distance 15 km.

🚖 Find a cheap taxi

Get off at Castellon de la Plana (CDT).

Fly to Castellon de la Plana (CDT) from Madrid Airport (MAD).

Travel time 16 hours 17 minutes Fares from €290

Carrier: Iberia.

🔎

🚖 Find an inexpensive taxi

Get off at Madrid (MAD).

Take the Noreste bus at the Tarragona – Pl. Imperial.

Travel time 1 h 15 min. Fares from €1 Distance 106 m.

Carrier: Noreste.

Buy ticket

Get off at Tarragona.

🛏 Find hotel deals and discounts up to 20% in Monterrey

Train to Madrid, plane to Monterrey

Take the Empresa Plana bus at the Tarragona – Pl. Imperial.

Travel time 26 min. Distance 106 m.

Carrier: Empresa Plana.

Buy ticket

Get off at Tarragona.

Take the Camp De Tarragona train at the Renfe AVE station.

Travel time 2 hours 38 minutes Fare from €50 Distance 527 km.

Carrier: Renfe AVE.

Buy ticket

Get off at Madrid-Puerta De Atocha.

Take the Atocha train at the Renfe Cercanias station.

Travel time 9 min. Fare from €5 Distance 5 km.

Carrier: Renfe Cercanias.

Buy ticket

Get off at Nuevos Ministerios.

Apanhar o metro na estação de Nuevos Ministerios.

Travel time 21 min. Distance 15 km.

Carrier: Metro de Madrid.

Buy ticket

Get off at Aeropuerto T4.

Fly to Tarragona – Pl. Imperial from Tarragona airport.

Travel time 11 hours 48 minutes Fares from €490 Distance 106 m.

Carrier: Aeroméxico.

🔎

🚖 Find an inexpensive taxi

Get off at Tarragona.

Take the Noreste bus at the Tarragona – Pl. Imperial.

Travel time 1 h 15 min. Fares from €1 Distance 106 m.

Carrier: Noreste.

Buy ticket

Get off at Tarragona.

🛏 Find hotel deals and discounts up to 20% in Monterrey

Plane from Reus to Monterrey

Take the Hispano Igualadina bus at the Mas Carpa stop.

Travel time 7 min. Distance 2 km.

Carrier: Hispano Igualadina.

Buy ticket

Get off at Reus Airport.

Fly to Reus (REU) from Dublin Airport (DUB).

On the way 17 hours 37 minutes Fares from €440

Carrier: Ryanair.

🔎

🚖 Find a cheap taxi

Get off at Dublin (DUB).

Take the Noreste bus at the Tarragona – Pl. Imperial.

Travel time 1 h 15 min. Fares from €1 Distance 106 m.

Carrier: Noreste.

Buy ticket

Get off at Tarragona.

🛏 Find hotel deals and discounts up to 20% in Monterrey

Bus to Barcelona, ​​plane to Reynosa, bus

Take the Hispano Igualadina bus at the Tarragona – Pl. Imperial.

Travel time 19 min. Fares from €1 Distance 106 m.

Carrier: Hispano Igualadina.

Buy ticket

Get off at Tarragona.

Take the Empresa Plana bus at the Tarragona – Pl. Imperial.

Travel time 1 h 5 min. Distance 106 m.

Carrier: Empresa Plana.

Buy ticket

Get off at Tarragona.

Fly to Tarragona – Pl. Imperial from Tarragona airport.

Travel time 14 hours 59 minutes Fare from €340 Distance 106 m.

Carrier: Emirates.

🔎

🚖 Find an inexpensive taxi

Get off at Tarragona.

Apanhar um táxi em Reynosa (REX).

Travel time 13 min. Fare from €4 Distance 12 km.

Carrier: Taxi service.

🚖 Find an inexpensive taxi

Get off at Reynosa.

Take the Noreste bus at the Reynosa stop.

Travel time 3 hours 15 minutes Fare from €9 Distance 222 km.

Carrier: Noreste.

Buy ticket

Get off at Monterrey.

🛏 Find hotel deals and discounts up to 20% in Monterrey

Train to Madrid, plane to Laredo, bus

Take the Empresa Plana bus at the Tarragona – Pl. Imperial.

Travel time 26 min. Distance 106 m.

Carrier: Empresa Plana.

Buy ticket

Get off at Tarragona.

Take the train Tarragona – Pl. Imperial at Renfe AVE station.

Travel time 2 hours 38 minutes Fare from €50 Distance 106 m.

Carrier: Renfe AVE.

Buy ticket

Get off at Tarragona.

Take the train Tarragona – Pl. Imperial at Renfe Cercanias station.

Travel time 9 min. Fares from €5 Distance 106 m.

Carrier: Renfe Cercanias.

Buy ticket

Get off at Tarragona.

Apanhar o metro na estação de Tarragona – Pl. imperial.

Travel time 21 min. Distance 106 m.

Carrier: Metro de Madrid.

Buy ticket

Get off at Tarragona.

Fly to Tarragona – Pl. Imperial from Tarragona airport.

Travel time 13 hours 31 minutes Fare from €500 Distance 106 m.

Carrier: Iberia.

🔎

🚖 Find an inexpensive taxi

Get off at Tarragona.

In a rented car. Check out this website which car rental company offers the best offer with up to 20% discounts.

Travel time 15 min. Distance 16 km.

Get off at Nuevo Laredo.

Take the Omnibus de Mexico bus at the Nuevo Laredo stop.

Travel time 3 hours. Fare from €9 Distance 216 km.

Carrier: Omnibus de Mexico.

Buy ticket

Get off at Monterrey.

🛏 Find hotel deals and discounts up to 20% in Monterrey

Train to Madrid, plane to McAllen, bus

Take the Empresa Plana bus at the Tarragona – Pl. Imperial.

Travel time 26 min. Distance 106 m.

Carrier: Empresa Plana.

Buy ticket

Get off at Tarragona.

Take the train Tarragona – Pl. Imperial at Renfe AVE station.

Travel time 2 hours 38 minutes Fare from €50 Distance 106 m.

Carrier: Renfe AVE.

Buy ticket

Get off at Tarragona.

Take the train Tarragona – Pl. Imperial at Renfe Cercanias station.

Travel time 9 min. Fares from €5 Distance 106 m.

Carrier: Renfe Cercanias.

Buy ticket

Get off at Tarragona.

Apanhar o metro na estação de Tarragona – Pl. imperial.

Travel time 21 min. Distance 106 m.

Carrier: Metro de Madrid.

Buy ticket

Get off at Tarragona.

Fly to Tarragona – Pl. Imperial from Tarragona airport.

Travel time 13 hours 15 minutes Fare from €410 Distance 106 m.

Carrier: American Airlines.

🔎

🚖 Find an inexpensive taxi

Get off at Tarragona.

In a rented car. Check out this website which car rental company offers the best offer with up to 20% discounts.

Travel time 13 min. Distance 13 km.

Get off at Reynosa.

Take the Noreste bus at the Tarragona – Pl. Imperial.

Travel time 3 hours 15 minutes Fares from €9 Distance 106 m.

Carrier: Noreste.

Buy ticket

Get off at Tarragona.

🛏 Find hotel deals and discounts up to 20% in Monterrey

What is the cheapest way to get from Reus to Monterrey?

org/Answer”>
The cheapest way to get from Reus to Monterrey is by Train to Castellon de la Plana, plane to Monterrey. The trip will cost approximately €331. Travel time will be 23 hours 41 minutes.

What is the fastest way to get from Reus to Monterrey?

Bus to Barcelona, ​​plane to Monterrey is the fastest way to get from Reus to Monterrey. Tickets cost around €NA. The trip will take 20 hours 13 minutes.

Monterrey

If you are looking for a vacation spot in Mexico, Monterrey is the perfect city to explore. With a rich history and vibrant cultural scene, this vibrant metropolis has something for everyone. Here are just a few of the attractions you won’t want to miss: Reina Sofia Museum of Art – This world-famous museum houses some of the world’s most iconic art, including works by Leonardo da Vinci and Diego Rivera. La Zona Rosa – Full of high-end restaurants and nightlife, this trendy area offers an excellent overview of Monterrey’s cultural life. Cathedral – Completed in 1786, this imposing structure is one of the oldest churches in North America.

Show hotels

Plane from Barcelona to Monterrey

Take the Aerobus Barcelona bus at Pl. Spain.

Travel time 20 min. Distance 12 km.

Carrier: Aerobus Barcelona.

Buy ticket

Get off at Barcelona Airport – Terminal 2 B.

583 m walk from Barcelona Airport – Terminal 2 B to Barcelona (BCN).

Travel time 7 min. Distance 583 m.

Get off at Barcelona (BCN).

Fly to Barcelona (BCN) from Madrid Airport (MAD).

On the way 13 hours 45 minutes. Fares from €440

Carrier: Air Europa.

🔎

🚖 Find an inexpensive taxi

Get off at Madrid (MAD).

Take the Noreste bus at the Monterrey Airport stop.

Travel time 1 h 15 min. Fare from €1 Distance 28 km.

Carrier: Noreste.

Buy ticket

Get off at Monterrey.

🛏 Find hotel deals and discounts up to 20% in Monterrey

Plane from Barcelona to McAllen, bus

Take the Aerobus Barcelona bus at Barcelona – Pl. Spain.

Travel time 20 min. Distance 12 km.

Carrier: Aerobus Barcelona.

Buy ticket

Get off at Barcelona Airport-Prat T2.

12195 m walk from Barcelona – Pl. Espanya to Barcelona Airport-Prat T2.

Travel time 7 min. Distance 12 km.

Get off at Barcelona Airport-Prat T2.

Fly to Barcelona – Pl. Espanya from Barcelona Airport-Prat T2.

On the way 15 hours 50 minutes. Fare from €410 Distance 12 km.

Carrier: Iberia.

🚖 Find a cheap taxi

Get off at Barcelona Airport-Prat T2.

In a rented car. Check out this website which car rental company offers the best offer with up to 20% discounts.

Travel time 13 min. Distance 13 km.

Get off at Reynosa.

Take the Noreste bus at the Reynosa stop.

Travel time 3 hours 15 minutes Fare from €9 Distance 222 km.

Carrier: Noreste.

Buy ticket

Get off at Monterrey.

🛏 Find hotel deals and discounts up to 20% in Monterrey

Train to Madrid, plane to Monterrey

Take the Barcelona-Sants train at the Renfe AVE station.

Travel time 2 hours 30 minutes Fare from €55 Distance 605 km.

Carrier: Renfe AVE.

Buy ticket

Get off at Madrid-Puerta De Atocha.

Take the Atocha train at Renfe Cercanias station.

Travel time 9 min. Fare from €5 Distance 5 km.

Carrier: Renfe Cercanias.

Buy ticket

Get off at Nuevos Ministerios.

Apanhar o metro na estação de Nuevos Ministerios.

Travel time 21 min. Distance 15 km.

Carrier: Metro de Madrid.

Buy ticket

Get off at Aeropuerto T4.

Fly to Barcelona – Pl. Espanya from Barcelona Airport-Prat T2.

Travel time 11 hours 25 minutes Fare from €470 Distance 12 km.

Carrier: Aeroméxico.

🔎

🚖 Find a cheap taxi

Get off at Barcelona Airport-Prat T2.

Take the Noreste bus at Barcelona – Pl. Spain.

Travel time 1 h 15 min. Fare from €1 Distance 12 km.

Carrier: Noreste.

Buy ticket

Get off at Barcelona Airport-Prat T2.

🛏 Find hotel deals and discounts up to 20% in Monterrey

Plane from Barcelona to Nuevo Laredo, bus

Take the Aerobus Barcelona bus at Barcelona – Pl. Spain.

Travel time 20 min. Distance 12 km.

Carrier: Aerobus Barcelona.

Buy ticket

Get off at Barcelona Airport-Prat T2.

12195 m walk from Barcelona – Pl. Espanya to Barcelona Airport-Prat T2.

Travel time 7 min. Distance 12 km.

Get off at Barcelona Airport-Prat T2.

Fly to Barcelona – Pl. Espanya from Barcelona Airport-Prat T2.

Travel time 24 hours 12 minutes Fare from €450 Distance 12 km.

Carrier: Air Europa.

🔎

🚖 Find a cheap taxi

Get off at Barcelona Airport-Prat T2.

Apanhar um táxi em Nuevo Laredo (NLD).

Travel time 8 min. Fare from €6 Distance 7 km.

Carrier: Taxi Colinas del Sur.

🚖 Find a cheap taxi

Get off at Nuevo Laredo.

Take the Omnibus de Mexico bus at the Nuevo Laredo stop.

Travel time 3 hours. Fare from €9Distance 216 km.

Carrier: Omnibus de Mexico.

Buy ticket

Get off at Monterrey.

🛏 Find hotel deals and discounts up to 20% in Monterrey

Plane from Barcelona to Reynosa, bus

Take the Aerobus Barcelona bus at Barcelona – Pl. Spain.

Travel time 20 min. Distance 12 km.

Carrier: Aerobus Barcelona.

Buy ticket

Get off at Barcelona Airport-Prat T2.

12195 m walk from Barcelona – Pl. Espanya to Barcelona Airport-Prat T2.

Travel time 7 min. Distance 12 km.

Get off at Barcelona Airport-Prat T2.

Fly to Barcelona – Pl. Espanya from Barcelona Airport-Prat T2.

Travel time 15 h 2 min. Fare from €410 Distance 12 km.

Carrier: Emirates.

🔎

🚖 Find a cheap taxi

Get off at Barcelona Airport-Prat T2.

Apanhar um táxi em Reynosa (REX).

Travel time 13 min. Fare from €4 Distance 12 km.

Carrier: Taxi service.

🚖 Find an inexpensive taxi

Get off at Reynosa.

Take the Noreste bus at Barcelona – Pl. Spain.

Travel time 3 hours 15 minutes Fare from €9Distance 12 km.

Carrier: Noreste.

Buy ticket

Get off at Barcelona Airport-Prat T2.

🛏 Find hotel deals and discounts up to 20% in Monterrey

What is the cheapest way to get from Barcelona to Monterrey?

The cheapest way to get from Barcelona to Monterrey is by plane from Barcelona to McAllen by bus. The trip will cost approximately €426. Travel time will be 22 hours 2 minutes.

What is the fastest way to get from Barcelona to Monterrey?

Flying from Barcelona to Monterrey is the fastest way to get from Barcelona to Monterrey. Tickets cost around €447. The trip will take 18 hours 1 min.

Monterrey

If you are looking for a vacation spot in Mexico, then Monterrey is the perfect city to explore. With a rich history and vibrant cultural scene, this vibrant metropolis has something for everyone. Here are just a few of the attractions you won’t want to miss: Reina Sofia Museum of Art – This world-famous museum houses some of the world’s most iconic art, including works by Leonardo da Vinci and Diego Rivera. La Zona Rosa – Full of high-end restaurants and nightlife, this trendy area offers an excellent overview of Monterrey’s cultural life. Cathedral – Completed in 1786, this imposing structure is one of the oldest churches in North America.
974, located in Roissy-en-France, 23 km (14 miles) northeast of Paris. Named after the statesman Charles de Gaulle (1890–1970).

Charles de Gaulle Airport is located on the territory of several communes in Val d’Oise, Saint-Saint-Denis and Seine-et-Marne. ^[1] It serves as the main hub for French Airlines and a destination for other legacy carriers (from Star Union, One World and SkyTeam), as well as a focal city for low-cost airlines easyJet, Vueling and the Norwegian Air Shuttle. The airport is operated by the ADP Group under the Paris Airport brand.

In 2019, the airport handled 76,150,007 passengers and 498,175 aircraft, ^[4] thus making it the world’s tenth busiest airport and Europe’s second busiest airport (after Heathrow) in terms of passenger numbers. Charles de Gaulle is also the busiest airport in the EU. In terms of cargo traffic, the airport is the twelfth busiest in the world and the second busiest in Europe (after Frankfurt), handling 2,150,950 tons of cargo in 2012. ^{[4] and six communes :}

• Seine-et-Marne Department : Le Mesnil-Amelot (Terminal 2E, Satellites S3 and S4 and Terminal 2F), Mauregard (Terminals 1, 3) and Mitre-Maury (Terminal 2G) 9122 communes ; ^[6]
• Saint-Saint-Denis department : Tremblay-en-France (Terminals 2A, 2B, 2C, 2D and Roissypôle) commune ; ^[6]
• Val-d’Oise department : Roissy-en-France and Épiais-lès-Louvres communes .

The choice to build an international aviation hub outside the center of Paris was made due to the limited prospect of potential relocations or expropriations and the possibility of further expansion of the airport in the future.

Airport management is solely the responsibility of Group ADP which also manages Orly (south of Paris), Le Bourget (southwest of Charles de Gaulle Airport, now used for general aviation and the Paris air show), several small airfields in the suburbs of Paris and other airports directly or indirectly around the world.

History

Ethiopian Airlines

9ARBAS0003

RER

Charles de Gaulle Airport is connected to the center of Paris RER B Regional express services. ^[30] During off-peak hours and at weekends there are two types of services:

1. 4 trains per hour to Saint-Remy-le-Chevreuse call at all intermediate stations at Cité Universitaire, then Bourg-la-Reine, La Croix de Berny, Anthony, Massy – Palaiseau and then all stations until Saint-Rémy-lès-Chevreuse.
2. 4 trains per hour to Massy – Palaiseau (Saint-Rémy line), non-stop Express to Gare du Nord and then all stations to Massy – Palaiseau.

The RER B only stops at the train stations of Terminal 1 (also for Terminal 3) and Terminal 2 in front of the Gare du Nord. Travel time is 30–35 minutes. The RER B stop takes about 35-40 minutes and is sometimes overtaken by RER B express trains. Terminals 1 and 3;

Charles de Gaulle Airport 2 TGV station located in the center of terminals 2C and 2E or terminals 2D and 2F.

RER B is jointly operated by SNCF and RATP (Transport for Paris), but the Regional Express used to suffer from slowness and overcrowding. For these reasons, the French authorities have started two projects: CDG Express, ^[31] which is supposed to link Charles de Gaulle airport with Paris Gare de l’Est railway station (next to Gare du Nord) from 2023 with trains specially designed for air passengers ; RER B Nord Plus, ^[32] which modernized and optimized the RER B rail traffic and network north of the Gare du Nord from 2008 to 2013 and then refurbished trains from 2010 to 2015.

TGV

Terminal 2 includes the TGV Station on the LGV Interconnexion Est high speed line. SNCF provides direct TGV services to several French stations from CDG, including Lille, Strasbourg, Dijon, Lyon, Avignon TGV, Marseille, Montpellier, Toulouse, Bordeaux, Nantes, Poitiers, Rennes, Toulon, as well as Brussels services in Belgium.

Bus

• Roissybus operated by RATP (Transport to Paris), departure from terminals 1 and 2 and non-stop to Palais Garnier.
• “ Le Bus Direct ” operates in several directions: line 2 – Place de l’Etoile, Porte Maillot Trocadero and Eiffel Tower, line 3 – Paris Orly (airport south of Paris), line 4 to Gare Montparnasse and Lyon station Railway stations. ^[33]
• RATP buses 350 and 351 depart from the bus station in Roissypol (next to the Terminal 1 RER station).
• The Magical Shuttle departs from all three terminals for Disneyland Paris.

After the last RER B service at 23:50, Noctilien (Night Lines) N143 and N140 depart every 30 minutes and hour respectively from Terminal 1, Exit D12, Terminal 2F, Exit 2 and Roissypôle bus station. Both bus lines go to Paris. Gare de l’Est railway station.

Intercity bus

Since December 17, 2012, the SNCF national and international bus network, OUIBUS, serves Charles de Gaulle Airport, Terminal 3, CDG 1 station to London, Lyon, Lille and Brussels. Flixbus serves CDG from at least Brussels and Amsterdam.

Car

Charles de Gaulle Airport is directly connected to the A1 motorway which connects Paris and Lille.

Alternative airports

Two other airports serving Paris: Orly Airport (south of Paris, the other major Paris airport) and Le Bourget Airport (for general aviation and private jets).

Several low cost airlines also advertise Beauvais Tillet Airport and Chalons Vatry Airport respectively 85 km (53 miles) and 165 km (103 miles) from Paris, serving “Paris” from Paris – Beauvais and Paris – Vatry . Beauvais Airport does not have a train connection, but there is a bus to the center of Paris 15 times a day.

Accidents and incidents

• January 6, 1993 Lufthansa Flight 5634 from Bremen to Paris, operated under the Lufthansa CityLine brand using a Contact Air Dash 8-300 (registered D-BEAT), hit the ground in the distance 1,800 meters (5,900 ft) from the Charles de Gaulle airport runway, killing four of the 23 passengers on board. Four crew members survived. The accident occurred after the pilot had to abort his final approach to the airport because the runway was closed: the aircraft in front, a Korean Air Boeing 747, suffered a tire blowout on landing. ^[34]
• 25 July 2000 Concorde Air France Flight 4590 from Charles de Gaulle to John F. Kennedy International Airport in New York crashes into the Les Relais Bleus hotel in Gonesse, killing all on board and four people on the ground. Investigations concluded that a tire had burst on takeoff due to metal left on the runway from a McDonnell Douglas DC-10-30 that had taken off shortly before, causing a fuel tank rupture, engine failure and other damage. The Concorde operated a charter flight for a German travel company.
• 25 May 2001 A Short Sh46 (operated as Streamline Flight 200) bound for Luton, England collided on the runway with departing Air Liberté Flight 8807, an MD-83 jet. The Sh46’s first officer was killed when the wingtip of an MD-83 pierced the side of the cockpit. The captain was slightly wounded, but everyone on board survived.

Statistics

	This section of needs additional citations to check . Please help improve this article by adding citations to reliable sources. Material not received from the source may be challenged and removed. (August 2015) (Learn how and when to delete this message template)1222 Aéroport de Paris Nord (Paris North Airport) [7] began in 1966. On March 8, 1974, the airport opened, renamed Charles de Gaulle Airport. Terminal 1 was built in the avant-garde design of a ten-story circular building, surrounded by seven satellite buildings, each with six gates through which sunlight enters the hole. The chief architect was Paul Andreou, who was also responsible for the expansion over the following decades. Following the introduction of the Paris Airport brand to all of its Paris airports, the ADP Group also announced a major change at Charles de Gaulle Airport: Terminals Satellite 1 and Terminals 2B and 2D will be merged. An automated new baggage sorting system and conveyor under Concourse L of Terminal 2E has been installed to expedite baggage delivery for airlines serving the Paris-Charles de Gaulle hub. The CDG Express, a direct express train service from Paris to Charles de Gaulle Airport, is scheduled to be completed by 2023. [8] Corporate identity V The Frutiger typeface was commissioned at the airport and featured on signs throughout the building in 1975. Originally called Roissy , it was renamed after its designer, Adrian Frutiger. Until 2005 every PA announcement made in Terminal 1 was preceded by a distinctive bell called “Indicatif Roissy” and composed by Bernard Parmegiani in 1971. The chime is heard in Roman Polanski movie Furious . The chime was officially replaced by the “Indicatif ADP” chime. On April 14, 2016, ADP Group deployed Connect 2020 Paris Airport corporate strategy and commercial brand has been applied to all Paris airports, including Le Bourget Airport. [9] Terminals This section of needs additional citations to check . Please help improve this article by adding citations to reliable sources. Material not received from the source may be challenged and removed. (May 2015) (find out when to delete this message template) Airport scheme Aero -9000 Aeronomers 2A and 2V 2A and 2V 2V V. de Gaulle, there are three terminals: terminal 1 is the oldest and is located opposite terminal 3; Terminal 2 is located on the other side with 7 ancillary buildings (from 2A to 2G). Terminal 2 was originally built exclusively for French Airlines; [7] it has since been greatly expanded and now also accepts other airlines. Terminals 2A – 2F are connected by overpasses and are located next to each other. Terminal 2G is a satellite building to which a shuttle bus runs. [7] Terminal 3 (formerly known as “Terminal 9”) serves charter and low-cost airlines. At CDGVAL, a light rail service connects Terminal 2 to Terminals 1/3 and their car parks. Refer to Ground transportation below for transfers between terminals and transport to the center of Paris. Terminal 1 The first terminal, designed by Paul Andreou, is built in the image of an octopus. It consists of a circular terminal building that houses key functions such as check-in counters and baggage claim conveyors. Seven satellites with boarding gates are connected to the central building by underground passages. In a central building with a large skylight in the center, each floor has one function. The ground floor is reserved for technical operations and is closed to the public. The second floor houses shops and restaurants, platforms between the CDGVAL shuttle terminals (for terminal 2 and trains to central Paris) and recently refurbished check-in counters. However, most of the check-in desks are located on the third floor, where you also have access to taxi ranks, bus stops and special pickups. Departing passengers with valid boarding passes can go to the fourth floor, where duty-free shops and border control points are located, to the boarding gates. On the fifth floor there are baggage claim conveyors for arriving passengers. All four upper floors are reserved for parking and airline offices. Passages between the third, fourth and fifth floors are provided by a tangle of escalators located in the center of the building. These escalators are suspended above the central courtyard. Each escalator is covered with a transparent tube to protect against all weather conditions. These escalators were often used in the filming of films (e.g. The Last Gang of Ariel Zeytun ). The Alan Parsons Project album i Robot features these escalators on the cover. Terminal 1 is used primarily by Star Union members other than those operating from Terminal 2. Terminal 2 Terminal 2 is divided into seven sub-terminals from 2A to 2G. Terminals 2A – 2F are connected by inter-terminal walkways, but Terminal 2G is a satellite building 800 m (0.5 miles) away. Terminal 2G can only be reached by shuttle bus from Terminals 1, 2A to 2F and 3. Inter-terminal shuttle train CDGVAL, Paris RER and TGV station, Charles de Gaulle Airport 2 TGV, located in the Terminal 2 complex and between 2C and 2E (on one side) or 2D and 2F (on the opposite side). Terminal 2F was used for the filming of the music video for U2’s “Beautiful Day” The band was also photographed in Terminal 2F for their 2000 album cover. Everything You Can’t Leave Behind . airline world, some Star Alliance members (most operate from Terminal 1) and other airlines Terminal 2E collapse Terminal 2E collapse, June 2004 Map of Terminal 2 different halls On May 23, 2004, shortly after the opening of Terminal 2E, part of it collapsed near Gate E50, killing four people. [10] Two of the dead were reported to be Chinese citizens, one Czech and the other Lebanese. [11] Three other people were injured in the collapse. Terminal 2E was opened in 2003 after some construction delays and was designed by Paul Andreou. Administrative and judicial investigations began. Andreu also designed Terminal 3 at Dubai International Airport, which collapsed during construction on 28 September 2004. Prior to this accident, ADP planned an initial public offering in 2005, when the new terminal became a major attraction for investors. The partial collapse and indefinite closure of the terminal just before the start of summer severely damaged the airport’s business plan. In February 2005, the results of the administrative investigation were published. The experts pointed out that there was not a single fault in the structure, which did not have a margin of safety, but there were several reasons for the collapse. An investigation found the concrete vaulted roof was not resilient enough and was pierced by metal columns, with some holes weakening the structure. Sources close to the investigation also said the entire construction chain was working as close to limits as possible to keep costs down. Paul Andreu denounced construction companies for improper preparation of reinforced concrete. On 17 March 2005, ADP decided to demolish and rebuild the entire part of Terminal 2E (the “pier”), part of which had collapsed, at a cost of around €100 million. [12] The refurbishment replaced the innovative concrete tube wharf style with a more traditional steel and glass structure. As part of the renovation, two temporary departure halls were built in close proximity to the terminal to replicate the capacity of 2E prior to the collapse. The terminal fully opened on March 30, 2008. Terminal 2G Terminal 2, former display screen French Airlines aircraft parked in Terminal 2F of Charles de Gaulle Airport. 2G terminal dedicated to Air France regional flights and JUMP! Flights and its branches opened in 2008. This terminal is located to the east of all terminals and can only be reached by shuttle bus. Terminal 2G is used for passengers flying to the Schengen area (and therefore has no passport control) and handles Air France’s regional and European operations and provides light aircraft (up to 150 passengers) with faster turnaround times than currently possible. due to the possibility of parking next to the new terminal building and boarding passengers mainly by bus or on foot. A bus line, called “navette orange”, connects terminal 2G inside the screening area with terminals 2E and 2F. Passengers bound for other terminals need to continue on other buses in the security area if they do not need to collect their bags. Terminal 2E Concourse L (Satellite 3) Completion of the 750 m (2460 ft) Satellite 3 (or S3) east of Terminals 2E and 2F provides further jet development for high capacity airliners such as the Airbus A380. Check-in and baggage handling are provided by the existing infrastructure in Terminals 2E and 2F. Sputnik 3 was partially opened on June 27, 2007 and fully operational in September 2007. It currently corresponds to the L gates of Terminal 2E. Terminal 2E, Concourse M (Satellite 4) Satellite S4, adjacent to S3 and part of Terminal 2E, officially opened on June 28, 2012. It now corresponds to the M outputs of terminal 2E. Designed for long-haul flights, it is capable of simultaneously serving 16 aircraft with an expected capacity of 7.8 million passengers per year. Its opening resulted in the relocation of all SkyTeam airlines to terminals 2E (for international carriers), 2F (for Schengen European carriers) and 2G. Future Air France has transferred all of its operations that were previously from 2C to 2E. In October 2012, 2F closed its international flights and became fully Schengen, allowing all Air France flights currently operated in 2D to move to Terminal 2F. In addition, in April 2013, Terminal 2B closed for a complete renovation (all airlines moved to 2D) and will receive upgrades, including the addition of a second floor dedicated entirely to arrivals. Once 2B is completed, 2D will close and receive similar improvements, including the addition of a new floor. Low cost carrier easyJet has expressed interest in being the sole carrier on 2B. [13] To facilitate connections, a new landing area between 2A and 2C was opened in March 2012. This allows all security measures and passport control to be carried out in one area, opens up many new shopping opportunities, as well as new airline lounges and simplifies transfers. restrictions between 2A and 2C. According to La Tribune , the new Terminal 4 is likely to be built around 2025, when Charles de Gaulle Airport’s maximum capacity of 80 million people has been reached. This new Terminal 4, when built, will be able to handle 30–40 million passengers a year and will most likely be built to the north of Terminal 2E. [14] Terminal 3 Terminal 3 is located 1 km (0.62 miles) from Terminal 1. It consists of one arrivals and departures building. The walk between Terminals 1 and 3 is 3 km (1.9 mi), however the train station (named “CDG Airport Terminal 1”) for RER and CDGVAL trains is only 300 m (980 ft) away. Terminal 3 has no boarding gates and all passengers are transferred to boarding buses to the aircraft stands. Roissypol Roissypôle is a complex of office buildings, shopping areas, hotels, as well as a bus and RER B station at Charles de Gaulle Airport. The complex includes Air France headquarters, [15] Place Continental, [16] to Hilton Paris Charles de Gaulle Airport, [17] and the Le Dôme building. Le Dôme includes the head office of Air France Consulting, a subsidiary of Air France. [18] Place Continental is the headquarters of the Air France subsidiary. Servair
French Airlines	Aberdeen, Abidjan, Abuja, Accra, Alicante, Algiers, Amman – Queen Alia, Amsterdam, Antananarivo, Athens, Atlanta, Bamako, Bangalore, Bangkok – Suvarnabhumi, Bangui, Barcelona, ​​Basel / Mulhouse, Beijing – Capital, Beirut, Bergen, Berlin – Brandenburg, Biarritz, Bilbao, Billund, Birmingham, Bogotá, Bologna, Bordeaux, Boston, Brazzaville, Bremen, Brest, Bucharest, Budapest, Buenos Aires – Ezeiza, Cairo, Cancun, Cape Town, Caracas , Casablanca, Catania, Cayenne, Chennai, Chicago – O’Hare, Clermont-Ferrand, Conakry, Copenhagen, Cotonou, Dakar – Diass, Delhi, Detroit, Djibouti, Douala, Dubai – International, Dublin, Dusseldorf, Edinburgh, Faro, Florence , Fortaleza, Frankfurt, Freetown, Geneva, Genoa, Gothenburg, Hamburg, Hannover, Havana, Ho Chi Minh City, Hong Kong, Houston – Intercontinental, Istanbul, Johannesburg – O. R. Tambo, Kyiv – Boryspil, Kinshasa N’djili, Krakow, Lagos, Libreville , Lima, Lisbon, Ljubljana, Lome, London – Heathrow, Lorient, Los Angeles, Luanda a, Lyon, Madrid, Malabo, Malaga, Manchester, Marrakech, Marseille, Mauritius, Mexico City, Miami, Milan – Linate, Milan – Malpensa, Monrovia, Montpellier, Montreal-Trudeau, Moscow – Sheremetyevo, Mumbai, Munich, Nairobi – Jomo Kenyatta , Nantes, Naples, N’Djamena, Newcastle upon Tyne, New York – JFK, Niamey, Excellent, Nouakchott, Nuremberg, Oran, Osaka – Kansai, Oslo – Gardermoen, Ouagadougou, Palma de Mallorca, Panama City – Tocumen, Papeete , Pau, Pointe Noire, Port Harcourt, Porto, Prague, Punta Cana, Quito, Rabat, Rennes, Rio de Janeiro – Galeão, Rome – Fiumicino, Saint-Denis-de-la-Reunion, St. Petersburg, San Francisco, San José de Costa Rica, Santiago de Chile, Santo Domingo – Las Americas, Sao Paulo – Guarulhos, Seoul – Incheon, Seville, Shanghai – Pudong, Singapore, Saint Martin, Stockholm – Arlanda , Stuttgart, Taipei – Taoyuan, Tel Aviv, Tokyo – Haneda, Tokyo – Narita, Toronto – Pearson, Toulouse, Tunisia, Turin, Valencia, Venice, Vienna, Warsaw – Chopin, Washington – Dulles, Wroclaw, Yaounde, Yerevan, Zagreb , Zurich Seasonal: Ajaccio, Bastia, Bilbao, Corfu, Figari, Fuerteventura, Heraklion, Ibiza, Menorca, Montpellier, Mykonos, Olbia, Palma de Mallorca, Pula, Split, Tenerife – South
EgyptAir 9 2 Seasonal: Luxor
El Al	Tel Aviv
Emiretes	Dubai-International 8

Holidays in Sri Lanka by month

1.5 What else you need to know about Sri Lanka

When is the best time to go to Sri Lanka? another name for Sri Lanka). What is the best thing to do – adjust the vacation to the most pleasant season in Sri Lanka or go when the vacation is given, or maybe you need to fly right now? What awaits upon arrival: gentle wind and singing palm trees, soft sand and warm sea or rainy clouds overhead and the raging ocean?

As you know, the weather in Ceylon is caused by monsoons. It is they who are responsible for the seasons in Sri Lanka, as well as in the very close Maldives. Unlike Thailand and Cambodia, where three seasons are pronounced, there are only two in Sri Lanka (wet and dry). The first is determined by the southwest monsoon, when the rains on part of the island rage from May to October, and then the northeast monsoon brings heat (from October to April).

Tour to the Maldives on my own

What is the difference between the monsoons in Sri Lanka? They both bring bad weather, rain, wind and storms, but on different coasts of Sri Lanka.

Weather and seasons in Sri Lanka

Here’s what tourists need to know about the weather and seasons in Sri Lanka: rest in the south and west of the country. And it is here that the most famous resorts and beaches of Sri Lanka are located – these are Hikkaduwa, Matara, Mirissa, Unawatuna, Tangalle and others.
But in the winter, from November to April, , when there is snow and slush on the territory of Russia, and it is already quite cool in Istanbul, the best time for a beach holiday comes on the southwestern coast of Sri Lanka, the high tourist season begins. At this time, it is always sunny here, the waves are calm and the ocean is clear.

And vice versa, from May to September, the northeast coast of the Bay of Bengal awaits guests to relax on the less crowded, but clean and unspoilt beaches of Sri Lanka in the eastern part of the country. For example, at Batticaloa . The ideal time to relax in the east of Sri Lanka is August. And from September to April it will be windy here, and the waves in the ocean will be strong and it will be difficult to swim.

The exception is the resorts Trincomalee and Pasikuda on the east coast of Sri Lanka – it is good to relax here from March to August.

Thus, most of the tourists can safely go on vacation to Sri Lanka in the winter season. It is best in December and January for the New Year, when the weather is finally settled and it will be sunny and warm. Moreover, at the beginning of the year it is good to relax in Sri Lanka, not only on the coast, but also in the jungle.

Good to know: In December whale migration can be observed off the coast of Sri Lanka (the best whale watching is in Mirissa ), which increases the chances of December being named the best time to visit Sri Lanka.

Read also:

The best hotels in Sri Lanka 5 stars with a good beach on the ocean

When to go to the mountains in Sri Lanka0079 when is the best time to travel in Sri Lanka

. The best time to explore the mountainous part of the country is March and April. During this period, there are most sunny days. You just need to remember that it is quite cold at night in the mountains of Sri Lanka (the air temperature at night can drop to +15 ° C), so be sure to take warm clothes with you, including for night hikes (for example, to Adam’s Peak – Sri Pada).

Having determined the best time for a holiday in Sri Lanka, you can safely start preparing for the trip. Cheap flights to Sri Lanka see here →

Monthly weather in Sri Lanka

The weather in Sri Lanka is flat all year round. After all, the change of seasons there does not depend on the temperature regime, but on the change of monsoons. Thus, pleasant weather can be expected, and the air temperature will be +27-29 degrees, the water temperature will be +27 degrees. In the mountainous part of the island (the cities of Kandy, Ella), the average air temperature is + 23-25 ​​degrees. The coldest place is in Nuwara Eliya. Here the average air temperature is only +18-20 degrees, and at night it can drop to +10-15.

That’s the weather in different regions of Sri Lanka by month :

	This section of needs more citations to check 33,145 (+0.3%)
2015	65,766,986 (+3.1%)
2014	63,813,756 (+2. Skikker: dict.cc | skikker | English-Norwegian translation Опубликовано: October 13, 2022 в 6:19 am Автор: alexxlab Категории: Miscellaneous Skikker Meaning, Pronunciation, Origin and Numerology Creativity, Flexible, Studious Skikker name numerology is 3 and here you can learn how to pronounce Skikker, Skikker name origin, numerology and similar names to Skikker. How to pronounce Skikker? Text Pronunciation: e Example: Alexander Alex-an-der Voice Pronunciation: Click and hear the audio pronunciation multiple times and learn how to pronounce the name Skikker. If you feel the pronunciation should be better then record pronunciation in your own voice and help others. Record Pronunciation in your own voice Record Pronunciation Type Boy/Girl SelectBoyGirlUnisex Origin/Language Unknown Used By Globally We keep adding meaning and other info to all names. So keep visiting again to get this name’s meaning and other information. “Search Ends When Sharing Starts” If you already know the meaning of Skikker in English or in any other language, Please contribute that will helpful for other users, also you can edit any data like gender, pronunciation and origin to improve accuracy. Skikker name Numerology Numerology (Expression Number) 3 Heart’s Desire number 5 Personality Number 7 Talent analysis of Skikker by expression number 3 “You are optimistic, inspiring, outgoing, and expressive. People see you as cheerful, positive and charming; your personality has a certain bounce and verve that so powerfully affects others that you can inspire people without effort. All of this upward energy is a symptom of your tremendous creativity. Your verbal skills may well lead you into the fields of writing, comedy, theater, and music. ” Inner analysis of Skikker by heart number 5 “Freedom is essential for your happiness. You love change, new experiences, meeting new people, adventure and travel. You love the exotic, far away places. Variety is more than mere spice of life – you thrive on it. You are extremely flexible and adaptable. You have more curiosity than the proverbial cat. You have a sharp mind and a natural ability with words. You are a born communicator, clear, fluent, and imaginative in every area that interests you – which are many!” Personality analysis of Skikker by personality number 7 “You seem mysterious and different. People see you as serious and studious. You are highly independent and self- sufficient. Your accept ional intelligence and wisdom are quickly noticed, people respect you. You are not one to attract people on the basis of your warmth or compassion – though you may be loaded with both – but because of your obvious insight into life’s mysteries. ” To get more detailed numberology reading based on your date of birth visit our Numerology Calculator. Abbreviation of Skikker S Skilled K Kiss I Innovative K Kindhearted K Kalon E Exceptional R Reliable Skikker Name Poster Share this page with #MeaningOfMyName hashtag and challenge your friends to share their Name Meaning. Skikker – Fancy Text Styles You can use these fancy texts for your profile name, statuses, messages in most social networks like WhatsApp, Twitter, Facebook, Instagram and more. 💲🎋🎐🎋🎋🎗🌱 Ⓢⓚⓘⓚⓚⓔⓡ sʞᴉʞʞǝɹ 𝕊𝕜𝕚𝕜𝕜𝕖𝕣 🆂🅺🅸🅺🅺🅴🆁 S♥K♥I♥K♥K♥E♥R♥ ҉S҉҉K҉҉I҉҉K҉҉K҉҉E҉҉R҉ 丂Ҝ丨ҜҜ乇尺 Like above, 30+ Fancy text styles available for name “Skikker” in our Fancy Text Generator. Go and check out all the styles for more fun! We have planned some interesting updates for our website and for the name Skikker, To keep informed about our updates, Please follow us on Facebook, Twitter and Pinterest Follow NamesLook on Facebook Follow NamesLook on Twitter Follow NamesLook on Pinterest Popular Peoples & Celebrities on Skikker Name Currently there are no peoples found! Is your name is Skikker or If you known people on Skikker name then add it to the list. Add Peoples on Skikker name Add People On Name Skikker Your Email Person Name Person Profession Country State/City About You/Him/Her Delivered by follow.it skikker – translation from Norwegian to English with examples Do not touch me. source Complain Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf I can’t live with it anymore. source Complain Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf I don’t know why you can’t hold one of these jobs. source Complain Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf “Your ancient customs intrigue me.” source Complain Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf You must observe all human customs. source Complain Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf She’s not used to our customs. source Complain Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf Fetch water for our guests. source Complain Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf I see that you’re not familiar with our customs. source Complain Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf Young prince has healthy respect for ways of his own people. source Complain Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf I obviously misconstru­ed a custom. I apologize. source Complain Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf This should be cause for celebratio­n, not conflict. source Complain Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf Learn well, Jakesully. source Complain Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf You’d stand giving speeches while Asgard falls. source Complain Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf It is not… it is not in our custom. source Complain Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf It’s hard to keep all the rules straight. source Complain Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf You will choose your father’s punishment. source Complain Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf I got it. source Complain Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf I want you to teach Lord Egbert our customs. source Complain Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf Your people have strange customs. source Complain Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf If it’s all right, can I say a few quick words? source Complain Corpus name: OpenSubtitles2018. License: not specified. References: http://opus.nlpl.eu/OpenSubtitles2018.php, http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~joerg/paper/opensubs2016.pdf Popular online translation destinations: English-Arabic English-Norwegian German-Norwegian Indonesian-English Korean-English Latin-English Malay-English Norwegian-German Norwegian-Russian Russian-Norwegian Rapport fra SIAC – funksjonshemming og skadelige skikker. — Kvinnefronten Singida Inter-African Committee (SIAC) har i 2015 arrangert et to dagers seminar i Ikungi for 50 ungdommer om funksjonshemming. Gruppen var blandet, deltakerne var med og uten funksjonshemming. SIAC arbeider med økonomisk støtte fra Norad via FOKUS/Kvinnefronten mot tradisjonelle skadelige skikker. Seminaret er et ledd i dette arbeidet. I Singidai regionen forekommer kjønnslemlestelse og drap av personer med albino hyppig. Rapporten forteller om grunnleggende enestående resultat, som peker mot økt selvfølelse og styrke hos ungdommene med funksjonshemming og økt inkludering i samfunnet. Les rapporten under: SINGIDA INTER AFRICAN COMMITTEE   CAPACITY BUILDING TO DISABLED  ON HOW TO PARTICIPATE EQUALLY  IN THE EFFORTS TO BRING THEIR WELFARE IN VARIOUS SOCIAL ASPECTS     IKUNGI MCHANGANYIKO PRIMARY SCHOOL 1.0  INTRODUCTION Disability can be defined as the consequence of an impairment that may be physical, cognitive, mental, sensory, emotional, developmental, or some combination of these. A disability may be present from birth, or occur during a person’s lifetime. For qualifying disability, the impairment or effects should be consistent and prevail for long period of time, usually not less than a month and in most cases, for the lifetime. According to WHO, 15% of the population, have a disability severe enough that it limits their participation in family, community and political life. In Tanzania, over 3 million people fall in the group of disabled. People with disabilities have the same health needs as non-disabled people – for immunization, cancer screening etc. They also may experience a narrower margin of health, both because of poverty and social exclusion, and also because they may be vulnerable to secondary conditions, such as pressure sores or urinary tract infections. Evidence suggests that people with disabilities face barriers in accessing the health and rehabilitation services they need in many settings. In 2015, Singida Inter African Committee took initiative to conduct a training to the group of disabled students in Ikungi Mchanganyiko primary school, Ikungi district, the training aimed on capacity building to children with various forms of disability so as to enable them to participate equally in different efforts which have been made by the government, donors, organizations, individual activists and other stakeholders in attaining welfare to people with disability   2. 0  ABOUT THE TRAINING The training was conducted for two days on 24th and 25th September 2015, to 50 students from Ikungi Mchanganyiko Primary school, both girls and women. To encourage equal participation, the trainee also included non disabled students. The training was conducted ion form of seminar with learning sessions, time for group and individual exercises, group discussion and sharing of various cases studies on how determined disabled people have been able to make a difference in their communities’ development.   3.0  OBJECTIVE OF THE TRAINING General objective of the training Generally, the training aimed on capacity building to children with various forms of disability so as to enable them to participate equally in different efforts which have been made by the government, donors, organizations, individual activists and other stakeholders in attaining welfare to people with disability. Specific objectives of the training To provide formal education on the concept of gender based violence especially female genital mutilation. To train disabled students on how to communicate various information on FGM in their local environment To capacitate disabled on how to use the concept of peer education in delivering education relating to FGM and GBV in the community To clarify myth and stigma prevailing that disabled can not engage with comparatively similar efforts in affecting community development.   4.0  TOPICS COVERED The two day seminar was conducted covering the following topics (Also see the timetable in annex 1) The concept of community development Disability and community development Participation of disabled in community development Disability is not inability Doing away Stigma and stereotype   5. 0  RESULTS OF THE TRAINING The following were the result that were expected during setting the training and were shared to all participants during officiating the training; Expected results Disabled students will gain the knowledge on how to participate equally in various community development activities The number of peer educators with disability increased and this will make it easier to reach the larger group of disabled in the community. The rights for the people with disabilities shared and increase the spirit of lobbying and advocacy in policy formation and implementation Disabled and non disabled students joined to form a club so as to address equality practically Cases studies shared so as to do away with the tendency of stigmatization and stereotypes   Achieved results Ikungi Mchanganyiko primary has formulated a club with the mixture of both disabled and non disabled students who work jointly to address various gender issues such as how to reduce gender based violence and harmful traditional practices such as FGM and killing of albino. The club with 24 members has been able to induce behavioral changes and as a result, larger community of students in Ikungi Mchanganyiko primary has learned on how to report FGM and GBV cases in a secured channel. A case story of a disabled in Tanzania who is blind but has been able to be a very famous lawyer who works in ending FGM helped to change the attitude of many students. Before the training, only 21 students out of 50 (42%) believed that they can study to the university level, but after sharing the case study, in the end of the training, 100% of the attendants believed that they are on their way to higher learning institutions. The same findings have also been noticed in April to the same group. Two cases on FGM have been reported since the training was conducted. Unfortunately, these students left the school and were mutilated at their villages where the project is not implemented in Manyoni district. Conclusively, the training has generated some positive changes in the community. It is now easy for SIAC to reach the group of disabled in the community by using fellow disabled who have been trained and they are experts in non verbal language, it make it easier to reach the larger group. ANNEXES S.NO EVENT RESPONSIBLE DAY 1: 24/09/2014 Arrival All Introduction Head master and coordinator Opening remarks SIAC coordinator Officiating the training SIAC coordinator Session One: The concept of community development Mr. Timothy Peter SIAC Planning officer Exercise 1: Screening the community and surroundings Participants Breakfast All Session Two: Disability and community development Mr. Timothy Peter SIAC Planning officer Group discussion: FGM as the issue to disabled group Participants Case study sharing: Disabled woman making a difference in the community; A dream made true! Mr. Timothy Peter SIAC Planning officer Lunch All Evaluation of the day SIAC Coordinator Participants Closing of the day Head Master DAY 2: 25/09/2015 1 Arrival All 2 Recap of the day one Mr. Timothy Peter SIAC Planning officer 3 Session Three: Participation of disabled in community development Mr. Timothy Peter SIAC Planning officer 4 Exercise 2: Identifying the elements of non participatory community development approaches Participants 5 Breakfast All 6 Session 4: Disability is not inability, breaking the silence! Mr. Timothy Peter SIAC Planning officer 7 Group activity: Are disabled able? Participants 8 Lunch All 9 Session 5: Doing away Stigma and stereotype Mr. Timothy Peter SIAC Planning officer 10 Exercise 3: Do we have self stigma? Participants 11 Evaluation of the training: Simple test! All 12 Closing the training SIAC Coordinator Table 1:1 The timetable of the two day training to disabled at Ikungi Mchanganyiko primary school Type of disability & Non disabilities Number Total blind 9 Low vision 8 Albinism 14 Physical disabilities 9 Non disabled 10 Total 50 Table two: Distribution of attendants by type of disability Annex 3: Various pictures during the training   [1] http://www. who.int/disabilities/en/ [2] http://www.who.int/topics/disabilities/en/ Er SKIKKER tillatt i Scrabble? Scrabble Wordfeud Kryssord Om oss FAQ Kilder Kontakt Forum Informasjonskapsler Personvern Betingelser Samtykke Link til oss Del Hjem Scrabble Scrab. Ordbok Ordbok SKIKKER Ja! SKIKKER er tillatt i Scrabble og gir deg 10 poeng. Annonsering Scrabble ordbøker Ordbok Navn Språk Tillatt NSF-ordlisten 2022 NSF2022 Norsk Bokmål JA NSF-ordlisten 2021 NSF2021 Norsk Bokmål JA NSF-ordlisten 2016 NSF2016 Norsk Bokmål JA NSF-ordlisten 2012 NSF2012 Norsk Bokmål JA Scrabble poeng Scrabble bokstavpoeng S1K2I1K2K2E1R1 S1K2I1K2K2E1R1 Betydningen av SKIKKER Definisjoner Substantiv skikk – orden; “få skikk på noe(n)” skikk – sedvane; “en gammel skikk”; “skikk og bruk”; “ta skikken der en kommer” Legg til én bokstav   Ord Definisjon Def. Poeng Bokstavpoeng NSF   1. KIRKEØKS ‘> 15 K2I1R1K2E1Ø5K2S1 2. SØKKRIKE ‘> 15 S1Ø5K2K2R1I1K2E1 3. USKIKKER ‘> 14 U4S1K2I1K2K2E1R1 4. KIRKESKO ‘> 12 K2I1R1K2E1S1K2O2 5. KIRKESAK ‘> 11 K2I1R1K2E1S1A1K2 6. SKITREKK ‘> 11 S1K2I1T1R1E1K2K2 7. SKLIKKER ‘> 11 S1K2L1I1K2K2E1R1 Slutter på   Ord Definisjon Def. Poeng Bokstavpoeng NSF   1. BYGGESKIKKER ‘> 25 B4Y6G2G2E1S1K2I1K2K2E1R1 2. BYSKIKKER ‘> 20 B4Y6S1K2I1K2K2E1R1 3. JULESKIKKER ‘> 20 J4U4L1E1S1K2I1K2K2E1R1 4. FORUTSKIKKER ‘> 20 F2O2R1U4T1S1K2I1K2K2E1R1 5. BUDSKIKKER ‘> 19 B4U4D1S1K2I1K2K2E1R1 6. BONDESKIKKER ‘> 19 B4O2N1D1E1S1K2I1K2K2E1R1 7. PRESSESKIKKER ‘> 19 P4R1E1S1S1E1S1K2I1K2K2E1R1 8. HUSSKIKKER ‘> 18 H3U4S1S1K2I1K2K2E1R1 9. BORDSKIKKER ‘> 18 B4O2R1D1S1K2I1K2K2E1R1 10. NAVNESKIKKER ‘> 18 N1A1V4N1E1S1K2I1K2K2E1R1 Se alle ord Liknende ord SKADER SKABBEN SKABBET SKABBKUR Har du prøvd? Anagram av SKIKKER Mente du? SKADER SKABBEN SKABBET SKABBKUR Dine siste søk SKIKKER (ordbok) Siste søk på siden SKIKKER (ordbok) INSEKTICIDET (ordbok) CHENILLEGARNET (ordbok) RÆLE (ordbok) ÆRESDIPLOMENE (ordbok) Annonsering Annonsering Synonym til SKIKKER i kryssord – Kryssordbok {{alert. msg}} Laster inn.. Oppslagsord: Du må skrive inn det nye oppslagsord. Synonym: {{syn}} Du må legge til minst ett synonym. Vennligst bekreft at du ønsker å slette {{$ctrl.listFromSyn($ctrl.synToDel)}} fra oppslagsordet “skikker” Vennligst bekreft at du ønsker å slette oppslagsordet “skikker” Sitat: Til fastelavn knytter det seg mange, til dels eldgamle, skikker som fra først av hørte til en hedensk vårfest. Kilde:Wikipedia Ordfakta: Skikker er 7 bokstaver langt og inneholder 2 vokaler og 5 konsonanter. For info som ikke er relatert til kryssord, så kan du slå opp skikker i ordboka. Relaterte oppslagsord egnet for kryssord: Normer, seremonier, regler Kryssordhjelp for Skikker: Hvor mange bokstaver inneholder ordet i kryssordet? {{$index}} Skriv inn bokstavene du har: Kryss av de synonymene du ønsker å slette. Trykk deretter på den røde knappen “Slett synonymer”. Viser 99 synonymer til Skikker som kan hjelpe deg med å løse kryssordet. Laster inn.. bys fon gis ter tes vis bruk byer gies modi sett skap teer vise Advertisements: arter beter betes foner forne moter måter måtes riter rites seder stell vaner vesen bruker former greier greies hevder middel midler normer regler ritual ususer forhold gjerder julenek kanoner kutymer manerer metoder moduser ordener rituser stander stender studier vesener adferder atferder beninger bæringer fasonger kustuser nøringer oppfører ritualer sedvaner standard statuser beininger etiketter folklorer gangdager helbreder praksiser vedtekter væremåter handlinger henseender husordener oppførsler overrekker prosedyrer seremonier spisevaner standarder stillinger tilstander tilstiller bordskikker kondisjoner oppførelser presedenser situasjoner tradisjoner folkeskikker forfatninger konvenienser konvensjoner spilleregler omstendigheter overleveringer juletradisjoner Laster inn. . Polske skikker Lytt Fra tidligere tiders tradisjon med å hilse besøkende med brød og salt, har Polens system av sosiale gester utviklet seg til noe som er unikt i verden, og som ofte får deg til å smile. Du kan forvente å bli bortskjemt – alle polakker ønsker å være det perfekte vertskap, der det ikke spares verken på penger eller anstrengelser. Når du er i Polen, kan det av og til tenkes at dine ord kan bli misforstått, men du trenger likevel ikke å bekymre deg for kommunikasjonen. Du vil finne det svært enkelt å delta i en vennlig samtale, uavhengig av den andre partens språkkunnskaper. Du vil bli overveldet over den eksepsjonelle gjestfriheten som det polske folk utstråler og de hjertelige sosiale og dagligdagse ritualene du vil erfare. Når du besøker et tradisjonelt polsk hjem, bør du være forberedt på å møte situasjoner som beskrevet nedenfor: Selv ved første gangs besøk, skal du ikke bli overrasket om du blir tilbødt et par tøfler for å være komfortabel. Hvis du blir invitert på middag, sørg for at du har god plass i magen til en kraftig suppe med nudler, svinekoteletter med kål og poteter, etterfulgt av ostekake, ledsaget av en flaske velsmakende hjemmelaget likør. Hvis du ikke drikker alkohol, vil du oppdage at i Polen er det ikke alltid nok med et ”nei takk”, fordi verten kan føle at denne polske tradisjonen blir utfordret. Hvis du reiser med offentlig transportmilder, kan du oppleve god gammeldags høflighet: ungdommer som overlater plassen sin til eldre og menn som reiser seg for kvinner. Det regnes som svært høflig å kysse en kvinnes hånd som en velkomsthilsen, noe som er spesielt vanlig i eldre generasjoner. Hvis du spiser på restaurant, forventes det at du gir tips. Dette ligger på samme nivå som ellers i Europa, d.v.s. minst 10% av beløpet på regningen. Selvsagt finnes det også en rekke andre polske skikker. Det er også verdt å vite at polakkene er et spesielt vennlig og støttende folk som dyrker en særlig form for hjelpsomhet overfor familie og venner. Siden 90% av befolkningen er romersk katolske, praktiseres alle viktige religiøse helligdager strengt, spesielt jul og påske. Ved slike anledninger, kommer polske familier sammen for å nyte god mat og drikke. Den polske karakter Polakker er på den ene siden arvtagere til en rik historie, tradisjoner og kulturelt betingede tilbøyeligheter og krefter, men på den annen side er de store individualister. En polakk prøver ikke å være original – en polakk er original! Polakkene viser sin misnøye når samtalen kommer inn på politikk. Da begynner de å klage og hlir sinte. En polakk er alltid frustrert over at politikerne og systemet ikke er slik de burde være. De fleste polakker ville helst se seg selv i parlamentet, men bare for en kort stund, for alt i alt gir den politiske arena lite belønning. Den polske karakterne er en blanding av gjestfrihet, ubekymrethet, stolte tradisjoner og en ofte uberettiget følelse av underlegenhet. Polakker, spesielt de unge, har en stadig økende trang til å skaffe seg kunnskaper, og de legger stor vekt på utdanning. Men, fortsatt finnes det spor etter den polske overklassen kulturelle tradisjoner. Dette kan ses i f.eks. polakkenes velutviklede individualisme, gjennomgående idealistiske natur, ekstravagante generøsitet og spesielt – ofte ganske direkte – sans for humor. En polakk legger også stor vekt på sin ære og verdighet. Noen ganger kan han bli overbegeistret og opptre lettsindig. Alt dette gjør at polakkene har en fargerik karakter. Det er svært lite sannsynlig at du vil kjede deg når du tilbringer tid sammen med en polakk. For polakker elsker å snakke om seg selv, om familien, om sine drømmer og om.. Polen. Men samtidig er de også alltid åpne for å lytte. Hvis det også finnes et veldekket bord og hyggelig selskap, er polakken i sitt rette element, og han vil smitte andre med sin ukuelige optimisme og sitt evige håp om at selv om ting ikke er så bra nå, vil de ubetinget bli bedre. . Lesbiske og homofile Polen utvikler seg i retning av økt toleranse overfor seksuelle minoriteter. Denne holdningen er åpenbar blant unge mennesker i de større byene. Toleranse gjennom historien Polen er ett av de få landene der homoseksualitet aldri har vært forbudt, bortsett fra når landet har vært ufritt og underlagt andre, og en kort tid etter landets frigjøring. Den polske grunnloven sikrer likhet for alle mennesker og beskytter dem mot alle former for diskriminering, også når det gjelder seksuell legning. Likevel har ikke Polen noen lovfestet rett når det gjelder forhold mellom personer av samme kjønn og retten til å gifte seg og til å adoptere barn.   Lesbisk og homofil livsstil Du vil finne stor grad av toleranse for lesbisk og homofil livsstil blant unge og velutdannede urbane mennesker. Slike holdninger er særlig godt synlig i Warszawa, Krakow, Lodz, Wroclaw, Poznan, Katowice og Gdansk der det finnes et antall homsebarer og andre steder som erklærer seg som homovennlige. Det finnes et antall polske publikasjoner og websider som tar opp temaer knyttet til homoseksualitet, mange private organisasjoner tilbyr støtte til homoseksuelle miljøer, kjemper for deres rettigheter og promoterer større toleranse. Homoparader arrangeres av og til. Joomla SEF URLs by Artio ‎App Store: Sticker Maker – Sticker.me Description Discover thousands of animated stickers and create your own stickers. Create unique stickers, emojis & memes from your own photos, videos and GIFs! Do you enjoy chatting and enjoy making everyone laugh? Do you also think that sometimes words may not be enough to express all the feelings and emotions during a chat? Do you often use emoticons, stickers, exclamation marks and question marks to express all your emotions when chatting and texting? Well, tune in! We created Sticker. me just for you! The all-in-one Sticker.me tool will challenge your creativity and provide you with all the tools to create the most fun stickers in the world! Wait! Check out hundreds of ready-made funny stickers! Download the app and create the style and mood of your messages. Go crazy and have a party with your friends in group chats! Make unique stickers, emoticons and memes from your photos! With one touch, you can add them to WhatsApp or iMessage. It’s so easy and simple. Features: ======= – A wide range of different and animated stickers. – Create your own unique stickers from your own photos with the best editor! – With the help of a magic tool, remove the background from your photos instantly. – Add vibrant borders to your stickers. – Add texts to stickers. – Customize text by adding color and stroke. – Choose from over 100 meme fonts. – Add emoticons and icons to stickers. – Use in chats for fun and flare. – Share with friends Want to make your conversation fun? Install Sticker.Me Premium subscription includes: * Premium sticker packs. * Animated stickers. * Unlimited sticker creation. * No Ads Subscription Price: • Weekly: Free for the first 3 days, then $3.99/ Week. • Monthly: Free for the first 3 days, then $9.99/Month. • Yearly: Free for the first 3 days, then $34.99/Year – Payment will be charged to iTunes Account at confirmation of purchase. – Subscription automatically renews unless auto-renew is turned off at least 24 hours before the end of the current period. – Your account will be charged for renewal within 24-hours prior to the end of the current period, and will include the cost of the renewal. – Subscriptions may be managed by the user and auto-renewal may be turned off by going to Account Settings after purchase. – If a user purchases a subscription to this publication, any remaining unused portion of a free trial period, if any, will be forfeited. Please read our Terms and Privacy & Service Policy https://sites.google.com/a/braincraftapps.com/sticker_maker/terms https://sites.google.com/a/braincraftapps.com/ sticker_maker/privacy Found a bug or Have a suggestion or Want a new feature? Contact us and email us at [email protected]. Follow us on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram and Youtube for the latest updates. Jun 9 2022 Version 3.4 We update the app regularly so we can make it better for you. This version includes: – Share stickers on Telegram feature added. – Minor bug fixes. – Improved performance. Get the latest version & thanks for using Sticker Maker. Ratings and reviews Ratings: 1k Delight!! Paid, but the price tag is affordable) everything turned out right away and without problems😃 Hello nochnoy, Thank you so much for your feedback! We are glad that you like our app. Thank you again and have a lovely day! sucks Complete crap Hello, Thanks for your feedback! What do you want to do? Please, contact us through our app’s “Settings > Send Feedback” option. Thank you again and stay with us. 4 stars.. the application is very good, I advise you, but there is one minus. You always have to download and delete because you can only have one sticker( Hello, Thank you for your feedback. We work hard to meet expectations like yours. Please subscribe to get more features in the full version of the app, which will make your experience better. We also offer a 3-day free trial in which you can use all the premium features. Thanks again for being with us. Subscriptions Sticker Maker Pro for WhatsApp Monthly access for pro features & stickers Trial subscription Developer Brain Craft Ltd has indicated that, in accordance with the app’s privacy policy, data may be processed as described below. Detailed information is available in the developer’s privacy policy. Data used to track information The following data may be used to track user information on apps and websites owned by other companies: Not related with user data The following data may be collected, which is not related to the user’s identity: Purchases User Content Identifiers Usage Data Diagnostics Sensitive data may be used differently depending on your age, features involved, or other factors. Read more Information Provider Brain Craft Ltd Size 165 MB Category Utilities Age 12+ Small/moderate amount of cartoon or fantasy violence Small/moderate content of a sexual or erotic nature Little/moderate amount of realistic violence Small/moderate use or reference to alcohol, tobacco or drugs Small/Moderate Gambling Copyright © BrainCraft Limited Price Free Application support Privacy Policy Other apps from this developer You may like The film “Sticker” was released on April 21 Today film fans have the opportunity to watch a new feature film “Sticker” directed by Dmitry Baran. The film has just been released, but already has positive reviews from critics. We spoke with the director about his creative vision. Moreover, this is his first feature film debut. — Dmitry, you are a physicist by training. How do you feel about film work? Through the molecules and atoms of human souls or in some other way? – Yes, as an engineer-physicist by spirit, I like to explore complex things, that is, things that consist of a large number of small details. And cinema, of course, is a very complex product. And the secret of quality cinema, in my opinion, is in the little things. The process of creating a movie is subject to the general laws of creating complex things. For example, I am convinced that the cinema, like any complex system, cannot be precisely designed in advance, but the best can be selected by trial and error. That is, the creation of a movie is somewhat similar to the work of a research engineer. Of course, it is generally accepted that cinema is an art, but if you want to make a good film, then, in my opinion, it is better to forget about it and tune in to a difficult and routine series of lengthy experiments. – Sticker is your feature film debut. Was it scary to take on such a job? — At first it was scary, but at the same time it was terribly interesting! The main driver and motivator is the idea of ​​the script: “Pretty Woman” with intrigue in the style of “Basic Instinct”. This idea was clear to absolutely all ages, all social groups and even to a foreign audience. Not surprisingly, Julia Roberts’ brother, famous Hollywood actor and Academy Award nominee Eric Roberts called “Sticker” a “modern Pretty Woman with good detective intrigue.” So I felt supported at all stages from writing the script to the release of the film. And the fear gradually changed to confidence in what we are doing. — Where did you shoot? — In Moscow, Dubai and the Seychelles. In Moscow, we used a real construction site next to the Kremlin. And the office scenes were filmed in a specially designed office for shooting. And the Emirates company provided us with the third terminal of Dubai Airport for filming free of charge. No Russian company has previously shot films in this location. — At all stages of the film making, surveys were carried out to study audience preferences. As a result, the work on the film went on for five years. During this time, about a hundred scenes were filmed, the script was rewritten several times, some scenes were re-shot, and even a new version of the final appeared. Did you work on the principle of the Active Citizen portal? Is it possible to foresee all the tastes of the target audience? – You can’t. For this, focus groups are held to find out the true preferences of the audience. Often the viewer cannot indicate what exactly he does not like, but he always indicates quite accurately the place where he loses interest. If 5 – 10% of viewers pointed to the same place or the same detail, then we considered this to be statistically significant and tried to improve this place. At the same time, we did not follow the audience’s lead, but looked for a solution that would suit both the viewer and the filmmakers. That is, the viewer, as it were, helps the director to better convey the ideas that are embedded in the film. Here I want to emphasize that the viewer never interferes with the director’s work. The viewer only helps. But for this you need to be able to respect all viewers, even those who speak complete nonsense. — In the film, your hero asks the question — how to distinguish genuine feeling from commercialism? Do you, the director of the film, have an answer to this question? – I’m not sure I can speak honestly as it is, because an honest answer will not please the viewer. My life experience tells me that love is manifested through culture. That is, a mercantile person will love mercantilely. And nothing can be changed here: having fallen in love with an egoist, you are doomed to torment. However, it is widely believed that love completely changes a person. This is theoretically possible and even happens sometimes. However, it is rather a miracle. Perhaps that is why we love cinema so much, because cinema replaces what we lack in life! — Why do you think the viewer should see this picture? – Intrigue, intrigue and again intrigue. Intrigue is one of the main strengths of the film. I often hear after watching something like this: “Now there are a lot of films in which you already know what will happen in an hour. And in “Sticker” you can’t predict what will happen in two minutes. At the same time, the film does not lose its realism. Unfortunately, so many film studios are addicted to creating superheroes. But when a superhero appears, the viewer immediately guesses that the film will end with a happy ending. And it seems that everyone is very tired of such predictability. Therefore, the heroes of the film “Sticker” are not without flaws, that is, they are more realistic. In a word, we put a lot of effort to make the intrigue in the film as complete as possible, the way it was in classic films 90-s. And I think we succeeded. Nina DONSKIKH. in the picture: DIRECTION Dmitry Baran, photo by Christina Mazurenko Frames from the film were provided by the PR service of the picture Create sticker online designer-Vistacreate thanks look stunning, and potential customers will definitely notice your brand. Create fun personalized designs with stickers in VistaCreate. Browse over 30 ready-made sticker designs and create fun designs for your business, or use our sticker maker to design your own unique stickers. Insert stickers into design Select template to edit Show more 6 reasons why users love our sticker designs We have a huge library of ready-made sticker designs that you can use to make your visual content unique. And the quantity is definitely not the most important thing in our stickers! Sticker maker to create your own stickers Create stickers online from your own images or photos from our library. Simply select an image or upload your own photo to the sticker maker. Add it to your artboard layout, scale it, and then click the Sticker Maker button. The tool will automatically remove the background from the image, turning it into a handmade sticker. Our stickers are suitable for both photos and videos Add stickers to your photos in the VistaCreate Graphic Design Builder. Browse our free stickers for pictures and choose the best one for your style. You can also add stickers to your videos online – VistaCreate’s sticker maker works well with both formats. Static and animated stickers 6,000 pre-made animated stickers are at your disposal, but you can easily animate your own sticker design – even if it was static at first. Simply select a sticker, click the button at the top of our sticker maker artboard, and then choose the animation effect you want. With animated stickers, your designs will definitely grab attention! Art stickers for unique designs Unleash your creativity with VistaCreate! Customize your images with our artistic sticker designs – add shadows, brush strokes, gradients, masks and more. Experiment with your ideas and get a design masterpiece for your business or personal purposes. Celebrate Diversity & Inclusion with Stickers If inclusion is your core brand value, get your message across to customers with our stickers. Our database of sticker designs covers different cultures, traditions, as well as people of different ethnicities, ages, sizes and professions. Here you will find both vector and photo stickers that you can use absolutely free. Create rich visual content that resonates with your brand aesthetic without the help of professional designers. Ready made stickers in over 30 categories In our sticker library, they are grouped by theme – sports, food, beauty, people, animals, symbols, vectors and more! All of our sticker designs are high quality so you can scale them however you like without sacrificing quality. Just select a category and add free stickers to your images online with just a few clicks! Create your design 4 ideas for using stickers for business You have selected the best images, illustrations, patterns and fonts for your design. Now add stickers that can be customized to improve your brand’s visibility. Find out how stickers can help you achieve your business goals! Recognizable brand identity Add stickers to your visual content to make your brand stand out. Decorate your business cards, postcards, envelopes, printed collateral and promotional materials with the free VistaCreate sticker maker. Create a unique brand identity for your brand. Impressive presentations Believe it or not, our online sticker maker will save you time creating presentations! Browse our library and find ready-made stickers for charts, infographics, pie charts and bar charts. Place the sticker on the artboard, scale it, and replace the numbers and text with your own data. Add a background image if needed, and your presentation is ready! Engage your audience with social media content Stickers and social networks are best friends! Use the Sticker Maker to add fun graphics to your posts and stories. We have everything – frames, labels, arrows, emojis, reactions and buttons for uploading and sharing. Pro Tip: Create a custom sticker pack with our Sticker Maker and use them for quick social media designs. Eye-catching ad When promoting an event, create a sticker from the speaker’s photo and add a bright outline to it to draw more attention from the guests. Use this image for invitations and posters, or as a promotional image on your website. The same method works well with product and real estate photos – highlight the main subject and add your brand logo to the design to get a remarkable announcement.\n\nIf you like custom solutions, create your own stickers for printing and make a pack of stickers for wacky marketing. How to add stickers to images 1 Select template To get started, register with VistaCreate or log in to an existing account. And then browse the many ready-made designs and choose the one that best suits your project. 2 Pick the right stickers Browse hundreds of cute stickers from our library and choose the coolest ones for your designs. Just click on the sticker and add it to your artboard. 3 Customize layout Add your own content and make designs unique. Upload images, colors and fonts to create visual content in your own style. You can optionally animate your stickers by clicking the Animate button at the top of the artboard and then choosing an animation effect. 4 Download and Share After all the final corrections, download the design in the desired format. Print stickers or share them right from the app. Add stickers FAQ Can I add my own stickers to VistaCreate? Yes, you can. Customize any design template with your own content by simply uploading files to the Sticker Maker. You can add images and vectors to VistaCreate. Use special stickers along with your own files or ready-made templates. Can I use the VistaCreate graphics program on my phone? How to create a sticker in VistaCreate? How long does it take to create a sticker using the Sticker Maker? what is sticker art and where to watch it – The City, 08/19/2021 This weekend Winzavod will host the STICKFEST sticker art festival. We figured out what sticker art is, how this trend appeared in the capital, which artists you should pay attention to and where you can see their work. What is it all about Sticker art or sticker bombing is one of the trends of street art. The stickers boom came in the 2000s: then the streets of Moscow and St. Petersburg began to be actively covered with various stickers, the first communities of artists appeared and different directions and styles began to form in which stickers were created. Prints, stamps, postcards, posters, business cards became the forerunners of stickers. It is difficult to say where exactly in Russia it first appeared, but its rapid growth and development are closely related to the development of printing technology. Now all over the world, in every major city – you can find a wide variety of stickers. Obey Shepard Fae. Obey The originator of sticker art is American artist Shepard Fairey, known as Obey. He creates stencils, posters and puts up his stickers all over the world. At 19In 86, Fairey redrawn an image of the famous wrestler Andre the Giant from an old French newspaper and added a slogan to the drawing. This was the very first sticker. Then Shepard changed the drawing and the inscription, played with colors – in the end, the Giant Obey from the American town of Providence scattered around the world. In Moscow, another work of the artist – the mural “Art is a hammer” can be seen on the facade of the “Atrium”. How stickers appeared in Moscow Inspiration and examples came to Russia from abroad. One of the first teams in Moscow – “Why”. Their main hobby was graffiti, but they also glued stickers. In 2004 they made a video “Gop-stop”, which caused a boom in both capitals. They got followers. For example, Spy, Danger, Ag4t, Fish. Artists and representatives of the first wave used stickers as an auxiliary tool. Over time, communities of authors began to appear, which focused on stickers, and their high activity rightfully characterized them as sticker artists. Destinations Graffiti, logos, characters, slogans, slogans and replicas are considered popular. There are craft stickers – they are completely drawn by hand (from primitive faces to complex large sketches), there are also collaborations – joint stickers. These are all copyright or artistic stickers. Another popular format is fan stickers – Zenit fans, for example, like to post them in the subway. And there are commercial ones – the logo of cafes or shops. Kirill PigeonFrolk founder of MOSTICK (Moscow Stickers) and co-organizer of STICKFEST Some guys use Hello my name is letterheads – they came from graffiti. Initially, these were American badges on which schoolchildren wrote names. Then someone decided to make tags with them. These forms are in all graffiti markets, and the guys who want to stick stickers take them first of all. This is the most classic form. Where to look Typically, stickers can be seen on road signs, lampposts, doors, walls, barriers. In the street environment of small towns, stickers are rarely seen, but in Moscow and St. Petersburg they are known and loved. The main spots (places) with stickers in Moscow are Kitay-Gorod, Myasnitskaya, Maroseyka, Chistye Prudy, creative spaces like Winzavod, Artplay and Khlebozavod. Stickers have different life spans: they can hang from a year to ten years – it all depends on the quality of the paper, the work of city services and the street artists themselves. But, as the sticker artists themselves note, if earlier everything was in tags and graffiti, now stickers have increasingly begun to take their place. There are also taboo locations. Moreover, this is such an unspoken rule, an oral agreement that street artists do not touch monuments, churches and historical buildings. Groups of sticker artists Kirill PigeonFrolk founder of MOSTICK (Moscow Stickers) and co-organizer of STICKFEST In Mostick, for example, there are about 10 people. There are active guys who devote a lot of time to stickers. There are guys for whom this is a hobby, entertainment. There are not very many groupings at all, and they mainly include young students aged 20-25. Stickers are a kind of transitional stage for an artist, entertainment for a couple of years: you draw stickers, find your own style and hone it. And then – who’s into what much. Many, for example, begin to devote more time to canvases or decoration. How to find an artist Street artists do not particularly like to “shine”, although many leave their pseudonyms, nicknames on Instagram or QR codes with links to their social networks or website on stickers. It happens that the stickers are not signed in any way – this is a personal issue that everyone decides for himself. Most often, sticker bombers prefer to remain anonymous – they post stickers, graffiti and posters on their resources. But sticker artists have open communities where newbies are always welcome. And the artists themselves are still easier to find than the same graffists. However, the reasons are obvious. Kirill PigeonFrolk founder of MOSTICK (Moscow Stickers) and co-organizer of STICKFEST First of all, you visualize and show your creativity. Street performers appreciate the style and quality of the picture. And your people will always recognize you – we all know each other in one way or another, and the rest do not need to know this. Stickers are also cool because there is such an element of competition on the street. This is a street culture where everyone sees and communicates with each other, collabs and so on. It is very interesting. 965196419631962196119601959195819571956195519541953195219511950194919481947194619451944194319421941194019391938193719361935193419331932193119301929 2022   2023 Detectives – a genre of cinema, the main characters or heroes of which are trying to find a solution to a problem or solve a crime. Throughout the film, a police detective, a private detective or a simple layman is trying to figure out the mysterious circumstances of a particular incident, using all the means at his disposal. Particular attention is paid to the protagonist’s deductive abilities, his skill, determination, perseverance and other personal and professional qualities, with the help of which he tries to understand a crime or situation, analyzing evidence and circumstances, collecting evidence, interrogating witnesses and tracking down the criminal. One of the key features of films of the detective genre is suspense (from the English suspense) – a state of anxiety and anxious expectation. This effect is achieved through unexpected plot twists, sound accompaniment, the play of light and shadow, as well as various camera techniques. All these techniques were used in his films by the legendary Alfred Hitchcock, who made an invaluable contribution to the development of the detective genre and cinema in general. Hitchcock’s best films are a benchmark for fans of the thriller and detective genres, and a kind of study guide for directors working in these genres. You can watch his films, enjoying the work of the master, despite the specifics of the genre, several times, and the list of excellent detective stories shot under the impression of his work is huge. There are two types of good detectives – open and closed. Closed detectives hide and mask the identity of the criminal throughout the film, until his capture, leaving viewers to wonder, worry and doubt. An open detective, on the contrary, reveals the identity of the criminal at the very beginning of the story, describing in detail both himself and the so-called crime committed by him. “perfect crime”. In such films, the protagonist tries to identify the criminal or (when it is not a secret for him) to prove his guilt, while how he will be able to do this is not clear even to the audience, despite the fact that they know the circumstances of the crime. Usually, as in Closed Detectives, this happens towards the end of the film, when it seems that there is no longer any hope for a favorable outcome. Latest reviews of detective films: 09/11/2022 Review of the film “Crimes of the Future”. About bodily deformity and spiritual emptiness “Crimes of the Future” are of much greater value as a teaching aid for pathologists. 02/16/2022 Review of the film “Licorice Pizza”. A warm nostalgic memory “Licorice pizza” is not so much a story as a state of mind. 01/18/2022 Voice of the People. Review of the film “Scream” Readers of the “Cinema News” publication about the new version of the horror film The latest user reviews of detective films: 12/28/2021 Review of the film “Agent Eve”. Not Nikita “Did you all get so stupid here while I was away?” (from the film “Aliens”) There are a lot of action movies about strong women today. They are actually uncountable. If sometime… 01.12.2021 Review of the movie “Killer”. Fools don’t belong here Spoiler alert! “Here, you fool, they will rather kill you” (from the film “Brother”) In the cool autumn of 2015, it was not possible to go to the film “Sicario” for various reasons, although very … Resident Evil: Defitive Edition. There are three types of game adaptations. The first, the simplest, which for some reason no one is trying to use except for Lara Croft – to bring the film as close as possible to the game, taking … TOP10 Detective films: 1. Sherlock Holmes and Dr. Watson: Deadly Fight, 1980 Death and Girl (Death and the Maiden), 1994 9000 9000 9000 Country: USA, USA, USA, USA, USA, USA, USA, US France, UK Genre: detective, drama, thriller Director: Roman Polanski Composer: Wojciech Kilar, Franz Schubert Cast: Sigourney Weaver, Ben Kingsley 3. 12 angry men (12 Angry Men), 1957 4. Sherlock Holmes and Dr. Watson: Baskerville dog, 1981 5. Sherlock Holmes and Dr. Watson: 1980 9000 9000 9000 9000 9000 9000 9000 9000 9000 6. Sherlock Holmes and Dr. Watson: Acquaintance, 1979 , 1991 9. Sherlock Holmes and Dr. Watson: Treasures Agra, 1983 10. Gentlemen of Good luck, 1971 9000 The most expected detectives of 2022-2023 9000 9000 9000 9000 9000 Knives Out 2: Glass Onion (Glass Onion: A Knives Out Mystery), 2022 9.10 Country: USA Genre: detective, drama, comedy, crime, thriller Director: Rian Johnson Composer: Nathan Johnson Cast: Jessica Henwick, Ethan Hawke 2. The Pale Blue Eye, 2022 3. Knock on the door (Knock at the door) 2023 4. Killeers of the Flower Moon, 2023 8.55 Country: USA Genre: Detective, Drama, Crime, Triller Director: Martin Scorsae 9000 : Robbie Robertson Starring: Jesse Plemons, Leonardo DiCaprio thriller Director: Dexter Fletcher Cast: Robert Downey Jr., Rachel McAdams 6. Ant-Man and the Wasp: Quantumania (2022 8006) Country: USA Genre: action, detective, comic book, comedy, adventure, thriller, fantasy Director: Peyton Reed Cast: Evangeline Lilly, Paul Rudd 7. Skull Island: Blood -Kong (Skull Island: Blood of the Kong), 2023 7.17 Country: USA Genre: detective, adventure, fantasy Director: Neil Marshall 9000),7 8. 905 (Salt 2) 2022 5.06 Country: USA Genre: Action, detective, crime, thriller Starring: Angelina Jolie Melodramas. The best melodramas. The best melodrama films on KinoNews.ru. Cinema news. New films. All genres TOP 100 films of the melodrama genre Choose year: 20242023202222021202019201720172016201620142014201220112010200920072006200520022001200019999819919199519191919191991919199191919919199191991919EV 9198819871986198519841983198219811980197919781977197619751974197319721971197019691968196719661965196419631962196119601959195819571956195519541953195219511950194919481947194619451944194319421941194019391938193719361935193419331932193119301929 2022   2023 Melodrama is a genre of cinema with an enhanced sensual and emotional component, which noticeably prevails over the detailing of characters, which are often depicted schematically and stereotypically. The protagonists of films of this genre can be both realistically depicted ordinary people who turned out to be participants in extraordinary events, as well as highly exaggerated, unrealistic characters in a realistic and detailed environment. The vast majority of melodramas are love films focusing on the passion, emotion and tender romantic relationships of the protagonists, who are taken by love on a journey through dating, courtship or marriage. In the center of the plot of such films is real, pure romantic love or its search. From time to time, lovers face various problems: illnesses, financial difficulties, various forms of discrimination that try to destroy their relationships with family members. The list is endless. However, in most cases, everything ends with a traditional happy ending for the genre. Even very sentimental people can watch melodramas without fear. These films have been and remain one of the most sought after genres worldwide. And the secret of their international popularity lies on the surface – love, emotions and feelings – do not need translation. That is why the best melodramas, in whatever country of the world they are produced, show excellent results in the international box office. Latest reviews of melodrama films: 06/17/2022 Review of the film “In the Mood for Love”. Ballad of Lonely Hearts “In the Mood for Love” – ​​an original masterfully shot ballad about lonely hearts 06/17/2022 Review of the film “In the Mood for Love”. Ballad about lonely hearts “In the Mood for Love” – ​​an original masterfully filmed ballad about lonely hearts 02/16/2022 Review of the film “Licorice Pizza”. A warm nostalgic memory “Licorice pizza” is not so much a story as a state of mind. Latest user reviews for melodrama films: 06/04/2022 Review of the film “Top Gun”. The best flight. Part 1. The beginning of the journey It was 1986, July. Still quite young Tom Cruise sat on a bench and drank his water with ice. The actor had something to celebrate. Not only the 4th of July, but also an incredible box office success… Is a dance repeated twice admired? To my great shame, I didn’t watch the original West Side Story until yesterday. I only saw him in fragments in film schools and heard tons of praise from my … 07.10.2021 Review of the film “After”. ANAMAZINGMAN Exclusive: Crime Bad Movie -Hello! I am with you again, special reporter Enemisingman Ultronov, and today I have been given a unique opportunity to take an exclusive interview with the victim, … Forrest Gump, 1994 3. My beautiful lady (My Fair Lady), 1964 4. Larks of the Great City (City Lights), 1931 5. Formula of Love, 1984 9000 6. Titanic (Titon Titanic), 1997 7. Playa de troya beach: Playa Troya Beach – Popular Beach in Playa de Las Americas, Tenerife Опубликовано: October 13, 2022 в 4:37 am Автор: alexxlab Категории: Miscellaneous Playa Troya – Bilder und Stockfotos 53Bilder Bilder Fotos Grafiken Vektoren Videos AlleEssentials Niedrigster Preis Signature Beste Qualität Durchstöbern Sie 53 playa troya Stock-Fotografie und Bilder. Oder starten Sie eine neue Suche, um noch mehr Stock-Fotografie und Bilder zu entdecken. imposante hotels direkt am meer in der nähe von playa de troya, costa adeje, teneriffa, kanarische inseln, spanien – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Imposante Hotels direkt am Meer in der Nähe von Playa de Troya,… menschenmenge beim sonnenbaden auf der playa de troya – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Menschenmenge beim Sonnenbaden auf der Playa de Troya eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten ruhige und friedliche wasserbucht, umgeben von fabelhaften großen hotels, playa de troya, costa adeje, teneriffa, kanarische inseln, spanien – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Ruhige und friedliche Wasserbucht, umgeben von fabelhaften großen troya beach, costa adeje, teneriffa, kanarische inseln, spanien – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Troya Beach, Costa Adeje, Teneriffa, Kanarische Inseln, Spanien eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten Eine reife Frau geht an einem Sandstrandnachmittag spazieren,Playa La Troya 2,Teneriffa,Spanien,Nikon D850 playa de troya auf teneriffa, kanarische inseln, spanien. – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Playa de Troya auf Teneriffa, Kanarische Inseln, Spanien. adeje coast las americas strand in south teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Adeje coast Las americas Strand in south Teneriffa adeje strand playa las americas auf teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Adeje Strand Playa Las Americas auf Teneriffa Adeje Arona Beach Troya Playa Las Americas auf Teneriffa Süd ein schwarzer lavafelden im morgengrauen in las americas, teneriffa, kanarischen inseln, spanien – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Ein schwarzer Lavafelden im Morgengrauen in Las Americas,… strand von troya – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Strand von Troya dardanelles channel bei turkey – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Dardanelles Channel bei Turkey adeje strand playa las americas auf teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Adeje Strand Playa Las Americas auf Teneriffa eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten adeje coast las americas strand in south teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Adeje coast Las americas Strand in south Teneriffa Adeje Küste Las americas Beach im Süden Teneriffas auf den Kanarischen Inseln adeje strand playa las americas auf teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Adeje Strand Playa Las Americas auf Teneriffa Adeje Arona Beach Troya Playa Las Americas auf Teneriffa Süd adeje strand playa las americas auf teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Adeje Strand Playa Las Americas auf Teneriffa Adeje Arona Beach Troya Playa Las Americas auf Teneriffa Süd eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten adeje strand playa las americas auf teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Adeje Strand Playa Las Americas auf Teneriffa Adeje Arona Beach Troya Playa Las Americas auf Teneriffa Süd adeje strand playa las americas auf teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Adeje Strand Playa Las Americas auf Teneriffa Adeje Arona Beach Troya Playa Las Americas auf Teneriffa Süd ein schwarzer lavafelden im morgengrauen in las americas, teneriffa, kanarischen inseln, spanien – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Ein schwarzer Lavafelden im Morgengrauen in Las Americas,. .. eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten Eine reife Frau geht an einem Sandstrandnachmittag spazieren,Playa La Troya 2,Teneriffa,Spanien,Nikon D850 ein schwarzer lavafelden im morgengrauen in las americas, teneriffa, kanarischen inseln, spanien – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Ein schwarzer Lavafelden im Morgengrauen in Las Americas,… adeje coast las americas strand in south teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Adeje coast Las americas Strand in south Teneriffa eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten Eine reife Frau geht an einem Sandstrandnachmittag spazieren,Playa La Troya 2,Teneriffa,Spanien,Nikon D850 adeje coast las americas strand in south teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Adeje coast Las americas Strand in south Teneriffa Adeje Küste Las americas Beach im Süden Teneriffas auf den Kanarischen Inseln eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten Eine reife Frau geht an einem Sandstrandnachmittag spazieren,Playa La Troya 2,Teneriffa,Spanien,Nikon D850 eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten Eine reife Frau geht an einem Sandstrandnachmittag spazieren,Playa La Troya 2,Teneriffa,Spanien,Nikon D850 eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten Eine reife Frau geht an einem Sandstrandnachmittag spazieren,Playa La Troya 2,Teneriffa,Spanien,Nikon D850 eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten Eine reife Frau geht an einem Sandstrandnachmittag spazieren,Playa La Troya 2,Teneriffa,Spanien,Nikon D850 eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten Eine reife Frau geht an einem Sandstrandnachmittag spazieren,Playa La Troya 2,Teneriffa,Spanien,Nikon D850 eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten Eine reife Frau geht an einem Sandstrandnachmittag spazieren,Playa La Troya 2,Teneriffa,Spanien,Nikon D850 eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten Eine reife Frau geht an einem Sandstrandnachmittag spazieren,Playa La Troya 2,Teneriffa,Spanien,Nikon D850 eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten Eine reife Frau geht an einem Sandstrandnachmittag spazieren,Playa La Troya 2,Teneriffa,Spanien,Nikon D850 eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten Eine reife Frau geht an einem Sandstrandnachmittag spazieren,Playa La Troya 2,Teneriffa,Spanien,Nikon D850 eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten Eine reife Frau geht an einem Sandstrandnachmittag spazieren,Playa La Troya 2,Teneriffa,Spanien,Nikon D850 eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten Eine reife Frau geht an einem Sandstrandnachmittag spazieren,Playa La Troya 2,Teneriffa,Spanien,Nikon D850 eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten Eine reife Frau geht an einem Sandstrandnachmittag spazieren,Playa La Troya 2,Teneriffa,Spanien,Nikon D850 eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten Eine reife Frau geht an einem Sandstrandnachmittag spazieren,Playa La Troya 2,Teneriffa,Spanien,Nikon D850 eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten Eine reife Frau geht an einem Sandstrandnachmittag spazieren,Playa La Troya 2,Teneriffa,Spanien,Nikon D850 eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten Eine reife Frau geht an einem Sandstrandnachmittag spazieren,Playa La Troya 2,Teneriffa,Spanien,Nikon D850 eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten Eine reife Frau geht an einem Sandstrandnachmittag spazieren,Playa La Troya 2,Teneriffa,Spanien,Nikon D850 eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten eine reife frau spaziert an einem sandstrand, playa la troya 2,teneriffa – playa troya stock-fotos und bilder Eine reife Frau spaziert an einem Sandstrand, Playa La Troya 2,Ten Eine reife Frau geht an einem Sandstrandnachmittag spazieren,Playa La Troya 2,Teneriffa,Spanien,Nikon D850 von 1 The 10 best hotels close to Playa de Troya, Playa de las Americas Playa de las Americas, Spain Playa de Troya 8. 3 Very good beach 2,654 reviews View properties nearby Star rating 5 stars 4 stars 3 stars 2 stars 1 star Review score Superb: 9+ Very good: 8+ Good: 7+ Pleasant: 6+ Beach access Beachfront Our top picks Lowest price first Star rating and price Top reviewed Parque Santiago II 345 by Tenerife Rental and Sales Adeje – 40 m from beach Parque Santiago II 345 by Tenerife Rental and Sales is situated in Adeje, 400 metres from Bobo Beach, 500 metres from Playa de Troya, as well as 600 metres from Playa de las Americas. Great location and lovely apartments Show more Show less 8 Very good 12 reviews Price from € 196.25 per night Check availability Front of a Beach Las Americas Costa Adeje WI-FI Playa de las Americas – 50 m from beach Situated in Playa de las Americas, 400 metres from Bobo Beach and 500 metres from Playa de Troya, Front of a Beach Las Americas Costa Adeje WI-FI features accommodation with free WiFi, air. .. Wonderful place to relax and having a good vacation, very recommended! ❤️ Show more Show less 8.3 Very good 11 reviews Price from € 91.40 per night Check availability Apartamento en primera línea de playa, céntrico, tranquilo Playa de las Americas – 50 m from beach Boasting garden views, Apartamento en primera línea de playa, céntrico, tranquilo features accommodation with a balcony and a coffee machine, around 400 metres from Bobo Beach. Show more Show less 7 Good 1 reviews Price from € 79.40 per night Check availability Beachfront Studio Las Americas Playa de las Americas – 50 m from beach Located in Playa de las Americas, just 400 metres from Bobo Beach, Beachfront Studio Las Americas provides beachfront accommodation with a bar, a terrace and free WiFi. The apartment had everything we needs along with a beach view, the balcony was a great size for relaxing in the sun during the day. The hosts couldn’t be more helpful! I stay was during the Civid-19 lock down all restaurants and bars remained closed and our hosts were in regular contact with us during this time to ensure we had everything we needed and kept us updated with local news. Location was fantastic a short walk from shops, bars and clubs. The beach is literally on your door step! I would 100% recommended staying here and will most likely return. Show more Show less 8.2 Very good 18 reviews Check availability Apartamento Playa Las Americas Veracruz Playa de las Americas – 50 m from beach Featuring air-conditioned accommodation with a private pool, garden view and a balcony, Apartamento Playa Las Americas Veracruz is set in Playa de las Americas. Show more Show less 8.3 Very good 4 reviews Price from € 89 per night Check availability Natali Home Vera Cruz A2 Playa de las Americas – 50 m from beach Featuring air-conditioned accommodation with a private pool, Natali Home Vera Cruz A2 is situated in Playa de las Americas. Show more Show less 9.3 Superb 3 reviews Check availability Apartment Veracruz Sunrises, Las Americas Playa de las Americas – 50 m from beach Situated in Playa de las Americas, just 400 metres from Bobo Beach, Apartment Veracruz Sunrises, Las Americas features beachfront accommodation with an outdoor swimming pool, a terrace and free WiFi. The apartment was clean and comfortable and the pool was beautiful and well kept. Show more Show less 9 Superb 19 reviews Price from € 118 per night Check availability apartment VERACRUZ near the beach Playa de las Americas – 50 m from beach Situated in Playa de las Americas, just 300 metres from Playa de Troya, apartment VERACRUZ near the beach features beachfront accommodation with an outdoor swimming pool, a garden, a terrace and free… Show more Show less 8.5 Very good 2 reviews Price from € 90 per night Check availability Playa Troya Apartment at the beach Playa de las Americas – 50 m from beach Situated in Playa de las Americas, just 500 metres from Bobo Beach, Playa Troya Apartment at the beach features beachfront accommodation with an outdoor swimming pool, a garden, a terrace and free. .. Show more Show less 8.8 Fabulous 5 reviews Price from € 84.30 per night Check availability Palm Beach – Excel Hotels & Resorts 3 stars Playa de las Americas – 50 m from beach Offering stunning views of the Canary Islands, this attractive apartment complex is set just 10 metres from Troya Beach. It features an adult and children’s outdoor pool, a gym, hot tub and sauna. Fantastic view everyone friendly Show more Show less 7.7 Good 3,887 reviews Price from € 100.89 per night Check availability See more properties near Playa de Troya Beachfront Located in Playa de las Americas, just 600 metres from Playa de las Americas, Family Beach Apartment provides beachfront accommodation with a seasonal outdoor swimming pool, a bar, a casino and free. .. Spacious and in perfect location Show more Show less Avg. price/night: € 250 8.5 Very good 24 reviews Beachfront Situated in Playa de las Americas, just 400 metres from Playa de Troya, Apartment in Torres de Yomely Complex features beachfront accommodation with a bar, a garden and free WiFi. very clean and tidy and nice welcoming Show more Show less Avg. price/night: € 110.17 8.2 Very good 23 reviews Beachfront Set 500 metres from Bobo Beach, Olimpia offers accommodation with a balcony, as well as an outdoor swimming pool and a terrace. Great location 2 min walk to the beach,clean,has everything that you need ,Rodrigo the owner is very… Show more Show less Avg. price/night: € 97.14 8.7 Fabulous 31 reviews Beachfront Situated in Playa de las Americas, 100 metres from Camison Beach and 100 metres from Las Vistas Beach, Las Vistas TRG Tenerife Royal Gardens – Viviendas Vacacionales features accommodation with free. .. Design of the apartment, location, swimming pool area, restaurants around… Show more Show less Avg. price/night: € 176 8.6 Fabulous 191 reviews Beachfront Mediterranean Palace is part of the Mare Nostrum Resort, located next to Camisón Beach in Playa de las Américas, Tenerife. great location; beach, food and shopping all within walking range right outside of hotel area. Show more Show less Avg. price/night: € 162.64 8.2 Very good 990 reviews Beachfront Set in Playa de las Americas, Luxury Apartment Boutique in Torres del Sol offers accommodation with free WiFi, air conditioning, a restaurant and access to a garden with a year-round outdoor pool. Well equipped apartment and very close to the beach Show more Show less Avg. price/night: € 118.33 9.3 Superb 44 reviews Beachfront Located in Playa de las Americas, within 2. 2 km of Playa del Callao and 400 metres of Piramide de Arona Convention Centre, The Complejo Tenerife Royal Garden offers accommodation with free WiFi, air… liked the location of the property the pool and the sun lounges on the balcony Show more Show less Avg. price/night: € 82.25 8.4 Very good 77 reviews Beachfront Set in Playa de las Americas, just 500 metres from Playa de Troya, Torres de Yomely Playa las Americas offers beachfront accommodation with an outdoor swimming pool, a terrace and free WiFi. location was great . very clean and home from home Show more Show less Avg. price/night: € 129.05 8.2 Very good 53 reviews Other popular beaches near Playa de Troya Travellers like you also visited these nearby beaches 3451 properties nearby 4407 properties nearby 4320 properties nearby Troya beach Beach for lovers of a good wave Actually, there are two beaches – Tori I and Tori II, separated by a stone pier. When you want to talk with the wave, you cannot find a better place. The wave here is decent, despite the barriers. Photos Beach description The total length of both beaches is about 400 meters, although the depth is small, up to 40 meters. The beach is artificial, like almost all other beaches in the area. Golden sand from the Sahara. The wave, though large, is calm. This beach is not suitable for families with children. The bottom is flat, entry to the sea is sloping. Rescuers carefully watch the bathing during the day. For its environmentally friendly area, the beach received the Blue Flag. Troy is located next to the Las Veronicas district, where night discos do not fall silent until the morning. There is also an information tourist center, which will orient the new arrivals about the places of rest and the location of the main attractions. Along the beach runs the promenade connecting this area with the areas of Los Cristianos and La Caleta. Nearby there are many budget cafes, eateries, bars. English youth love to relax on these beaches, who prefer inexpensive snacks and beer, as well as budget accommodation. The beach has all the necessary infrastructure. When is it better to go In Tenerife, you can relax all year round, but the most comfortable months for a beach holiday are July, August and September. In winter, the island is prone to precipitation and strong winds. The temperature of the ocean all year round is around +21 °C. Video: Beach Troya Infrastructure Las Americos has many different hotels. There are those that operate on an all-inclusive system, costing from 350 € per day, there are budget apartments where you can spend the night for 30 €. Las Americas has great pizzerias. A delicious pizza will cost you 7 €, and a beer – 2.5 €. Young people also enjoy a weak alcoholic drink Sangria, a glass of which costs 3-4 €. In this resort area is the most famous shopping street, called the “Golden Mile”, which presents boutiques of branded world brands. Here, in the immediate vicinity of the resort, Siam moll shopping center is located, where you can not only purchase food and clothing, but also go to the movies, however, in Spanish or English. By the way, this is the only shopping center in the neighborhood that runs all week. All others are closed on Sunday. This beach has all the necessary infrastructure. A parasol deck chair will cost you 6 €, showers and changing cabins, and a toilet are free. But there is no equipment for disabled. On the beach there is: Outdoor and indoor shower (open for free, indoor – 2.2 €) Toilet Safe – 1 € Resquers Cafes and eateries What to see The island is small, and you can’t do without a car here. By car, in between beach vacations, you can drive to the Teide volcano, and on the way back, turn into the Wind Cave. This is a natural cave, which, as scientists say, is more than two tens of thousands of years. You can get to the town of Guimar, where the pyramids are located. They were also explored by Tour Heyerdahl and claimed that they are similar to the Machu Picchu pyramids in Peru, only smaller. There are 6 of them. Admission to the park will cost adults € 18, children € 5.5. The pyramids operate throughout the year except Christmas Day and December 31st. The price includes the archaeological museum. On vacation with a child, you can visit an ostrich farm or in the Camel Park, where you will be offered a safari. In general, there are more attractions in the north of the island than in the south. But Tenerife is good because you can reach any of them during the day and return to darkness. Moreover, it gets dark on the island after 21.00. In the evening in the summer season you can go on an excursion to the castle of San Miguel. This is a modern, medieval-style castle where tourist shows are held. Truly, they are expensive, as they include dinner. For an adult, an excursion will cost 51 €, for a child – 25 €. Weather in Troya Best hotels of Troya All hotels of Troya Show more Useful information There are about 70 beaches in Tenerife. In the southern part of the island, they smoothly pass one into another. The borders between them, like the resort areas themselves, are difficult to find. You can just walk along the boardwalk, choosing the one that you liked more. Entrance to any of them is free, you will only have to pay extra for using equipment. On all beaches there are foot taps where you can simply wash off the sand. This is convenient if the hotel is located nearby. No need to stand in line for a shower. The beach participates in ratings: 4 place in rating Tenerife 7 place in rating Costa Adeje 7 place in rating The best sandy beaches in Tenerife Visit Troya Beach on your trip to Playa de las Americas or Spain By using this site, you consent to our use of cookies Troya Beach reviews Rate this attraction TripAdvisor traveler rating 824 reviews Google By Cheycf tripadvisor.com/ShowUserReviews-g562820-d8285114-r845032170-Troya_Beach.html”>We made the obligatory trip to the beach during our holiday to tenerife and Troya just to happened to be the closest to where we were at the time and so that’s where we ended up. It was relatively…..  more We made the obligatory trip to the beach during our holiday to tenerife and Troya just to happened to be the closest to where we were at the time and so that’s where we ended up. It was relatively…..  more » By florence4321 There are several ‘Chinese’ offering massages on the beach. I have no issue with this…. BUT… I am on the beach now, have just seen one of the women pull her trouser and knickers down by the rocks. ..  There are several ‘Chinese’ offering massages on the beach. I have no issue with this…. BUT… I am on the beach now, have just seen one of the women pull her trouser and knickers down by the rocks…  more » By The_Trip_Man01 You could honestly walk for miles on the island ever where is well kept, clean with lots of bins. Street acts and pubs all the way up the promenade  You could honestly walk for miles on the island ever where is well kept, clean with lots of bins. Street acts and pubs all the way up the promenade  more » See more on TripAdvisor › Google By Michael Duggan google.com/maps/place/?q=place_id:ChIJZ7ou-miXagwRPZd98Sj8Knw”>Perfect for wind protected sunbathing. more less By Jayne Martin Lovely beach more less By Allan Aston Love this place more less By Komornik Balázs Nice place, good people, good waves more less By luciano MEDDA Beautiful more less See more on Google › Plan your trip to Playa de las Americas Get a personalized trip A full day by day itinerary based on your preferences Customize it Refine your trip. We’ll find the best routes and schedules Book it Choose from the best hotels and activities. Up to 50% off Manage it Everything in one place. Everyone on the same page. Know more See all › Room Escape Game Room Escape Games 5.0 Duration: 1h 30 min © Fountain Fountain Las Americas 4.1 Duration: 2 hours Scuba / Snorkeling Scuba & Snorkeling 4.9 Duration: 2 hours Dolphin / Whale Watching Dolphin & Whale Watching 4.0 Duration: 2h 30 min Side trips from Playa de las Americas Dolphin / Whale Watching Dolphin & Whale Watching Costa Adeje 4. 7 Duration: 2h 30 min © Volcano Mount Teide Tenerife 4.7 Duration: 6 hours © Cave Cueva del Viento Icod de los Vinos 4.7 Duration: 2 hours Scuba / Snorkeling Paradise Divers Adeje 5.0 Duration: 4 hours Hidden gems in Playa de las Americas © Beach Playa del Camison 4.3 Duration: 4 hours © Golf Course Golf Las Americas 4.0 Duration: 4 hours © Beach Playa De Las Americas 3.9 Duration: 2 hours Fishing Charter / Tour The Rodfather Tenerife Fishing 4. 5 Duration: 4 hours Shopping in Playa de las Americas © Shopping Mall La Milla De Oro 4.2 Duration: 4 hours Gift & Specialty Shop Centro Comercial Safari 4.0 Duration: 2 hours © Shopping Mall Parque Santiago 6 2.9 Duration: 1h 30 min Shopping Mall Centro Comercial Parque Santiago 3 2.5 Duration: 30 minutes Nearby attractions in Playa de las Americas © Room Escape Game Escape Rooms Island Phobia (6 High-Quality Rooms) 4.9 Duration: 1h 30 min © Surfing / Windsurfing / Kitesurfing Tenerife Surf Point 4. 9 Duration: 2h 30 min © Scuba / Snorkeling Aqua-Marina 4.9 Duration: 2 hours Scuba / Snorkeling Excel Scuba Tenerife 5.0 Duration: 4 hours See all › Boat Tour Boat Tours & Water Sports 3.0 Duration: 2h 30 min Featured attractions © Scuba / Snorkeling Aqua-Marina 4.9 Duration: 2 hours © Hiking Trail Barranco del Infierno Costa Adeje 4.5 Duration: 2h 30 min © Beach Playa de las Vistas Los Cristianos 4.5 Duration: 4 hours © Beach Playa del Duque Costa Adeje 4. 5 Duration: 4 hours See all trips Troya’s beaches south of Tenerife Las Americas Discover the whole island of Tenerife thanks to our online guide.   @Tenerife Surprise Copyright 2021 | SITEMAP Useful links Partners Shop Tenerife News Tenerife RadioBaseCanarie Webcam Tenerife Canary Islands guide Contacts Email: [email protected] Phone: +34 642796365 Facebook-f Instagram Youtube Pinterest Linkedin Where Adeje Arafo Arico Arona Buenavista del Norte Candelaria El Rosario El Sauzal El Tanque Fasnia Garachico Granadilla de Abona Guía de Isora Güímar Icod de Los Vinos La Guancha La Matanza de Acentejo La Orotava La Victoria de Acentejo Los Realejos Los Silos Puerto de La Cruz San Cristobal de La Laguna San Juan de La Rambla San Miguel de Abona Santa Cruz de Tenerife Santa Úrsula Santiago del Teide Tacoronte Tegueste Vilaflor Find Beaches Food and drink Services Shopping Stay What to do What to visit This website uses cookies to offer you the best experience. Accept by clicking the “Accept” button. This content is blocked. Accept cookies to view the content See 3 room deals at Apartment Troya Beach, Playa De Las Americas, Tenerife Av. Arquitecto Gómez Cuesta, 5, Playa De Las Americas, Tenerife, Spain, 38660 1 km from Playa De Las Americas centre • Show map Check prices we price match Photo 1 of Apartment Troya Beach 1/4 Photo 2 of Apartment Troya Beach 2/4 Photo 3 of Apartment Troya Beach 3/4 Photo 4 of Apartment Troya Beach 4/4 6. 2 Pleasant 74 reviews Add a review Facilities at Apartment Troya Beach Snapshot 2 Rooms Free Wifi Non-smoking rooms available The property is ideally located 1 km from the centre of Playa De Las Americas. Rates at Apartment Troya Beach are likely to rise soon due to inflation – search your dates now to see live prices and lock-in our very best rates. Check availability Overview Your welcoming hosts at the Apartment Troya BeachPlaya De Las Americas offers a very warm welcome and provide value accommodation with two bright, airy & well-equipped apartments, offering 3 deals on selected rentals including nearby parking, plus free WiFi in both bedrooms & common areas. All apartment rooms at the apartment come with fresh bed linen, a bathroom and comfortable room amenities. In addition, the quality non-smoking rooms have a flat-screen TV for your convenience. Guests have rated the Apartment Troya Beach 6.2 out of 10 from 74 verified guest reviews. Check availability Map of the Apartment Troya Beach in Playa De Las Americas Got a question? Can’t find the information you need? Use the ask a question service and we’ll get you the information you need – pronto! About the Apartment Troya Beach Welcoming guests since 2019 The property usually replies promptly. Ask a question See 3 room deals Apartment Troya Beach has 3 deals on selected nights. Not quite found what you’re looking for? Show all properties in Playa De Las Americas FAQ’s for the Apartment Troya Beach org/Question” itemscope=”” itemprop=”mainEntity”> How far is the Apartment Troya Beach from Playa De Las Americas centre? the Apartment Troya Beach is 0.6 km from Playa De Las Americas centre What is the lowest rate at the Apartment Troya Beach? The cheapest nightly rack rate for bookings at the Apartment Troya Beach is from €71, subject to availability & advance booking. Does the Apartment Troya Beach have a pool? Regretfully, the Apartment Troya Beach does not have a swimming pool. Is there a gym or fitness facilities at the Apartment Troya Beach? No, the Apartment Troya Beach does not have a gym or fitness facilities. Does the Apartment Troya Beach have a restaurant? No, the Apartment Troya Beach does not have an on site restaurant. More places in Playa De Las Americas *From €71 rates are based on low occupancy nights in Playa De Las Americas, Tenerife, which includes fees and taxes. All rates are subject to availability. This page was last updated on 3 October, 2022. Playa de las Americas Reviews and ratings vitek0165 Moscow, Russia Was in April 2012 Couple 10/07/2015 22:45 Actually there are many beaches. In fact, there are many beaches there. 0 authorization required Michael Moscow, Russia Was in May 2014 Alone 04/18/2015 15:54 Public, urban beaches 01/30/2015 20:35 On the main photo, Playa Troya I is one of the best beaches in the area . .. On the main photo, Playa Troya I is one of the best beaches in the Las Veronicas area. I really liked the dark fine sand, which instantly heats up and creates a “sauna effect”. After an hour of lying on such a beach, there is a strong desire to swim in the cool ocean water. True, in October the water was +24 – it’s even hot for me, I wanted cooler. Often there are waves that break on a gently sloping shore with impressive power. However, even people who do not know how to swim frolicked on the waves with pleasure. In addition to the above beach in Las Americas there are sandy beaches: Playa del Camison, Troy II, El Bobo. Pebbly “wild” shores are used by surfers with pleasure. Public, urban beaches 0 authorization required Alina Kaliningrad, Russia Was in November 2011 Couple 04/28/2014 12:50 Public, urban beaches Antanas Anyksciai, Lithuania Was in November 2013 Couple 03/21/2014 00:20 Public, urban beaches sidorls-183 Arkhangelsk, Russia Was in September 2013 Couple 02/05/2014 02:58 Public, urban beaches milan Moscow, Russia Was in November 2012 Couple 11/25/2013 17:42 Public, urban beaches Denis Krasnodar, Russia Was in February 2007 Alone 11/12/2013 11:43 Public, urban beaches Eugene Petrozavodsk, Russia Was in June 2013 Couple 11/05/2013 13:23 Public, urban beaches 10/24/2013 15:17 Interesting place, with gray sand) But not all beaches . .. Interesting place, with gray sand) But not all beaches are suitable for swimming. We still need to look for a good gentle sandy entrance. Sometimes there are stones. But the place itself is beautiful. nearby there is a disco street – with the most famous pretentious – Papagayo. Good promenade, there are cafes, a couple of McDonald’s. 0 authorization required shulc1670 Moscow, Russia Was in June 2012 Couple 10/14/2013 18:15 Public, urban beaches Fotal Moscow, Russia Was in August 2012 Family with children 10/13/2013 23:51 Public, urban beaches Nasturcia Petro Saint-Petersburg, Russia Was in August 2012 Couple 10/10/2013 13:19 Public, urban beaches milkag Moscow, Russia Was in August 2013 With family 09/28/2013 14:15 Public, urban beaches Alizee_86 Moscow, Russia Was in June 2013 Couple 09/21/2013 18:53 Public, urban beaches Olga Irkutsk, Russia Alexandre Hotel Troya is a 4-star property located about 25 minutes’ walk from Aqualand Costa Adeje. Offering all the benefits of a scenic location near the Playa de las Americas Casino, this hotel boasts a swimming pool. This hotel is a 10-minute walk from the city centre. You can reach the sandy beach without much effort. This hotel is located a short distance from several famous attractions, including Artenerife. The rooms also include private bathrooms. Guests can have breakfast in the restaurant. The restaurant serves international cuisine. The cocktail bar offers a wide selection of alcoholic drinks. Guests can dine at Drop-Inn and Cafe Bar Lormar, both within a 5-minute walk. Bus stop “Los Geranios” is 500 meters from this hotel. 7.6 Good Based on 1177 reviews Important information Return registration: from 14:00 to 23:59 9000 Hotel Troya. Yes, Arena Restaurant at Alexandre Hotel Troya offers international lunch/dinner. The minimum cost of a room in Alexandre Hotel Troya Playa de las Americas is 161€. Yes, you will be able to connect to Wi-Fi throughout the Alexandre Hotel Troya. The city center is located 1 km from Alexandre Hotel Troya Playa de las Americas. Tenerife South Airport is located 20 km from the Alexandre Hotel Troya. Los Geranios Bus Stop is 500 meters from Alexandre Hotel Troya Playa de las Americas. Not far from the Alexandre Hotel Troya is the Playa de las Americas Casino. Delicious food is available 500 meters from the Alexandre Hotel Troya, in Cafe Bar Lormar and San Jose Restaurante. Alexandre Hotel Troya Playa de las Americas offers a cocktail bar, a large garden and a golf course. Guests with children at the Alexandre Hotel Troya can use cots, a playground and a paddling pool. Yes, Alexandre Hotel Troya Playa de las Américas has facilities such as a photocopier and a 24-hour business center. 7.6 Good Based on 1177 reviews Show reviews Amenities Internet access WiFi Parking parking Sports and entertainment Fitness Centre Windsurfing Diving Diving Canoeing Rowing Hiking Horseback riding Golf course Darts fitness studio Aerobics Fishing Services Safe 24 hour reception 24 hour security Luggage storage locker room Currency exchange Salon Room service Room cleaning Car rental Bike rent Laundry Dry cleaning Guide services / Ticket booking Power Breakfast Restaurant pool bar snack bar Buffet Special Diet Menus Business amenities Business center Conference rooms / banquet rooms Fax/photocopy Child Cribs Children’s swimming pool Children playground kids club Fun Small deep pool Heated swimming pool beach access beach umbrellas Sun loungers Entertainment Sun terrace Garden Lounge / Cinema Spa and wellness center Solarium Sauna Turkish sauna steam room Jacuzzi Pedicure Manicure Waxing Body peeling Facial Treatments treatment room Wraps Back massage Head massage Full body massage Foot massage shallow pool For guests with special needs Rooms/services for the disabled Numbers Air conditioning in the room Safe in the room Mini bar Soundproof rooms Recreation area Wardrobe Patio Terrace garden furniture Balcony Tea/coffee set Ironing accessories Rollaway beds Bathroom hair dryer Free toiletries Hardware flat screen TV Cable/Satellite TV Telephone radio alarm clock Decor Parquet floor Basic No smoking Elevator ATM Gift/newsstand coffee house Vending machines Smoke detectors fire extinguishers key card Animals Pets are not allowed 7. 6 Good Based on 1177 reviews SIAM Park 300 m Casino “Playa de Las Americas” 300 m Golden Mile Non -Klug Veronicas STRIP STRip Light and Music Fountain 900 m Siam Beach 300 m 7.6 Good Based on 1177 reviews Show Reviews Rooms and Availability The rooms also include private bathrooms. Enter your travel dates to check availability. Checking availability of numbers Looking for numbers… 7.6 Good Based on 1177 reviews Show Reviews Gallery Reviews Show Reviews Write Review 8/10 There are bright rooms and a rich breakfast, in my opinion a convenient place in Playa de las Americas. Good beds, climate control system, work desk and sofa bed came in handy. Nice staff and management. 9/10 Friendly staff, large beds. 9/10 Polite staff and good food. The hotel is located near the beach. We recommend choosing it. Did you like the accommodation? Pluses Please enter text + What needs to be improved in the hotel? TREATION Monthly MonaslavreaMARAMARTA -BARYUYAIAYAIAIAYAYAYAYAYAAYAYAKENTVARYAKTYANYARYARYARY RUGROPAREPARAPOLYUSKAYUSTA, choose a month 20222021 I willuly, choose a year General estimate 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10, please evaluate this hotel from nowhere? Select country TROYA in Russian Translation Located in the heart of Playa de Las Americas 500 meters from Troya beach. Located in the heart of Playa de Las Americas 500 meters from the beach Troy . Patricio Troya Ecuador. Patricio Troya Ecuador. Rapporteur: Mr. Juan Carlos Sanchez Troya Ecuador. Rapporteur: Mr. Juan Carlos Sanchez Troya Ecuador. Troya – Not like any ordinary wedding hall. Troy » – different from the rest ordinary wedding halls. Troya (Ecuador)(spoke in Spanish): The delegation of Ecuador associates itself with the statement that has just been made by the representative of Cuba. Mr Troy (Ecuador) ( speaking Spanish): The delegation of Ecuador associates itself with the statement just made by the representative of Cuba. The details of La Troya 2018 have not yet been confirmed but their incredible performances and theatrical themes will suit all tastes and definitely not disappoint. The details of La Troya Ibiza 2018 are not yet known, but everyone is accustomed to incredible concerts and theatrical themes for every taste, so this festival will definitely not disappoint. Ms. Anse Smedler Resident Representative and José Vicente Troya R. met with two senior INAMHI officials and WMO representatives. Ms Anse Smedler Resident Representative and José Vicente Troy R met with two senior staff members of the National Institute of Meteorology and Hydrology and two WMO representatives. In his multi-volume saga Caballo de Troya Benitez generously lifted teachings from Part IV of The Urantia Book. In his multivolume saga Caballo de Troya (The Trojan Horse), Benitez generously illuminated teachings from Part IV of The Urantia Book. Nice and cozy 1 bedroom apartment in the center of Las Americas just 5-10min walk from the best beaches like Troya beach and near El. Nice and cozy 1 bedroom apartment in the center of Las Americas just 5 minutes walk from the best beaches such as Troy beach and El Bobo near . Nice and cozy 1 bedroom apartment in the center of Las Americas just 5-10min walk from the best beaches like Troya beach and near El Bobo. Nice and cozy 1 bedroom apartment in the center of Las Americas only 5-10 minutes walk from the best beaches such as beach Troy and Near El Bobo. The center of Las Americas 5 minutes walk to the beaches of Playa del Bobo and Troya . Center Las Americas 5 minutes walk to the beaches of Playa del Bobo or Troya . The center of Las Americas 5 minute walk to the beaches of Playa del Bobo and Troya . Center Las Americas 5 minutes walk to the beaches of Playa del Bobo or Troya . Clubs often located on the beach are the main attraction like the famous Pacha Amnesia Troya Assassina and El Divino. Clubs mainly located on the beaches are the main feature of the island, among which are the famous Pacha Amnesia Troya Assassina and El Divino. At Troya we not only consider the moments prior to and during the actual event but also the moments that follow it. We at complex “Troya” have thought over not only the moments before the celebration and the holding of the celebration itself but also what happens after it ends. Perfectly located in the center of touristic area of ​​Las Americas nearby Playa Troya shops restaurants and hotels. Excellent location in the heart of the Las Americas tourist area near beach Troy shops restaurants and hotels. Troya (Ecuador) said that his delegation valued the close partnership between the countries that provided the troops who risked their lives on the ground and those that contributed financially to support peacekeeping missions; both forms of contribution were equally important. Mr Troy (Ecuador) said that his delegation valued the close partnership between countries that provided troops at risk of their lives on the ground and those that provided financial support for peacekeeping missions; both of these contributions are equally important. Troya (Ecuador)(spoke in Spanish): The delegation of Ecuador believes that the adoption of the United Nations Global Plan of Action to Combat Trafficking in Persons is valuable and timely. Mr Troy (Ecuador) ( speaking Spanish): The delegation of Ecuador considers the adoption of the United Nations Global Plan of Action to Combat Trafficking in Persons an important and timely step. Troya (Ecuador) said that shared values ​​ and principles formed the basis for civilized coexistence but those values ​​must be the fruit of consensus and democratic participation. Mr Troya (Ecuador) said that common values ​​and principles formed the basis of civilized coexistence, but that these values ​​should be the fruit of universal agreement and participation in democratic processes. Troya (Ecuador) said that his Government condemned terrorism in all of its form and manifestations including State terrorism whether committed directly or indirectly. Mr. Troy (Ecuador) says that his government condemns terrorism in all its forms and manifestations, including State terrorism, whether committed directly or indirectly. We would also like to thank Victoria Lee and Aubra Fletcher for their editorial assistance and to Giulia Grazioli Sanne Rooseboom and Yvonne Troya for their legal and thematic research during various stages of the project. We would like to express our gratitude to Giulia Grazioli Sanya Ruzboom and Yvonne Troya for their legal and case studies at various stages of the project. Troya (Ecuador) said that the foundation of civilized coexistence in any society was a set of common values ​​arrived at through consensus and democratic participation; neither anarchy nor tyranny resulted in social peace. Mr Troy (Ecuador) said that the basis of civilized coexistence in any society is a set of common values ​​developed on the basis of consensus and democratic participation; neither anarchy nor tyranny leads to social peace. Troya (Ecuador) said that his Government condemned terrorism in all forms and manifestations including State terrorism whether committed directly or indirectly. Mr Troy (Ecuador) said that his government condemned terrorism in all its forms and manifestations, including State terrorism, whether committed directly or indirectly. It is located in a complex with a swimming pool in the heart of the resort Las Americas 300 meters from the beautiful equipped beach Troya and 1 km from the famous Siam Park. Located in a complex with a swimming pool in the heart of the resort of Las Americas, 300 meters from the beautiful equipped beach Troy and 1 km from the famous Siam Park. At Troya we are happy to hear about the attractions you wish to add to your celebration and to advise you as to the best location for them and how to integrate them into the schedule. At “Troy” we are always happy to know what attractions you want to add and advise you where to place them and how to include them in the celebration schedule. Comprising one bedroom bathroom open plan kitchen and living room leading to a terrace of 10m2 overlooking La Gomera island Playa Troya and the ocean! It consists of a bedroom, bathroom, open plan kitchen and living room with access to a terrace of 10 m2 overlooking Playa Troia the ocean and the island of La Gomera! Troya (Ecuador)(spoke in Spanish): Allow me at the outset to convey the gratitude of the delegation of Ecuador for the presentation of the seventh annual report on the activities of the International Criminal Court(ICC)(see A /66/309) which we received from the President. Mr Troy (Ecuador) ( spoke in Spanish): First of all, let me, on behalf of the delegation of Ecuador, thank the President of the ICC for presenting the seventh annual report on the work of the International Criminal Court (ICC) A/66/309. In the apartment there’re a hair dryer the iron an ironing board bed linen and towels. To the beach Playa de Troya it’s 15 minutes on foot. Nearby there are a lot of cafes restaurants shops the walking embankment huge shopping center Siam mall. The apartment has a hairdryer iron ironing board bed linen and towels. To the beach Playa de Troya 15 minutes on foot. Nearby there are many cafes restaurants shops walking promenade shopping center Siam mall. Dining table” TROYA “. Dining table “ MRSELA “. Tea and coffee table” TROYA “. Coffee table” TROY “. Dining table” TROYA “. Dining table” TROYA “. Spanish -troya French -troya Danish -troya German -troya Norwegian -sovremennik Dutch -troya Arabic -ترويا Chinese -特罗亚 Italian -troya Slovenian -troya Portuguese -agradável Ukrainian – Troy Vietnamese -troya Romanian -troya este situat Bulgarian – Troy Slovak -troya Greek -troya Polish -troya 90,000 Troy, Portugal Sour – Setubal – Peninsula Troy – Cape Eshpichel 1111111 Peninsula of the Troy is famous for one of the most beautiful coasts in Portugal with crustically more than 13 more than 13 more than 13. kilometers, and overgrown with centuries-old pine sand dunes. A well-developed infrastructure of facilities and services of the tourism industry provides a luxurious and secluded vacation for tourists who are accustomed to luxury and spare no expense for their entertainment and recreation. The main tourist industry facilities are concentrated in the northern part of the peninsula and include first-class restaurants, trendy bars and a huge casino complex. Troy gained its reputation as an elite holiday destination in the 1980s with the construction of a luxurious golf course, which is still considered one of the best in Portugal. Troy is famous for its magnificent beaches Troy’s amazing beaches, plus a regular and inexpensive ferry service to Setúbal making it easy to get here, make Troy a very attractive destination for the average tourist looking for a great beach holiday. During the summer, Troy is flooded with numerous tourists who come here for one day. They may be advised to take a pleasant short walk or bike ride to deserted beaches and quiet serene forests. On the site of Troy there was once a Roman settlement (Setobriga), which was the center of commercial salting of fish. Its remains can be found in the eastern part of the peninsula. This guide will introduce you to the Troy peninsula and its sights. Troy Attractions Troy sights to see during a day trip • Endless paradise beaches • Remains of the Roman settlement of Setobriga • One of the best golf courses in Europe “Troia Golf” • Quiet roads and paths ideal for cyclists • Deserted beaches (if you are willing to walk from the ferry terminal) • Ferry ride across the Sadu estuary (watching flocks of frolicking dolphins) • Picturesque landscapes and pristine beauty of the nature of the sea coast of Troy. What will make your holiday in Troy A completely unique atmosphere, quite unlike the one that prevails in most Portuguese resorts • Deserted beaches, privacy and the ability to hide from everyone. • Chic restaurants, entertainment venues on the marina and casino • Day trip to the historic city of Setúbal • Exclusive hotel complexes frequented by the European elite • Excursion to the mouth of the Garden to admire the dolphins living here 1) Troy Casino 2) Roman ruins 3) Troy Golf 4) Port 5) Troy Mar Beach 6) Bico das Lulas Beach 7) Questa Beach 8) Costa da Gale Beach 9) Atlantic Beach Welcome in Troy… Rest in Troy Troy is an ideal place for those tourists who are looking for a quiet and secluded holiday in luxurious conditions. It is quite obvious that you will be spending most of your time on the idyllic beaches, as well as in the sports and entertainment facilities of your hotel complex; Troy can not be called noisy or crowded resort. View of the pier The main town is located at the northern end of the peninsula and will delight its guests with many stylish restaurants and bars, as well as the Troy Casino. Despite the small scale of the city, a pleasant and festive atmosphere always reigns here. In the south of the peninsula is the Sol Troia area with modern summer houses, luxurious hotels and the eco-resort Pestana Troia. This area is quieter and less luxurious than the one at the northern end of the peninsula. There are fewer restaurants and bars here, but the area boasts its cool new SPOT facility, the Troy Water Lounge. Booking.com Day trip to Troy The main reason for the popularity of day trips to the Troy Peninsula is undoubtedly its stunning beaches. However, this place attracts tourists not only with its heavenly beaches. Here you can rent a bike (or bring your own on the ferry) and take a pleasant walk along the quiet roads to the ruins of the ancient Roman settlement. The undeveloped eastern part of the peninsula is a picturesque corner of untouched nature, where you can see beautiful flamingos and flocks of migratory birds. The evening can be spent in one of the romantic restaurants overlooking the marina and estuary. A picturesque corner of untouched nature on the Troy Peninsula Most tourists come here for one day from Setubal, from where two ferries depart (passenger catamaran and car ferry). You can come here on a day trip (by public transport) not only from Sesimbra, but even from Lisbon (by train from Lisbon and by ferry from Setubal). If you are staying in Setúbal, then thanks to public transport you can visit the paradise beaches of the Troy Peninsula. Beaches of Troy Stunning beaches that stretch along the western part of the Troy Peninsula attract tourists like a magnet. These are wide beaches with soft golden sand, washed by the refreshing waters of the Atlantic Ocean. To the south of the city is the beach of Bico daj Lulas An interesting feature is that the seas around the Troy peninsula are calmer than on the rest of the western coast of Portugal (Costa da Caparica or Ericeira, known for their excellent beaches for surfers). This is due to the presence of a number of underwater sandy islands, which determine the amazing turquoise color of the water on the beaches of the peninsula, and especially in Comporta, which is located in the south. Most tourists tend to prefer the northwestern part of Troya Beach, which is closest to the ferry terminal and the city. From the city center you can walk to the quieter corners of this beach, including the southern part of Biku daj Lulash beach. If you want to get as far away from the crowds as possible, head to Troya Gale beach, which is located behind the golf course. The splendid Atlantic beach is the main beach in the Sol Troya area, reminiscent of the beaches located in the northern part of the peninsula. In the eastern part of the Troy peninsula there are no less picturesque beaches than on the west coast, but they are not suitable for swimming, as they get water from the mouth of the Sadu River. The beach in the eastern part of the peninsula faces the mouth of the Garden and is quieter, but not suitable for swimming Troia Golf Course Troia Golf is a magnificent golf course on the Troy peninsula, ranked among the top 20 golf courses in Europe. It is set in stunningly landscaped grounds with flat lawns, narrow greens, numerous obstacles and 18 holes. The green fee is €102/€78 (18/9holes), you can contact Troia Golf by phone: +351 265 494 024 or by email: +351 265 494 024, https://www.troiaresort.pt/troia-golf/ Troia Clubhouse Golf and lake on the way to the first hole Ruins of the Roman settlement Setobriga Setobriga was a large Roman settlement whose inhabitants were engaged in salting fish caught from the mouth of the Sado River or from the Atlantic Ocean. The process of salting fish was practically put on an industrial basis. During the excavations, buildings resembling a modern factory, baths and even an early Christian church were found. The inhabitants of the settlement left it in the 5th century after a devastating winter storm. Unfortunately, the ancient remains of the settlement are located at a considerable distance (7 km) from the city. But if you have a car (or a bike), a walk to this quiet and idyllic corner of the Troy Peninsula will give you a real pleasure. Entrance fee to the site of the former Roman settlement €5.00; Please note that the entrance is closed for lunch. The ancient ruins of the Roman settlement of Setobriga are worth a visit Trip to the Troy Peninsula The Troy peninsula is connected to the mainland by only one road that runs from the south through Comporta. However, if you drive along it from Lisbon, you will have to make a big circle. Therefore, most traffic comes from the north and crosses the estuary on a car ferry (€17.20/€31.00 one way/roundtrip) that departs from Doca do Comércio in Setúbal and docks at the Cais Sul terminal (GPS 38.46648, -8.862926) on the Troy Peninsula. This terminal is next to Sol Troya and only 3 kilometers from the main city and the passenger ferry terminal. Slower car ferry returns to Setúbal For foot passengers, a catamaran is definitely better. It departs from Cais 3 in Setúbal and docks at Ponta do Adoxe, near the pier in Troy. The return ticket costs €7. 75 and is debited from the Viva Viagem card (the same public transport ticket used in Lisbon) which costs €0.50 on first purchase. For the most up-to-date ferry timetables, please visit the Atlantic Ferries website: 9(link opens new tab) catamaran. The cost of a one-way ticket is €3.60. The fastest way to get to the Troy peninsula is to board the green catamaran Atlantic Ferries Sesimbre Sesimbre Setubal Troy Peninsula Cape Espichel Portugal Top 10 cities in Portugal 1 week in Portugal Best beach in Portugal Lisbon When to visit Lisbon? Where to stay in Lisbon? Lisbon in three days 1 week in Lisbon Rainy day in Lisbon Lisbon beaches Lisbon tram number 28 Lisbon metro Lisbon tram lines Through Sintra Main page Day trip to Sintra Things to do in Sintra From Lisbon to Sintra bus 434 To Cascais 1 week in Cascais Things to do in Cascais From Lisbon to Cascais Cabo da Roca By Porto Porto Porto; Top 10 1 week in Porto Porto in 2 days Where to stay in Porto? Day trips Aveiro Guimarães Braga Costa Nova Douro Valley Algarve Faro Vilamoura Albufeira Tenerife black sand beaches Here and El Medano, and El Boyuyo, Taganana and Socorro, Playa Jardin and Playa Arena! For the first time on the beach of a volcanic island, a tourist experiences a certain culture shock. So black sand does not meet the stereotype of a tropical paradise. Clear blue water, snow-white foam, growing palm trees – it’s all there. However, instead of the usual golden shores, black sand shimmers with silver in the sun. In different parts of Tenerife there are beautiful beaches with healing volcanic sand. In this article, we have collected the most interesting and beautiful. Be sure to visit at least a few of them during your vacation in Tenerife. Playa Jardin One of the most famous black sand beaches is Playa Jardin. Playa Jardin is located in the western part of the resort of Puerto de la Cruz. The author of the project is the world-famous Cesar Manrique, an architect and artist from Lanzarote. A palm alley and a large cactus garden grow along Hardin Beach. As conceived by Cesar Manrique, the beach is not enclosed by a pier, so there are often big waves here. Photographing them is a real pleasure. Playa de Martianes In the eastern part of Puerto de la Cruz is the Playa de Martianes beach. Playa Martianez is an unprotected natural beach with black volcanic sand. Like Playa Jardin, it is a popular surf spot. Playa de los Cristianos and Playa de las Vistas Los Cristianos is a resort in the south of the island. It is always full of tourists, who are attracted by two gray sand beaches: Playa de los Cristianos and Playa de las Vistas. Playa de los Cristianos is located in the water area of ​​the port, so there are fewer vacationers here. Playa de las Vistas is the largest beach in the south of Tenerife. It is well equipped and very beautiful. Playa de la Arena For 20 years, Playa de la Arena has been the winner of the blue ribbon for purity and beauty. Many consider the volcanic beach of Playa de la Arena to be the most beautiful in the southwestern part of Tenerife. Playa de la Arena is located in a natural rocky bay. It attracts tourists from all over the south with its black-black Canarian sand. The beach is not crowded only in the early morning. True, on a sunny day you just can’t walk on it – just skipping, it’s so hot. El Medano Playa del Medano is a beach in the southeast of Tenerife. This is an ideal place for kitesurfing and windsurfing in Tenerife – the wind here blows almost continuously. Equipment for kitesurfing and windsurfing can be rented from schools and rentals on the coast. Parade of colorful sails and kites soaring in the sky – this is how the beach in El Medano appears 300 days a year. El Boyuyo And for lovers of untouched beauty and tropical thickets of banana palms, there is El Boyuyo beach in the north. This is one of the most beautiful, but not the most equipped beach in Tenerife with black volcanic sand. There is no good road to the ocean, just as there are no umbrellas and sunbeds on the beach itself. Therefore, you can stay here on any day, as there are few tourists. Los Gigantes Los Gigantes has a beautiful black sand beach surrounded by rocks. It is located under a mountain with villas and apartments, next to the port of the same name. It’s great to watch sunsets on the beach in Los Gigantes! Can be combined with an excursion or a trip to the Maska gorge. Benijo Want to visit even more secluded black sand beaches? Then go to Taganana in Anaga. There are beautiful places here: Benijo, Almaciga. Socorro Another very beautiful black sand beach in the north of Tenerife is Socorro. One of the famous surf spots on our island. There is good parking, there is a small cafe and lifeguards work. But, be careful and follow the flow. Beaches with “signature” black sand from the volcano are not only in Tenerife. On the western Canary Islands of El Hierro, La Palma and La Gomera, you will certainly find beaches formed from dark basalt rocks. Even if all the stories about the usefulness and healing properties of black volcanic beaches are just a myth, it is useful for everyone to relax on the ocean and recharge with the energy of warm sands. Have a great time on the beaches of Tenerife! Be sure to read the review of the best beaches in Tenerife! Which of the black volcanic beaches did you like? Tell in the comments! Let’s make a hit parade! =) Secret beaches of Tenerife We show you the most interesting beaches and tell you how to find them! Join us! 13640 people follow us Black beaches in Tenerife. We fly from stereotypes to where the sun, sea and black sand What associations do we have with the word “beach”? The sultry blue sky, merging with the bottomless azure of the gentle sea, trimmed with a snow-white frill of sand… But there are also such coastal strips on our planet, to which the term “paradise” is applicable only with a very big stretch. Let’s talk here about the most, perhaps, the most surreal-looking borders of land and sea – black sand beaches. Where does the black sand come from on the beaches? Black beach sand differs from classic white not only in color, but also in its origin and composition. If white sea sand is of organic origin: it is a “processing product” of shells and skeletons of other marine life by centuries-old millstones of sea waves, then black sand has an inorganic composition. This is the result of the contact of lava erupting from the vent of the volcano with sea water. Hot black basaltic lava flows, having reached the cold ocean, explode, breaking into pieces, and time and waves complete their grinding into sand. Thus, black beaches can only be found where there are volcanoes. Introducing the most famous black beaches of the planet. Black beaches of Tenerife (Canary Islands, Spain) The Canary Islands are a very popular resort among Russian tourists in particular. But not everyone, having arrived here for the first time, is ready for such an unexpected sight as a long graphite-colored coastal strip. Three of the most famous black sand island beaches are located in Tenerife, the largest of the seven islands of the Canary archipelago in the Atlantic. Playa de la Arena Playa de la Arena is primarily a health resort for numerous tourists seeking relief from ailments. The black sand of volcanic origin is saturated with minerals and is considered healing. He heals diseases of the musculoskeletal system, heals inflammatory processes in the joints, relieving them of excessive salt deposits. Also, such sand, coupled with the healing sea air, has a beneficial effect on the respiratory system. Having visited this unusual black beach, there is a great chance to leave chronic rhinitis and bronchitis in the past. Also, Playa de la Arena beach is a favorite vacation spot for young families with children who seek not for wild fun, but for tranquility and peaceful surroundings. Playa de la Arena cannot boast of an abundance of entertainment venues and events. This is more a place for a peaceful holiday, for gaining the health of the soul and body and complete merging with the luxurious nature surrounding the beach. Playa Jardin Beach The luxurious black beach of Playa Jardín (which means “garden beach” in Spanish) is located in the northwest of Tenerife, not far from the port of Puerto de la Cruz. It is noteworthy that this beach is man-made: it was created according to the project of local artist Cesar Manrique, who, unfortunately, did not have to live to see his masterpiece come to life. Black, bizarre rocks divide this artificially constructed beach into three small bays. Waterfalls run from the steep slopes of the rocks, dropping splashes on a multi-colored carpet of bright colors framing the dark sand with a silky sheen. Black dunes frozen in waves smoothly flow into rows of palm trees on a truly grandiose scale. The total area of ​​the artificial beach is as much as 17,000 square meters! And just a few steps away from this unique tropical garden is the famous “Loro Parque”, the home of the world’s largest family of parrots. The tourist will be amazed by the local giant aquarium with sharks and the richest collection of orchids. Playa Jardin invites you to a serene rest and unhurried contemplation of the surrounding paradise splendor. Lovers of the most beautiful landscapes will find here what they are looking for – magical peace. Playa Jardin is a multiple winner of the Blue Flag global award given to beaches for environmental safety and cleanliness. Playa San Marcos In the northwest of Tenerife, near the picturesque town of Icod de los Vinnos, there is the most secluded bay you can imagine. San Marcos Beach is surrounded on all sides by sheer cliffs that reliably protect its visitors from gusty winds walking in this area of ​​the island. On a small well-groomed beach, kids swarm, building black sand castles, while their parents carelessly bask under the canopy of beach umbrellas. The very air of these places seems to be saturated with peace and well-being. San Marcos beach is far from the bustle and not crowded on weekdays. But with the onset of the weekend, the beach comes to life, filled with laughter and jokes with the influx of cheerful tourists. On Saturdays and Sundays, it can be difficult to find a place and a free sunbed on the beach. Therefore, it makes sense to take care of your own comfort ahead of time and “stake out” a secluded corner for yourself from dawn. Tenerife is an island with an unusually comfortable climate. In January, the air warms up to +21 degrees, and in August it does not rise above +28. Thus, all the black beaches of Tenerife are open to guests all year round. It is only important to remember that black sand tends to warm up quickly, and during the daytime it will not be very comfortable to wander barefoot on the black beach. Therefore, it would be useful to take beach sandals with you on a trip. Other black beaches: How to get to the black beaches of Tenerife Direct air flights to Tenerife from Moscow are operated by 4 air carriers: Air Baltic, Lufthansa, S7 Airlines and Aeroflot. The fastest of them are Aeroflot and Lufthansa: the travel time will be 7 hours 20 minutes. From other large Russian cities, it will not be possible to fly to your destination without transfers. From St. Petersburg, you can get to Tenerife as quickly as possible by Finnair aircraft. The flight from St. Petersburg with one transfer (to Helsinki) will take 8 hours 30 minutes. And the fastest way to fly to Tenerife from Yekaterinburg is by Aeroflot or Ural Airlines. The whole journey, with a change in Moscow, will take 12 hours 55 minutes. Tenerife’s Best Black Sand Beaches | Content Articles Lovers of sunshine and fertile sea prefer golden beaches with clean sand. Getting into the land of their dreams, the Canary Islands, many tourists freeze in surprise at the sight of a long coastal strip in ash-graphite tones. But these black-eyed resorts in the north-west of Tenerife keep a great secret when the rebellious elements escaped from the pointed rocks and collapsed in hot lava on the ancient settlements. Over the millennia, blue winds, abundant moisture and streams of sunlight have crushed, dried up and turned volcanic rock into fine dust. And today, Tenerife’s black sand beaches are a unique and infinitely useful creation of nature. Playa de la Arena welcomes guests The black sand is rich in minerals and treats diseases of the musculoskeletal system. It heals inflammatory processes in the joints, relieves them of excessive salt deposition. Volcanic sand has a beneficial effect on fractures and osteochondrosis, reducing the recovery time. Chronic rhinitis and tonsillitis, bronchitis and pharyngitis are a thing of the past. Playa Arena is a health resort for numerous tourists suffering from getting rid of ailments. This is a favorite place for young families with kids who do not strive for unbridled fun, but dream of peace of mind. To protect delicate skin from the rays of the sun, parents are offered umbrellas, awnings and goggles for a small fee. Experienced travelers call to bury themselves in the black sands of the beach after 16:00 and no more than 5-7 minutes. The “healing session” must be completed by immersion in the gentle waters of the Atlantic, followed by a bath in the shower. Black sand warms up quickly, so it is advisable to walk along it in socks or golfs. Playa Arena cannot boast of an abundance of entertainment events. This is a place to relax, to find the inner harmony of the soul and body and merge with the divine nature. Romantics and poets, artists and photographers capture amazing moments of admiring the beauty of a tropical sunset in order to transfer it to canvas or a unique photograph. Tenerife is an island of blooming spring, and Playa Arena is open to guests all year round. In January, the air warms up to 21 degrees Celsius, and in August it does not fall below +28. The nearest hotel can be reached in 10-15 minutes to dissolve in the coolness of the room with a refreshing drink in hand. Playa Jardín enchants with beauty This delightful resort is like an evergreen garden. It is located in the northwest of Tenerife, not far from Puerto de la Cruz. This embodied beauty was created according to the project of the artist and connoisseur of the beautiful Cesar Manrique, who did not manage to live and enjoy the charming masterpiece. An artificially constructed beach is divided by bizarre rocks of volcanic origin into three cozy bays. Waterfalls cascade down steep slopes, leaving bright splashes on colorful flowers framing the silky dark sand. Playa Jardín invites you to unhurried relaxation and contemplation of the surrounding splendor. Lovers of exciting landscapes find magical peace here. For 5 euros, you can get an umbrella and a sun lounger, take a shower and pay tribute to the Canarian cuisine in a local restaurant. Every day from 09:00 to 18:00 , lifeguards are closely monitoring vacationers, ready to help and protect them from high, threatening waves. For environmental safety and cleanliness, Playa Jardin has repeatedly received the Blue Flag award. The undulating sands of the beach flow smoothly into a grand garden of coconut and banana trees covering an area of ​​about 17,000 square meters. A few steps from the unique tropical garden is the famous Loro Park. The most talkative, noisy and largest family of parrots in the world lives here. The giant shark aquarium and the richest collection of delicate orchids are amazing. Playa San Marcos. Untouched beauty In the northwest of Tenerife , in the center of the picturesque town of Icod de los Vinnos, there is the coziest cove imaginable. San Marcos is surrounded by sheer cliffs to protect its inhabitants from gusty winds. Toddlers build fairy-tale castles from pieces of volcanic rock. Their parents indulge in delicious idleness in the shade of rented umbrellas and awnings. A few cafes and restaurants invite you to taste national cuisine. The air is permeated with peace and tranquility. San Marcos Beach does not have its own car park. But the car can be left in any parking lot in the nearby town without showing anxiety and excitement. San Marcos, far from the hustle and bustle, is not crowded on weekdays. But it comes to life and is filled with jokes and laughter on Sunday, when it is difficult to find a place and a free sunbed from the influx of cheerful tourists. Therefore, on this day, you should take care of your rest in advance and choose a cozy corner during the beautiful hours of dawn. Tenerife’s black sand beaches are an amazing creation of nature. Having dissolved in their love, cordiality, sunny rain and caressing waves, you leave your heart on the fertile shore and do not regret anything. Where can I find cheap tours? It is better to search for profitable tours through the Travelata.ru service, which compares prices from more than 120 tour operators and allows you to find the cheapest deals. We do it ourselves and are extremely satisfied 🙂 You May Like Tenerife black sand beaches: impressions and photos Tenerife’s volcanic origin has left its imprint (in a good way) on the island’s beaches. Tourists from all over the world visiting the island at any time of the year pay special attention to such an extraordinary natural phenomenon as Tenerife’s black sand beaches. Of course, going to the island of Tenerife in December 2013, I could not afford to ignore this unique natural phenomenon. Out of pure curiosity, I looked at the photos on the Internet, and, to tell the truth, I expected to be disappointed. In the picture, the black sand is not much different from the ground, the texture is hard to see in the photo. But the reviews about the black beaches of Tenerife were very positive, which was a little surprising, based on my assumptions about the upcoming lying on the black earth. For a holiday in Tenerife, I chose 3 resorts, two of which were supposed to visit such holiday destinations. About Tenerife in January , in particular, I already talked about resorts and features in a separate article, so I focus your attention on the beaches. Tenerife black sand beaches: The first stripes of paradise on the ocean coast met me in the north of the island in Puerto de la Cruz. I didn’t manage to sunbathe or swim at this time of the year on the black beaches of the north, so I can’t get an objective assessment. You can only ask surfers about how you can evaluate a vacation in Pueto de la Cruz in winter, since no one takes off their clothes except for them, and even more so, no one swims in the ocean. Tourists with cameras are just walking along the coast, taking stunning views of the ocean and all the same surfers. I’ll tell you how I was struck by the volcanic sandy shores in the southwest of the island, because it was there that we realized that the rest was a success. Puerto de Santiago La Arena Beach and Los Gigantes Beach On December 31, according to an old tradition, someone with friends goes to the bathhouse, and my family and I went to the Puerto de Santiago La Arena beach with black sand. We went on a free transfer organized by our hotel. At the appointed hour, a taxi picked us up from the hotel, the driver kindly asked which of the bays we wanted to go to. In Los Gigantes there is a small cove of the same name with black sand. La Arena beach is located in the neighboring village a little further. We decided to start with him. After 5 minutes, we were dropped off and explained that they could pick us up at the same place for the return transfer, which is carried out until 18:00 at intervals of 30 minutes. Since we were dropped off a little further away, we did not see the descent and went down a narrow street after a couple walking in front of us with a confident gait. As a result, we did not go down to the beach at all, but to an amazingly beautiful place with black boulders protruding directly from the ocean and lakes in stone thickets. Incredible beauty! We set out along a narrow path in the hope of reaching our desired destination. As a result, we took a lot of wonderful pictures, and when the coastal strip was already some 100 meters from us, a friendly Spaniard fishing on the rocks said that there were no further roads and we had to move back and approach from the normal entrance. Playa La Arena is not very big, but it has everything you need: a vigilant lifeguard who with a shrill whistle drove careless children out of the water, a tavern with a panoramic view of the ocean, toilets (20 cents), showers (1 euro), dressing room (20 cents), fountains for washing your feet, sunbeds and umbrellas. By the way, vacationers at La Arena do not stand on ceremony with sunbeds and many sunbathe on towels. We went downstairs and that’s where my surprise began. But He not only does not resemble the earth, but is completely different from it. This is a fine, soft and sun-hot dark substance, consisting of shattered lava with inclusions shining in the sun. Gentle, enveloping heated volcanic sand is incredibly pleasant, which fully explains the fact that it is not only pleasant to walk on it, you not only want to lie on it, but there is a desire to dig into it, which many do. Due to the black color, the sand heats up quickly and retains its temperature, and it is so soft and gentle that not only was I not disappointed, but I found the best place on the island. This is of course a subjective opinion, but I think it will be shared by many who have been here. I will not describe in detail other strips of paradise with volcanic sand on the island, and believe me there are many, I will only note that I was very wrong about them. The beaches of Tenerife are magnificent, especially if they are with black volcanic sand!!! Top 8 best beaches in Tenerife, reviews, photos and wide, somewhat cozy bays and beaches surrounded by rocks, some prefer black beaches with volcanic sand, others like traditional light sandy ones. We are for diversity. For three weeks in the Canary Islands we visited and rested on all the most beautiful beaches of Tenerife. Ready to share information and emotions with you. The island turned out to be so wonderful that we are seriously considering it for a longer stay. The beaches of our rating are located on the southern part of the island of Tenerife . There are also a lot of beautiful places in the north of the island, the story of which is ahead. But if the main goal is a beach holiday, then you are in the south of Tenerife. Even best beaches of Porto Cruz – the main city of the north of Tenerife – will not compete with the south of the island. All Top 8 beaches are different and beautiful in their own way. Therefore, I will place them in geographical order along the coast – from the southeast to the southwest of the island of Tenerife. Using the map, you can use them to make a good car route for about 4-5 days with a rest on each. How to get to the best beaches of Tenerife Tenerife has a well-developed bus service, but we almost always prefer to rent a car – the prices in the Canary Islands for car rental and fuel are more than moderate. Playa de las Teresitas – beach Las Teresitas Teresitas beach is located near the capital of Tenerife – Santa Cruz (Santa Cruz) and is rightfully considered the most beautiful, cleanest and most comfortable in the area. Like most of the best beaches on the island, Playa de las Teresitas is fenced off from the open ocean by an impressive breakwater, and the colorful village of San Andres serves as a beautiful backdrop. The sand on the beach is not native – black, but brought light yellow, pleasant to the touch, there are no waves at all, the entry into the water is smooth with a rapid increase in depth. It has its own free parking, a couple of beach bars, and there are many cafes and restaurants in the village. How to get there: from the center of Santa Cruz – 15-20 minutes by car This beach is a frequent guest of postcards and posters advertising holidays in Tenerife. The best observation deck is a five-minute drive up the serpentine, there is also a very small parking lot – it’s better to come to shoot the beach early in the morning. Mostly residents and guests of Tenerife’s capital, Santa Cruz, rest on this beach. Find hotels or apartments in the city of Santa Cruz >> Playa de La Nea – Beach La Neo In the city Radazul ( 9140 Radazul) to the surrounding attractions of this part of the island. Playade la Nea beach was visible from our balcony. This is a classic Canarian beach with black, coarse, but pleasant to the touch sand, no more than 300 meters long, with crystal clear water and a smooth entry into the water without stones. The place is not touristy, mainly residents of the capital and Spaniards who do not like noisy tourist oases such as Las Americas rest here. There are no large hotels here – mostly apartments, almost all with sea views. Distance from Santa Cruz to Radazul 11 ​​km. or 10 minutes by car. Find your hotel in Radazul >> Playa del Medano – the beaches of the town of Medano El Medano – the nearest settlement to Tenerife South Airport, there are at least three small beaches on either side of peaks of volcanic origin. The place is windy and one hundred percent surfer. In the city itself there is a good beach for swimming and relaxing, and a little further to the right along the sea there is a kite surfer beach, at the end of which there is a small natural observation deck on the mountain with a beautiful view. I can recommend this beach for at least half a day, swimming, sunbathing, walking along the ocean, admiring the flying surfers. On the waterfront of the city there are a couple of wonderful fish restaurants right by the water. You sit on the terrace, eat fish and look at the sea – only active recreation is better, but not for everyone and not always! Find a hotel to your liking in El Medano >> Playa Du que – El Duc beach In the very south of Tenerife there are three locations that are tailored for mass tourism – these are Los Cristianos , Las Americas and Costa Adeje . The cheapest and youthful is Las Americas, the coolest and most expensive is Costa Adeje. The border between them is conditional – these places and a series of beaches actually stretch for several kilometers along the very south of Tenerife. Just choose what you like – a hotel and one of the beaches in the area. There are practically no locals here, this is one hundred percent tourist place. But even in such a “reserve” there is a pearl – El Duc beach (Playa Du que) on the outskirts of Costa Adeje. I recommend it as the most beautiful, pleasant place to stay with the best infrastructure, a cozy promenade with first-class restaurants. It is in this place that the Canary Islands are the very Canary Islands, which were a symbol of luxury and prestigious recreation. Near Duque Beach are the coolest hotels and the best hotel in Tenerife – Bahia del Duque, according to those who understand what is at stake. The length of the beach is 500 meters of a cozy bay closed from the waves by a breakwater from the sea and from the wind by a natural picturesque rock, on top of which there is an embankment. The sea here is a beautiful turquoise color, and the beach has been awarded the Blue Flag for cleanliness and infrastructure. The best hotels near the beach El Duc Sheraton La Caleta El Mirador Gran Tacande Vinnci Plantacion del Sur Gran Costa Adeje Find cheap hotels0003 Playa Hernandez – Hernandez Beach On the outskirts of Costa Adeje , just outside the city of La Caleta, there is an elite golf center, and next to it if you walk along one of the highways to the ocean , you will get to the semi-secret Hernandez beach (Playa Hernandez). There are beautiful views of the rocks and not crowded, the beach itself is small, and it is also actively used by backpackers and nudists, no one interferes with each other – two small beaches are separated by rocks. You can spend the whole day here in good weather. At high tide, a very small piece remains from the beach. Hernandez Beach is conveniently accessible from Las Americas – buses run towards La Caleta, but it is better to drive a car, which can be left along the road near the golf club. Playa Abama Abama Beach Abama Beach is the beach of one hotel, The Ritz-Carlton Abama. Once a wild and deserted rocky place surrounded by rocks, they looked after the construction of a luxurious hotel The Ritz-Carlton, poured golden sand, launched an elevator from the rocks directly to the beach, broke golf courses and turned an ordinary place into a luxurious Abama beach. Demanding travelers know what I mean. According to the laws of Tenerife, the beaches belong to the people and are always open and free to visit, so everyone is allowed to enter Abama Beach . However, there are no crowds of tourists here. You can get here by car, there is parking in the vicinity of the Ritz Hotel, but there is not much space – come early in the morning. Parking is not allowed on site, but parking is available immediately at the exit along the road. Playa de La Arena – Arena beach La Arena beach – a natural oval bay with ashy black sand and a length of only 120 meters. The beach is open to the waves, you can not always swim here. With a strong wave on the beach, a red flag flutters and the entrance to the water is closed with a rope. La Arena is a beach that fully corresponds to the idea of ​​black Canarian beaches. The place is popular among both independent travelers and package tourists. There are many hotels in the vicinity, there is a small promenade with cafes and restaurants. Near the beach of La Arena there is an observation deck hidden among the rocks, on Google maps this place is called Cueva la Vaca. From it you can see both the Arena beach and the majestic rocks in the distance – Los Gigantes . Find cheap hotels near La Arena beach >> Playa de los Guios near the cliffs of Los Gigantes Not far from the beach of Las Arena, a little further northwest is the iconic place of Tenerife – the cliffs of Los Gigantes. At the foot of the cliffs there is a small beach with black sand and stones, the entrance to the water is convenient, there are few waves due to the fact that the beach is closed by rocks on one side, and a yacht marina on the other. Lots of restaurants and cafes. Find a cheap hotel near Los Gigantes >> Jardin Beach – Puerto de la Cruz To be fair, I’ll include Jardin Beach in Puerto de la Cruz in this list. It is the main city in the north of the island of Tenerife. About the city will be a separate story. The black sand beach is located in a beautiful bay, but not suitable for swimming in winter and early spring because of the waves and the cold ocean. Why come here? Admire the waves and the stormy ocean, as well as walk around the city, which is one of the most beautiful in Tenerife. Be sure to include both the city and the beach in your travel program in the north of Tenerife, which will also have an extensive information article. Find an inexpensive hotel in Puerto de la Cruz >> How to save money on hotels while traveling We are looking not only at Booking.com. For a wider search, I use the Hotel Combined (Room Guru) website – this is a search engine that searches all popular booking systems at once and selects the best option for the price. thus I save up to 30% of the cost of housing. Where to buy a cheap air ticket for travel I have been using the aviasales website for several years – reliable, convenient, always low prices – cheaper than on Skyscanner. The site also searches for tickets for flights of low-cost airlines. I am also looking for tickets directly on the websites of low-cost airline companies – Ryamair, Wizzair, EasyJet and others. Where to rent a car for a trip around the Canary Islands I choose a car on Rentalcars – reliability, quality assurance and ease of use have long been tested, I can safely recommend. If a rental deposit is required, I have a card with a credit limit, in which case there are no problems or inconveniences. The price of a rental car in the Canary Islands is around 22-25 Euro per day for a good new car. I also advise you to read Holidays in Spain. San Sebastian – the best attractions and beaches Budget holidays in Spain on the Costa Brava. Llorette de Mar Valencia. Useful travel tips 10 places to visit around Barcelona Last modified Wednesday, 27 March 2019 white and black sand, wild, for children, surfing, diving Nudist and wild beaches in Tenerife There are enough small and cozy bays without the benefits of civilization on the island. But usually you can get there only by private transport, or you will have to walk for half an hour or more from regular bus stops. As a rule, such beaches are pebbly and rocky, therefore they do not attract a large number of tourists. But there is with black and gray sand. Most of them are in the north. As you might imagine, they are popular not only among lovers of silence and solitude, but also among nudists. At popular resorts, they can only afford topless sunbathing and only in secluded corners are they completely naked. The best wild beaches of Tenerife: Grande, San Blas, Tajao, Antequera, Prix, Fajana, Rambla de Castro, Barranco de Anosma, Agua Dulce, Callaos, Punta del Hidalgo, Roque Bermejo, Ijuana . Popular nude beaches: Playa Diego Hernandez (Playa Blanca), Playa de la Tejita, Playa de Benijo, Playa de Montagna Pelada, Playa de los Patos, Playa del Ancon, Playa de las Gaviotas. The best beaches in Tenerife for families with children Most of them are located in the south, where there are no such high waves as in the north. Perhaps the best are Mesas del Mar and Las Teresitas, where the sea is calm and the infrastructure is well developed with playgrounds and children’s entertainment at hotels. Diving and surfing in Tenerife It’s no secret that the island has quite a few beaches with high waves. Most of them are located in the north. Breakwaters have been installed near some coasts for calm swimming, but there are also many places where this has not been done – on purpose, so that board lovers can get plenty of poop. The best beaches in Tenerife for surfing: El Cabezo, Martianez, Del Burro, La Gomera. There are conditions for scuba diving too. The best conditions for diving are near the beaches of Barranco Seco, Abades, Paraiso and Las Galletas. black sand beaches in Tenerife (+ 20 best beaches in Tenerife) Sharing is caring! Temperatures have dropped here in London. I don’t mind the cold if I wrap myself warm. These old English houses, although beautiful, are completely draughty. I turned on the heating, but I’m still cold. All this made me dream of our holiday on the black sand beaches of Tenerife. Here is our selection of the 20 best beaches in Tenerife, a Spanish island that has great weather that makes it easy to escape the winter sun. With its many black sand beaches, Tenerife is great for families. Of course, Tenerife has white sand beaches (sugar soft golden sand brought from the Sahara!). Why the beaches of Tenerife? A couple of years ago, before kids got serious about skiing, we went to Tenerife for a February break. The average high temperature in Tenerife is around 70 degrees, which is not bad for a short break from England and the winter sun in Europe. Not only is London only a 4-hour flight, but Tenerife also has plenty of activities for the whole family, such as Tenerife’s beaches with black sand. Wow! Tenerife is blessed with mild winters and warm summers with an average annual temperature around the 70s. And Tenerife has a lot of sunny days, averaging about 3,000 hours of sunshine per year! Do you need more persuasion to get to Tenerife’s black sand beach? What color is the sand in Tenerife? Tenerife’s original sand is black, so you get Tenerife’s black sand beaches. Another type of Tenerife’s sand is golden sand from the Sahara, imported for people who don’t like the black sand beaches that Tenerife originally had. Why are there black sand beaches in Tenerife? Tenerife’s black sand beaches are the result of a volcanic basalt coastline met with sea erosion. The coastline of the island is 250 miles, of which 40 miles are the sandy beaches of Tenerife. Chances are you will find a black sand beach in Tenerife that you enjoy. As far as Tenerife beaches go, black sand is the original version. Most of Tenerife’s golden sandy beaches are man-made. They were created by importing soft yellow sand from the Sahara. Yellow sand beaches are found in the most touristic areas in the south of the island. In fact, the famous Playa del Duque started out as a black sand beach, but was covered in golden sand in the 1990s. Maybe you can convince your kids to keep digging until they get to the original black sand on a Tenerife beach? This should keep them busy. Image courtesy of: Benoit Deniaud Thanks to their color, black sand beaches retain heat better – a big plus during the winter months! Image credit: Perlaroques Why kids love Tenerife’s black sand beach I find black sand to be a bit stickier and less grainy than yellow sand. My kids really enjoyed the black beaches of Tenerife, although they filled the black sand holes in Tenerife with water and pretended to be Peppa Pig jumping through the muddy puddles. The kids got scared when they finished playing in Tenerife’s black beach style. On the other hand, the black sand of Tenerife washes away, and it was definitely easier to spot black sand in small cracks than golden sand on a small sun-kissed body. In addition, the black sand in Tenerife is heavier than the yellow sand and is easier to clean when dry! Image Credit: kubonbon Our favorite black sand beaches in Tenerife were Playa de las Arenas (on the west coast) and Playa Jardin (on the north coast). Your ideal black sand beach, Tenerife Your choice of black beaches that Tenerife has to offer really depends on whether you have children with you. An isolated black sand beach in Tenerife will give you a Robinson Crusoe feel that you won’t find on the rest of this touristic island. On the other hand, you may not want to drag food, drinks, toys, etc. to some of the best beaches in Tenerife . Tenerife’s best black sand beaches for kids Playa Jardin in Puerta de la Cruz is a blue flag black beach loved by Tenerife locals. This sheltered beach is great for kids. There are many amenities here, as well as many locals and tourists. Playa de las Arenas is another black sand beach in the south of Tenerife, located near Los Gigantes. This beach is Blue Flag and kids will love exploring the rock pools. Playa de Troya is located on the Costa Adeje on the south coast. This black sand beach in Tenerife is located in the tourist part of the island of Las Americas. Although Las Americas is known as the party center of Tenerife, during the daytime Playa de Troya is a Blue Flag family beach. Playa San Juan is located in the south of Tenerife in Guia de Isora, a small fishing village. The beach is small, protected and very good for children. This Blue Flag beach is less popular than other beaches because there are more apartments in the area than hotels. Playa San Marcos is located on the north coast. It is behind a small fishing village and is protected enough for children to play safely. Playa de la Martianez is located on the north coast near Puerto de la Cruz. Although Tenerife has a small black sand beach, your kids will love Lago Martianez, an aqua park that combines pools and art. Yes indeed. Also on the north coast near Icod de los Vinos, Playa San Marco is a popular black sand beach that Tenerife visitors love so much. It is family friendly with calm waters and sun loungers for rent. The spectacular scenery of this black sand beach: the high cliffs of Tenerife, blue skies and turquoise waters. Other Black Sand Beaches in Tenerife If you’re looking for a new black beach experience, Tenerife has plenty of great options. However, not every black sand beach in Tenerife is family friendly. For example, on some of these Tenerife black sand beaches, nudists are allowed to sunbathe. Playa de los Gigantes is a small beach on the west coast. At Playa Bollullo in La Orotava you will find refuge from the crowds. However, there are no facilities and the waves are strong, so it is not very good with small children. Nearby is a nudist beach in Tenerife. Playa Las Gaviotas (next to the golden sandy beach Las Teresitas ) is also a nude beach in Tenerife. Continuing the Tenerife-themed nude beach, Los Patos is an extremely popular black sand beach located in Tenerife’s Orotava Valley. At low tide, the beach is very wide. It is not easy to get to, but it is in a picturesque place among banana plantations, rocks and the sea. Socorro Beach has received Blue Flag status. One of the best beaches in Tenerife, it is popular with surfers. The waves may be too strong for small children. Roque Bermejo in the east of Tenerife is not the easiest place to visit. You will need either a boat or a two-hour track. Personally, I think that getting to the black beach of Tenerife is too much effort. We were sightseeing the island and made a small pit stop on the black sand beach of Tenerife The best beaches in Tenerife These best beaches in Tenerife have been awarded the Blue Flag for cleanliness, convenience, convenience and ease of access, including including for people with disabilities. These sandy beaches of Tenerife are a mixture of golden and black sand. The Blue Flag rating pretty much means that these beaches have been voted the best beaches in Tenerife. Tenerife Black Sand Beach, Canary Islands, Spain Tenerife’s 5 Blue Flag White Sand Beaches We didn’t stop at Tenerife’s black beaches! In terms of beaches, Tenerife is blessed, so it’s the perfect place to explore the various sandy beaches. My daughter also loves the white sand beaches in Tenerife. These white sand beaches in Tenerife are located in the south of the island: Playa Fanabe in Costa Adeje is one of the best beaches in Tenerife for families. Facilities include showers, bars, restaurants, lifeguards, police, sun lounger rentals and water sports equipment rentals. Playa del Duque is also on the Costa Adeje and is another of the best beaches in Tenerife. Facilities include showers, bars, restaurants, lifeguards, police, sun lounger rentals and water sports equipment rentals. Playa las Vistas is located near the large beaches of Los Cristianos and Las Americas on the south coast. The beach is quite protected and the soft water is ideal for younger children. Facilities include showers, bars, restaurants, lifeguards, police, sun lounger rentals and water sports equipment rentals. Playa del Medano is located on the south coast near Granadilla de Abona. Facilities include car parks, restaurants, lifeguard services, sun lounger rentals and water sports equipment rentals. Playa del Medano is one of the beaches that Tenerife offers to sports lovers. It even hosts world championships in kitesurfing every year. Playa la Jaquita is also on the south coast near Granadilla de Abona. The hotel offers parking, sun lounger rentals and water sports equipment rentals. This beach is one of the less visited beaches in Tenerife. You have a choice of Tenerife sandy beaches, whether black or gold Tenerife’s 7 Blue Flag Black Sand Beaches Some of Tenerife’s Blue Flag black sand beaches have been mentioned above as particularly suitable for families rest ( Playa de Troya, Playa de las Arenas, Playa San Juan and Playa Jardin ) or unique for some other reason ( El Socorro ). Here are two other options in the north of Tenerife if you are still looking for the perfect black beach that Tenerife has to offer: Playa San Telmo is located in Puerto de la Cruz. At low tide, the stone pools are great for children to play. Less family friendly, there is no parking nearby so you have to lug your stuff to the beach. Playa la Arena is located in Tacoronte. Small, with calm waters, this is one of the black beaches that the locals of Tenerife love. Map of recommended Tenerife beaches All the above beaches are marked on the map of Tenerife below. SPREAD THE WORD! ADD IT TO THE PINTEREST BOARD TRAVEL FOR THE FUTURE! The island of Tenerife in Spain is known for its beautiful beaches. Find out than is the best thing to do in Tenerife and what are the 8 best black sand beaches in Tenerife . You need to go to this beautiful Canary Island as soon as possible! #tenerife #blacksandbeach #bestbeach #canarysislands #beach #spain This site generates revenue through partnerships with carefully selected travel and lifestyle brands and/or purchases made through their links at no additional cost to you .More information can be found in our Disclosure Policy . Save Save . Tenerife, white sandy beaches, hidden coves and lagoons Tenerife has over 400 km of coastline. and countless white and black sand beaches. Some of them are crowded, while others are well hidden and deserted. From cliffs and black sand beaches in Anaga in the east to pebbly beaches in Teno in the west and sand or camping beaches in Los Abrigos, Las Galletas or La Caleta, El Medanao’s famous windsurf beach – El Socorro surf beach or the beaches of Puerto de la Cruz, there is something for everyone. Adeje – Las Americas Las Americas is located in the southwest of the island and belongs to Arona and Adeje. 4 beaches; Tierra Negra, El Bobo, Las Americas and Troya are all artificial but still the most famous on the island. They offer the following services: parking, lifeguards, sun loungers, showers, public telephones, as well as restaurants Las Americas is the ideal place for water sports. La Caleta In the southwest of the island we find this beach 100 m long and 7 m wide in the center of an old fishing village. It has got white sand mixed with picone and very calm water. Next to the beach you will find a restaurant serving delicious fresh seafood. The beach has the following amenities: showers, parking, restaurants and accommodation. El Varadero This 40 m long and 9 m wide cobblestone is located in the southwest of the island and has retained its character. The water is very calm and perfect for swimming or snorkelling. The beach has the following facilities: parking. Playa del Duque You will find this gray sandy beach in the southwest of the island. With a length of 700 m, this is one of the largest beaches. on the island and is frequently visited by tourists. The beach has the following amenities: parking, lifeguards, sun loungers, showers, public telephones, as well as restaurants Arona – Los Cristianos This 1 km white sand beach is located in the southwest of the island, in the heart of the tourist area, next to the port of Los Cristianos. It is one of the safest beaches, ideal for children. The beach has the following facilities: parking, lifeguards, sun loungers, showers, public telephones, as well as restaurants Las Vistas Las Vistas – the neighboring beach of Los Cristianos and Las Americas, it was built artificially. This beautiful white sand beach is almost 1 km long. and 120 m wide. The water is very calm. The beach has the following amenities: parking, lifeguards, sun loungers, showers, public telephones, restaurants a.tak. Arico – Playa Grande This 200 m long and 40 m wide sandy beach is probably the best swimming beach on the entire coast of Arico. The main problem This beach is mostly windy, but the water is very calm and perfect for swimming. Candelaria – Playa Candelaria Another famous natural pebble beach, 1 km long and 30 m wide, is located near Candelaria, in the northeast of the island. Be aware of the oncoming waves; they can be very powerful and produce very strong currents. Never underestimate the power of water. Candelaria is a traditional fishing village that has the following facilities: parking, lifeguards, sun loungers, showers, public telephones, as well as 9 restaurants0003 Buenavista del Norte – La Masca In Buenavista del Norte, in the northeast of the island, we find this hidden beach with black sand and calm waters, 400 m long and 15 m wide. It is located at the end of the Masca valley, very isolated and accessible by boat or on foot 4 km. Rosario – Tabaiba This 100m natural beach in the northeast of the island offers the following services: parking, restaurants, showers, etc. Sauzal – La Grañosa This 1 km natural beach with fine black sand is located in the northern part of the island. Waves can be quite large and nsel. Hohe Wellen sind hier keine Seltenheit. The beach can only be reached on foot and is frequented by nudists. Fasnia – Los Roques In the eastern part of the island we find this 80m picon beach very close to the village of Los Roques, which consists of 4 houses and a chapel. You will find a lovely promenade lined with seafood restaurants. Garachico – Caleton Garachico Right next to Castillo San Miguel you will find this beach with four natural pools nestled in lava fields. Thanks to the calm water, the beach is very popular and visited. Granadilla de Abona – El Médano In the east of Montaña Roja, which is in the middle of a natural reserve, we find a natural beach 1 km long, consisting of the following areas: El Cabezo, La Jaquita, La Pelada, Balos , Montaña Roja, La Tejita and El Medano. This beach is mainly for windsurfers. It is usually quite windy and the waves are perfect ramps for radical jumps and maneuvers. You will find a promenade with the following facilities: parking, lifeguards, sun loungers, showers, public telephones, restaurants a.tak. Guia de Isora – Punta Blanca In the western part of the island we find this 150m natural gray sand beach, ideal for swimming. Guimar – Puertito de Gumar South of Club Náutico in Guimar there is a natural beach 800 m long. Icod de los Vinos – San Marcos In San Marcos we find this 200m black sand beach. It is ideal for fishing and is always supervised by lifeguards. You can also find some delicious seafood restaurants and lodging. La Guancha – Santo Domingo It’s just a 50m natural cliff and the picon beach is the only beach in La Guancha. Beware of the waves! La Laguna – Playa San Juan This artificial white sand beach is located in the middle of a residential area and is easily accessible. Its length is 220 m under the supervision of rescuers. La Orotava – Los Patos This natural white sand beach is about 1 km long and very isolated. Be aware of waves and currents! No lifeguards on the beach. This beach is very popular and frequented by nudists. Los Realejos – Los Roques This black peak and cobbled beach is about 330m long and 20m wide. You will find a hotel and several apartments with breathtaking views just above the cliffs. This beach is very popular among divers due to the wide variety of underwater life. Playa del Socorro This beach is very popular with surfers. Be aware of some crazy locals. Los Silos – Aguadulce This 160 m long natural beach has only sand during the summer months. Be careful with the waves on the beach supervised by lifeguards. Puerto de la Cruz – Martianez To the north of Lago Martianez is a 300-meter black sand beach. This is another beach where the waves can be a bit bigger and therefore very popular and frequented by surfers. If the waves are too big for swimming, just stroll along the promenade and watch the surfers or go to one of the amazing seafood restaurants and enjoy some great food. San Juan de la Rambla – Las Aguas Another picone and boulder only 100m long and 10m wide. If the waves are too big, you have the option to go to the public pool of Las Aguas. San Miguel – Playa Amarilla This beach is a paradise for divers and is located in the Montaña Amarilla Natural Reserve and is monitored by lifeguards. Santa Cruz de Tenerife, Las Teresitas This beach was rebuilt in 1973 to make it safer. In its natural form, the beach used to be black, but today it is almost white. If it gets hot, just sit in the shade of one of the palm trees planted along the promenade. Although the wind gets very strong, this is one of the most popular beaches on the island. The water is mostly calm and ideal for swimming. You will find the following facilities: parking, lifeguards, sun loungers, showers, public telephones, restaurants a.tak. Santiago del Teide – La Arena This 125 m long and 50 m wide black sand beach is located next to Santa Cruz, in the heart of the tourist center. You will find the following amenities: parking, lifeguards, sun loungers, showers, public telephones, as well as restaurants. La Grañosa This beach is over 1 km long and is located outside of Sauzal. It can only be reached on foot and is very popular with nudists. The sand is fine and black. La Gragnosa is also very popular and is visited by many paragliders. . SAN JUAN BEACH – Beaches For those looking for peace and quiet, San Juan Beach is the best choice. Due to its location near the fishing harbor and breakwater, it is protected from wind and waves. In addition, since 2012 it has the Blue Flag, which guarantees the high quality of water and services. This beach consists of black sand, lapilli and pebbles. In the summer it is full of tourists, and all year round – locals. You will find parking, showers, rental of sun loungers and umbrellas, as well as facilities for people with reduced mobility. We recommend walking along the promenade with many cafes, restaurants and shops. Useful information Address: Guía de Isora. Length: 360 m (1180 ft). Width: 30 m (100 ft). Composition: Black sand. Access roads: On foot (easy). Disabled access: Yes Beach type: Semi-urban Amenities: Foot showers, showers, toilets, changing rooms, trash cans, tourist information, bars and restaurants, rental of sun loungers and umbrellas, children’s area and lifeguard services. Parking spaces: Yes. Bus service: Yes (intercity). Coordinates: 28º 10 ‘47.042 “N 16º 48 ‘45.053” W. UTM coordinates: X: 322069.00 Y: 3118442.00 H: 28. . Tenerife Beach PRINT Tenerife Black Sand Beach Please note this is FOR DIGITAL DOWNLOAD ONLY – no physical product will be shipped. Instant download – ready to print! You will receive 5 scalable JPG files with a high resolution of 300 dpi (required print standard). Included files: – 3×4 ratio – which can be printed to fit a – Inches: 6×8, 9×12, 12×16, 15×20, 18×24, 27×36 / Cm: 15×20, 30×40, 45×60, 60×80 – 4×5 ratio – which can be printed to fit a – Inches: 8×10, 12×15, 16×20, 24×32 / Cm1,5. 40×50, 72×90 – 5×7 ratio – can be printed to fit a – International paper size / A4, A3, A2, A1 , 50×70 CM – 2×3 format – can be printed to size – Inches: 4×6, 6×9, 8×12,10×15, 12×18, 16×24, 24×36 / cm: 10×15, 20×30, 30×45, 40×60, 60×90 – Ratio 11×14 – which can be printed to size – Inches: 8×10, 12×15, 16×20, 24×30 / cm: 8×10, 12×15, 40×50, 72×90 Once the payment has been processed, you will be able to download and print files. Please note that the colors of the printed product may differ slightly from what you see on the screen, depending on your printer settings. For details see https://www.etsy.com/shop/InHomeShop This purchase is for PERSONAL USE ONLY. Please do not resell or distribute the digital file or printout for commercial purposes. All rights reserved. . See also The most ridiculous monuments in the world Interesting places of the world Climate by months cyprus Origin of the name Dubai Bhutan on the world map Massage in Bali how much does it cost The most expensive holiday abroad sri lanka island on world map What’s interesting in Mongolia Winter holidays Weather in april in cyprus Praia de Troia Mar | www.visitportugal.com You are looking for…? Beaches Praia de Troia Mar Praia de Troia Mar Beaches Sea beach Praia de Troia Mar Beach Praia di Troia Mar Beach is located on the Troia Peninsula, on its Atlantic coastline, offering a beautiful view of the Serra da Arrábida mountain range. The beach is easy to get to as it is close to the tourist centres, close to the highway and the ferry pier connecting to Setúbal. Tenerife climat: Climatology | Tenerife Опубликовано: October 13, 2022 в 2:13 am Автор: alexxlab Категории: Miscellaneous Climat Tenerife: températures, précipitations, quand partir Sommaire Introduction Les côtes – Santa Cruz, Côte sud Température de la mer Les zones intérieures – La Laguna, Teide Quand partir Que mettre dans la valise Introduction À Tenerife, la plus grande des îles Canaries, le climat est subtropical océanique sur la côte, soit très doux et ensoleillé la majeure partie de l’année, avec peu de précipitations concentrées dans la période d’octobre à mars. Dans les régions intérieures, le climat varie selon l’altitude et l’exposition des versants : les pentes exposées au nord-est reçoivent une bonne quantité de pluie et sont vertes, tandis que dans le reste de l’île la pluviométrie est faible, généralement inférieure à 250 millimètres par an sur les côtes, mais souvent même au-dessous de 150 mm, ce qui explique l’aridité du paysage le long des côtes et des pentes méridionales. En fait, les vents dominants, les alizés du nord-est, rendent le côté nord plus humide, tout en tempérant la chaleur le long des côtes pendant l’été ; les alizés soufflent avec plus d’intensité dans le milieu de la journée et dans l’après-midi, devenant souvent modérés ou même assez forts. Au niveau de la mer, la zone la plus exposée au vent est la côte nord, mais aussi les zones les plus exposées des côtes est et sud (voir Punta de Abona, El Médano). La zone la moins venteuse est la côte sud-ouest (voir Playa San Juan, Costa Adeje, Playa de Los Cristianos, Playa de las Américas), grâce aux montagnes qui la protègent des vents du nord-est, comme on peut le voir dans l’image suivante. Les températures ont tendance à rester autour de la moyenne, cependant, de décembre à mars il peut y avoir des journées fraîches, avec des maximales inférieures à 20 °C. Aux jours les plus froids de l’année, qui se produisent généralement en février, la température descend généralement à 10/11 °C la nuit, tandis que la maximale reste autour de 17/18 °C. D’autre part, les jours de Calima, caractérisés par une chaleur anormale et des vents légers, dominés par les masses d’air chaud en provenance d’Afrique, sont relativement rares (bien que dans les dernières années ils soient devenus plus fréquents), et sont plus fréquents au printemps et en été : dans la pratique, ce sont les seuls jours où les températures dépassent les 30 °C, et lorsque la chaleur est désagréable. La Calima se fait également sentir sur les collines, et souvent même plus que dans les plaines, parce que l’air chaud est plus léger et tend à monter, tandis que les côtes peuvent rester tempérées par la fraîcheur venant de la mer. Les records de chaleur sur les côtes sont de 34/35 °C en mars, avril et novembre ; de 36/37 °C en mai, juin et octobre, et de 42/44 °C en juillet, août et septembre. Les côtes Santa Cruz Dans la ville principale, Santa Cruz de Tenerife, les températures diurnes sont très douces en hiver, avec des maximales autour de 21 °C en janvier et en février, et chaudes en été, avec des maximales autour de 28/29 °C de juillet à septembre. Voici les températures moyennes. Santa Cruz – Températures moyennes (1991-2020) Mois Min (°C) Max (°C) Moyenne (°C) Janvier 15,5 21,1 18,3 Février 15,4 21,3 18,3 Mars 15,9 22,1 19 Avril 16,8 22,9 19,8 Mai 18,1 24,4 21,3 Juin 19,8 26,5 23,2 Juillet 21,4 28,8 25,1 Août 22,2 29,2 25,7 Septembre 21,9 28,1 25 Octobre 20,6 26,6 23,6 Novembre 18,5 24,1 21,3 Décembre 16,8 22,2 19,5 An 18,6 24,8 21,65 Le régime des pluies est méditerranéen, ce qui signifie que la plupart de la pluie tombe d’octobre à mars, car c’est la période pendant laquelle les Canaries peuvent être atteintes par les dépressions de l’Atlantique, tandis qu’en été en pratique il ne pleut jamais. La quantité totale de pluie qui tombe à Santa Cruz est toutefois limitée : seulement 220 millimètres par an, un niveau semi-désertique. Voici la moyenne des précipitations. Santa Cruz – Précipitations moyennes Mois Quantité (mm) Jours Janvier 30 4 Février 35 4 Mars 40 4 Avril 10 2 Mai 5 1 Juin 0 0 Juillet 0 0 Août 5 0 Septembre 5 1 Octobre 25 3 Novembre 35 5 Décembre 35 5 An 220 29 Côte meridionale Sur la côte sud on trouve l’autre aéroport de l’île, Tenerife Sur, qui dessert les stations balnéaires de la côte sud-ouest. Ici, les températures sont similaires à celles de Santa Cruz et du reste des côtes des îles Canaries, même si pendant les vagues de chaleur la température atteint des valeurs très élevées. Voici les températures moyennes. Tenerife Sud – Températures moyennes (1991-2020) Mois Min (°C) Max (°C) Moyenne (°C) Janvier 15 22 18,5 Février 14,9 22,2 18,5 Mars 15,3 23 19,2 Avril 16 23,3 19,6 Mai 17,1 24,3 20,7 Juin 18,8 25,8 22,3 Juillet 20,2 27,8 24 Août 21,2 28,6 24,9 Septembre 21 27,9 24,5 Octobre 19,9 27 23,5 Novembre 18,2 25 21,6 Décembre 16,4 23,2 19,8 An 17,9 25 21,4 Les pluies sont très rares, d’un montant de moins de 150 mm par an, donc à un niveau désertique, et sont concentrées, comme d’habitude, dans la moitié froide de l’année. Voici la moyenne des précipitations. Tenerife Sud – Précipitations moyennes Mois Quantité (mm) Jours Janvier 15 2 Février 20 2 Mars 10 1 Avril 10 1 Mai 0 0 Juin 0 0 Juillet 0 0 Août 0 0 Septembre 5 1 Octobre 15 2 Novembre 10 1 Décembre 30 3 An 115 13 Le degré d’ensoleillement à Tenerife est très bon tout au long de l’année, cependant, en plus des perturbations qui peuvent survenir pendant la période d’octobre à mars, en été des bancs de nuages qui se forment sur l’Atlantique peuvent passer, tandis que sur la côte nord, et surtout sur les pentes des montagnes exposées au nord, des nuages et des brouillards locaux peuvent se former. La côte méridionale est donc la plus ensoleillée. Voici la moyenne des heures de soleil par jour à Tenerife Sur. Tenerife Sud – Heures d’ensoleillement Mois Moyenne quotidienne Total Mois Janvier 6,5 205 Février 7,5 205 Mars 8 240 Avril 8 235 Mai 8,5 260 Juin 9 270 Juillet 10 315 Août 9,5 295 Septembre 7,5 230 Octobre 7 220 Novembre 6,5 195 Décembre 6,5 200 An 7,9 2870 Sur la côte nord (voir Garachico, Puerto de la Cruz), les températures sont de 1 à 2 degrés plus basses que sur les autres côtes. De plus, il pleut plus souvent, le paysage est assez vert même sur la côte, et la mer est souvent agitée. Température de la mer La mer à Tenerife est assez froide en hiver, même si pas prohibitive pour la baignade, et reste assez fraîche en été, car l’île est située à une faible latitude, près du tropique, mais une partie de l’Océan Atlantique où un courant froid s’écoule. Ceux qui vivent dans l’île sont habitués à se baigner même en hiver, et aussi les touristes des pays nordiques, ou ceux qui ne craignent pas le froid. Toutefois, la température de la mer varie de 19 °C en février et mars, à 23/24 °C d’août à octobre, quand elle peut être considérée comme assez chaude pour la baignade. Voici les températures moyennes de la mer. Tenerife – Température de la mer Mois Temp. (°C) Janvier 19,5 Février 19 Mars 19 Avril 19,5 Mai 20,5 Juin 21,5 Juillet 22,5 Août 23 Septembre 24 Octobre 23,5 Novembre 22,5 Décembre 21 An 21,3 Les zones intérieures Santa Cruz donne sur la mer, mais certains quartiers grimper les pentes intérieures, et en allant sur la route qui amène à San Cristóbal de La Laguna vous trouverez un temps progressivement plus frais et humide. La Laguna Lorsqu’on cherche des données météorologiques de Tenerife, on trouve souvent ceux de l’aéroport de La Laguna, qui est l’aéroport de la partie nord de l’île (il est appelé Tenerife Norte, anciennement Los Rodeos), et qui est parfois présenté génériquement comme “Tenerife”, mais étant situé à 600 mètres, il a des températures nettement plus fraîches : les maximales en hiver sont en moyenne autour de 16/17 °C, et en été elles s’arrêtent à 25/26 °C. Malgré le climat frais, avec le vent d’Afrique, la température peut atteindre ou dépasser 37 °C de mai à septembre. Voici les températures moyennes. La Laguna – Températures moyennes (1991-2020) Mois Min (°C) Max (°C) Moyenne (°C) Janvier 10,3 16,3 13,3 Février 10,1 16,7 13,4 Mars 10,6 18 14,3 Avril 11,2 18,6 14,9 Mai 12,5 20,5 16,5 Juin 14,2 22,2 18,2 Juillet 16 24,4 20,2 Août 17 25,8 21,4 Septembre 16,6 24,6 20,6 Octobre 15,5 22,7 19,1 Novembre 13,5 19,6 16,5 Décembre 11,5 17,3 14,4 An 13,3 20,6 16,9 Étant sur le versant nord, La Laguna est aussi plus humide et pluvieuse : les précipitations s’élèvent à 515 millimètres par an, avec un maximum de novembre à janvier, quand elles se situent autour de 80 mm par mois, distribués dans 8/9 jours par mois, mais même en mars et octobre il pleut 6/7 jours par mois : il s’agit d’un microclimat frais et humide, typique du versant nord des Canaries. En été, il pleut peu ici aussi, bien que le brouillard se forme souvent. Voici la moyenne des précipitations. La Laguna – Précipitations moyennes Mois Quantité (mm) Jours Janvier 80 8 Février 70 7 Mars 60 7 Avril 40 6 Mai 20 4 Juin 10 2 Juillet 5 2 Août 5 1 Septembre 15 3 Octobre 45 7 Novembre 80 8 Décembre 80 9 An 515 64 Au sud de La Laguna, les pentes nord de l’île de Tenerife au-dessus de 1 000 mètres sont encore plus humides et sont couvertes de forêts. Dans les zones les plus humides, les précipitations atteignent 1 000 mm par an. Des paysages verts se trouvent également dans la municipalité de La Orotava, sur le côté nord du Teide, entre 1 000 et 1 800 mètres, où les alizés produisent des effets plus marqués. Au-dessus de cette altitude, cependant, les précipitations se font plus rares et la végétation devient plus clairsemée. Teide L’Observatoire du Teide d’Izaña est situé à 2 400 mètres au-dessus du niveau de la mer. À cette altitude, l’hiver est froid, en fait, les températures moyennes de décembre à février sont autour de 4/5 °C ; déjà à cette altitude, il peut parfois neiger. L’été est doux, avec des températures généralement pas très élevées, mais avec le soleil (presque) tropical de montagne qui se fait sentir. Contrairement à ce qui se passe sur les côtes, ici à des altitudes élevées déjà en septembre la température commence à diminuer. Voici les températures moyennes. Izaña – Températures moyennes (1991-2020) Mois Min (°C) Max (°C) Moyenne (°C) Janvier 1,4 7,9 4,7 Février 1,2 8,1 4,6 Mars 2,6 10 6,3 Avril 4 12,2 8,1 Mai 6,4 14,8 10,6 Juin 10,2 19 14,6 Juillet 14 22,9 18,5 Août 14 22,6 18,3 Septembre 10,6 18,6 14,6 Octobre 7,2 14,5 10,9 Novembre 4,2 10,7 7,5 Décembre 2,7 9,1 5,9 An 6,6 14,2 10,4 Dans l’observatoire, il tombe 310 mm de pluie ou neige par an, dont la plupart se produisent de novembre à mars, tandis qu’en été les pluies sont sporadiques. Voici la moyenne des précipitations. Izaña – Précipitations moyennes Mois Quantité (mm) Jours Janvier 50 4 Février 50 4 Mars 30 4 Avril 15 2 Mai 5 1 Juin 0 0 Juillet 0 0 Août 10 1 Septembre 5 1 Octobre 35 4 Novembre 50 5 Décembre 60 5 An 310 30 À des altitudes plus élevées il fait encore plus froid, e il y a une végétation aride de montagne, ainsi que des paysages lunaires, rocheux et désertiques. Le Teide est un volcan qui mésure 3 718 mètres de haut (c’est la plus haute montagne de toute l’Espagne). Il y a un téléphérique, le téléphérique du Teide, qui mène jusqu’à 3 550 mètres de hauteur ; pour y arriver il faut réserver à l’avance. Quand partir Pour le soleil et la mer, la meilleure période est de mai à la mi-octobre. Dans la première période (mai-juin), la température de l’air est un peu plus basse et la mer est un peu plus froide, mais les jours sont légèrement plus longs. Dans les îles Canaries, en été, les jours sont plus courts qu’en Europe (en hiver, ils sont plus longs), mais en raison du fuseau horaire adopté, le soleil se couche également assez tard. Pour visiter les villes et faire des excursions dans les régions de l’intérieur, vous pouvez choisir avril, mai et la première moitié d’octobre. En hiver, vous apprécierez la douceur des températures et souvent vous pourrez bronzer, bien que nous ne puissions pas exclure quelques jours de mauvais temps. Si vous voulez, vous pouvez combiner un voyage sur le mont Teide, peut-être à la recherche de la neige, avec un après-midi sur la plage. Que mettre dans la valise En hiver : vêtements légers pour la journée, un pull et une veste pour le soir, peut-être un parapluie ou un imperméable. Pour escalader le mont Teide, doudoune, chapeau, gants, bottes de randonnée. En été : vêtements d’été, mais aussi un foulard pour le vent, un sweat-shirt léger, une veste légère pour le soir et les après-midi venteux ; des chaussures confortables pour la randonnée. Pour escalader le mont Teide, chaussures de randonnée, sweat-shirt et veste pour les plus hautes altitudes. Retour en haut Où et Quand partir ? Météo, climat et guide de voyage pour Tenerife, Canaries Quand partir Canaries Tenerife TENERIFE METEO PAR MOIS Conditions actuelles Nuageux max. 24 °C   min. 23 °C Vent : 5 km/h Précipitations prévues : 0 mm > Bulletin météo complet et prédictions sur 7 jours Informations mises à jour à 01:29 (heure locale) À cet instant, il faisait : 23.1 °C / Partiellement nuageux Quelle heure est-t-il à Tenerife ? Consultez les informations sur le décalage horaire aux Canaries. Liens commerciaux Tenerife : Climat – à quelle saison partir ? Très favorable Favorable Moyenne Défavorable Très défavorable Mois Ensoleillement (h/j) T moyenne min (°C) T moyenne max (°C) T record min (°C) T record max (°C) Précipitations (mm) Jours de pluie Note globale janvier 6 12 16 7 23 40 5 février 6 11 15 6 23 20 3 mars 7 11 17 5 24 20 3 avril 8 12 18 7 33 15 2 mai 8 14 20 9 35 5 1 juin 9 16 22 11 35 1 1 juillet 9 18 24 14 38 0 0 août 9 19 26 15 38 0 0 septembre 8 18 24 13 36 3 1 octobre 7 17 23 12 31 30 3 novembre 6 15 19 9 25 50 6 décembre 6 13 17 7 24 60 7 Réservez un voyage sur mesure aux Canaries avec Evaneos La Palma, isla bonita à pied et en liberté 510 € Road trip à la Palma 980 € Tenerife et la Gomera, randonnées paradisiaques en petit groupe 985 € Écotourisme en toute liberté sur l’île de Tenerife  1255 € Tenerife : Que voir et que faire ? Ile faisant partie des Canaries, en Espagne, Tenerife est située au large des côtes africaines dans l’océan Atlantique : c’est la plus grande île de l’archipel et elle compte un peu moins d’un million d’habitants. Son point culminant s’élève à 3718 mètres, et le tourisme constitue son activité principale, avec la production de tomates, de concombres et de bananes. Plusieurs sites méritent le déplacement : les plages de sable du sud, comme celle de Costa Adeje ; l’aspect étrangement lunaire du Parc national du Teide, où se trouve le Teide, troisième volcan le plus haut du monde ; la plage de la Tejita, dans le sud, loin de la foule avec une superbe vue sur la Montagne Rouge, et très appréciée des surfeurs ; le Siam Park, le parc aquatique le plus grand d’Europe, à Adeje, avec des kilomètres de toboggans, ses vagues géantes et ses cascades ; le centre historique de La Orotava, au nord, un des villages les plus anciens de l’archipel, fondé après la conquête espagnole, avec ses monuments religieux et ses balcons de bois ; le parc rural d’Anaga, massif de montagnes très découpées et de falaises ; le centre historique de La Laguna, avec son architecture coloniale qui lui a valu d’être classée au patrimoine mondial de l’humanité par l’UNESCO, au nord de l’île ; le Parc rural de Teno, un massif montagneux sur le bord occidental de l’île avec ses 13 sentiers balisés pour découvrir l’environnement local. Les amateurs de golf pourront profiter en outre de huit courts où tester leur swing, et les passionnés de nature se rendront sur la côte sud-ouest pour observer les baleines et bien d’autres espèces, comme les dauphins, les orques et les rorquals. On peut pratiquer aussi de nombreux sports nautiques comme la voile ou la plongée sous-marine, mais la randonnée est aussi à l’honneur avec 4000 km d’itinéraires, pouvant être effectués avec ou sans guide, et satisfaire tous les niveaux de compétences. A voir également : la basilique de la Candelaria, les pyramides de Guimar (ressemblant beaucoup à celles construites par les Mayas, mais datant du 19ème siècle), le Musée de la Nature et de l’Homme de Santa Cruz, le Temple maçonnique de Santa Cruz. En février, le Carnaval de Santa Cruz est un événement très considéré comme le troisième le plus populaire au monde, après ceux de Rio et de Venise : à ne pas manquer donc, si vous en avez l’occasion. Il existe deux aéroports pour arriver à Tenerife, un au sud et un au nord de l’île. Pour se déplacer sur Tenerife, la voiture est très pratique pour visiter tous les sites possibles, mais on peut aussi trouver facilement un taxi, ou encore emprunter les bus, confortables et très réguliers, mais souvent bondés. Réservez un voyage sur mesure aux Canaries avec Evaneos Road trip à la Palma 980 € Tenerife, La Gomera, La Palma, trio magnifique 1000 € Aventure et nature en famille: Tenerife et La Gomera 1075 € Multi-activités en famille à Tenerife 790 € Tenerife et la Gomera, randonnées paradisiaques en petit groupe 985 € Randonnées en terres volcaniques 1560 € La Gomera : joyau des îles et paradis de la randonnée 1060 € La Palma, isla bonita à pied et en liberté 510 € Canaries et Tenerife • Canaries : le climat Le climat du pays et des principaux sites touristiques, région par région et saison après saison • Canaries : carte et plans La carte du pays • Canaries : Que voir ? Les principaux centres d’intérêt du pays : nature, villes, sites historiques, loisirs, etc. • Canaries : En pratique ? Toutes nos astuces pour bien réussir un voyage dans ce pays : transport, hébergement, nourriture, santé, etc.   Tenerife : Carte Tenerife : Hôtels Booking.com Ailleurs sur QuandPartir et sur le web   Douze lieux à visiter autour de Lisbonne Au delà des richesses touristiques de la capitale portugaise, la région de Lisbonne abrite en outre un beau patrimoine historique et… Lire la suite.   Ces six lieux à découvrir à Bruges Au nord-ouest de la Belgique, Bruges – Brugge en flamand – est la capitale de la Flandre-Occidentale. Comme Amsterdam… Lire la suite. Climat Tenerife – Les îles Canaries Ces informations se basent sur les données climatiques de MeteoBlue pour Tenerife au moment de la rédaction. Climat de Tenerife en Janvier L’un des mois les plus froids de l’année, avec des températures maximales diurnes moyennes de 22 ° C. Les jours les plus chauds peuvent atteindre 26 ° C et les températures nocturnes peuvent descendre jusqu’à 13 ° C. L’estimation de la pluviométrie est de 23mm. En moyenne, 3,7 jours sont pluvieux, 18,2 jours sont partiellement nuageux et 6,8 jours sont ensoleillés. Tenerife reçoit 6 heures de soleil par jour à cette période de l’année et la température de la mer est de 21 ° C. Climat de Tenerife en Février À l’instar de janvier, février est l’un des mois les plus froids de l’année, avec des températures maximales diurnes moyennes de 22°C. Le sud de Tenerife est beaucoup plus chaud que le nord. L’estimation de la pluviométrie est de 24mm. En moyenne, 3,8 jours sont pluvieux, 18 jours sont partiellement nuageux et 5,6 jours sont ensoleillés. Tenerife reçoit 7 heures de soleil par jour à cette période de l’année et la température de la mer descend à 20 ° C. Climat de Tenerife en Mars Le climat commence à se réchauffer et les températures atteignent maintenant une moyenne maximale diurne de 23°C, le sud de Tenerife étant plus chaud que le nord.   L’estimation de la pluviométrie est de 19mm. En moyenne, 3,7 jours sont pluvieux, 22,5 jours sont partiellement nuageux et 4 jours sont ensoleillés. Tenerife reçoit 7 heures de soleil par jour à cette période de l’année et la température de la mer est de 19 ° C. Climat de Tenerife en Avril Les températures de l’île atteignent maintenant une moyenne maximale diurne de 24°C, avec une température minimale diurne de 14°C. L’estimation de la pluviométrie est de 9mm. En moyenne, 2,3 jours sont pluvieux, 22,8 jours sont partiellement nuageux et 3,4 jours sont ensoleillés. Tenerife reçoit une heure de soleil supplémentaire par rapport à mars, soit 8 heures de soleil par jour à cette période de l’année. La température de la mer se réchauffe et atteint maintenant 20 ° C. Climat de Tenerife en Mai Les températures de l’île remontent à une moyenne maximale de 25°C et une moyenne minimale diurne de 15°C. L’estimation de la pluviométrie est de 2mm. En moyenne, 0,8 jours sont pluvieux, 24,4 jours sont partiellement nuageux et 4,4 jours sont ensoleillés. L’île reçoit 9 heures de soleil par jour à cette période de l’année et la température de la mer est toujours de 20 ° C. Climat de Tenerife en Juin C’est le début de l’été à Tenerife, avec une température maximale diurne moyenne de 27°C et une température minimale diurne moyenne de 17°C. L’estimation de la pluviométrie est de 1mm. En moyenne, 0,6 jours sont pluvieux, 26,5 jours sont partiellement nuageux et 1,8 jours sont ensoleillés. Tenerife reçoit 10 heures de soleil par jour à cette période de l’année et la température de la mer est de 21 ° C. Climat de Tenerife en Juillet Il commence à faire très chaud en juillet, avec une température maximale diurne moyenne de 29°C et une température minimale diurne moyenne de 18°C. L’île ne reçoit habituellement pas de précipitations pendant le mois de juillet, avec 29 jours partiellement nuageux et 0,7 jours ensoleillés. Avec le mois d’août, il s’agit des deux mois les plus chauds de l’année. Tenerife reçoit 11 heures de soleil par jour en juillet et la température de la mer est de 22 ° C. Climat de Tenerife en Août Comme juillet, il s’agit de l’un des mois les plus chauds de l’année et il est très peu probable qu’il pleuve. La température maximale diurne moyenne de l’île est de 30°C, et la température minimale diurne moyenne est de 19°C. L’estimation de la pluviométrie est de 2mm sur toute l’île. En moyenne, 0,6 jours sont pluvieux, 27,9 jours sont partiellement nuageux et 1,8 jours sont entièrement ensoleillés, sans aucun nuage. Comme en juillet, Tenerife reçoit 11 heures de soleil par jour en août, et la température de la mer est de 22 ° C. Climat de Tenerife en Septembre Encore un mois très chaud, bien que les températures aient perdu 1º C par rapport au mois précèdent, avec une température maximale diurne moyenne de 29°C et une température minimale moyenne de 20°C. Idéale pour dormir à la belle étoile. L’estimation de la pluviométrie est de 7mm sur toute l’île. En moyenne, 2,3 jours sont pluvieux, 23,4 jours sont partiellement nuageux et 4,2 jours sont ensoleillés, sans aucun nuage. Tenerife reçoit 8 heures de soleil par jour en septembre, 3 heures de moins qu’en août, et la mer est chaude avec une température de 25 ° C. Climat de Tenerife en Octobre Tenerife commence à se rafraîchir à l’approche de l’hiver. Les saisons ne varient pas beaucoup à Tenerife, il fait toujours chaud. La température maximale diurne moyenne est de 27°C et la température minimale diurne moyenne est de 19°C. L’estimation de la pluviométrie est de 16mm sur toute l’île. En moyenne, 4 jours sont pluvieux, 20,5 jours sont partiellement nuageux et 7,1 jours sont ensoleillés sans aucun nuage. C’est le mois le moins nuageux juste après décembre, avec 7,5 jours ensoleillés sans aucun nuage. Tenerife reçoit 7 heures de soleil par jour en octobre et comme en septembre, la température de la mer est de 25 ° C. Climat de Tenerife en Novembre L’hiver approche. Il fait quand même bien plus chaud que dans le reste de l’Europe, avec une température maximale diurne moyenne de 25°C, et une température minimale diurne moyenne de 17°C. Il fait habituellement plus chaud dans le sud de Tenerife que dans le nord. L’estimation de la pluviométrie est de 22mm sur toute l’île. En moyenne, 4,7 jours sont pluvieux, 19,7 jours sont partiellement nuageux et 5,5 jours sont ensoleillés sans aucun nuage. Tenerife reçoit 6 heures de soleil par jour en novembre et la température de la mer est de 24 ° C. Climat de Tenerife en Décembre Il s’agit de l’un des mois les plus froids de Tenerife, même s’il fait bien plus chaud que dans le reste de l’Europe, avec une température maximale diurne moyenne de 23°C et une température minimale diurne moyenne de 15°C. L’estimation de la pluviométrie est de 32mm sur toute l’île. En moyenne, 5,5 jours sont pluvieux, 17,6 jours sont partiellement nuageux et 7,5 jours sont ensoleillés sans aucun nuage, soit le mois le plus ensoleillé de l’année. Tenerife reçoit 5 heures de soleil par jour en décembre, le minimum d’ensoleillement annuel. La température de la mer est de 22 ° C. Assessment of global warming on the island of Tenerife, Canary Islands (Spain). Trends in minimum, maximum and mean temperatures since 1944 Author Listed: José Martín José Bethencourt Emilio Cuevas-Agulló Registered: Abstract Temperature variation is studied at different altitudes and orientation on the island of Tenerife, according to the trends in the mean, maximum and minimum at 21 meteorological stations. Reference series are obtained by sectors, along with a representative overall series for Tenerife, in which temperature shows a statistically significant growth trend of 0.09 ± 0.04°C/decade since 1944. Night-time temperatures have risen most (0.17°C ± 0.04°C/decade), while by day they have been more stable. Consequently, the diurnal temperature range between day and night has narrowed. By regions, warming has been much more intense in the high mountains than the other sectors below the inversion layer between 600 and 1,400 m altitude, and progressively milder towards the coast. The temperature rise on the windward (north-northeast) slopes is greater than on the leeward side and could be related to the increase in cloudiness on the northern side. The general warming of the island is less than in continental areas at between 24 and 44ºN, being closer to the sea surface temperature in the same area. This is probably explained largely by the insular conditions. In fact warming is more evident in the high mountains (0. 14 ± 0.07°C/decade), where the tempering effect of the ocean and the impact of changes in the stratocumulus is weaker, being similar to the mean continental values in the northern hemisphere. Copyright Springer Science+Business Media B.V. 2012 Suggested Citation José Martín & José Bethencourt & Emilio Cuevas-Agulló, 2012. “Assessment of global warming on the island of Tenerife, Canary Islands (Spain). Trends in minimum, maximum and mean temperatures since 1944,” Climatic Change, Springer, vol. 114(2), pages 343-355, September. Handle: RePEc:spr:climat:v:114:y:2012:i:2:p:343-355 DOI: 10.1007/s10584-012-0407-7 as HTMLHTML with abstractplain textplain text with abstractBibTeXRIS (EndNote, RefMan, ProCite)ReDIFJSON Download full text from publisher File URL: http://hdl.handle.net/10.1007/s10584-012-0407-7 Download Restriction: Access to full text is restricted to subscribers. File URL: https://libkey.io/10.1007/s10584-012-0407-7?utm_source=ideas LibKey link: if access is restricted and if your library uses this service, LibKey will redirect you to where you can use your library subscription to access this item —> As the access to this document is restricted, you may want to search for a different version of it. References listed on IDEAS as HTMLHTML with abstractplain textplain text with abstractBibTeXRIS (EndNote, RefMan, ProCite)ReDIFJSON Meinrat O. Andreae & Chris D. Jones & Peter M. Cox, 2005. “Strong present-day aerosol cooling implies a hot future,” Nature, Nature, vol. 435(7046), pages 1187-1190, June. Terry L. Root & Jeff T. Price & Kimberly R. Hall & Stephen H. Schneider & Cynthia Rosenzweig & J. Alan Pounds, 2003. “Fingerprints of global warming on wild animals and plants,” Nature, Nature, vol. 421(6918), pages 57-60, January. Full references (including those not matched with items on IDEAS) Citations Citations are extracted by the CitEc Project, subscribe to its RSS feed for this item. as HTMLHTML with abstractplain textplain text with abstractBibTeXRIS (EndNote, RefMan, ProCite)ReDIFJSON Cited by: A. Kosanic & S. Harrison & K. Anderson & I. Kavcic, 2014. “Present and historical climate variability in South West England,” Climatic Change, Springer, vol. 124(1), pages 221-237, May. Silvia Alonso-Pérez & Javier López-Solano & Lourdes Rodríguez-Mayor & José Miguel Márquez-Martinón, 2021. “Evaluation of the Tourism Climate Index in the Canary Islands,” Sustainability, MDPI, vol. 13(13), pages 1-12, June. Most related items These are the items that most often cite the same works as this one and are cited by the same works as this one. Mayeul Dalleau & Stéphane Ciccione & Jeanne A Mortimer & Julie Garnier & Simon Benhamou & Jérôme Bourjea, 2012. “Nesting Phenology of Marine Turtles: Insights from a Regional Comparative Analysis on Green Turtle (Chelonia mydas),” PLOS ONE, Public Library of Science, vol. 7(10), pages 1-13, October. Magnus, Jan R. & Melenberg, Bertrand & Muris, Chris, 2011. “Global Warming and Local Dimming: The Statistical Evidence,” Journal of the American Statistical Association, American Statistical Association, vol. 106(494), pages 452-464. Magnus, J.R. & Melenberg, B. & Muris, C.H.M., 2011. “Global Warming and Local Dimming : The Statistical Evidence,” Discussion Paper 2011-004, Tilburg University, Center for Economic Research. Magnus, J.R. & Melenberg, B. & Muris, C.H.M., 2011. “Global Warming and Local Dimming : The Statistical Evidence,” Other publications TiSEM b99c7444-f83a-40ac-a46d-c, Tilburg University, School of Economics and Management. Richard Tol, 2011. “Regulating knowledge monopolies: the case of the IPCC,” Climatic Change, Springer, vol. 108(4), pages 827-839, October. Tol, Richard S. J., 2010. “Regulating Knowledge Monopolies: The Case of the IPCC,” Papers WP350, Economic and Social Research Institute (ESRI). Wesley R. Brooks & Stephen C. Newbold, 2013. “Ecosystem damages in integrated assessment models of climate change,” NCEE Working Paper Series 201302, National Center for Environmental Economics, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, revised Mar 2013. Fabina, Nicholas S. & Abbott, Karen C. & Gilman, R.Tucker, 2010. “Sensitivity of plant–pollinator–herbivore communities to changes in phenology,” Ecological Modelling, Elsevier, vol. 221(3), pages 453-458. Daniel Johansson, 2011. “Temperature stabilization, ocean heat uptake and radiative forcing overshoot profiles,” Climatic Change, Springer, vol. 108(1), pages 107-134, September. Ye, Qing & Yang, Xiaoguang & Dai, Shuwei & Chen, Guangsheng & Li, Yong & Zhang, Caixia, 2015. “Effects of climate change on suitable rice cropping areas, cropping systems and crop water requirements in southern China,” Agricultural Water Management, Elsevier, vol. 159(C), pages 35-44. Eliseev, Alexey V. & Mokhov, Igor I., 2008. “Eventual saturation of the climate–carbon cycle feedback studied with a conceptual model,” Ecological Modelling, Elsevier, vol. 213(1), pages 127-132. John H Matthews & Bart AJ Wickel & Sarah Freeman, 2011. “Converging Currents in Climate-Relevant Conservation: Water, Infrastructure, and Institutions,” PLOS Biology, Public Library of Science, vol. 9(9), pages 1-4, September. Brandt, Laura A. & Benscoter, Allison M. & Harvey, Rebecca & Speroterra, Carolina & Bucklin, David & Romañach, Stephanie S. & Watling, James I. & Mazzotti, Frank J., 2017. “Comparison of climate envelope models developed using expert-selected variables versus statistical selection,” Ecological Modelling, Elsevier, vol. 345(C), pages 10-20. Rashwan, Sherif S. & Shaaban, Ahmed M. & Al-Suliman, Fahad, 2017. “A comparative study of a small-scale solar PV power plant in Saudi Arabia,” Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews, Elsevier, vol. 80(C), pages 313-318. Rebecca Mary Bernadette Harris & Oberon Carter & Louise Gilfedder & Luciana Laura Porfirio & Greg Lee & Nathaniel Lee Bindoff, 2015. “Noah’s Ark Conservation Will Not Preserve Threatened Ecological Communities under Climate Change,” PLOS ONE, Public Library of Science, vol. 10(4), pages 1-18, April. Annie Paradis & Joe Elkinton & Katharine Hayhoe & John Buonaccorsi, 2008. “Role of winter temperature and climate change on the survival and future range expansion of the hemlock woolly adelgid (Adelges tsugae) in eastern North America,” Mitigation and Adaptation Strategies for Global Change, Springer, vol. 13(5), pages 541-554, June. Robert J. Knell & Stephen J. Thackeray, 2016. “Voltinism and resilience to climate-induced phenological mismatch,” Climatic Change, Springer, vol. 137(3), pages 525-539, August. Rowell, Jonathan T., 2009. “The limitation of species range: A consequence of searching along resource gradients,” Theoretical Population Biology, Elsevier, vol. 75(2), pages 216-227. Lee Hannah & Marc Steele & Emily Fung & Pablo Imbach & Lorriane Flint & Alan Flint, 2017. “Climate change influences on pollinator, forest, and farm interactions across a climate gradient,” Climatic Change, Springer, vol. 141(1), pages 63-75, March. Wei Xu & Shuaimeng Zhu & Tianli Yang & Jimin Cheng & Jingwei Jin, 2022. “Maximum Entropy Niche-Based Modeling for Predicting the Potential Suitable Habitats of a Traditional Medicinal Plant ( Rheum nanum ) in Asia under Climate Change Conditions,” Agriculture, MDPI, vol. 12(5), pages 1-14, April. Emiliano Mori & Andrea Sforzi & Giuseppe Bogliani & Pietro Milanesi, 2018. “Range expansion and redefinition of a crop-raiding rodent associated with global warming and temperature increase,” Climatic Change, Springer, vol. 150(3), pages 319-331, October. Mazzone, Antonella, 2020. “Thermal comfort and cooling strategies in the Brazilian Amazon. An assessment of the concept of fuel poverty in tropical climates,” Energy Policy, Elsevier, vol. 139(C). Wayne D Hawkins & Sarah E DuRant, 2020. “Applications of machine learning in behavioral ecology: Quantifying avian incubation behavior and nest conditions in relation to environmental temperature,” PLOS ONE, Public Library of Science, vol. 15(8), pages 1-13, August. More about this item Statistics Access and download statistics Corrections All material on this site has been provided by the respective publishers and authors. You can help correct errors and omissions. When requesting a correction, please mention this item’s handle: RePEc:spr:climat:v:114:y:2012:i:2:p:343-355. See general information about how to correct material in RePEc. For technical questions regarding this item, or to correct its authors, title, abstract, bibliographic or download information, contact: . General contact details of provider: http://www.springer.com . If you have authored this item and are not yet registered with RePEc, we encourage you to do it here. This allows to link your profile to this item. It also allows you to accept potential citations to this item that we are uncertain about. If CitEc recognized a bibliographic reference but did not link an item in RePEc to it, you can help with this form . If you know of missing items citing this one, you can help us creating those links by adding the relevant references in the same way as above, for each refering item. If you are a registered author of this item, you may also want to check the “citations” tab in your RePEc Author Service profile, as there may be some citations waiting for confirmation. For technical questions regarding this item, or to correct its authors, title, abstract, bibliographic or download information, contact: Sonal Shukla or Springer Nature Abstracting and Indexing (email available below). General contact details of provider: http://www.springer.com . Please note that corrections may take a couple of weeks to filter through the various RePEc services. Météo Tenerife, quel est le meilleur moment pour voyager à Tenerife ? Tenerife est l’île de l’éternel printemps. Le temps est caractérisé à Tenerife par un climat subtropical avec peu de variations climatiques tout au long de l’année. On peut dire que la meilleure période pour voyager à Tenerife est à n’importe quel moment de l’année en raison de ses températures douces et stables. Néanmoins chaque mois de l’année a également ses spécificités au niveau de la météo. L’île présente une caractéristique unique, à savoir que vous pouvez connaître différents climats, appelés microclimats, en fonction de la zone dans laquelle vous vous trouvez. Les alizés, l’anticyclone des Açores et la présence de l’imposant Teide peuvent faire que, par exemple, il pleuve dans le nord de l’île, qu’il fasse soleil et chaud dans le sud et que vous ayez besoin d’une veste pour escalader le Teide. Sommaire 1 La différence de climat entre le sud et le nord de Tenerife 2 Quel est le meilleur moment pour visiter Ténérife ? 3 Le temps à Tenerife par saisons et par mois 3.1 Météo de Tenerife en Mars 3.2 Météo de Tenerife en Avril 3.3 Météo de Tenerife en Mai 3.4 Météo de Tenerife en Juin 3.5 Météo de Tenerife en Juillet 3.6 Météo de Tenerife en Août   3.7 Météo de Tenerife en Septembre 3. 8 Météo de Tenerife en Octobre 3.9 Météo de Tenerife en Novembre   3.10 Météo de Tenerife en Décembre   3.11 Météo de Tenerife en Janvier 3.12 Météo de Tenerife en Février La différence de climat entre le sud et le nord de Tenerife Le climat de l’île de Tenerife est subtropical avec des températures ayant des variations thermiques d’environ 6 degrés en moyenne par an pour Tenerife Sud, d’un minimum de 18 degrés à un maximum de 24 degrés. Dans cette région, il semble que ce soit toujours le printemps ou l’été. Pour Tenerife Nord, la différence est plus grande, d’environ 10 degrés de variation, avec des températures annuelles comprises entre 13 et 23 degrés en moyenne. Cela signifie que les températures sont douces tout au long de l’année, avec des jours occasionnellement plus chauds ou plus froids, caractéristiques de la région de La Laguna et de Santa Cruz de Tenerife, où la différence climatique entre les saisons est notable. D’autre part, le Teide a son propre climat, avec une plus grande variété climatique que le reste de l’île. Il peut faire 28 degrés la journée et baisser à 8 degrés la nuit. Les conditions d’ascension de la montagne sont actualisées chaque jour. Il est recommandé, pour les excursions au Teide, de toujours porter une veste. Les mois d’hiver sont plus pluvieux, surtout dans le nord de l’île. Mais les températures ne sont pas très froides, avec une moyenne minimum de 15 degrés Celsius, ce qui vous permet de faire du tourisme toute l’année. Les mois de printemps et d’automne sont des mois de transition. Le printemps annonce l’arrivée de la saison la plus chaude, tandis que l’automne laisse la place aux températures estivales et accueille les pluies et les températures inférieures à 20 degrés. L’été est la période la plus chaude de l’année dans toute l’île, avec une température moyenne de 23 degrés Celsius et des températures maximales pouvant dépasser 30 degrés Celsius. En ce qui concerne les précipitations, Tenerife Sud est la zone la plus sèche de l’île ( les mois de novembre à février étant la saison des pluies) si on peut l’appeler ainsi, car il pleut à peine 2 ou 3 jours par mois. En revanche, Tenerife Nord est la zone la plus pluvieuse, avec une saison humide d’octobre à avril. Le nombre moyen de jours de pluie est en moyenne de 10 jours par mois. Santa Cruz de Tenerife a un niveau de précipitations à mi-chemin entre le nord et le sud, avec une saison pluvieuse  de novembre à février, environ 8 jours de pluie par mois. Le reste du temps, il ne tombe pratiquement aucune goutte. Quel est le meilleur moment pour visiter Ténérife ? On peut dire que Tenerife est un endroit à visiter à tout moment de l’année en raison de ses températures douces. Les différences entre la haute et la basse saison ne sont pas aussi prononcées que dans d’autres régions du pays. Tenerife reçoit des touristes toute l’année. Si nous devions mettre en évidence les périodes de plus grande affluence touristique, nous devrions dire que la plus haute saison se situe de décembre à mars, lorsque le tourisme européen se réfugie dans les zones au climat doux, et aux mois de juillet et août, coïncidant avec les fêtes nationales. Les mois de mai et juin sont probablement ceux où l’affluence touristique est la plus faible. Comme il existe des différences climatiques entre le nord et le sud de Tenerife, vous trouverez ci-dessous les caractéristiques de chaque zone, saison par saison et mois par mois, afin que vous puissiez vous faire une idée de la manière d’organiser votre itinéraire sur l’île en fonction de la météo à Tenerife à chaque saison. Le temps à Tenerife par saisons et par mois Tenerife au Printemps Le printemps à Tenerife est caractérisé par les températures douces classiques. Les températures à Santa Cruz de Tenerife varient entre un maximum de 22 degrés en mars et 26 degrés en juin. La nuit, les températures minimales varient entre 15 et 19 degrés. Comme vous pouvez le constater, il n’y a pratiquement aucune variation climatique d’un mois à l’autre. En revanche, le début du printemps est légèrement plus chaud à Tenerife Sud. Situé de l’autre côté du mont Teide, c’est une zone protégée des vents du nord. Les températures maximales au printemps à Tenerife Sud vont de 23 degrés en mars à 26 degrés en juin. Les minimales varient entre 15 et 18 degrés, ce qui est très similaire au climat de Santa Cruz. Tenerife Nord est un autre monde, avec un climat printanier plus frais que celui de Tenerife Sud. La ville de La Laguna est un bon exemple du climat du nord, un peu plus doux malgré sa proximité avec Santa Cruz. Au printemps, les températures maximales vont de 18 degrés en mars à 22 degrés en juin. La nuit, le temps se rafraîchit et en mars, les températures descendent à 10 degrés, avec la possibilité de descendre encore plus bas certaines nuits. Au mois de juin, les minimales sont d’environ 15 degrés la nuit à La Laguna. Les précipitations au printemps ne sont pas très abondantes, ni à Santa Cruz de Tenerife ni dans le sud de l’île. Le mois de mars connaît encore des précipitations moyennes, mais le reste des mois de printemps est plutôt sec. Dans le nord de l’île, les choses changent et les mois de mars et avril sont pluvieux, avec une moyenne de 10 jours de pluie par mois. À partir d’avril, la probabilité de pluie diminue considérablement. Les heures d’ensoleillement en général sont toujours abondantes à Tenerife. Santa Cruz et le sud de Tenerife bénéficient des journées les plus ensoleillées, avec des levers de soleil vers 7 heures du matin et des couchers de soleil vers 19 heures. Au nord, à La Laguna, les heures d’ensoleillement sont plus instables, car tout peut être recouvert de nuages ou de brouillard et gâcher la journée. C’est pourquoi il est important d’avoir un plan B si vous cherchez le soleil et la plage. L’astuce ? Rendez-vous dans le sud de l’île pour continuer à profiter de vos vacances. Le printemps est une période d’occupation moyenne des hôtels. Les prix n’ont pas encore beaucoup augmenté et vous trouverez toujours un logement. Si vous cherchez votre chambre d’hôtel à l’avance, vous êtes sûr de trouver une bonne affaire. Un autre avantage de visiter Tenerife au printemps est qu’il n’y a pas trop de foule et que vous pouvez visiter les endroits les plus intéressants en toute tranquillité. L’avantage d’un climat aussi doux lui permet d’organiser des événements sportifs tout au long de l’année.  En avril, la saison des festivals s’ouvre avec le I love Music Festival, un festival de musique de différents genres avec des représentations d’artistes actuels de renom. Bien entendu, la semaine de Pâques est célébrée au cours de ce mois. À San Cristobal de La Laguna, vous pouvez assister à des processions et des événements à cette époque. Le mois d’avril est le mois du vin dans la municipalité de Tegueste, au nord de La Laguna, et des dégustations de cuisine locale, des dégustations de vin et des festivités sont organisées à cette occasion. En mai a lieu le festival de jazz d’Arona, avec des représentations de divers artistes de jazz. Le 30 mai, toutes les îles de l’archipel célèbrent la Journée des Canaries, avec des marchés de rue, des concerts, des activités de loisirs, des dégustations de la gastronomie locale et du théâtre de rue. Météo de Tenerife en Mars La température maximale moyenne, au mois de mars, dans la journée à Tenerife est de 18°. La température de la mer est d’environ 20° degrés. Pendant le mois de mars, il pleut environ 5 jours en moyenne. En mars à Tenerife, le temps commence à changer ! Peu à peu, nous abandonnons les douces températures hivernales et entrons, dans un climat très proche de ce que nous appelons le début de l’été en France. Les températures augmentent de 1 à 2 degrés, les jours de pluie tendent à devenir plus rares et la température de la mer se réchauffe légèrement. Il n’est pas rare, surtout dans la deuxième partie du mois, de pouvoir passer des journées entières sur la plage ou même dans l’eau. Le soir, il est toujours bon d’avoir un sweat-shirt à portée de main. Le mois de mars est une bonne période pour passer de belles vacances sur l’île. Météo de Tenerife en Avril  La température maximale moyenne au mois d’avril, dans la journée à Tenerife est de 19°. La température moyenne de la mer est d’environ 21° degrés. Pendant le mois d’avril, il pleut environ 4 jours en moyenne. En avril, Tenerife se prépare pour l’été ! Les jours de pluie sont rares, les journées ensoleillées sont la norme, et les températures remontent. L’océan est déjà assez doux pour se baigner régulièrement. Avril est, en fait, le mois du tournant où l’on entre dans le climat classique. Météo de Tenerife en Mai La température maximale moyenne au mois de mai à Tenerife dans la journée est de 20°. La température moyenne de la mer est d’environ 21° degrés. Pendant le mois de mai, il  pleut environ 3 jours en moyenne. En mai à Tenerife, le temps devient purement estival, les jours sont déjà très longs et vous pouvez passer d’agréables journées sur la plage. Les températures maximales sont d’environ 24, 25 degrés, mais le soleil chaud de la latitude africaine permet d’en percevoir une trentaine. Une brise légère et rafraîchissante complète le panorama d’un climat  agréable et, pour beaucoup, qualifié de meilleur au monde. En cette période, vous pouvez porter des T-shirts et des shorts même la nuit, sauf à de rares moments où le vent se lève un peu. Quant à la mer, on peut s’y baigner en toute tranquillité, les eaux ont une température d’environ 20 degrés. Tenerife en été Le nord de Tenerife fait face au vent, tandis que le sud se trouve dans la zone abritée du vent. Cela signifie que les températures sont plus élevées dans le sud que dans le nord. Pour cette raison, Tenerife Sud en juin a des températures moyennes de 22 degrés Celsius, avec parfois des températures dépassant 30 degrés Celsius la plupart des jours et avec des jours occasionnels de 40 degrés Celsius. Août est le mois le plus chaud, avec des températures moyennes de 25 degrés et des maxima qui dépassent toujours les 30 degrés. En septembre, le temps est un peu plus frais, et la moyenne est toujours de 25 degrés. Les températures minimales se situent entre 18 et 21 degrés Celsius. Dans la ville de Santa Cruz de Tenerife, les températures estivales sont similaires à celles du sud, un peu plus douces si le vent souffle du nord. Dans ces deux régions, les précipitations sont rares, voire inexistantes, tout au long de l’été. Dans le nord, les températures estivales sont plus douces, avec une température maximale de 22 degrés Celsius la plupart des jours de juin. En août et septembre, les températures maximales sont de 25 degrés, mais avec des jours occasionnels où le thermomètre peut dépasser 40 degrés. L’avantage du nord de Tenerife est qu’il se rafraîchit la nuit, avec des minima de 14 degrés au mois de juin et de 16 degrés à la mi-août. Les précipitations dans le nord, en été, sont également rares, il pleut  d’habitude  3 jours par mois, mais  quelques  orages peuvent vous surprendre si les conditions appropriées sont données. C’est le meilleur moment pour visiter Tenerife si vous recherchez un été frais. L’été est la période où il y a le plus d’heures d’ensoleillement, le lever du soleil est vers 7 heures du matin et le coucher vers 21 heures. Vous aurez largement le temps pour visiter les meilleurs coins de l’île et il vous restera encore des heures pour prendre le soleil ou vous détendre et piqueniquer dans les montagnes. N’oubliez pas qu’en été, il y a une augmentation significative du tourisme national qui coïncide avec la période des vacances. Il est conseillé de réserver bien à l’avance si votre voyage à Tenerife a lieu aux dates d’été. Météo de Tenerife en Juin  La température maximale moyenne, en juin, à Tenerife dans la journée est de 21°. La température de la mer est d’environ 23° degrés. Au cours du mois de juin il pleut en moyenne 2 à 3 jours en moyenne. Le mois de juin à Tenerife est le mois idéal pour profiter des activités de la mer et des sports nautiques et aussi bénéficier de la température en mer qui se réchauffe encore plus pour atteindre une moyenne de 21 degrés. Les précipitations sont presque inexistantes. Météo de Tenerife en Juillet  La température maximale moyenne,au mois de juillet, dans la journée à Tenerife  est de 22°. La température de la mer est d’environ 23° degrés. Pendant le mois de juillet il pleut environ 4 jours en moyenne. En juillet, Tenerife est une destination exceptionnelle ! Bien qu’il y ait des journées chaudes, presque torrides, la plupart des jours seront atténués par une agréable brise marine qui vous fera toujours vous sentir à l’aise et vous n’aurez presque jamais à sécher votre sueur. La température moyenne en journée est d’environ 28 degrés, même si les journées de plus de 30 degrés sont nombreuses. Les journées sont très longues et les couchers de soleil sont exceptionnels. Météo de Tenerife en Août   La température maximale moyenne au mois d’août à Tenerife dans la journée est de 23°. La température moyenne de la mer est d’environ 24° degrés. Pendant le mois d’août, il pleut 2 jours environ. . Le mois d’août à Tenerife est très similaire au mois de juillet, les conseils sont donc presque les mêmes, le vent est parfois un peu plus fort, ce qui est très agréable car il devient l’antidote de la chaleur. Les températures de la mer sont à leur maximum, autour de 23 degrés en moyenne … et sont extrêmement agréables pour se rafraîchir ! Tenerife en Automne L’automne est une autre saison de transition, avec une incidence plus élevée dans le nord que dans le sud. Les températures au début de l’automne à Tenerife Sud sont encore chaudes, avec des moyennes de 25 degrés en septembre. Il est encore possible d’atteindre des maximales supérieures à 30 degrés. Ce n’est qu’au mois d’octobre que la température moyenne descend à 23 degrés et qu’elle commence à ressembler davantage au fameux « éternel printemps de Tenerife ». En novembre, les températures moyennes sont de 21 degrés Celsius et au début de décembre, elles sont déjà descendues à 19. Dans le sud, les températures minimales habituelles vont de 22 degrés en septembre à 16 en décembre. Comme vous pouvez le constater, le temps à Tenerife a une variation thermique pendant la journée d’environ 3 degrés de différence entre le matin et la nuit. La ville de Santa Cruz de Tenerife ( Tenerife Nord ) a des températures automnales presque identiques à celles de Tenerife Sud, bien qu’elle ait enregistré des pics de température sporadiques de 38 degrés en octobre. Il n’y a pas lieu de s’inquiéter s’il n’y a pas de prévision de vague de chaleur. Là où il y a des différences entre le sud et Santa Cruz, c’est au niveau des précipitations. Alors qu’à Tenerife Sud, la saison des pluies commence en novembre, à Santa Cruz, elle débute à la mi-octobre. La moyenne des jours de pluie dans le sud est de 3 jours par mois, tandis qu’à Santa Cruz elle atteint 8 jours par mois. Le temps à Tenerife Nord est une autre histoire, c’est un climat d’automne plus frais. En septembre, les températures maximales sont de 25 degrés, mais la moyenne se situe autour de 20 degrés en raison de la présence du mont Teide et des vents du nord. En octobre, la température moyenne est de 18 degrés Celsius, en novembre de 16 degrés Celsius. Les températures maximales ne dépassent pas 20 degrés Celsius le matin. Si vous cherchez une parenthèse pour échapper à la chaleur, séjourner à Tenerife Nord est une bonne idée. Les températures nocturnes minimales vont de 16 degrés en septembre à 14 degrés en novembre. Là encore, avec une différence climatique de 3 degrés entre le matin et la nuit. La saison des pluies dans le nord de l’île commence en octobre, et dure tout l’automne et l’hiver.  Quant aux heures d’ensoleillement, elles sont plus abondantes dans le sud que dans le nord. Lorsque vous organisez vos activités, n’oubliez pas que la nuit tombe de plus en plus tôt chaque jour. Décembre est le mois qui compte le moins d’heures de lumière par jour, la nuit tombant à 18 heures. Météo de Tenerife en Septembre La température maximale moyenne au mois de septembre à Tenerife dans la journée est de 23°. La température moyenne de la mer est d’environ 25° degrés. Pendant le mois de septembre, il pleut 5 jours avec un total de 8 mm. En septembre, à Tenerife, le temps est encore typiquement estival, les journées sont très longues et vous pouvez passer d’agréables moments sur la plage. Les températures maximales avoisinent les 28 degrés, et le soleil chaud donne l’impression de dépasser la trentaine de degrés. On peut dire qu’à Tenerife le mois de septembre peut être considéré comme  chaud, surtout dans la première moitié du mois, ce qui constitue une grande opportunité pour ceux qui veulent prolonger l’été. La mer continue dans sa période la plus chaude avec des températures moyennes d’environ 23 degrés. Météo de Tenerife en Octobre La température maximale moyenne à Tenerife, en octobre, dans la journée est de 23°. La température moyenne de la mer est d’environ 25° degrés. Pendant le mois d’octobre, il pleut environ 8 jours avec un total de 18 mm. Le temps d’octobre à Tenerife est toujours très agréable et toujours très estival, bien que, surtout dans la deuxième moitié du mois, certains jours commencent à être un peu plus « légers ». Les températures maximales sont toujours autour de 27 degrés. Vous pourrez avoir quelques jours de pluie fine, presque comme un préambule à l’arrivée de l’hiver canarien très doux, surtout vers la seconde moitié du mois mais sans crainte, en octobre Tenerife est une destination absolument recommandable où vous pourrez vivre un automne sous le signe de la mer, du soleil et de la nature. La mer commence à se refroidir lentement et la température de l’eau avoisine les 22 degrés en moyenne. Météo de Tenerife en Novembre   La température maximale moyenne en novembre à Tenerife dans la journée est de 21°. La température moyenne de la mer est d’environ 24° degrés. Pendant le mois de novembre, il pleut environ 11 jours avec un total de 24 mm. Le mois de novembre à Tenerife voit généralement le passage d’un temps estival à un climat rappelant davantage le printemps ! Bien qu’il y ait des journées chaudes, surtout dans la première moitié du mois, des journées plus douces commenceront à se faire sentir dans la deuxième partie. Des averses et quelques nuages commencent à apparaître plus fréquemment et, surtout en soirée, les vêtements d’automne, tels que les sweat-shirts et les écharpes ou les pantalons longs, deviendront très utiles. La mer commence à être plus fraîche et la baignade peut se faire tranquillement, mais seulement pour les moins frileux. Tenerife en hiver L’hiver à Tenerife n’est pas l’hiver européen classique, fait de froid et de températures glaciales. Les températures restent douces, comme au printemps. Le mois de décembre à Tenerife Sud a une température moyenne de 19 degrés Celsius. En janvier et février, la température moyenne est de 18 degrés et en mars, la température remonte à 19 degrés en moyenne. Comme vous pouvez le constater, l’hiver est très doux et stable. Les températures minimales restent autour de 15 degrés tout au long de l’hiver, avec des chutes occasionnelles à 10 degrés certaines nuits. Si vous voyagez à Tenerife Sud en décembre, vous n’aurez pas besoin de manteau. En hiver, la ville de Santa Cruz de Tenerife connaît les mêmes températures qu’à Tenerife Sud, avec parfois des températures nocturnes inférieures à 10 degrés. En ce qui concerne les précipitations, la saison des pluies se poursuit en hiver, tant dans le sud qu’à Santa Cruz, avec environ 8 jours de pluie par mois dans la capitale ( tenerife nord ) et environ 2 jours de pluie par mois dans le sud. Décembre reste le mois le plus pluvieux dans les deux régions. Le climat de Tenerife Nord, notamment la ville de La Laguna, présente des températures hivernales plus fraîches. La moyenne en décembre est de 14 degrés et descend à 13 degrés au cours des mois de janvier et février. En mars, la température moyenne revient à 14 degrés. Les températures minimales en décembre sont d’environ 11 degrés Celsius et descendent à 10 degrés Celsius en janvier, février et mars. Dans cette région, il est plus probable que la température ait tendance à descendre en dessous de 10 degrés pendant plus d’un jour. Décembre est le mois le plus pluvieux dans le nord, avec 12 jours de pluie par mois. Le reste de l’hiver, il pleut environ 10 jours par mois, avec plus de précipitations que dans le sud ou à Santa Cruz. L’hiver est la période de l’année la moins ensoleillée. Le soleil se lève vers 8 heures du matin et se couche vers 18 heures. Vous aurez tout de même assez d’heures de clarté pour faire tout ce que vous avez prévu de faire. Et n’oubliez pas que si vos projets dans le nord de Tenerife ont été gâchés par une journée nuageuse, il vous suffit de vous rendre dans le sud pour arranger la situation. En définitive, les températures des mois d’hiver sont douces et agréables et, si vous vous dirigez vers le sud, suffisamment bonnes pour profiter de la plage. C’est pourquoi de nombreux touristes européens choisissent cette destination pour échapper au froid de l’hiver. Ils pensent d’ailleurs que l’hiver est la meilleure période pour visiter Tenerife. De décembre à fin février, l’île connaît à nouveau une forte augmentation du tourisme. Si vous prévoyez de vous rendre à Tenerife à cette période, prenez vos précautions et réservez à l’avance. Pouvez-vous imaginer passer Noël par 20 degrés ? Alors vous devez visiter Ténérife en décembre. Les rues sont pleines de marchés de Noël et de marchés aux puces, ainsi que de crèches, de lumières et de couleurs. Météo de Tenerife en Décembre   La température maximale moyenne à Tenerife en décembre dans la journée est de 20°. La température moyenne de la mer est d’environ 22° degrés. Pendant le mois de décembre il pleut pendant 8 jours avec un total de 15 mm et pendant ce mois il y a 23 jours secs à Tenerife. En décembre à Tenerife, le temps entre dans l’hiver « canarien » avec des journées très agréables, voire estivales… mais avec plus de pluie et des nuits plus fraîches. Le soir, en effet, le soleil se couche plus tôt et déjà à partir de 5 heures sur la plage on commence à sentir une fraîcheur qui vous invite à lever les serviettes. Les eaux de la mer sont assez froides et, par conséquent, la baignade est réservée aux plus audacieux. Météo de Tenerife en Janvier La température maximum moyenne dans la journée est de 19° pendant le mois de janvier à Tenerife . La température moyenne de la mer est d’environ 22° Celsius. Pendant le mois de janvier, il pleut 5 jours en moyenne. Le temps en janvier à Tenerife est agréablement printanier, avec des jours chauds et des nuits douces . En ce qui concerne les températures, en fait, les maximales atteignent 21-22 degrés en moyenne mais, en présence du soleil chaud de la latitude africaine, elles donnent un ressenti de plus de 25 degrés ! Vous pouvez donc profiter de la nature et prendre des bains de soleil. La nuit, cependant, les températures peuvent descendre même en dessous de 15 degrés et il est donc nécessaire de s’équiper au moins d’un sweat-shirt léger. Même en janvier à Tenerife, il n’est pas rare de constater quelques semaines anormales au cours desquelles les chauds airs africains font monter les températures pendant 2 ou 3 jours, ce qui génère un temps presque estival. La température de l’eau de mer en janvier est l’une des plus froides, de sorte que les bains de mer peuvent être exclus pour beaucoup. En janvier à Tenerife, vous pouvez encore trouver des jours de pluie, même s’ils commencent à diminuer par rapport aux 2 mois précédents. Météo de Tenerife en Février La température maximale moyenne à Tenerife, en février, dans la journée est de 18°. La température moyenne de la mer est d’environ 21° degrés. Pendant le mois de février, il pleut 5 jours environ. En février, le climat de Tenerife continue à respecter les paramètres du mois précédent, par contre, nous sommes toujours dans le court « hiver canarien » à Tenerife. C’est pourquoi nous recommandons toujours des vêtements printaniers/estivaux pendant la journée et un peu plus « automnaux » la nuit. Quand partir à Tenerife ? Voici mes meilleurs conseils La meilleure période pour voyager à Ténérife est d’avril à octobre. Le climat est relativement chaud et permet de profiter à la fois des vacances au soleil et à la plage et du tourisme actif. Si vous cherchez des vacances d’hiver avec de la neige garantie sur le Pico del Teide, la meilleure période pour y aller est de décembre à février. Aux niveaux les plus bas de l’île, les températures restent comprises entre 20 et 21 degrés celsius. Les mois de printemps et d’automne à Tenerife sont particulièrement propices au trekking et à la randonnée, il ne fait ni trop chaud ni trop froid pour découvrir la plus grande des îles Canaries. Dans le tableau suivant, je vous présente la meilleure période pour voyager à Tenerife en fonction de votre type de tourisme préféré. Dans ce qui suit, je vous informerai sur le climat qu’il fait en hiver et en été afin que vous puissiez planifier au mieux vos vacances. Pour partir aux Canaries et admirez ses plus belles plages :  => Réserver votre billet d’avion à l’avance et profiter des meilleurs offres pour votre séjour a Tenerife. Quand voyagez en fonction des activités Soleil et plage : d’avril à octobre Tourisme actif : mars-mai et fin octobre-novembre Surf Débutants : : toute l’année ; Experts : octobre-mars. Randonnée/Nature : mars-mai et fin octobre-novembre Trekking : en début d’année et en automne. Ski au Pico del Teide : décembre-février Quel temps fait-il à Tenerife ? Le climat de Tenerife est doux toute l’année. Les températures maximales en été atteignent 30º alors qu’en hiver elles ne descendent qu’à 20º, avec cette prévision vous pouvez même profiter d’une soirée ou d’une nuit d’été sur le Pico del Teide sans changements extrêmes de température. Dans les zones côtières, l’été est chaud et sec, tandis qu’au printemps et à l’automne, Tenerife est également chaud et pluvieux. L’automne à Tenerife peut être considéré comme assez estival avec des températures comprises entre 22 et 26 degrés Celsius et les précipitations sont réduites à seulement deux ou trois jours par mois. En hiver à Tenerife, comme dans le reste des îles Canaries, le climat est beaucoup plus chaud que dans le reste de la péninsule avec une moyenne de 20 ou 21 degrés Celsius et une moyenne de six jours de pluie par mois. Il est intéressant de noter les différences climatiques entre Tenerife Nord et Sud, je vous donnerai plus de détails ci-dessous : Le temps à Tenerife Nord Le climat dans le nord de Tenerife est doux toute l’année, avec peu de précipitations en hiver. En été, surtout entre juin et septembre, il ne pleut pratiquement jamais, le soleil brille environ onze heures par jour et les températures dépassent les 25 degrés. Parmi les régions de vacances les plus populaires du nord de Tenerife, on trouve la capitale Santa Cruz de Tenerife et la ville historique de Puerto de la Cruz, au centre du nord de l’île. Pour des vacances au soleil et à la plage, les meilleurs mois sont d’avril à octobre. Cependant, pour des vacances actives permettant de profiter de la végétation de l’île, les meilleurs mois sont le début de l’été et l’automne car les températures sont plus fraîches à cette période de l’année. Si vous vous considérez comme un amateur de botanique, je vous recommande sans aucun doute les mois de printemps pour un voyage à Tenerife, une période où toutes les plantes sont habillées de mille couleurs et dégagent un parfum enchanteur. Le temps à Tenerife Sud En revanche, le temps dans le sud de Tenerife est un peu plus sec que dans la partie nord de l’île, car le Pico del Teide, situé au centre de l’île, forme une séparation naturelle entre le nord et le sud. Sa hauteur protège le sud des alizés du nord, c’est pourquoi il ne pleut presque jamais dans le sud, et le climat est toujours chaud et sec, bien que pendant les mois d’hiver (novembre à février) il pleut en moyenne trois jours par mois. Si vous voulez à tout prix éviter la pluie pendant vos vacances, Tenerife-Sud est certainement votre destination de vacances car les précipitations sont pratiquement inexistantes de mai à septembre, avec environ dix heures de soleil par jour et une moyenne de 30 degrés Celsius, ce qui en fait les conditions parfaites pour des vacances estivales à la plage. Si, en revanche, ce que vous recherchez c’est une randonnée sur le Pico del Teide, je vous recommande les mois du printemps à l’automne, où il ne fait pas aussi chaud qu’en été. => La meilleure option pour voyager entre le sud et le nord de Tenerife est de louer une voiture. Activités : terre et eau Sur l’île, vous pouvez profiter d’une multitude d’activités adaptées à tous les goûts et à tous les besoins. Si vous venez à Tenerife, organisez vos journées de manière à pouvoir visiter un maximum de choses et ne pas manquer les points forts de l’île. Parmi la variété d’activités que vous pouvez faire, ici à Tenerife Ouest, nous vous recommandons quelques-unes des plus populaires. Si vous voyagez avec des enfants, une bonne option est le Siam Park, considéré comme le meilleur parc aquatique du monde. Si vous êtes amoureux des animaux, Loro Parque est le seul zoo de l’île qui associe une variété d’animaux du monde entier avec une collection privée de plantes tropicales. Si, au contraire, vous préférez une expérience plus riche en adrénaline, des activités telles que la randonnée, le parapente et le jet ski sont disponibles. Vous ne pouvez pas quitter Tenerife sans visiter les célèbres” guachinches », des établissements traditionnels où vous pourrez déguster la gastronomie locale. Les plats les plus connus sont les papas arrugadas con mojo « picón » (pommes de terre ridées avec sauce « picón »), le gofio ou la carne de fiesta, parmi beaucoup d’autres. Il existe une multitude de plats traditionnels qui sont servis accompagnés de vins issus des récoltes des domaines situés, pour la plupart, dans la partie nord de l’île.  Tenerife : lieux incontournables L’un des endroits à ne pas manquer est le parc national du Teide. Quelle que soit la manière dont vous choisissez de le visiter (à pied ou en téléphérique), c’est un arrêt obligatoire sur l’île. Ses 3 718 mètres lui ont valu d’être classé au patrimoine mondial de l’UNESCO en 2007. D’autres lieux d’intérêt touristique dans le nord sont le Drago Milenario (Icod de los Vinos), Garachico (village de pêcheurs), les falaises de Los Gigantes (à Santiago del Teide) où l’on peut pratiquer une multitude d’activités nautiques ou le parc rural d’Anaga (réserve de biosphère déclarée par l’UNESCO) idéal pour les excursions et la randonnée. L’un des attraits de l’île est la possibilité de pratiquer une multitude d’activités nautiques et de sports d’aventure. Des entreprises proposent du jet ski, du paddle surf ou de la plongée avec tuba dans les eaux chaudes de l’océan Atlantique, tout en observant les majestueuses falaises de Los Gigantes. Mon conseil sur le meilleur moment pour voyager à Tenerife Tenerife est une destination idéale pour n’importe quelle période de l’année, mais cela dépendra bien sûr toujours de vos préférences et des activités que vous souhaitez faire pendant vos vacances : pour le trekking et la randonnée en pleine nature, je recommanderais le printemps et l’automne, car les températures sont plus basses qu’au milieu de l’été, qui se caractérise par un climat plus sec et plus chaud et l’absence de précipitations au nord comme au sud de Tenerife. En revanche, pour des vacances à la plage, les mois de juin, juillet et août sont les plus populaires, c’est pourquoi le prix des hôtels et des vols est plus élevé. En septembre, lorsque les vacances d’été prennent fin dans presque tous les pays européens, le tourisme à Tenerife est favorisé par une réduction des prix des hôtels, des vols et des autres moyens de transport. Si vous voulez voyager moins cher, je vous conseille de le faire en automne, les prix sont beaucoup plus bas et les températures sont encore idéales pour s’allonger sur la plage, avec une moyenne d’environ 30º Celsius. D’autre part, si vous cherchez à skier sur la piste de ski du Pico del Teide, visitez Tenerife entre décembre et février, mais surtout en décembre et janvier, où la neige est presque toujours garantie sur la partie la plus haute du pic. Si vous en avez assez des hivers froids du continent, profitez de l’occasion pour visiter l’île au printemps, lorsque la température moyenne est d’environ 26ºC et que l’eau est d’environ 18ºC, ce qui vous permet même de prendre votre premier bain de l’année dans l’Atlantique. C’est le moment idéal pour associer la randonnée à des vacances au soleil et à la plage. Pour résumer, la meilleure période pour se rendre à Tenerife est d’avril à octobre.  climate, information on climatic conditions in Santa Cruz de Tenerife (Spain) from Meteo-TV Maximum temperature, 1961-1990 January February March April May June July August September October November December 16 17 eighteen eighteen 19 21 24 25 24 22 19 17 Minimum temperature 1961-1990 January February March April May June July August September October November December ten ten eleven eleven 12 fourteen 16 17 17 fifteen 13 eleven Precipitation, mm, 1961-1990 January February March April May June July August September October November December 72 60 46 47 21 ten 2 7 24 44 66 71 Precipitation days 1961-1990 January February March April May June July August September October November December 5 5 four 3 2 3 one one 2 four four 5 CLIMATE DATA Climate information is the result of averaging data on meteorological parameters for the specified time periods. The maximum daytime and minimum nighttime temperatures are the result of averaging all days within a given month. The data of the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) (period 1961-1990), which are the result of observations at meteorological stations, are used for about 3000 of the largest settlements. For all stations from our database (for periods 1961-1990 and 1981-2010 and their comparisons), either data from the University of East Anglia (Climatic Research Unit, CRU) (for mainland settlements) or reanalysis data from the US National Center for Forecasts (NCEP/NCAR) (for island settlements and stations in Antarctica) were used. Official WMO data and data calculated by CRU (or NCEP/NCAR) may differ. The data is for informational purposes only and may not be used for commercial or scientific purposes. The climate of “eternal spring” in Tenerife One of the main advantages of the island of Tenerife is its favorable climate, which is characterized by amazing mildness at any time of the year. In Tenerife, it is almost imperceptible how summer turns into autumn, and autumn into winter, for which this Spanish resort is often called the “island of eternal spring.” This is a truly exceptional place, probably the only one on the European continent where you can enjoy sunny days and swim all year round, because the temperature difference between the coldest and hottest months does not exceed seven degrees Celsius. Many vacationers have long fallen in love with this island also for the reason that it has a very mild climate and acclimatization is almost imperceptible. Despite the fact that Tenerife is located at the latitude of the African Sahara desert, its subtropical climate is much more friendly and mild. In summer, there is no sweltering heat here, and in winter, when most European countries are covered with snow, it is not at all cold here and from warm clothes you only need to bring a light windbreaker and a sweater (for evening walks or excursions to the Teide volcano). In addition, the island does not experience hurricanes and the heavy rainy season typical of the tropics. What determines the climate of Tenerife? To a large extent, the island is under the influence of certain natural phenomena that contribute to the creation of precisely such climatic conditions: The cold Gulf Stream It brings air masses saturated with moisture and coolness to the northern part of Tenerife. Pouring onto the northern coast of the island in the form of rain, they cause an increased growth of tropical greenery and soften the heat. Northeast trade winds Winds that blow from the Atlantic Ocean also bring humidity to the shores of the resort, so even on the hottest day, a cool sea breeze blows over the coast heated by the sun and creates favorable conditions for a comfortable stay on the beach. Location Tenerife Geographically, all the islands of the Canary archipelago are more related not to Eurasia, but to Africa. They are only a few hundred kilometers away from the northwestern coast of the “black” continent and are located at the same latitude as the Sahara desert. Such proximity to the hottest continent in the world cannot but affect the climate of the archipelago and explains why the island is always warm. Anticyclone The permanent anticyclone observed in the zone of the Azores (another archipelago in the Atlantic) has a very strong influence on the weather in North Africa and Europe, including ensuring that Tenerife has an even temperature throughout the year. Landscape of Tenerife The mountain range divided Tenerife into two parts, as a result of which two climatic zones and about twenty-eight microclimatic ones were formed on the island. The northern coast of Tenerife (La Orotava, Puerto de la Cruz), which receives more than seventy percent of all rainfall, is rich in vegetation and the air here is cooler and more humid. As for the southern coast (Playa de las Americas, Los Cristianos), it is closed from the winds and cold air masses by a chain of mountain peaks; on the contrary, it is more sunny, dry and windless. It should also be noted that the nature and weather conditions of one microclimatic zone can be very different from another. For example, in just one day of travel, you can swim in the sea, visit the snowy peak of a volcano or get caught in the rain in the north of the island. Some time ago, the main US space agency NASA, based on the results of studies, recognized that Tenerife’s climate is almost ideal, and there are no more favorable climatic conditions anywhere in the world. Climatic features of Tenerife Among the climatic features of Tenerife, two of the most interesting can be distinguished: Ocean of clouds . This is a fantastic natural phenomenon that the trade winds form due to the fact that they drive clouds between the peaks of mountain ranges, creating condensation of moist air. As a rule, this phenomenon is observed in the north and northeast of Tenerife, at an altitude of approximately 600-1800 meters. You can look at the beauty of this amazing view from above – the majestic mountains immersed in the ocean of snow-white clouds – this is a truly breathtaking sight. Kalima. As mentioned above, the proximity to the African continent could not but affect the climate of the resort. The “black” mainland gave the island such an unusual natural phenomenon as Kalima. Calima, or in scientific language “Sirocco”, is the name of the incandescent wind that rises during desert storms in Africa, and from there brings the smallest particles of sand, dust and hot air to the Canary Islands. These days, a mercury thermometer in Tenerife can show a temperature of +40 degrees, the sky is covered with a gray haze, and it is simply impossible to go outside without sunglasses and a bandage around your mouth. Fortunately, Saharan winds do not rage very often. On average, this natural phenomenon occurs in the resort on average 5 times a year. The duration of the sand invasion is from two to seven days, after which the wind subsides, and the weather on the island quickly returns to normal. Kalima does not pose any danger and often goes unnoticed by tourists at all – it all depends on the intensity of the wind and the degree of saturation of the air with sand. Description of Tenerife resort (Canary Islands), online tour search in Tenerife Search for a tour to the Canary Islands Tenerife is the largest of the islands of the Canary archipelago, located just above the Tropic of the North, not far from the western coast of Africa. Eternal spring and good weather reign on the island. The geographical position of the island, as well as the influence of some favorable factors, maintain a warm temperature all year round. At any time of the year, the thermometer scale ranges from 20 to 27 degrees Celsius. Climatic conditions divide the island into two parts. In the north, the climate is usually milder and cooler than in the south, where it is hotter and sunnier. On the island you can practice any water sport at any time of the year. Climate Tenerife is known throughout the world as the island of eternal spring. Its location on an imaginary line encircling the land, where many privileged resorts are located, makes this name true. The climate of Tenerife is very mild, thanks to the prevailing winds (trade winds), the relief of the island and the Canarian sea current, which makes the coastal waters warm, sometimes even warmer than the air temperature. In general, we can say that the climate of the island is mild and temperate all year round. It is never too cold or too hot here. The average daily temperature fluctuates between 17-18 degrees in winter and 28-30 degrees in summer. These are average temperatures and characterize mainly coastal areas, where the main cities and tourist resorts are located. We have already talked about the great diversity of Tenerife’s landscape, as well as the many microclimates that never cease to amaze. The biggest contrast can be observed in winter, when you can enjoy the sun and the beach anywhere in Tenerife and at the same time look at the dazzling white outlines of Mount Teide, the top of which is decorated with snow. In Las Canadas, where it snows every year, the snow cover is up to 2 meters thick. There are other contrasts. Santa Cruz generally has a warm climate all year round. In winter, if you are traveling from Santa Cruz to Laguna, the island’s campus, bring suitable clothing as temperatures can drop within 10 minutes. You may also experience some rainy weather. The climate of the north and south of the island is completely different. There are more sunny days in the south, more rainfall and higher humidity in the north, so the landscapes of the north and south are different from each other. However, both climates are pleasant and mild. European doctors of the 19th century, mostly English and Dutch, often recommended that their patients spend some time in Tenerife, which was considered the ideal place for the treatment of all diseases related to age and blood circulation Attractions Tenerife’s main attraction is Las Canadas National Park, a huge volcanic crater in the center of which rises Teide (the highest point in Spain 3718 m above sea level), the terrifying god of the Guanches – the prehistoric inhabitants of Tenerife. Curved streaks of solidified lava, unexpected colors, bizarre shapes of stone figures – all these components of the landscape of Las Canadas make an unexpected, stunning impression. Cosmic landscapes and rumors about the extraordinary energy of this place led to the fact that, firstly, films about the life of aliens are constantly being shot near Teide, and secondly, a solid research institute of ufology operates in Tenerife. Entertainment Shows with dolphins, seals, wild and scientific parrots, flamingos and other animals can be seen in Loro Parque. “Parrot Park” has a collection of 300 species of these birds. Loro Park is a cross between a zoological garden and a botanical one. There are even tigers, monkeys, as well as huge turtles and many marine life living in one of the largest aquariums in Europe, in which an artificial 18-meter grotto is built. Once on the island, you can also visit the jousting tournament in the castle of San Miguel. Wearing gilded crowns on their heads, the guests watch the battle of four knights. Meals are eaten with hands from wooden plates, and it is customary to wipe hands on anything, since there were no napkins in the harsh Middle Ages. If you feel sorry for the clothes, it is recommended to use bread instead of napkins – they used to do this before. In Tenerife, you can practice any kind of water sports at any time of the year. The always warm Atlantic Ocean provides all the opportunities for this, and diving enthusiasts discover the treasures of flora and fauna lurking in its depths. All along the southwest coast, there are many diving schools. However, the crown sport in the Canary Islands is windsurfing. The best conditions for windsurfing and other types of sailing are in the south of Tenerife, mainly in El Medano. There is a windsurfing school here. Sailboards can be rented at all major beaches. Numerous old sailing ships offer tourists excursions along the coast, and modern ships quickly overcome the distances between the islands. For example, from the south of Tenerife, you can swim to the island of La Gomera, where the national park is located. Lanzarote volcano name: Discover the top volcanoes in Lanzarote Опубликовано: October 13, 2022 в 1:17 am Автор: alexxlab Категории: Miscellaneous 31 Things You Didn’t Know About Lanzarote’s Volcanoes On a holiday to Lanzarote you will be greeted by a small volcanic island in the Atlantic Ocean, boasting a wonderful sub-tropical climate. The 18th century saw a devastating volcanic eruption that created a lunar landscape with many mini volcano cones, craters and lava valleys. Since then the area has evolved to include many volcanic attractions including wonderful vineyards and even a 600-seat concert auditorium. With an atmosphere and beauty unique in the Canary Islands, Lanzarote is a popular spot with tourists who not only get to bask in the everlasting sun, but also get to experience the splendour of the volcanic landscape. Here’s 31 facts you may not know about the island’s volcanoes! The landscape Lanzarote is sometimes referred to as the Island of the 1,000 volcanoes. Ongoing volcanic eruptions between 1730 to 1736 destroyed 26 villages and hamlets, as well as prime farmland. Six years of eruptions created a unique lunar landscape covered in craters, canyons, valleys of solidified lava, and many small volcano cones. Lying among and around the volcanoes are charming villages, green valleys and wonderful beaches with 140,000 residents. This stunning landscape was featured in films such as Almodovar’s Los Abrazos Rotos or Broken Embraces, When Dinosaurs Ruled the Earth, Moby Dick, as well as Doctor Who! Discover El Golfo lagoon. Located on the island’s west coast, you need to walk past a rocky lava coast before coming across this stunning emerald green-coloured lagoon backed by red cliffs. It really is like being on another planet. Lanzarote has many stunning golden beaches to enjoy the sunny clime, but spending time on the black sand beach of Playa Quemada is a must. Black sand is only found in volcanic destinations on trips to Santorini, Greece and the Canary Islands to name a few. The eruptions mean that Lanzarote is an ideal place for cross-country mountain biking. You can cycle through the unusual landscape of lava and craters on tracks and goat paths. The majority of the tours begin in Puerto del Carmen, however, whichever route you choose, there are some great downhill runs. Caves 9. Los Jameos del Agua caves were formed when Monte Corona volcano erupted 4,000 years ago. 10. Architect Cesar Manrique has since transformed the cave into a 600-seat auditorium with a restaurant, bar and gardens. 11. The acoustics are fantastic and many concerts are held here including the Visual Music Festival of Lanzarote. 12. The cave system is part of the Cueva de los Verdes lava tube known as the Tunnel of Atlantis, which is the largest underwater volcanic tunnel in the world at 1,500 meters long. You can take tours of the caves. 13. Following the eruption, the tubes were created when molten lava continued flowing as the surface hardened, which led to the formation of the tubes, which go down under the Atlantic Ocean. Timanfaya 14. Timanfaya, which is now a National Park, is one of the island’s most spectacular sites. Still active it consists of a series of streaming volcanoes and lava fields, with a visitor centre and exhibition, where you can find out more about the volcanic activity on the island. 15. Given the incredible lunar landscape of the Park, it’s reputed that Apollo astronauts looked at pictures of the area to get an idea of what the surface of the Moon might look like. 16. The Park is an UNESCO designated Biospheric Reserve. It is completely made up of volcanic soil and temperatures reach a scorching 600°C just 10 meters below the surface. 17. The heat coming off just nine layers of volcanic rocks is used to cook steaks and fish for tourists at the Timanfaya Park. 18. Take a four-hour hike to experience the multi-coloured volcano cones made up of red, yellow, orange and blue tints as well as viewing some fascinating rock formations. Life forms such as fig trees and ferns are also springing out of the black soil here. 19. There are many ways to explore the Park, and a memorable camel ride is another, more unusual option. 20. Timanfaya and Los Volcanes Nature Reserve can claim the accolade of being areas with the highest concentration in Spain. With 25 in 10,000 hectares. Animals and nature 21. The north of the island offers up the green valley of Haria known as ‘the valley of one thousand palms’, offers a refreshing contrast to ashy Timanfaya. 22. Built in an old quarry in the north of the island is the Cactus Garden, or Jardin de Cactus. The garden, also designed by Cesar Manrique, an architect at the forefront of eco design benefiting tourists, is in the shape of an amphitheatre. Aside from being home to more than 10,000 cacti from across the world, lava rock and ash provide a wonderful backdrop to show off the cactus. 23. Unusual endemic animals include Gallotia lizards and the blind albino cave crabs found in the underground saltwater lagoon in the Jameo Chico cave at Los Jameos del Agua. 24. The eruptions, which were the longest and most powerful ever recorded, altered the nature and wildlife of the island. 25. Around the island over 500 types of plants have acclimatized to the sub-tropical weather and lack of water, these include ferns, wild olive trees and Canary Island date palms. 26. Aside from birds and reptiles, few vertebrate species exist on the island. The lack of wildlife is due to the climate and limited water. 27. The black volcanic earth of Lanzarote creates giant potatoes, which are included in most traditional food including the national dish Mojo potatoes. Also known as Canarian wrinkled potatoes, it consists of baked potatoes with spicy green and red sauces. Wine 28. When the main volcanic eruptions occurred, a third of the farming land was covered with grit. Islanders soon realised that the fine black ash could be utilised, so they transformed the land to make it into one of the best wine growing areas in the Canary Islands. 29. You can visit the La Geria wine-producing region, which lies at the foot of numerous volcanoes. The area covers 3,000 hectares and, incredibly, churns out somewhere between five and six million grapes each year. 30. You can find out more about the unique ways they cultivate and protect the vines at the El Grifo Wine Museum, then try Vulcano de Lanzarote, a wine beloinging to one of the best-loved and highly regarded producers, Malvasia. 31. One of the ways they protect the grapes in this unusual black landscape is by building small, curved stonewalls around each vine, which are grown in shallow pits. The walls also aid the vines in harvesting due and rainfall. Why not visit these natural landmarks in person with a holiday to Lanzarote? Timanfaya National Park and the volcanoes in Lanzarote The austere, otherworldly landscape of Lanzarote is shaped by hundreds of volcanic cones, many of them dating back to a series of devastating eruptions in the 1730s. For six years from 1730 to 1736, volcanic activity covered 200 square km of fertile farmland with layers of ash and lava, destroying up to 20 villages and causing most of the island’s inhabitants to flee to nearby islands. Part of this area now forms the Timanfaya National Park, one of the most popular attractions in Lanzarote. The parish priest at Yaiza wrote in his diary “a gigantic mountain rose and sunk back into its crater on the same day with such a terrifying sound, covering the island with stones and ashes. The fiery lava streams descended like rivers towards the sea with the ash, rocks and dense smoke making life impossible“ Timanfaya National Park in Lanzarote This article may contain affiliate links that provide commission on purchases you make at no extra cost to you. As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases. Table of Contents Timanfaya National Park A slice of the surreal moonscape left by the cooling lava was established in 1974 as the Timanfaya National Park and the whole of Lanzarote was declared a UNESCO World Biosphere Reserve in 1993, in recognition of this unique landscape. Most of the volcanoes in Lanzarote are now dormant, but you can visit the Montañas del Fuego or Fire Mountains within the park to feel the heat of the volcanic activity at first hand. Los Volcanes National Park Lanzarote A visit to the Timanfaya National Park is one of the most popular things to do in Lanzarote and there are numerous guided tours that will take you there, although it’s easy to visit independently, so long as you have a hire car. While the Timanfaya National Park covers around 50 square km of the whole volcanic landscape, it’s worth knowing that the less well known Parque Natural de los Volcanes covers a further 100 square km around Timanfaya, offering even more opportunities to experience the Lanzarote volcanoes. Montañas del Fuego in Timanfaya National Park From the ticket booth on the LZ-67 road, a short drive takes you to the start point for the Montañas del Fuego. Leave your car in the car park and take one of the coaches waiting to take you on the tour that’s included with your ticket. Cost of the ticket is €12 per adult payable at the ticket booth by the main road. As far as the eye can see are the lava fields and volcanoes that were created in the eruptions of the 1730s, which have created a lunar landscape of rich brown and copper red. Through this has been carved a single track road called the Ruta de los Volcanes making a loop through the national park with striking views and occasional steep drops. Tip: If you plan to do a lot of sightseeing, you can get a joint ticket from CACT Lanzarote which covers to Montanas del Fuego and 5 other attractions for €30, a saving of around €10. Timanfaya National Park Lanzarote Discover why Lanzarote is a top winter sun destination in Europe The coach tour on the Ruta de los Volcanes You can’t walk or drive the Ruta de los Volcanes in your own car and the tour is in a standard size coach, which does have some limitations. Although there was an interesting recorded commentary played in several languages, the only opportunities for photos are through the coach windows. We had a couple of quick photo stops to take photos from the coach doorway, but were not allowed to get out. We found there were better photo opportunities once we had returned to the car park from the terraces below the El Diablo restaurant. Coach Tour Ruta de los Volcanes in Timanfaya National Park Tip: As time is limited, if you want to take photos, try to sit close to the coach doorway so that you are first in the queue to take photos. Montañas del Fuego at Timanfaya National Park Timanfaya – Geothermal demonstrations The Montañas del Fuego or Mountains of Fire, are named after the location at Islote de Hilario which still has some volcanic activity. On finishing the coach tour, we were directed to the terrace below the El Diablo restaurant to get a flavour of this at first hand. The red gravel on which we stood was warm to touch and through a hole in the earth, our guide demonstrated that the hot magma was not far below, by tossing in a few branches of brushwood, which burst into flames in the heat. El Diablo Restaurant at Timanfaya National Park Next the guide demonstrated a geyser effect by pouring a bucket of water into a hole in the ground which trickles down to the hot volcanic rock. Stand well back and a few seconds later a geyser of steam erupted high into the air before subsiding again – impressive! If you don’t have a car you may want to book this half day tour that includes the camel ride and tour of the Montañas del Fuego. Timanfaya – El Diablo restaurant The El Diablo restaurant can be visited before or after the tour. Here the volcanic heat is put to good use in a natural barbeque created by a deep pit over which a grill is placed, to cook chicken and other meats. El Diablo Restaurant at Timanfaya National Park Designed by Lanzarote artist, Cesar Manrique, the El Diablo restaurant has a circular shape with wrap around windows that offer panoramic views over the volcanic landscape. While the restaurant offers a broad menu and a cafeteria for sandwiches, if you stop for lunch there it’s worth trying the grilled items that are cooked over the volcanic pit, if only for the sheer novelty value. El Diablo Restaurant at Timanfaya National Park Timanfaya – Take a camel ride Heading back to the main road that runs through the Timanfaya National Park, a short drive in the direction of Yaiza brings you to the Echadero de Camellos or camel station. A train of camels is waiting here to take visitors on a ride along a well worn track that runs through the park. The cost is €12 per camel for two people and the ride takes around 20 minutes. Camels in Timanfaya National Park Lanzarote Photo Iulian Ursu No need to book, just turn up and you can pay the camel handler directly and enjoy (or not) the swaying ride around the park. There is also a small gift shop and museum next to the car park with information about the part these camels have played in the agriculture of Lanzarote, since they can survive on very little water and are traditionally used for ploughing and farm work. I didn’t have time to take a camel ride myself and am quite cautious about animal tourist attractions. But from what I read, the camels are well looked after and they are a domestic farm animal on Lanzarote so would be used to working on the land. However animal lovers will need to take their own view on whether it’s an activity they want to try. For a fun day out, we recommend taking a full day tour like this one that includes the Timanfaya National Park as well as many other attractions around Lanzarote. Timanfaya – the visitor centre In a separate location beside the main road that runs through the park, and a short drive from the Montanas del Fuego in the direction of Mancha Blanca, is the Timanfaya park visitor centre. The centre is free and well worth a visit to learn more about the volcanic activity, not just in Lanzarote but around the world. Walk around the colourful displays, with videos of lava flow, volcano models and interactive screens to learn more about how volcanoes affect our planet. Visitor Centre at Timanfaya National Park At the back of the centre is a viewing platform, from which you can look out at the black sea of lava that flowed across the fertile farmland, covering numerous villages in the 1730s. I also happened to be visiting when there was a simulation of the volcanic eruption, which took place in a separate basement room. The rumbling of the eruption, clouds of smoke and coloured lights brought to life the terrifying prospect of living close to an erupting volcano, which the people of Lanzarote had to endure. Visitor Centre at Timanfaya National Park Looking for a place to stay in Lanzarote? We can recommend the boutique vineyard accommodation at Finca Malvasia – read my review Parque Natural de los Volcanes While many visitors to Lanzarote head to the Timanfaya National Park, this is only one slice of the whole area of volcanic landscape left from past eruptions. Much of the rest is covered by the Parque Natural de los Volcanes, where there are various trails and information boards that you can visit freely. Take a volcano tour in Lanzarote We took a fascinating tour of some of the volcanoes with Eco-insider, a tour company that specialises in small group tours that give you authentic insights into the culture and landscape of Lanzarote. The benefit of making a tour like this is that we could leave our car behind and travel by land rover, enabling us to get close to the volcanoes as well as learning all about them from an expert guide. Check out he volcanic landscape of Teide National Park in Tenerife Eco-insider Lanzarote volcanoes tour Flora and fauna of the lava fields Our guide Carmen, from Eco-insider tours is an expert on the flora and fauna of Lanzarote and she brought to life the seemingly barren volcanic landscape, explaining that it is far from dead. Most plants here are annual and they are adapted to the lack of rain with techniques for conserving water, only breaking into leaf or bloom when there has been a shower of rain. Montaña Colorado in Lanzarote The green lichen covering the lava fields we walked through, is a sign that the air is pure and the land has been undisturbed since the eruption. Carmen explained that lichen are the pioneer plants, since they grow before anything else and help to break down the rocks to create soil for other plants to colonise. The lichen can survive where no other plants can, drawing on moisture brought by the trade winds blowing from the north-east. Among the soft green lichen were patches of the yellow Xanthoria parietina providing a splash of colour against the grey rocks. We learned that the Xanthoria lichen are a sign to hunters that there are animals living nearby, since they thrive on the excrement of birds and animals. Montaña Colorado in Lanzarote Volcanic crater – Caldera Blanca Our first stop on the 3 Volcanoes tour was the Caldera Blanca or Montañas Blanca, one of the most popular of the volcanoes in Lanzarote to visit. The Caldera Blanca trail runs from Mancha Blanca where the Ruta Volcan Caldera Blanca takes you west out of the town to a car park, from where you can walk the rest of the trail past the smaller Montana Caldereta to the volcanic cone of Caldera Blanca. The trail is also known as Los Islotes (the islets) since the rivers of lava from the 1730s flowed round volcanic cones from earlier eruptions, these older volcanoes standing out like islands in a sea of lava. Caldera Blanca in Lanzarote Climbing Caldera Blanca As we were visiting as part of our 3 volcanos tour with Eco-insider, we could shortcut the long walk and take our landrover along the dirt tracks to park near the base of the volcano. From here we took an easy trail, climbing gently up the side of the montana, looking down on the land rover like a toy car below. After the recent rains, the dry vegetation on the slopes was springing into life, with green mounds of Euphorbia looking fresh and lush, where they might normally resemble a bunch of dry twigs. Caldera Blanca in Lanzarote Caldera Blanca in Lanzarote After the short climb we reached the top of the cone of Caldera Blanca and could look down into the crater, with views towards the coast and ocean. This volcano predates the eruptions of the 1730s when the lava flowed around it, the Blanca name coming from the white caliche material on the sides of the crater, which was used for agriculture in the past. This was my favourite of the three volcanoes we visited as I loved the views from the top over the Timanfaya volcanic landscape and the sea beyond. Volcano National Park in Lanzarote Volcanic bomb – Caldera Colorada Our next stop was Montana Colorada (also known as Caldera Colorada), where there is an easy, circular route, although you are not permitted to climb to the top of the volcanic hill. This volcano was one of the last to erupt in 1736 and makes a relatively low mound, typical of a one off eruption that stands above the landscape. Montaña Colorado in Lanzarote Our focus here was the huge volcanic bomb standing in front of Montana Colorada, formed in one of the nearby eruptions that had ejected it from a crater. Although you might think that this bomb had come from the nearby Montana Colorada, Carmen explained that experts have concluded it was more likely to have come from some distance away, having been carried along on one of the lava flows. Looking for a place to stay in Lanzarote? We can recommend the eco-village at Finca de Arrieta – read my review Volcanic crater – Caldera de los Cuervos Our final visit on the 3 volcanoes tour was to Caldera de los Cuervos, which was formed during the eruptions of the 1730s, and was the first to erupt on 1 September 1730 with a single crater at the heart of the volcano. The pool of lava eventually ruptured the crater wall on one side, allowing the lava to flow out into the plain surrounding it, covering some of the nearby hamlets. Caldera de los Cuervos Lanzarote Caldera de los Cuervos is one of the few volcanoes that you can walk right into, to see the different types and colours of volcanic rock. Some of the lava was splattered out from the crater to form molten piles around the top of the cone, in other places forming jagged heaps where the lava cooled and then was broken up by further flows pushing it forward. Caldera de los Cuervos Lanzarote Close to this caldera is Montagna Negra, another volcano which is several thousands of years old and pre-dates the 1730s eruptions. During the Timanfaya eruptions, older volcanoes such as this became covered with volcanic material, giving it the black colour that gives it its name. Taking a volcano tour in Lanzarote We can highly recommend taking a volcano tour in Lanzarote, such as the 3 Volcanoes tour we took with Eco-insider. The volcanic landscape is such a unique part of this island and we learned so much more by exploring it with the insights of a guide such as Carmen, who was able to bring alive the history and geology of what we were seeing. Take a volcano walk in Lanzarote Although you can’t hike within most of the Timanfaya National Park, there are a few hiking trails among the volcanic area of Lanzarote. If you are a serious hiker, it’s best to use a guidebook as some paths may be visible but forbidden – in general you need to stick to the obvious trails. For most of the trails you will need a hire car to get you to the start of the trail. Caldera Blanca / Montana Blanca – Within the Parque Natural de los Volcanes, the Ruta Volcan Caldera Blanca is accessed from the small town of Mancha Blanca. Drive west from the town, turning off the LZ67 until you find the Car Park for the Volcanic trail. The trail leads through the badlands or malpais as the lava fields are known passing the smaller Caldereta, before you reach Caldera Blanca. You can climb to the top as we did and walk right around the rim of the crater for views towards the coast. The round trip can be completed in a few hours. Tremesana Route – this trail can only be walked with a guide, as it passes through the Timanfaya National Park. Registration must be made online in advance although if you enquire at the Timanfaya Park visitor centre, you may be able to join a group at short notice if there is space. The guided walk is free and runs four times a week, taking around 3 hours. More information here. Montana Colorada / Caldera Colorada – this easy trail runs around the volcanic cone but you are not allowed to climb up it. Beside the trail you’ll find the huge volcanic bomb which is worth a short detour. For this trail take the LZ-56 that runs south from La Mancha and stop at the car park on the eastern side of the road. Caldera de los Cuervos / Volcan el Cuervo – Take the LZ56 that runs south from La Mancha and there’s a car park on the west side of the road, a little further than the car park for Montana Colorada. From here you can take the well marked trail that leads towards the crater and runs right inside, then around the crater to take you back to the car park. The route from El Golfo to Playa El Paso runs along the rugged coast on the edge of the Timanfaya lava field. You can park in El Golfo at the end of the village by the children’s playground. Be sure to stick to the path as the lava is jagged and there are deep lava bubbles that you could fall into. You can either return by the same route of follow the circular path inland until it skirts back to El Golfo. Montaña Los Rodeos – This 4 hour walk takes you along a straight dirt track to this high volcanic cone, with a trail that runs around the peak and one that takes you up to the top for views over the surrounding area. There is a parking area on the LZ-56 just south of La Mancha. Plan your trip to Lanzarote For a comprehensive but compact guidebook covering all you need to know about Lanzarote, I recommend the Lanzarote Marco Polo pocket guide. This is the guidebook that I used while were were there and it gives lots of background information and insider tips on the best things to see, including a free touring app with maps to download and use offline. For guided tours I can recommend two excellent tour companies in Lanzarote; Wine Tours Lanzarote run regular wine and craft beer tours and are extremely knowledgeable about the food and wine of Lanzarote. We took their most enjoyable wine tour covering three different bodegas which includes pickup from your accommodation. They also have a wine shop for deliveries of Lanzarote wines in the UK and Ireland. Eco-insider Lanzarote offer a wide range of small group tours with knowledgeable local guides. We took their 3 volcanos tour, but they also run walking tours, birdwatching tours and a full day wine tasting tour. You can also find some excellent full day tours and boat trips around Lanzarote on Get Your Guide, our recommended tour partner. Where to stay in Lanzarote We stayed at two delightful places during our 10 day trip to Lanzarote Finca de Arrieta with Lanzarote Retreats – a small eco-village on the northern coast at Arrieta which has a number of different villas, stone lodges and yurts with a relaxed and friendly vibe, that are ideal for independent travellers. You can read my review of Finca de Arrieta here, or more places to stay check out these Lanzarote hotels. Finca de Arrieta with Lanzarote Retreats Finca Malvasia – boutique rural accommodation in the heart of the La Geria wine region, set among a working vineyard. The stylish cottages converted from the old winery are furnished in contemporary style, around a turquoise Cesar Manrique style swimming pool. You can read my review of Finca Malvasia here or for more places to stay check out these hotels in Lanzarote. Finca Malvasia in Lanzarote Find more information to plan your visit to Lanzarote on the Turismo Lanzarote website and the Hello Canary Islands website. Photo Credit: Camels by Iulian Ursu on Flickr Pin it! Our 3 volcanoes tour was provided* by Eco-insider and our tickets for the Montañas del Fuego were provided* by Lanzarote Tourism.   * More info on my policies page This article is originally published at Heatheronhertravels.com Climbing, Hiking & Mountaineering : SummitPost Page Type: Area/Range Lat/Lon: 29. 02892°N / 13.62487°W Activities: Hiking, Scrambling Season: Spring, Summer, Fall, Winter Elevation: 2205 ft / 672 m Sign the Climber’s Log! 1 – Isla del Fuego – the Island of Fire Montaña Timanfaya, epicentre of the 1730 – 1736 eruptions on Lanzarote 1. 1 – Overview Lanzarote is both the northernmost and easternmost of the Canary Islands off the coast of Africa. It is located some 100km from the Moroccan coast at 29°00′ north, 13°40′ west. With roughly 850 square kilometres it is the fourth largest of the Canarias but at a mere 672m in height it is also the lowest of the seven big islands. Moreover, its highpoint, Peñas del Chache, is off limits thanks to a military radar installation on its very top. You might be tempted to ask why this island appears on a mountaineering site but the geology of Lanzarote can tell us a lot about the formation of mountains by volcanism and erosion. All the Canary Islands are of volcanic origin and Lanzarote is the one least able to conceal it. I invite you to take a look at the interactive map of the island. Be sure to switch to the hybrid mode and you’ll be sure to distinguish hundreds of volcanic craters, especially in the west of the island. Though one of the oldest of the Islas Canarias, most of Lanzarote’s craters have formed fairly recent. The most recent eruption was in 1824 but the bulk of the volcanoes has been formed in the last 3000 – 5000 years. They have been admirably been preserved by Lanzarote’s dry climate, so that even today, lava fields like the Malpais de la Corona, which dates back 5000 years, look like the much younger fields on Tenerife or La Palma. Weather – or the lack of it – is a major issue on the island. Though swept by the same trade winds, which deposit so much humidity on the western Canary Islands, Lanzarote is simply too low to be affected by them. Water is scarce and without desalination plants tourism would virtually impossible. Flora and fauna have adapted admirably in these desert like conditions so that after a day of rain suddenly whole fields of colourful flowers appear out of nowhere. There are several regions on the island, where this never happens, the most important one being the Montañas del Fuego, the Fire Mountains in the Timanfaya National Park. 1.2 – Timanfaya   Las Montañas del Fuego ”Today, on the first of September 1730, between 9 and 10 pm., the earth tore open near Timanfaya, two leagues from here.” Thus begins the diary entry of Don Andres Lorenzo Curbelo, the parish priest of Yaiza, a village in the south-east of Lanzarote, which deals with the longest historical eruption on the island. “A huge mountain formed in the first night already and flames shot out from its summit, burning for 19 further days. A few days later a new crater emerged and the lava flowed across Timanfaya, Rodeo and parts of Mancha Blanca. The Lava flowed towards the north, at first like gushing water, later viscous like honey. But on Sept 7th a huge rock rose out of the earth with an ominous rumble, forcing the lava to flow west and north-westward. There it destroyed Maretas and Santa Catalina. On September 11th the activity of the lava renewed. It covered and burned Mazo whereafter for eight days a fiery cataract plunged into the sea with a fearful roar. Huge amounts of dead fish floated on the surface and were thrown upon the coast. Afterwards everything calmed down and the eruptions ceased. But on October 18th three new craters opened up directly above the burned Santa Catilina, spilling huge clouds of fumes, which covering the whole island with sands and ashes. The gloom they produced repeatedly forced the people of Yaiza to leave their village.” Timanfaya used to be a village in the fertile south-west of Lanzarote, which during the first onslaught got buried by cinder and lava. 12 more villages were to follow, taking with them 420 dwellings into oblivion. Some of today’s volcanoes are named after the villages but apart from this no trace remains. The eruptions lasted for 5 ½ years until April 1736 making this eruption one of the longest eruptions in recorded history. The lavas covered an area of almost 200 square kilometres or roughly one fourth of the island’s area. The island’s boundaries were extended in the north where lava streams formed a wild new coastline, impressive even still today. No humans died, most likely because these eruptions had been preceded by years of quakes and rumbles. Of these 200 square kilometres one fourth, 50 square kilometres around the epicentre of the 1730 eruptions have been set aside as a national park, the Parque Nacional de Timanfaya. Except for a few (four) places the park is strictly off limits for any non scientist. The dry weather of Lanzarote ensures that colonisation of the lavas by plants and animals occurs in super slow motion. In the last (almost) 300 years only different varieties of lichen have gained a foothold, making them the first pioneers in a hostile environment. Actually the lichens have been very successful: 200 different types have been counted from which no more than 80 have been scientifically classified. However the time it takes for this kind of colonisation is immense; a ranger showed us a place where a car had driven off-road more than a decade ago. You were still able to see the tracks, where the lichen population had been destroyed. The four activities you can perform in Timanfaya National Park are: Ruta del Litoral, a path through the malpais along the northern coast. It is a 9km trail, which you can explore on your own – the only such activity. 9km through the malpais (“badland”, the towering lava fields) can take a whole day to hike. Timanfaya Guided Tour. It is a once in a lifetime chance to take part in such a tour. You have to apply at least three weeks before the desired date and only people older than 18 and younger than 70 qualify. Each day 16 persons can take part in one of the tours, which is why your personalia are taken before the start. The tour is a 5km, 2h hike through the westernmost part of the park. You are guided by qualified and very engaged park rangers. Ruta de los Volcanes, Islote del Hilario. This is the most popular of the tours. For a fee of 8€ per person you can drive inside the park to a place, called Islote del Hilario. The place – an “island” which never was covered by the lavas of the eruptions – is nevertheless the hottest spot in Lanzarote. Guides perform a couple of stunts like kindling fire from the heat of the earth or producing geysers by pouring buckets of water down tubes which lead into the hot ground. In the place an restaurant has been erected, where food is barbecued on a “volcano grill”. From Islote del Hilario you can take a bus ride along the Ruta de los Volcanes, a paved road, which leads through the epicentre of the eruptions. While not an outdoor activity, it is still recommendable – if you are prepared to pay the fee. Dromedary Riding. This is the ultimate tourist attraction. There are currently 210 dromedaries which take the tourists up a 500m – 1km loop into the Montañas del Fuego. Not overly interesting, imho. To get an overview over the Montañas del Fuego, I can recommend Montaña de la Cinta to the south-west of Yaiza, the mountain from which Don Andres Lorenzo Curbelo observed and recorded the eruptions. 2 – A Short Geological Overview Caldera Rajada (176m), Montana Rajada (373m) Lanzarote, after neighbouring Fuerteventura, is the second oldest of the Islas Canarias. 36 million years ago the foundations of both islands were created in the area where two tectonic plates, the Atlantic and the North-African ones, collide. The Atlantic plate being younger and less solid, breaks up whenever there is movement, opening the bowels of the earth to free lava. Thus Fuerteventura reached the ocean surface some 20 million years ago while Lanzarote followed 16 million years ago. At first the Famara and Ajaches mountains in the far north and far south of Lanzarote formed as two separate islands, after which volcanic activity subsided and the islands lay dormant for several million years. Erosion sculpted the regions, which sets them apart from the remainder of the island today. Caldera Blanca, the largest crater on Lanzarote Then – about 5000 years ago – volcanic activity renewed, creating the long chains of volcanoes in the south-east and north of the island. On Lanzarote, like on Tenerife or La Palma, volcanic activity occurs in the form of cleft volcanism, where craters develop along a fault line. Thus, today you’ll find the volcanic cones aligned like the pearls on a string. Again, I encourage you to look at the interactive map to observe this alignment. The most important eruption during that time was the one of Monte Corona on the Famara peninsula, which covered the whole north of the island with lavas, extending the boundaries on the coasts. The eruption occurred from four craters, La Quemada de Orzola, Monte Corona, Los Helechos and La Quemada de Maguez. In what must have been an impressive sight, a lava flow poured down the 500m high Famara Cliff like a waterfall of liquid rock. During that time, also the islands of the Archipelago Chinijo were formed. The last phase, after two millennia of tranquillity, were the eruptions of 1730 and 1824, which formed the Montañas del Fuego. Again, volcanoes formed along a fault line, but this time the eruptions were so fierce that craters developed to both sides of the fault. Today, a huge sea of solid lava covers the soil, a quarter of which is protected by the Timanfaya National Park, while the remainder belongs to the Parque Natural de los Volcanes. 3 – Lanzarote on SP Interactive Overview Map of Lanzarote Currently none of the volcanoes on Lanzarote are on SP. However, the above map and the links below direct to the respective sections on this page. Apart from the two oldest areas of the island, Risco de Famara in the north and Los Ajaches in the south, Lanzarote does not have any mountainous regions. Rather there are a lot of hill-like volcanoes which are all aligned along the fault lines of clefts, where volcanism took place. The three longest and most important of these chains are accounted for by three sections on this page. Finally, to the north of Lanzarote you will find the islands of the Archipelago Chinijo, which also are accounted for in one of the sections below. Risco de Famara (overview) Risco de Famara (separate page) La Quemada de Orzola Monte Corona Los Helechos El Castillejo Los Ajaches Atalaya de Femes Montaña de la Cinta The Teguise Plain The San Bartolomé Chain Montaña de Guardilama Montaña Blanca The Tinajo Chain Caldera Blanca Las Montañas del Fuego (this page) Las Montañas del Fuego (separate page) Caldera Colorada Caldera Santa Catalina Montaña del Cuervo / Montaña de las Lapas Montaña de los Rodeos Caldera de la Rilla Pico Partido Archipelago Chinjo La Graciosa Montaña Bermeja Montaña Pedro Barba Montaña Amarilla 4 – Risco de Famara Risco de Famara with Monte Corona The oldest part of Lanzarote can be found in the north of the island. It is named after the village and beach of Famara, located at Bahia de Penedo, the bay, which is plainly distinguishable to the west of the peninsula. The most important feature is Risco de Famara, a massive cliff of some 15km length and a height of up to 672m. Lanzarote’s highpoint, Peñas del Chache, is also the highest point of this cliff. While easily reachable from its eastern side Risco de Famara drops with an average drop of 500m vertically into the sea to its west. The rock is solid basalt in its topmost part only while approximately 80% of the cliff is brittle and rotten. Thus there are no climbing routes here. For hikers there are two interesting alternatives: an exposed hike along the break-off ridge and an abandoned mule road cutting through the cliff at half height. The road was abandoned due to rockfall and nowadays has some challenging sections. Apart from Risco de Famara, the peninsula also carries the craters of four volcanoes, the most important of which is Monte Corona. About 5000 years ago it erupted covering most of the western part of the peninsula with its lava, the Malpais de la Corona. It hosts a number of long lava tunnels, the best known of which are Cueva de los Verdes and Jameos del Agua. 5 – Los Ajaches Los Ajaches as seen from Montaña de Guardilama The southern counterpart to the Famara Peninsula is the southern peninsula around the beach resort Playa Blanca. Most of this part of the island is a flat desert-like plain but to its east the second oldest part of the island rises: Los Ajaches. Naturally all are of volcanic origin, though for most of the mountains it is not immediately obvious. The highest and most popular of the mountains is Atalaya de Femes, which unfortunately carries a forest of antennas on its top. However, it is famous for its views of the Montañas del Fuego and the neighbouring island of Fuerteventura. Right to the north of Atalaya de Femes, separated by Valle de Fenauso, there is the historically important summit of Montaña de la Cinta. From this mountaintop, the home mountain of Yaiza, Don Andres Lorenzo Curbelo, the parish priest of the village witnessed the historical eruption of 1730. His diary is the first detailed eyewitness account we have of any volcanic eruption. The Ajaches Mountains are very barren. Since it never rains on Lanzarote and the south-west of the island is even drier than the other parts, you can find only the hardiest of plants here. Still the area is used for extensive goat grazing and somehow the flocks seem to miraculously survive. The mountains are cut through by deep barrancos which end among some quite impressive cliffs near the sea. 6 – The Teguise Plain Guanapay with Castello de Santa Barbara Teguise, the old capital of Lanzarote is surrounded by what one would call high plateau – if its height weren’t just about 300m only. Basically this plain is the only part of the island where you can’t find any volcanoes currently. Teguise’s home mountain, Guanapay, already belongs to the Famara peninsula. 7 – The San Bartolomé Chain The San Bartolomé Chain Along the eastern coast of he island you can find the longest of the volcano chains. The fault, which broke up about 5000 years ago, runs from Arieta in the north to Uga in the south. Activity was highest in the south, where between San Bartolomé and Uga the highest volcanoes have formed. The northern volcanoes are barren while the southern ones are often used for farming. Their craters offer a natural protection against the high winds that sweep the island. The slopes of the highest volcano, Montaña de Guardilama, are covered with hundreds of little man-made pits, which contain one or two wine plants. They are covered with lapilli – volcanic cinder – a natural conserver of humidity. Finally each pit has been surrounded by wind-stopping walls. It is here that Lanzarote’s biggest and oldest (and for that matter Spain’s oldest as well) wineries are located. 8 – The Tinajo Chain Montana Timbaiba, (339m), Montana Tinache (542m), Caldera Blanca (458m) and Risco Quebrado (312m) An equivalent to the south-eastern San Bartolomé Chain is the northern Tinajo Chain, which runs westward from Bahia de Penedo near Caleta de Famara in the east across Tinajo and Mancha Blanca. Its westernmost summit, actually a volcano trio (Montaña Caldereta, Caldera Blanca and Risco Quebrado) is already located within the Parque Natural de los Volcanes. Like the San Bartolomé mountains, this chain also was formed during eruptions, which took place 3000 – 5000 years ago. But due to the aridity of the region, no farming has taken place yet. Caldera Blanca is of special interest. The 458m high crater is Lanzarote’s widest one: it measures 1.15 km across. It is located within the area, which was covered by the Timanfaya eruptions in 1730 – 1736 but forms an island among the sea of black lava. Moreover, it is one of the few mountains, which may be climbed in the area. From its top – especially in the early mornings and late afternoons you get good close—up views of the Montañas del Fuego in the south. 9 – Las Montañas del Fuego Las Montañas del Fuego seen from Montaña de Guardilama The main attraction of Lanzarote is the volcanic chain of the Montañas del Fuego. These are the mountain, which erupted in 1730 through 1736. Also, the 1824 eruption took place here. A look at the interactive map below reveals the origin of this chain. A fault line opened beneath the surface preceding the 1730 eruption along which magma rose to the surface. After years of quakes finally at the site of the vanished village of Timanfaya – visible on the satellite map left of LZ67 – the first and most violent eruption took place, eventually piling up Montaña Timanfaya, the highest summit of the area. Google Satellite Map of the Montañas del Fuego The Montañas del Fuego take all the area between El Golfo in the west (half of it’s crater has already eroded by sea tides) and Masdache in the east. The last of the volcanoes to erupt was Caldera Colorada, the crater of which shines brightly red when seen from the east. The Montañas del Fuego covered about 200 square kilometres of the island with their lavas. Out of these “seas of lava” occasionally older volcanoes rise like islands, Caldera Blanca or Montaña de Vieja Gabriela being the most important ones. Montaña del Golfo with its green lagoon The Montañas del Fuego have been protected in their entirety either by the Parque Nacional de Timanfaya and the Parque Natural de los Volcanes. For more information about the parks see the Red Tape Section. 10 – Archipelago Chinjo La Graciosa, Isla de Montaña Clara, Isla de Alegranza Strictly speaking, the Archipelago Chinijo is not part of the island of Lanzarote but rather a set of a handful of islands to its north. Together with Risco de Famara on Lanzarote, they have been protected by the Parque Natural del Archipelago Chinijo. Like Lanzarote the islands are of volcanic origin. Though very little is known about their geology most likely they were created during the second phase of volcanic activity on the main island between 3000 and 5000 years ago. Of the five islands of the Archipelago Chinijo, only the largest one, La Graciosa, is inhabited permanently. There is a harbour, Caleta del Sebo, to which a ferry from Orzola in the north of Lanzarote, sails three times a day. La Graciosa is a flat desert island, above which four volcanoes rise. The highest one, Montaña Pedro Barba, is a twin peaked (and cratered) volcano at 266m. Next in size is Isla de Alegranza, located to the far north of the archipelago. It contains three volcanoes, the highest of which is Montaña de Alegranza, at 289m also the highest one of all the islands. With a diameter of 1.1km it is also one of the largest craters of the Lanzarote / Chinijo Complex. Isla de Montaña Clara is the third largest of the islands, located between La Graciosa and Alegranza. Its mountain is 256m high, a volcanic crater the north of which has already vanished below sea level. Roque del Este and Roque del Oeste, the remaining two islands, are not more than small rocks. They are also of volcanic origin but are visited very rarely. 11 – Traffic and Accommodation Though there are ferries from the Spanish mainland to the Canary Islands, they take more than 24h for the trip. Therefore most visitors therefore go by plane. Every travel agency in Europe offers flights, hotel rooms, apartments, rental cars etc. so that reaching the Canaries is rather a matter of money than opportunity. During the summer season flight fares can be reasonable but during the Easter and Christmas holidays you have to be prepared for additional fees of 500€ per person. Lanzarote has its own airport between the capital Arrecife and one of the main tourist centres, Puerto del Carmen. There are public bus lines but – like on all the islands – they don’t run too regularly. If you plan to stay on your own, better take a rental car right at the airport. As for holiday homes, hotels or apartments either consult your nearest travel office, or – search for lodgings on Google. There are several sites on the web, dedicated to rent privately owned houses or apartments. Prices are generally a bit less expensive than for tour operators but you don’t have as much security. 12 – Red Tape Macroglossum stellatarum Everywhere on the Islas Canarias tourism changed the way of living – often for the worse but almost as often for the better. The local authorities soon found out that what attracted the tourists to the islands where not only the beaches but also the unique landscape and environment. Thus everywhere National and Regional Parks have been created. The National Parks, of which Lanzarote has only one, the Parque Nacional de Timanfaya, are strictly protected. Only a limited amount of activities may be done, the list of which (for Timanfaya) can be found in the opening section of this page. On the other hand, on each island you can find a differing number of natural parks, which often form a patchwork of natural sites around the towns and villages on the island. These parks restrict the ancient rights, the locals have and in many cases have been very tough to inaugurate. On Lanzarote the big issue were Lapilli, the volcanic cinder, which the local farmers use for covering their fields. Until the creation of the natural parks, locals used to pick lapilli, wherever it suited them best. A good example is Caldera Santa Catalina in the Parque Natural de los Volcanes. Here Lapilli digging was industrialized with a rather big quarrying site, several square kilometres across. The natural park restricted quarrying and now the place is left to its own. Instead, each municipality has its own digging site, which is the only place lapilli quarrying is allowed. The following is a list of Lanzarote’s natural sites: Parque Nacional de Timanfaya – protecting 50 square kilometres of the Montañas del Fuego Parque Natural de los Volcanes – placed like a half circle around the TimanfayaPark, together they cover the whole area of the 1730 – 1736 eruptions Parque Natural del Archipelago Chinijo – encompasses the five islands of the archipelago Risco de Famara in the north of Lanzarote. Also the eastern part of the Tinajo Chain belongs to this park Monumento Natural de la Corona – encompasses Monte Corona and the Maplpais de la Corona in Lanzarote’s north Paisaje Protegido de Tenegüime – Preserve to the west of Guatizza in the north of Lanzarote Monumento Natural de la Cueva de los Naturalistas – small natural monument in the centre of the island around a lava cave Paisaje Protegido de la Geria – Preserve, which contains the wine growing region of La Geria Monumento Natural de los Ajaches – Natural park in the south-east of Lanzarote, containing the Ajaches Mountains 13 – Weather Conditions Weather is a major issue on Lanzarote. Though it is located in the trade wind zone like the other Canary Islands it is simply too low to take advantaage of the humidity, which the clouds deposit everywhere else above 1000m. Therefore you have a desert climate on the island, which only in winter can be interrupted by a day of rain. Like in any other desert these rains can be torrential! The plants of the island take their humidity out of the dew, which drops every morning onto the plain. Occasionally – several times a year – the severe climate of “Calima“ occurs. Fierce eastern winds or storms pick up dust in the Sahara and take it with them far over the Atlantic Ocean. In days like that visibility on Lanzarote can drop to several hundred metres. In summer temperatures of up to 40° C can occur. Calima weather can last several weeks but affects only elevations beneath 300m. Above visibility quickly gets better while temperatures can drop dramatically. 14 – Maps & Books 14.1 – Regular Maps Lanzarote Kompass Map WK241 Kompass Verlag 1:50000 ISBN 3-85491-175-0 14.2 – Digital Maps Kompass is the only company known to me which offers GPS digital Maps. In addition for those of you with Garmin GPS receivers there is a map source map set of all Canary islands out there. Lanzarote Kompass GPS4241 Kompass Verlag ISBN 3-85491-223-4 Islas Canarias Map Source custom map By Manfred Pepper downloadable zip-file 14.3 – Books My recommendation is a guidebook by Rother Verlag, available in German. The book is an excellent hiking guide covering all the interesting areas of the island. Since it comes with small maps for each excursion it might even be used without a map to support them. Lanzarote Rolf Goetz Rother Verlag ISBN 3-7633-4302-4 Images View Lanzarote Image Gallery – 43 Images Fire Island December 5, 2008, 00:00 Society NATALYA TIMASHOVA (author’s photo) Yellow-red and purple volcano peaks toasted by the sun, long-extinct craters, giant cactus fields, and snow-white beaches are Lanzarote island, part of the Canary archipelago. Paradise with a beautiful name and mysterious appearance, lost somewhere in the middle of the Atlantic on African Island of three hundred volcanoes The unusual name of the island was given by the Genoese navigator Lancelot Malocello, who landed here in 1312 and gave his name to the new land. Lanzarote, blown by the trade winds, is an obligatory stopping port for all cruise ships plowing the waves of the Atlantic from the Old World to the New and back, a favorite vacation spot for the British, Irish, Germans, Scandinavians and, of course, the Spaniards themselves (recall, the Canaries are part of the territory of modern Spain). And one of the few places where the foot of a mass Russian tourist has not set foot yet. However, the island, unlike its large neighbors – Tenerife and Gran Canaria – does not claim to be a mecca of mass tours. This is a place for aesthetes, for gourmets who know how to savor the piquant virgin nature, who are able to discern the pristine beauty in picturesque stones. True, these stones are thousands, millions of years old. So, if you are a fan of ecological tourism, then this is the place for you. Lanzarote is amazing and unique, it confuses anyone. Volcanic cones, different shades of earth are unlike anything seen before. This is geology in its original form, one of the few places where today you can see with your own eyes what our Earth looked like millions of years ago. Tourists should definitely go along the route of the Fiery Mountains in the Timanfaya National Park (Parque Nac. De Timanfaya) in the south of the island – this is a living monument to the former active volcanic activity, thanks to which Lanzarote arose. You find yourself on a huge lava field, surrounded by hundreds of volcanoes, calmly observing from the height of their sleeping peaks the measured life of the Lanzarotes. Some of the volcanoes are still smoking, and the ground is so hot in places that it is impossible to walk on it without shoes. The craters have not erupted fiery lava flows for a long time (the last eruptions were here in the 18th-19th centuries), but someday the Lanzarote volcanoes may wake up. They belong to the volcanoes of the so-called Hawaiian type, distinguished by their meek disposition and the fact that they can warn of their awakening (eruption) for years. The entire space between the volcanoes is covered with petrified lava. Once an orange-red, boiling, steaming mass poured out and destroyed everything in its path to the ocean. Today, these bizarrely shaped stones of dark brown, rusty, black and gray colors create an unreal lunar landscape of a completely earthly island. In the 70s and 80s, more than one film was shot on this location; European and American directors generally like to shoot their films in colorful Lanzarote. Walking on the lava, touching it with your hands is prohibited (fine – 600 euros), all volcanoes and lava fields are protected by the state. At 19In 93, the island was declared a UNESCO Biosphere Reserve. Harmony from Caesar The inhabitants of the island live in complete harmony with the environment. There are no industrial enterprises and high-rise construction is prohibited – the only 10-story “high-rise” is located in the island capital Arrecife. All other houses are low, white, with windows painted green or blue. The author of a single landscape concept is the Spanish artist and sculptor Caesar Manrique. He believed that architecture should use natural materials and forms that do not violate the harmony of man and the surrounding world. Born and raised in Lanzarote, the future genius of pop art and modern architecture left the island for a long time. He lived in Madrid, then moved to the United States, where he was friends with the father of pop art, Andy Warhol. At the request of the Lanzarotes, Caesar returned to his homeland to create a unique masterpiece from the island. In his bizarre house, built right on the lava, where the walls and floor are volcanic rock, all the great Spaniards of the 20th century have visited: Salvador Dali, Juan Miro and Pablo Picasso. Today it is the house-museum of Caesar Manrique, which is worth a visit. Lanzarote is famous for its volcanic grottoes, some of the largest in the world, and two of them designed by Caesar – Jameos del Agua and Cueva de Los Verdes. You will not see anything like it anywhere else: bizarre cave vaults, solidified lava, underground lakes, cacti and palm trees growing right on the rocks. Vine on the ashes Lost in the ocean, Lanzarote has no drinking water. Not at all. All that flows from the tap is desalinated sea water, and drinking water is brought here from the mainland. The islanders – the descendants of the local Guanches and Spanish conquerors – are very careful about the water. Until now, houses are built here with a slightly inclined roof – to collect rainwater, which is then filtered through stones and defended. The lack of fresh water has given rise to a unique farming method that allows growing rich crops on desert lands. Everything that grows here (potatoes, wheat and even watermelons) is grown without irrigation, the plants are content only with rain and morning dew. But the Lanzarote vineyards are most impressive – fields covered with black volcanic ash (pecon) with round, regular-shaped recesses for vines. In each such hole, a vine is planted, which does not grow up, but spreads along the ground, generously sprinkled with pecon. Due to the sharp difference in day and night temperatures, abundant dew is formed in the morning, which flows down to the roots of plants. An unusual way of cultivation, a very warm climate and bright sun give an amazing result – delicious grapes from which the famous Lanzarote wine “Malvasia” is made. White wine is more valued – dry and semi-sweet. A glass of this wine with a slice of fresh goat cheese is the best way to relax on the ocean. You can try it in local wineries – bodegas. Wine valleys are interspersed with plantations of cacti brought here from Mexico, and medicinal aloe vera, which is very much appreciated in cosmetology. Tourists like to show the cactus park (Gardin del Cactus), where all the same Caesar Manrique collected hundreds of species of these plants of the most bizarre shape and size. By the way, the Lanzarotes, who managed to turn drought and lava-scorched land into wealth, are perhaps the only Christians who revere the devil. According to legend, it was the devil who showed the peasants, who lost their fertile fields as a result of the eruption, how to farm on stones and ashes. Blue flag beaches Local beaches are not like the black beaches of other volcanic islands. There is white sand and clear turquoise water (most of the beaches have blue EU flags, awarded to the cleanest beaches in Europe). The beaches are very diverse: small cozy bays, kilometers of sandy spits, frozen lava flows off the coast. Many of them are wild. Local authorities deliberately do not ennoble them, leaving them in their original form. The most famous is the protected beach of Papagayo (Playa de Papagayo), however, no one has seen parrots on it. This is a very beautiful small lagoon with white sand on the shore, framed by black rocks. The combination of strong winds and waves has made Lanzarote an ideal place for water sports such as surfing, kiteboarding and yachting. It regularly hosts championships and sailing regattas for both amateurs and professionals. Diving enthusiasts also have something to see. A lot of Caribbean-tropical animals live in coastal rocks and underwater volcanic grottoes. There are four resort areas on the island: Puerto del Carmen, Playa Blanca and Costa Tegisie and Puerto Calero. Next to the latter is the ancient capital of the island, Teguise, a unique historical and artistic complex, where the local nobility has always settled. And today, rich people prefer the exquisitely colorful Teguise to the modern and chaotic Arrecife. Costa Teguise is an ideal place for water sports, famous for its luxurious hotels, among them – the very first five-star hotel of the island – Gran Melia Salinas. It was built, like many local attractions, according to the project of Caesar Manrique, and is a large atrium, in the center of which a real tropical forest grows with palm trees, vines, ferns and waterfalls. All the celebrities who came to Lanzarote stayed at the hotel, among them was Mikhail Gorbachev. Puerto del Carmen is the largest tourist center in Lanzarote. Once it was a small fishing village, but it has become one of the most favorite tourist destinations in the Canary Islands. They love this corner for excellent beaches with fine golden sand, stretching for 6 km and interrupted only by small coves. The ocean here is calmer than in the same Costa Teguise. Puerto del Carmen also has its own hotel, which everyone is proud of. This is the oldest hotel on the island – the 4-star Los Fariones. He is already 42 years old and is always full of Germans and Englishmen. They say that some guests came here for the first time on their honeymoon, and they continue to come here to this day. The tourist area of ​​Playa Blanca also grew out of a small fishing village. Its name speaks for itself: there are snow-white beaches and the warmest water. This calm and pleasant place is ideal for families. Many hotels are focused specifically on tourists with children. The largest of them is the new five-star Princesa Yaisa Suite Hotel, whose own children’s entertainment complex is known throughout the island. There is even a separate building where only guests with children are accommodated. The beach offers a beautiful view of the neighboring island of Fuerteventura, famous for its sand dunes. The editors are grateful for the help in preparing the material of the tour operator “SOUTH CROSS” www.ukrest.ru tel.: (495) 772-9980, 781-3431 Found a typo in the text? Select it and press ctrl+enter 2. Gibraltar – Cape Verde | Yacht “Yugra” Lanzarote Island (Lanzarote) an island of lava, craters and volcanoes – Isla del Fuego or Fire Island, as the Spaniards call it. The unique beauty of the “Martian” landscape was formed due to frequent eruptions on the island. The last major lava eruptions occurred in the 18th and 19th centuries of the last millennium. Lanzarote is the closest of the Canary Islands to Africa – only 115 kilometers. The name of the island comes from the name of the Genoese navigator Lancelotto Mallocello, who first appeared here in 1312. The hallmark of Lanzarote are volcanic landscapes, more than 300 craters in black, pink and purple, as well as characteristic fields and vineyards with strange, repetitive ring figures. The fertile layer of soil on the island is under a thick layer of ash, so the inhabitants of the island plant vineyards and other plants in deep pits, framing them with rings of fragments of solidified lava. By decision of UNESCO, the entire island of Lanzarote in 1993 became a natural reserve. On its territory, the construction of multi-storey buildings is prohibited, and all buildings must comply in design and color with the strict rules of the traditional style of the island. Fuerteventura – The island is located off the coast of Africa, this is a real paradise for beach lovers. White sand, azure sea and picturesque nature attract thousands of tourists to this marvelous resort. A high level of service and service allows you to make your stay comfortable and varied. The largest and most visited is the Lobos Reserve, on the territory of which more than a hundred rare plants grow. Nearby is the Corralejo Nature Reserve, where you can walk along the sand dunes and admire the majestic volcanic hills. Mount Tindaya, one of the symbols of the island, is perfectly visible from the reserve. Fuerteventura and architectural sights. Among the ancient buildings, one can single out the villa of Gustav Winter, with which many legends and fascinating stories are associated. During the Second World War, the secret base of Germany was located on the island, submarines were based here and the most important military issues were resolved. The well-known German design engineer Gustav Winter was relocated to the island. In his house you can see plans for secret developments, drawings and models of submarines. Returning to the theme of a beach holiday, it is worth noting the coasts of Sotavento and Cofete, these are the most picturesque beaches of the island Gran Canaria is one of the most visited islands in the archipelago. More than three million tourists visit it every year. The island lies in the very center of the archipelago and is a circle with a diameter of 50 kilometers and a circumference of 237 kilometers. In terms of area, the island Gran Canaria occupies the third place (1533 sq. Km.). The population of the island is more than 800 thousand people, which is about 45% of the total population of the Canary Islands. The island owes its name to the mighty natives who lived on it before the advent of the Spanish conquistadors. Aborigines were tall physically developed people. Gran (Gran) – in Spanish means “big”. The final conquest of the island by the Spanish crown took place in 1483. The real economic prosperity of the island and population growth became possible in the middle of the 19th century thanks to the development of tourism throughout the Canary archipelago. The first plane with tourists on board landed on the island at 1957 year. The fauna of Gran Canaria is diverse, there are no poisonous snakes and insects on the island, as well as animals that can harm humans. Of the wild mammals, only rabbits and eared hedgehogs can be found. The marine fauna of the island is more than 550 species of fish, 24 species of marine mammals and about 5 species of marine reptiles. Once visiting this amazing island, you will have an unforgettable experience for a lifetime! Tenerife (Tenerife) is the largest and most beautiful island of the Canary archipelago, since the 50s of the last century, this island has been literally “occupied” by tourists and at the same time, is still considered a paradise for relaxation. This is one of the most densely populated Canary Islands and the most popular: more than ten million tourists flock here every year. Full of ancient mystery, the island is interesting both historically and for its nature, and belongs to the UNESCO world cultural heritage in Spain. The name of the island is translated as “white”, its origin is not exactly known. According to one version, the name was left from the Spanish conquerors of the 15th century, who were struck by the appearance of the indigenous population: they were tall, white-skinned, red-haired and blue-eyed people whose tribes were called “Guanches”. According to the second version, the name is associated with the color of the snowy peak of the island, on which, like a lighthouse, the sailors were guided. The entire island is essentially a cone-shaped mountain. The highest point in Tenerife – Teide (El Pico del Teide) is located at an altitude of 3718 meters above sea level and is the highest point in Spain. The first eruption of Mount Teide known to Europeans occurred in 1492, the year Columbus visited the Canary Islands. The eruptions were repeated two more times – approximately every 200 years. During one of the cataclysms, a crater 48 km in diameter was formed, and ash lava flows escaping from the crack covered most of the slopes of the mountain. A variety of vegetation covers the sole of the mountain, and at a height you can see only frozen lava flows, pieces of light pumice and volcanic ash. Now the entire territory of the crater is the most visited national park in Spain. Milkweeds, date palms and tamarisks grow along the coastline. At an altitude of 500 meters, the evergreen area of ​​laurel forests begins. Occasionally there is a Dragon tree. One copy of it, near Orotava, is believed to be several thousand years old. Sal Island is the flattest of the Cape Verde Islands, which are located west of Africa in the waters of the Atlantic Ocean. Today, the picturesque island belongs to the Republic of Cape Verde. Its name means “salt” in Portuguese. Sal Island stretches for 30 km and has a width of up to 12 km. 25.6 thousand people live on it. Unlike other islands in Cape Verde, Sal has a less mountainous terrain. Its highest point – the top of Monte Grande – reaches a height of 406 meters. The sunny island has clear weather almost all year round. Rain is rare and the wet season is from August to mid-October. Nature’s “Holy of Holies” | Europulse Portal Eyjafjallajökull. Remember how in the spring of 2010 literally every inhabitant of Europe tried to correctly pronounce the name of this Icelandic volcano, the eruption of which confused the plans of thousands of air travelers? In total, there are several hundred volcanoes in Europe – large and small, mostly dormant. Most of them are in Iceland and Italy. From time immemorial, mankind knows firsthand about the danger of eruptions, more than once experienced devastating catastrophes. However, despite the potential danger, people still continue to settle at the foot of volcanoes. Europulse appreciated the advantages and disadvantages of living near a giant “powder keg”. Volcano of Fertility Just 30 km from the Italian city of Naples, the historic home of the most popular dish in the world – pizza, is Pompeii – an ancient settlement recognized by UNESCO as a historical monument. No one has lived here for a long time, only tens of thousands of tourists annually disturb the peace of this place, which was established in August 79 AD. e. Then the prosperous city of Pompeii was destroyed in one day and buried alive under the lava of the volcano Vesuvius. The vast area around Vesuvius was covered with a multi-meter layer of ash and other emissions, and all life in this area was doomed to extinction. However, after a few hundred years, nature began a gradual process of recovery. Volcanic ash gradually turned into fertilizer, rich in minerals and trace elements that are rare and useful for vegetation. Today, about 3 million people live in the region around Vesuvius, a significant part of whom work in agriculture. Thanks to the southern climate and fertile soils, farmers harvest two or even three crops of some crops a year! Local residents are sure that it is thanks to the special properties of the soil that the unique taste of grapes and the tart aroma of wine are obtained. Excellent conditions for agriculture have also formed on the nearby lands around Mount Etna on the island of Sicily. This is the highest active volcano in Europe with a height of 3329 meters and an area of ​​1190 square meters. km. Its massive eruption in 1669 caused great damage to almost the entire island. Etna does not sleep even now: due to its ongoing activity, the UN called it the “volcano of the decade. ” However, the residents will continue to harvest and enjoy every day. Points of attraction Another significant source of income for the “locals” of volcanoes is tourism. Mount Vesuvius and the ruined Pompeii attract travelers with their stunning views and historical value. “The spectacle of the crater is incomparable to anything. It’s both scary and wonderful. There is a feeling that you were admitted to the Holy of Holies of the laboratory of Mother Nature, ”says Galina Katz, who was lucky enough to see the volcano with her own eyes. Another sleepless “Italian” – the volcano Stromboli – is located on the island of the same name near the toe of the “boot”, which is similar to the territory of the country. This almost kilometer-long giant was nicknamed the “Lighthouse of the Mediterranean”, since activity in it has not stopped for several thousand years and at night the mountain is clearly visible from afar with its crimson orange glow – an excellent landmark for ships in the area. Dangerous eruptions for residents, however, occur quite rarely. Rarely by local standards. That is, approximately once or twice a year, residents have to seek shelter in shelters or, as in 2002, urgently evacuate from the island, as volcanic “bombs” flew out of the volcano and fell within a radius of several kilometers. Tourists often come to Stromboli for their dose of adrenaline. Mount Teide, located on the island of Tenerife in the archipelago of the Spanish Canary Islands, now does not cause much trouble. This “monster” with a height of 3718 meters has been dormant for more than a hundred years. On the slopes of the Teide lies the first national park in Spain with an area of ​​​​almost 19 thousand hectares, recognized as a UNESCO World Heritage Site. However, it is too early to write it off. The tribe of local natives translates the name of the mountain as “Hell” and, according to legend, the imprisoned demon of evil Guayota lurks in its depths. “Thanks to the volcano in Tenerife, you always know which part of the island you are in,” says Dan Halliday, who lived and worked in the Canaries. – I was lucky enough to climb the Teide once. I remember the rarefied air at altitude and the vain attempts of smokers to light lighters, the beginning of shortness of breath. And the smell of sulfur, rising from the depths of the Earth, which became more and more distinct as we approached the crater. What’s more! But on the Spanish island of Lanzarote, west of the coast of the Kingdom of Morocco, they went even further for an extreme tourist experience. A restaurant has been erected over the mouth of an active volcano, exhaling with relatively mild heat (about 500 degrees Celsius), where all food is cooked on volcanic fire. It sounds intriguing, and the Martian landscape is mesmerizing, the meat, however, judging by the reviews on the tourist portals, is somewhat damp. Volcanic wealth Looking at Greece on a map, it is impossible not to notice that the entire west of the country is a group of islands. What is now part of Greece was a rich Aegean civilization in antiquity. However, about 3.5 thousand years ago, the idyll and prosperity of this region was destroyed by the Santorin volcano, whose eruption is considered to be the largest volcanic event in history. Monstrous in its power, the ejection of lava was so strong that even the crater of the volcano collapsed, creating a cavity that was filled by the waters of the Aegean Sea. Legend has it that it was in these parts that the legendary Atlantis was located, which, apparently, could be destroyed by Santorin. However, volcanoes do not only store historical and archaeological treasures, many of which have yet to be found and appreciated. During eruptions, volcanoes become a kind of elevator for minerals, which are delivered from the very depths of the earth’s crust to the surface. In places where volcanic activity once raged, centuries later, deposits of rocks with a high content of metals (nickel, gold, copper, silver, lead, zinc and even diamond ore) were formed. Another reason why people settle near volcanoes is geothermal energy. Thanks to it, the inhabitants of Iceland receive cheap electricity (more than 85% of all consumption) and heat their homes using the internal heat of the volcano, extracted in the form of heated water or steam. Geothermal power plants have allowed Iceland to become a world leader in the use of renewable resources. In addition, spa centers with mineral pools and unique procedures are often opened on the basis of geothermal sources. “Icelanders do not consider volcanic activity dangerous. Every day, thousands of people around the world die as a result of car accidents. But people don’t live every day with that fear, do they? – says Gudzhon Mar Gudzhonsson (Gudjon Mar Gudjonsson), a resident of one of the islands of Iceland. – Icelanders are a risky people, especially fishermen who go to sea in a storm and farmers who live far from cities. Similar qualities are inherent in entrepreneurs and businessmen. Brave and courageous inhabitants (not to be confused with self-confidence) are always ready to take on the challenge of the elements. Countries with good weather in december: Hot Places to visit in December to Celebrate Christmas Опубликовано: October 12, 2022 в 11:01 pm Автор: alexxlab Категории: December Weather in December – temperature, climate Weather in December – temperature, climate | Selective Asia Get in touch Read more Our best destinations in December Sri Lanka Along the western and southern coasts the rainfall continues to decline as south-west monsoon fast becomes a distant memory. As the recent unsettled weather fades away, plenty of sunshine and dry days are expected as peak beach conditions return. Up in the hills the rainfall also drops slightly, although it’s still wet and evenings continue to be chilly.  Further north in the Cultural Triangle, rainfall is still high, although the peak figures of the previous month should have dropped considerably, especially by the end of the month. In the north and along the east coast, rainfall continues to be high… Read more Thailand Rain will now be a distant memory across much of Thailand with bright weather more the order of the day. Temperatures remain relatively low across the north with Bangkok and the centre a couple of degrees higher. For beach lovers, the best weather will be on the western side of the peninsular although rainfall is also sharply decreasing on the east meaning that by Christmas you can choose your island freely… Read more Vietnam It continues to be good news for much Vietnam with optimum conditions in both the north and south, as well as an improving situation in central regions as the rains start to decrease.  The pick of the beaches remain Phu Quoc, Phan Thiet & Mui Ne, and towards the end of the month Nha Trang becomes a good option again. In the mountains and highlands good conditions continue although temperatures are low, especially at night. Read more India December is amongst the best months for travel in India with excellent weather throughout the country although higher snowfall starts to rule out some parts of the Himalayan region… Read more Cambodia Cambodia in December is characterised by dry, sunny weather, low humidity and relatively cool temperatures (avg temp: 26 °C) throughout the country. It’s no surprise that December is amongst the most popular months to travel to Cambodia. If you do see rain it would be unusual. Read more Laos In December, the dry season is in full swing in Laos and the chances of rain minimal, promising premium travelling conditions throughout. Temperatures will remain moderate (Luang Prabang & Vientiane avg temp: 24°C, further south avg temp: 27°C) with peak temperatures not expected until March. The waterways of Laos are in full flow, promising some of the best conditions of the year for river journeys across the country… Read more Myanmar December is an excellent month to visit Myanmar. Rainfall is unlikely and cool temperatures can be expected. Read more Also expecting good weather conditions in December Nepal December is a good time to visit Nepal, if you come ready for some colder weather. Snow at higher altitudes makes high level hiking inadvisable, but lower level trails are very walkable and wonderfully tranquil. It’s one of the driest months of the year, so the skies are clear and the visibility excellent. You’ll be rewarded with ideal wildlife viewing conditions and ambient temperatures in the high teens for exploring historic sites like Patan’s Durbar Square. Do pack warm clothing though as even on the plains temperatures drop towards zero at night… Read more Japan December is one of the driest months of the year across most of Japan. End of year celebrations are plentiful in December in Japan and the weather accommodates these well. Skiers can head to the north with the majority of people making their way to the mainland for Tokyo and Kyoto celebrations and sightseeing and southern islands see some of the mildest temperatures, keeping the beaches to yourself making it a great season to be visiting here also.   Read more Malaysia December is a great month to visit Malaysia’s west coast with plenty of sunshine and blue skies expected throughout. In contrast, over on the east coast the north-east monsoon brings heavy rain and stormy conditions almost daily. Read more Destinations with mixed weather conditions in December Bhutan December is a pleasant time of year to visit Bhutan if you’re prepared to cope with the cold temperatures, which are particularly low in the evenings and at higher altitudes. Heavy snow in some remote areas can make travel difficult. The skies remain sunny and clear however, and in the south, the east and the valleys, temperatures tend to be a lot milder. Read more South Korea Winter in South Korea can get very cold indeed. Thankfully, although snow can be expected all over the country, it tends to be a dry winter with very little rainfall. Whilst December is nowhere near as cold as the depths of winter in February, you can expect some freezing temperatures, with Seoul often recording lows of 0°C. At its warmest, the capital will typically only reach 11°C during December. In the hilly interior, temperatures can be lower, whilst on the southern coast things remain more welcoming, with Jeju Island ranging from 10-16°C. .. Read more Tibet December is a good option for a low-season holiday in Tibet. It’s cold at night, bone-chillingly cold, in the highest altitudes such as around Mount Everest National Park, but in Lhasa, the capital, the weather can actually be quite inviting and there is still plenty to see and do. Expect pin-sharp mountain panoramas on clear days, and powerful UV rays that will need to be countered with regular applications of suncream and a hat… Read more Destinations expecting poor weather conditions in December Borneo It’s tricky to avoid the wet weather across Borneo in December, making travel, trekking and wildlife spotting less than ideal. Temperatures remain high and occasionally the sun will break through the overcast skies.  Read more Indonesia Once again it’s the Moluccas and West Papua & Raja Ampat that are expecting to avoid the rains in December, with the November typically delivering high rainfall across the western and central Indonesian islands, as well as in Sulawesi. Read more Where would you like to go? Bhutan Borneo Cambodia India Indonesia Japan Laos Malaysia Maldives Myanmar Nepal South Korea Sri Lanka Thailand Tibet Vietnam Why Selective Asia? About Selective Asia Our story Purpose & Values How it works Meet the team Booking Conditions Flexi Booking Financial Protection Privacy Policy Browse our best destinations to visit in… January February March April May June July August September October November December Sustainability Overview Our carbon roadmap Carbon mitigation We are B Corp Conservation first Tourism Declares a Climate Emergency The need for transparency Wildlife policy Projects we support Child protection policy How to travel responsibly Departure lounge Entry requirements Travel health & vaccinations Travel insurance Travel Tips Upon arrival Airport Lounge Passes Where would you like to go? Bhutan Borneo Cambodia India Indonesia Japan Laos Malaysia Maldives Myanmar Nepal South Korea Sri Lanka Thailand Tibet Vietnam Where to go when? January February March April May June July August September October November December Why Selective Asia? About Selective Asia Our story Purpose & Values How it works Meet the team Booking Conditions Flexi Booking Financial Protection Privacy Policy Sustainability Overview Our carbon roadmap Carbon mitigation We are B Corp Conservation first Tourism Declares a Climate Emergency The need for transparency Wildlife policy Projects we support Child protection policy How to travel responsibly Departure lounge Entry requirements Travel health & vaccinations Travel insurance Travel Tips Upon arrival Airport Lounge Passes Guide to Turkey in December For some reason, Turkey is considered to be exclusively a seaside resort destination. That’s not surprising, considering a fact that the country has four seas with gorgeous beaches and rather loyal prices. However, visiting Turkey in December will be no less interesting for any type of traveler. Snow-capped Anatolian mountains, empty tourist sights, and lower prices are just a few reasons why to spend holidays in Turkey during the first month of winter.  But for you to understand more of what to expect, I invite you to read this post. I included detailed information about the weather, what to pack, what to do in Turkey in December, and other tips. If you have more questions, ask them in the comments. I am living in Turkey for part of the year (in winter too) and will do my best to help. Oh, and if you plan to visit Turkey in the second month of winter, see my other post about January travel in Turkey.  Please note: This post contains affiliate links. I may earn a commission if you make a purchase or booking by clicking a link (at no extra cost to you). Turkey Weather in December  The air temperature in Turkey in December differs in different parts of the country. It is much colder in the center and north than in the south. Even at the beginning of winter, Antalya and Kemer delight tourists with green grassy lawns and foliage. However, coastal parks do not have any flowers, and leaves on many trees turn yellow. Overall, December in most of Turkey is the warmest winter month, although many places get rainfall and others snow. The weather is very mild without too much slush, big snowdrifts and severe frosts as most of Europe is used to. But it is also quite changeable. The sun gives way to clouds and despite the fact that it is warm during the daytime, at night the temperature drops to +5 + 10С. Interestingly, the sea is still warmer than the air.  The water temperature in Turkey in December does not exceed +19.5С and in the Aegean Sea, it is lower by 2-3С. The Marmara Sea and the Black Sea are in December stormy on the coast, and no one swims. The Mediterranean coast on the contrary can be still warm during the day, so some people even swim, just not too long. We don’t because for us it is too cold. But sunbathing is definitely possible and not just in the south. Last winter it was so warm in December all over Turkey that Mark and I were even sunbathing in Burgaz Island near Istanbul. Maybe this year will be the same, yet I wouldn’t count on that. Because Istanbul in December is usually chilly and windy. Since the temperature is higher during the day, you can wear light clothes. But evenings become windy and cold, so you may need a hat, warm jacket, and a scarf. Also, warm clothes are needed when going for long walks along the coast and for excursions.  As for the temperature on winter resorts in Turkey, during the day it is usually around 0 -1С, and at night the thermometer drops to −12С. The ski season is just beginning but skiing is already possible.  Prices in Turkey in December  Due to the cool weather in December, not many tourists travel to Turkey as they do in late spring, summer or early autumn. For this reason, prices drop and tour companies together with hotels offer excellent deals. Istanbul prices also go down and it gets easy to find unique luxurious hotels at a lower rate. This is why Turkey in winter is a wonderful destination for people on a budget or those who’d love to get more for their money. Another thing – you will definitely enjoy the absence of long queues and the opportunity to relax in seclusion. Best Places to Visit in Turkey in December Merdin anyone? While it can be windy and rather cold in South-East Turkey in December, it is a good time to have the city to yourself. There are really many places to visit in Turkey in December. Where to go and what to skip will depend on your preferences and style of vacation. But you need to keep in mind one thing – in order to have a great December vacation, it is important to find out in advance what will be closed and what not and choose the right place where to stay. Also, make sure to pack the right clothes. Nothing can be worse than arriving in a place and realizing that it’s too cold. And not because it’s really cold but because you took the wrong wardrobe.  Here is a list of some of the best places where to go in Turkey in December: Istanbul Of course, it was going to make a list. Istanbul is an amazing Turkish city to visit at any time of the year, seriously. But among all winter months, December for Istanbul is probably the best.  This city has a rich history, ancient beautiful streets, lots of museums, colorful squares, pedestrian promenades, and colorful bazaars. Oh, did I mention palaces, temples, mosques, and vibrant restaurants? That’s right, so many of them which you can visit with a good discount. And the best part, you can explore Istanbul at your own pace without crowds and no heat, just locals and their kingdom of cats. The only time when it gets crowded is during Catholic Christmas and on New Year’s eve. A lot of people flock to touristy areas to find the Christmas atmosphere and watch fireworks. As for the weather, it is so unpredictable. The following 2 photos were taken in December one week apart. At first it was warm and sunny and felt like autumn but then the rain came and suddenly brought cold.  Among must-do things in Istanbul in December I recommend you not to miss: A good Bosphorus tour to see the city from the water and listen to its history from your onboard guide.   Shopping. When I need to buy clothes and I am outside Turkey, I always wait when I return and go shopping in Istanbul. That’s the best place to shop and find anything you need at reasonable prices. In December, there are many sales and extra holiday discounts. An extensive food tour. I always recommend everyone to go on a food tour in Istanbul. I tell my friends, my family, and anyone I know. Why? Because there are too many Turkish foods to try that you may be lost. With the tour, you get to try delicacies and discover Istanbul’s must-try dishes. Private Turkish Bath Experience  And for more Istanbul inspiration, see my other posts: Prices in Istanbul – how much things cost? Unique Places to stay in Istanbul Beautiful But Cheap Airbnbs in Istanbul Practical Travel Tips For Istanbul Best Places in Istanbul For any Taste & Budget Explore Most Charming Neighborhood in Istanbul Arnavutkoy    Turkish Seaside Most of the hotels on the coast of Turkey are closing for the winter season and open up again in spring. However, that’s the case for small hotels and guesthouses. Large hotels stay open all year round. Especially popular are all-inclusive 5* resorts that have spa centers and swimming pools with heated (often salted) water. The most popular area with all-inclusive vacations is on the stretch between Kemer and Alanya. Staying anywhere there in December means that you have access to all well-developed infrastructure and can do many activities besides hanging out in the hotel only. Antalya and Alanya as the largest cities have many beautiful parks, oceanarium, zoo, and an amusement park. While most of the days are cloudy, you can still enjoy those places to the fullest. There are also several interesting museums for history buffs and shopping malls offer an exciting shopping experience. If you base yourself in Antalya in December, you can rent a car and drive to Pamukkale, Konya, Cappadocia, Mersin, Adana and all the way to Antakya which are also good places to visit in Turkey in December if you love history and ancient cities.   Surprise, surprise! It can be actually pretty sunny on the coast of Turkey in December too. Although the sun can be followed by clouds and rain. Here is the second week of December in Cesme, Izmir province.  NOTE: Aegean coast of Turkey doesn’t have a lot of activities in December. Many towns become very quiet since everything closes for the season. However, visiting the Aegean coast is still amazing for other reasons. First of all, you can join one of many excursions in the area and visit ancient Pergamon or Ephesus without any people. Second, you can go to wineries (there are many in Izmir province and Sirince is just one of them) and explore a bit of village life. And third, the first month of winter is perfect for trips to hot springs where some of them are accessible on a day trip from Bodrum, Izmir, and Fethiye.  Among the best tours to join along the Turkish coast during the first winter month are: Turkey’s Gold Triangle  Best of Cappadocia and Konya Antalya City Tour on Foot December is a good month to walk around Antalya when it is cool and breezy. So definitely do not miss a tour there!  Ski Resorts in Turkey Among all the things to do in Turkey in December, skiing and snowboarding are the most popular ones. At the beginning of winter, Turkish ski resorts open their doors to visitors. They are located at an altitude of 1700-3000 m in the mountains and in December (especially in the second part) already have enough snow on the slopes for skiing. The most popular ski resorts are Uludag (near Bursa not far from Istanbul), Palandoken (in Erzurum in Eastern Turkey), and Kayseri (near Cappadocia, so you can combine a visit to both of them). They are in great demand among tourists, especially among families with children since the tracks are designed for beginners. But what is particularly cool is that hotels in those ski towns offer all-inclusive stays. Even if you are visiting Antalya province, you can experience some snow too. While it is relatively warm near the sea, Saklikent National Park (less than 2 hours drive) has a lot of snow. We loved driving there on occasion just to experience real winter and spend a few hours in the snow. But many people love to go skiing.  Pros & Cons of Visiting Turkey in December Pros 1. Prices for tours, excursions, and vacation packages to Turkey in December are significantly lower than during the summer season or New Year. 2. There are no crowds of tourists on the coast and there are no queues at the ticket offices. 3. In December, Turkey has many opportunities for a varied holiday that will include wellness, shopping, and skiing. 4. It is not hot (it gets very hot in summer), so it is convenient to go on excursions and walks. 5. There is a big variety of different fruits and vegetables that have very reasonable prices. Cons 1. In December, Turkish resorts are not suitable for a beach holiday, so you won’t be able to swim in the sea. 2. The weather in most of Turkey is pretty changeable in December. In Istanbul and on the coast, the day can start with a pleasantly cool morning but then end with cloudy skies and rain. In Istanbul, it can even snow. I personally love this type of weather but many people don’t, especially when on vacation. 3. The choice of hotels is partly limited because some of them are closed until spring. 4. Houses and hotels in the coastal parts of Turkey were not built for cold weather. There is often no heat (besides AC) and you can be cold inside your accommodation. My Top Travel Tips For December Travel in Turkey And yes, visiting Cappadocia in December is well worth it! 1) Due to the winds in Istanbul, on the Aegean and Mediterranean coasts, the humidity is up to 80%. To stay warm, do not forget about warm clothes, a windbreaker, raincoat, and hat. 2) For vacation on the Mediterranean coast in December (as any other time in winter), choose comfortable hotels with a sauna and indoor heated pools. If staying in the apartment, book only accommodation with heat (not AC type of heat but radiators). You don’t want to stay anywhere without the heat because it is going to be damp and cold.   3) Cold weather is conducive to dining. Spend some time tasting delicious traditional Turkish cuisine and joining a food tour. If you will be in Istanbul, follow my guide to the best food to try in Istanbul and where to find it. Where to Spend Christmas & New Year in Turkey? One of the most frequent questions I get either in comments or messages is about winter holidays in Turkey and which city is the best for Christmas and New Year celebrations. I decided to devote a separate section of this post to covering these questions and giving a few tips. If you are planning your Turkey vacation from the second part of December to early January and want to spend Christmas and New Year in one of the Turkish cities, you need to prepare in advance.  You see, Turkey is a Muslim country. Therefore, as you understand, Christmas is not celebrated at all. New Year in Turkey is also not a public holiday and many Muslims consider it a Christian tradition, so they ignore it. In large cities, for example in Istanbul, Izmir and Antalya, which are very liberal, you can find enchanting and festive atmosphere, exquisite decorations, New Year’s eve street parties, and shows including beautiful fireworks. By the way, fireworks in Istanbul over Bosphorus are incredible and on the list of the best New Year illuminations in the world. In Cappadocia, hotels offer exclusive New Year celebrations to their guests and also include shows and fireworks. Bodrum in December is pretty quiet, although it is also possible to join night programs organized for expats who live there. However, even in large cities do not expect huge all-day-long mass celebrations, Christmas markets, or big concerts on each corner as you’d find in many European countries. In Turkey, the main celebration comes down to night parties and programs at restaurants, hotels, clubs, and private yachts. And that is popular mainly among tourists.  31st of December is a working day for most people in Turkey as well as the 1st of January. This is why the majority of locals spend New Year’s eve at home with their families or friends without big celebrations. They may have a New Year dinner, watch some TV shows and possibly go out to watch fireworks 1 hour before midnight. But then they go to bed early to wake up in the morning to go to work. If you would like to celebrate New Year in Istanbul, Antalya, or let’s say Cappadocia, make reservations in advance. Tickets for New Year’s eve private parties (like those on the boats or in restaurants) are sold ahead of time. Here are some ideas on how to spend Christmas or New Year in Turkey in a unique way:  Bosphorus New Year’s Eve Dinner Cruise and Boat Party – with fireworks in close proximity  The Land of Legends Theme Park – there are often New Year dedicated programs & events Classic Car Tour in Cappadocia with Champagne Party – private holiday tour for a couple or a family Common Questions About December Travel in Turkey Is Turkey a Good Place to Visit in December? Yes, I am personally convinced that Turkey is a fantastic place to visit in December. The country is huge with different climatic zones and a wide range of places to visit. Everyone can find a destination of his liking or book a packaged tour that would include visits to different cities. There will be no beach vacation (unless you stay in the all-inclusive hotel with a heated pool on the Mediterranean coast) but there are so many other things to do, you won’t be bored! December is a perfect month for cultural and gastronomical travel, following historic routes, and seeing ancient sites.  Is Turkey hot in December? No, Turkey is not hot in December. Warm in some regions – yes. But hot? No. You need to pack warm clothes even if you plan to travel only on the southern coast around Antalya or Alanya.  Of course, there can be days when the temperature will be higher than recorded before but that is rather an exception than the norm. Hot Places in Turkey in December. The warmest cities in Turkey in December are Antalya, Alanya, Belek, Side, and Kemer. They won’t be hot but their conditions are favorable for recreation all year round. In December, in the sun, the thermometer often shows +20℃. What to Wear in Turkey in December? In December, people in Turkey wear jeans, sweaters, autumn down jackets, closed shoes and even hats, scarves, and gloves. Again, it all depends on the region and where you go. Have different clothes and layers to be sure you dress right for the weather. What is There to Do in Turkey in December? Turkey is still up and running in December as it does during other months of the year. The coast gets quiet but it doesn’t prevent you from exploring the country as there are plenty of things to do. Cities have all the usual activities you see other times of the year and you get perfect opportunities for visiting hot springs and going to ski. Resources I Use When Traveling in Turkey Whenever we need to rent a car, we use Discover Cars for bookings at the airport and LocalRent when booking in smaller cities or towns and outside the airport. To find out more about which company will work best for you and what driving in Turkey is like, check my posts about car hire and driving in Antalya and how to rent a car in Turkey on a budget. If you will be traveling to Cappadocia, find out if you should rent a car in Nevsehir or Kayseri. For hotel stays, I always use Booking (but in Turkey with VPN), Trip.com, and Hotels.com. For more Turkey posts, check my Turkey page here. I have a ton of information!  More Inspiration For Turkey Travel My 5 Top Tips on How To Plan Your Honeymoon in Turkey 11 Best Turkey’s Hot Springs to Add to Your Itinerary 23 Most Beautiful Cities to Visit in Turkey     Best Things To Do & Places to Visit Weather overview December officially marks the arrival of winter in Vietnam, though the statement is mainly true for the Northern and mountain regions. Hanoi, Halong Bay, and especially Sapa and Ha Giang will be overloaded with cold and gloomy weather patterns. On the other hand, Danang and Hoi An are in the middle of the rainy season, with cool but rainy weather, while Saigon and the Mekong Delta enjoy a decent 9 hours of sunshine everyday. Awful as it may sound, there are still more than enough reasons to make you feel welcomed in the country in December. Temperature and humidity Major cities in the Northern part of Vietnam endure a chilly winter with highs of 21.9°C and lows of 15°C Temperature drops sharply as you move further up north or to the mountain region in the Northwest and Northeast areas. There are a few days during the cold wave when the temperature gets to sub-zero with frost and snow inevitable. Visitors from tropical countries such as Singapore or Malaysia may need to bring extra warm clothes if not used to the biting cold in Vietnam. Western travelers, on the other hand, will find it not any worse than a mid-fall day, although the sometimes chilly wind can make it feel much colder than the actual number. This is also the driest month of the year in the North with very little rain and low humidity level, at 68%. Be prepared for flaky skin and chapped lips, and avoid them by applying frequent moisturizers and drinking plenty of water. The good news is that not all of Vietnam is covered in the winter frigidity. Central Vietnam has a more pleasing temperature at around 23°C, yet the rain does not wane that much from November. Although the precipitation level varies by year, it is a good idea to watch the forecast and avoid spending your beach break during the rain days. Ho Chi Minh City, Vung Tau and Phu Quoc, on the contrary, enter the most beautiful time of the year. The region is embraced with warm weather ranging between 23 and 31°C. December is also in the middle of the dry season so there is very little rain, if any.  Bright days full of sunshine are galore so visitors can freely roam the city and country. Regions Temperature Humidity Rainfalls Rain Days North 22° / 15° 77% 16mm 1 day Central 25° / 20° 82% 215mm 13 days South 32° / 21° 72% 17. 5mm 1 day Events in December Christmas in Hanoi (Shutterstock) Like everywhere in the world, December is a festive season in Vietnam. Many big cities and tourist destinations are illuminated with holiday decorations, and Christmas lights and trees found everywhere. Christmas Although Christmas is not an official holiday in Vietnam, it is getting more and more popular among the youngsters. Streets become lively with vivid lights and pine trees. Children get gifts, and Christmas carols are more widely known than ever before. On Christmas Eve, major churches and cathedrals such as the Saint Joseph Cathedral in Hanoi and the Notre Dame in Saigon are often packed, celebrated by both locals and foreign visitors. New Year’s Eve  The transitional time between the old and new year also leaves wonderful experiences to first-time visitors. You should never miss the chance to attend a fascinating New Year countdown with sophisticated performance stages and enormous crowds. Get a feel of what New Year means for the Vietnamese! Know before you go/ what to expect Whether you are accustomed to chilly weather or not, bring warm clothes with you! The sudden change in weather and temperature may give you a cold and affect the vacation. Those who plan to visit Vietnam in December can expect to join the spirited atmosphere, but expect serious traffic, especially in downtown areas of major cities. Churches and cathedrals will be extremely crowded on Christmas Eve, take extra care of your belongings. Plan ahead and reserve accommodation in advance when traveling to Vietnam during the festive season, as most of them are fully-booked months before. Prices can soar and options may be limited as this is peak tourist season for international travelers. Best destinations to travel The weather is beautiful in Phu Quoc during December Zigzagging around limestone islands in Halong Bay It would be a mistake to miss Halong Bay in December. You can choose either to embark on a traditional junk boat or a luxurious yacht gliding above the jade-green water. A crisp winter morning is quickly replaced by the warm and sunny atmosphere from noon onwards. Yet, sweaters and thick clothes are essential at night. Although the water is not the best for swimming, you will get a clear sky and many golden Instagram opportunities. If you want to make it even more special, spend the new year’s eve on the bay and wake up the new year in the heart of nature’s craftwork. Get lost in the bustling Ho Chi Minh City Ho Chi Minh City is extremely dynamic in December as the city holds big celebrations for Christmas and New Year in almost all of its districts. As home to the largest expat population in Vietnam, District 1, 2, 3 and 7 are also filled with fine dining options in case you want to have a special moment this time of the year and away from home. If you want to join the local crowd, help yourself with a beer in Bui Vien, or visit Nguyen Hue Pedestrian Street to wait for the Countdown. An ultimate escape for peace seekers in Dalat City Dalat is in its most beautiful shape with dry weather and cool air. Flowers are omnipresent, by scent and by sight. Nothing is too buzzing here and the vintage vibe can allure any visitors. Activities like hiking, climbing, camping or simply jogging around Xuan Huong Lake will give you some fresh air away from the rest of the country. Laying idly on the picture-postcard beaches on Phu Quoc Island December is the best time to visit Phu Quoc Island – so don’t shy away from booking a trip to this resort island. The weather is mild. The sky is clear and the sea is quiet. Phu Quoc truly makes a perfect place for a laid-back beach holiday or family vacation. The Ultimate Guide to Iceland in December By Richard Chapman Verified Expert Jump to chapter December Holidays in Iceland Christmas in Iceland New Year’s Eve in Iceland Winter Solstice in Iceland Best Things to Do in Iceland in December Things to Do in Reykjavik in December Christmas in Reykjavik New Year’s Eve in Reykjavik Ice Caving in December Northern Lights in Iceland in December Lava Caving in December Snorkeling in Iceland in December Whale Watching in Iceland in December Glacier Tours in Iceland in December Snowmobiling in Iceland in December Best Places to Visit in Iceland in December Explore South Iceland in December North and East Iceland in December Blue Lagoon in December Visiting Iceland in December Is December a Good Time to Visit Iceland? Traveling to Iceland in December Driving in Iceland in December Weather in Iceland in December The Temperature in Iceland in December Does It Snow in Iceland in December? Reykjavik Weather in December Where to Stay in Iceland in December Romance in Iceland in December Suggested Itinerary for Iceland in December Discover the best things to do in Iceland in December. December is one of the best times to visit Iceland due to the excellent conditions for viewing the northern lights and the uniquely enthusiastic festive spirit that energizes the locals during the holidays. Learn about the weather, the best places to visit, fun things to do, must-see attractions, and more in this complete guide.  December is one of Iceland’s coldest and darkest months. Snow is piling up around the country, and the sun only makes an appearance in the sky for four to five hours a day. But exploring Iceland in December is far from dreary!   Insider tip Top Winter Tours & Packages in Iceland See more   While this may seem a little bleak, the high festive spirits around the country at Christmas time combat any seasonal blues. Most well-known sites and many tours are still accessible in Iceland in December, and some activities, like ice caving and northern lights hunting, are at their peak. While the climate is cold, the snow and ice transform the island into something new, something ethereal. That said, there are a few things to note to make your trip as safe as possible. Continue reading for all you need to know about Iceland in December, starting with what to do in Iceland in December. Read about Iceland in January and Iceland in November Learn more about Christmas in Iceland   Insider tip Top Winter Self Drive Tours See more   December Holidays in Iceland Christmas in Iceland As a primarily Lutheran country, Iceland has developed unique and wonderful traditions around Christmas time. December is widely considered to be the second-best time to visit Iceland because of the explosion of Yuletide joy. In Icelandic and related Scandinavian languages, the holiday is called ‘Jol,’ which echoes English’s yule. Christmas in Iceland is a celebration of light, as the days start getting longer after the winter solstice. “Gledileg jol!” echoes down the streets of Reykjavik, a warm greeting to passersby. See also: Folklore in Iceland Iceland formally converted to Christianity in 1000 AD at a session of the Althingi. Still, heathen practices persisted even after its formal adoption—and were sanctioned by the law if “practiced in secret.” Even today, Asatru, the Old Norse religion, makes up around 1% of the religious population.  The Christmas celebrations in Iceland take place during Advent, and they weave together both Lutheranism and Paganism. The festival officially starts on the fourth Sunday before Christmas Eve, when the Christmas trees are lit across the country. In the capital, the great Oslo Christmas Tree (yes, it’s a gift from Norway) is lit at Austurvollur public square to signal the start of the Christmas season and the event is very popular. As it gets closer to Christmas, you might see some of the Yule Lads walking around town, cheering and scaring children alike. In Iceland, there is no jolly Santa Clause that goes around handing out presents with the help of his reindeer. Instead, we have the Yule Lads! 13 brothers that travel from the mountains to the cities and towns to give children presents in their shoe which they keep on the window shelf. The first Yule Lad arrives on December 11, and then they come to town, one by one, day by day. So when Christmas Eve rolls around, Icelandic children will have already gotten 13 small presents in their shoe! However, if children behave badly, they just get a measly potato in their shoe. The Yule Lads are not always on their best behavior as they are quite sneaky and mischievous. Each one has a name that is derived from their personality. There is “Door Slammer” who’s very brash and loud. “Skyr-Gobbler” who loves nothing more than eating skyr and doesn’t hesitate to steal it if he’s really hungry. “Doorway-Sniffer” has a large nose and acute sense of smell which he uses to locate laufabraud (“leaf bread”) a type of fried bread, commonly baked during Christmas. Photo by David Stanley, from Wikimedia Creative Commons. Other Yule Lads include “Spoon-Licker”, “Pot-Scraper”, “Bowl-Licker”, “Candle-Stealer” and the diminutive “Stubby”. Before the Yule Lads got more modernized in the early 20th century, the brothers were more like trolls that parents would tell their children horror stories about if they did not behave. Today, the Yule Lads are considered much more benevolent and can even sometimes be spotted wearing Santa-like red and white clothes in downtown Reykjavik. However, their mother Gryla has not been modernized to the same extent as her sons. She is a frightening troll that controls her family with an iron fist, alongside her doofus of a husband, Leppaludi, who is several centuries older than her. Gryla is definitely the most evil of the family, as she descends from the mountains every Christmas to kidnap and eat naughty children (and, possibly, grown adults).  In the above picture you can see figures of Gryla and Leppaludi in Akureyri.  Gryla has an enormous black cat, the Yule Cat, who also eats children, but only those who don’t receive any new clothes for Christmas. That way, kids can’t complain if they get “boring” soft presents on Christmas, like socks or shirts. Below you can see a a large lit-up statue of the Yule Cat which is placed in Laekjartorg square in Reykjavik’s city center every year during the Christmas season. Photo by TKSnaevarr, from Wikimedia Creative Commons Restaurants in Iceland serve wildly popular “Christmas buffets” in December which families and co-workers flock to. Shops stay open until 10 PM from December 15 until December 23. Even bars host Christmas concerts and shows. Note that some shops, restaurants, and tours may be closed or have limited opening hours during the height of the Christmas season. Closures mainly occur between December 24 to December 26 and December 31 and January 1. Icelanders hold the biggest Christmas gatherings on Christmas Even and traditionally exchange gifts after dinner. Those who want to enjoy the season outside the capital region could head to Obyggdasetrid, the Wilderness Center. They host ‘Nostalgia of Christmas’ tours throughout December, where you can learn about the festival’s history in Iceland while enjoying homemade Icelandic Christmas food.  See also: The Wilderness Center New Year’s Eve in Iceland Similarly, New Year’s Eve in Iceland is a huge event. In Reykjavik, it’s arguably the city’s most lively and exciting night of the year. At the turn of the year, thousands upon thousands of people take to the streets to watch the largest fireworks show in Iceland. Locals buy fireworks in bulk from the Icelandic Search and Rescue organization (to fund them!) and set them off pretty much wherever they want to throughout the evening and into the night. See also: Christmas and New Year in Iceland Winter Solstice in Iceland Photo from Imagine Peace Tower Tour Besides Christmas and New Year, visitors coming to Iceland may be interested in the Winter Solstice. Every year on the Winter Solstice (December 21), the Imagine Peace Tower on Videy Island is relit until December 31. It’s possible to take a ferry over to the island to watch this ceremony. This ceremony is sometimes attended by Yoko Ono, who conceived the idea in memory of her late-husband John Lennon. The tower base has ‘Peace’ written on it in 24 languages, and the pillar of light can appear up to 2.5 miles (four kilometers) in the air on clear nights. The light can even be seen across Faxafloi bay in the city center of Reykjavik. Best Things to Do in Iceland in December It may be cold out, and many of the roads are closed, but there are still plenty of things to do in Iceland in December. Things to Do in Reykjavik in December There are plenty of things to do in Reykjavik with the Christmas season in December. Also, many tours still run, meaning there’s still quite a lot to do inside and outside the city. Christmas in Reykjavik Christmas in Reykjavik is one of the biggest highlights of December in Iceland. To make the most of your vacation, check the Visit Reykjavik website for Christmas opening hours of various shops, restaurants, and other venues in Iceland from November onward. To fully immerse yourself in the Christmas spirit, you should head to the town of Hafnarfjordur, which is in the greater Reykjavik area. This settlement has deep ties to folklore and tradition, and its residents go all out. The hip town center turns into a fairytale Christmas village during the season.  Photo by Regina Hronn Ragnarsdottir However, the best place to feel the Christmas spirit is at the Arbaejarsafn Open Air Museum. This museum is usually open only during summer, but it’s also open on weekends in December, from 1 PM to 5 PM. The area features the turf houses and churches of old Iceland, with staged areas showing how Icelanders of various economic backgrounds traditionally celebrated. Christmas in Iceland has always been an important holiday, and the festivities in Hafnarfjordur will help you learn about Iceland’s past while enjoying a hot cup of cocoa.  There’s also an adorable gift shop in Hafnarfjordur that sells Christmas goodies and confections. You can see how tallow candles are made in the stable, which are excellent gifts because they provided light throughout winter—but let’s not forget, they were also stolen by the Yule Lad “Candle-Sneaker”. And when you get hungry, you can try the Christmas dinner staples: smoked lamb (hangikjot) and leaf bread (laufabraud), which is a type of fried bread that derives its name from its eloborate leafy patterns (not because it’s made from leaves!).   See also: the Arbaejarsafn Open Air Museum Photo by Regina Hronn Ragnarsdottir There are guided museum tours at 1 PM and a Christmas service in the turf church at 2 PM. The Icelandic Yule Lads arrive to entertain guests from 2-4 PM. At 3 PM, there’s a celebration of dancing in the square of the reconstructed town. You can buy tickets to the museum on location or through the purchase of a Visit Reykjavik City Card, which gives you access to museums and galleries across the capital. The museum presents an excellent opportunity to enjoy the high spirits of Iceland in December. New Year’s Eve in Reykjavik One of the biggest events on New Year’s Eve is the fireworks set off around the capital. The most popular spots are Hallgrimskirkja church and Perlan. The best vantage point is, without a doubt, Hallgrimskirkja church, the iconic church that overlooks the city. Though no matter where you are in the city, you’re sure to get a decent show. If you want to be on the safe side, protective glasses are sold around the city in the lead-up to the night. Reykjavik also hosts a 6.2-mile (10-kilometer) run on New Year’s Eve. The event is hugely popular among locals, and participants often dress up in costumes to win prizes. The race starts and finishes at Harpa Concert Hall. After the run (or some pre-partying), there’s also the famous Reykjavik nightlife for you to enjoy! Ice Caving in December However, the festivities are not the only reason to come to Iceland in December. Many great activities are still running, and ice caving is one of the most renowned and spectacular in which you can take part. Water running underneath the glaciers opens up tunnels within them, allowing visitors to explore the fantastical world inside an ice cap. Every December, three glaciers experience tunneling, which opens up an opportunity to learn about these natural phenomena. Iceland’s ice caves are a beautiful part of the country, and ice cave tours are one of the most popular activities among travelers, but they are natural formations, which means that they don’t always cater to traveler desires. After heavy rains, they often flood, which can compromise their structural integrity, and if that happens, the tour will only be conducted if it’s safe. Because of the risks associated with entering an ice cave without knowing how stable it is, ice caving should only be done with an experienced glacier guide on an official tour. Vatnajokull, the largest glacier in Europe, is the most common destination because of the incredible sites surrounding it, which are accessible throughout the winter. Another place is the Skaftafell Nature Reserve. In December, the glaciers have changed from a mix of white snow and black ash to vivid blue ice, and they advance into the reserve, making a hike there short and easy. Book a Two Day Tour from Reykjavik, visiting Jokulsarlon and an Ice Cave Photo from One Day South Coast and Katla Ice Cave Tour from Reykjavik An option closer to Reykjavik is the ice caving tour at Myrdalsjokull glacier, the ice cap covering one of Iceland’s active volcanoes, Katla.   Insider tip Top Ice Cave Tours See more   Northern Lights in Iceland in December With just four hours of sunlight in the weeks around the winter equinox, you’ll have plenty of opportunities to hunt for the northern lights in the 20 hours of darkness each day. There are just two conditions that make for a perfect view: high solar activity and minimal cloud cover. You can check on both of these components on the Icelandic Meteorological Office website in their Aurora section. As long as both of these circumstances look promising, you have a good chance of spotting the auroras. See also: Northern Lights in Iceland There are three different ways to see the northern lights in Iceland. First, you can stay in Reykjavik and try to spot them from its darkest places, such as Grotta Lighthouse or Klambratun Park. If they are particularly strong, you’ll be able to see them even in areas with some light pollution, like a dimly lit street or your hotel window. However, the main problem with this approach is that light pollution limits the auroras’ intensity, and you can’t maneuver away from cloud cover with the same ease you’d have in a vehicle. A second option is to take your rental car (or your car) and go out to hunt them yourself, using the Icelandic Meteorological Office’s website to find the best areas. By going down this route, you’ll avoid the city’s light pollution. To sweeten the deal, you’ll be able to find vantage points with no one else around. Of course, this option should only be taken by confident drivers, and you should have a good knowledge of the potential routes you are planning to take so you don’t end up in a dangerous situation. See also: The Ultimate Guide to Driving in Iceland The final option is the most comfortable and most reliable: taking a northern lights tour. These excursions are led by experienced guides who know Iceland’s roads and road conditions well and are also very knowledgeable about the aurora borealis. They can explain the phenomenon to you, answering all your aurora-related questions while helping you with your camera settings.  To top it off, if the tour is canceled due to unfavorable conditions, or the forecast was wrong, and the lights didn’t appear, you can retake the tour free of charge until you see them.   Many northern lights tours are very affordable, like this audio-guided northern lights tour, which you can take in one of ten languages. It’s conducted on a larger bus and takes you to the best-known vantage points for the conditions. If you seek a more personal experience, many private tour options are available. Some of these are conducted in a super jeep, which allows you to reach places that cannot be accessed by larger buses, ensuring that there are no crowds at the places you’ll stop. You can also take northern lights cruises out of Reykjavik.   Insider tip Top Northern Lights Tours & Holidays See more   Lava Caving in December Photo by Regína Hrönn Ragnarsdóttir  You can tour lava caves throughout the year, but these excursions are exceptional during winter because of the ice sculptures that form within them. Because lava rock is very porous, the water that seeps through them freezes into stalactites and stalagmites. Throughout the year, the three most accessible caves are the Leidarendi cave on the Reykjanes Peninsula, Vidgelmir cave in the Hallmundarhraun lava field, and Raufarholshellir cave near Hveragerdi. Leidarendi lava cave is more challenging but makes for a more adventurous trip. There are no lights or walkways inside, and the whole circuit within requires a degree of clambering and crawling. The entrance is also often blocked with snow throughout winter, meaning that entering it requires you to slide down a chute that was dug out, so it’s not necessarily the best choice for those uncomfortable with tight spaces. See also: Caves in Iceland Photo from Leidarendi Lava Tube | Cave Adventure from Reykjavik People anxious about tight spaces might look into touring Vidgelmir cave or Raufarholshellir cave. The entrances to both are vast, with steps that lead to wooden pathways. The routes are well lit, and the caves’ height means that you don’t even need to crouch to move through them. Lava caving is not a particularly dangerous activity, but having the right equipment (namely, a torch, helmet, and crampons) and an experienced guide are essential.   Insider tip Top Lava Cave Tours See more   Snorkeling in Iceland in December Picture from Into the Blue | Snorkelling Day Tour Like lava caving, snorkeling is available throughout the year but is particularly unique during winter. The main location is Silfra fissure, located in the Thingvellir National Park. The Silfra fissure is located between the North American and Eurasian tectonic plates. The ravine is filled with water from the Langjokull glacier as they pull apart. Because of the filtration process that the water undergoes as it moves through the lava fields, the water that emerges is crystal clear and incredibly clean. It maintains a constant temperature of two degrees underground, so it doesn’t freeze until it reaches lake Thingvallavatn.   See also: Diving and Snorkeling in Iceland These conditions make for an extraordinary snorkeling site. Visitors marvel at the vast, cathedral-like spaces and vividly-blue water. In winter, its appeal only increases. How many people can say they swam in Iceland in the middle of winter?  During your dive, drysuits keep you dry while thick undersuits will stave off the cold. Wetsuit hoods and gloves, if used, let the water in, but it warms quickly. Your guides are professional scuba instructors with a wealth of experience in cold water, and they’ll provide you with the appropriate equipment. Picture from Meet on Location 30 Minute Snorkeling Tour in the Crystal Waters of Silfra Of course, no activity is without risks, and snorkeling in the Silfra fissure is no exception. Therefore, to take a Silfra diving or snorkeling tour, you must be over 16, at least 110 pounds (50 kilograms), and four foot nine inches (150 centimeters).     Insider tip Top Snorkeling Tours See more Insider tip Top Diving Tours See more   Whale Watching in Iceland in December Photo from Unforgettable 3 Hour Whale Watching Boat Tour with Transfer from Reykjavik Harbor Whale watching in December is a rewarding experience. While the larger baleen whales that come to Iceland to feed in summer have largely migrated south to their mating grounds (although there are often some stragglers who stay year-round), there are still several other whales. The two best places for winter whale watching tours in Iceland are Faxafloi bay in Reykjavik and the Snaefellsnes Peninsula. Tours for whale watching in Reykjavik in December leave from the Old Harbour like the rest of the year and last between two and three hours. The most common species is the white-beaked dolphin. This acrobatic animal travels in pods and exhibits behaviors like breaching and bow riding. You may also see the elusive harbor porpoise and perhaps even a group of great orcas. Picture by Tómas Freyr Kristjánsson  However, because of the herring that spend winter around the Snaefellsnes peninsula, those eager to see killer whales should depart from here. Leaving from either Grundarfjordur or Olafsvik, you will set off into Breidafjordur bay to see these magnificent creatures. In this area, you also can see pilot whales, which are pretty hard to spot, and even beaked whales.   Insider tip Top Whale Watching & Puffin Tours See more   Find a Whale Watching Tour from Snaefellsnes Glacier Tours in Iceland in December   Glacier hiking in Iceland is also an obvious choice if you visit in December. The Solheimajokull glacier and Skaftafellsjokull glacier are relatively easy to hike at this time of year. The former is located on the south coast between Skogafoss waterfall and Vik, and you can take a Solheimajokull glacier hike day tour. Some of these tours also include an ice climb for some added adventure.  See also: Glaciers and Glacier Hiking in Iceland Photo from Glacier Discover | Glacier Hike in Skaftafell Area The Skaftafellsjokull glacier is on the far side of the South Coast, located within the Skaftafell Nature Reserve. The views from this glacier are spectacular. In December, most tours of this area are on-location, like this Skaftafell glacier hike (medium difficulty), so you’ll have to meet your group at the park. There are also two-day packages and three-day packages that include guided glacier hikes and tours of nearby sites, like the Jokulsarlon Glacier Lagoon. Glacier hikes are excellent because of the view, but it’s so much more than that. They tickle your sense of adventure and are safely conducted by experienced glacier guides who can teach you all about their formation and potential future extinction.    Insider tip Top Glacier Tours See more   Snowmobiling in Iceland in December Photo from Exhilarating 1 Hour Snowmobile Adventure on Langjokull Glacier with Transfer from Gullfoss  You can also take a snowmobiling tour. There is an express snowmobiling tour from Reykjavik to the Langjokull glacier. You can combine them with other excursions like the Golden Circle. This thrilling experience usually lasts an hour, in which you are free to blast across the fresh snow. The tour operator provides everything you’ll need to stay warm and safe out on the trail, but you’ll still need appropriate winter wear beneath your equipment and a valid driver’s license if you’re driving the snowmobile. On the Langjokull glacier, you can also visit human-made tunnels that have been carved in the most stable part of the glacier—an ice castle inlaid with ice sculptures and individual rooms. While this ice tunnel day tour is open throughout the year, natural ice caves are only around for a short season. However, the advantage of an ice tunnel tour is that it’s less likely to be canceled because of hazardous conditions.    Insider tip Top Snowmobile Tours See more   Best Places to Visit in Iceland in December   What to see in Iceland in December? There are plenty of locations where you can simply go sightseeing throughout December. The famous Golden Circle, Iceland’s South Coast to Jokulsarlon Glacier Lagoon, the Snaefellsnes Peninsula, and the Reykjanes peninsula are mostly accessible. Choose between a multitude of tours, or rent a four-wheel drive car and drive yourself (more on this below). Explore South Iceland in December Jokulsarlon Glacier Lagoon in Southeast Iceland is one of the best, most-accessible seal-watching locations in winter. The icebergs that fill it are mesmerizing, too. Most of the tours will leave from Vik and include a visit to the Reynisfjara black sand beach, the Reynisdrangar sea-stacks, and the Dyrholaey rock arch.  This place is incredibly dramatic. The waves that crash against the rocks and along the shore are enormous and unpredictable. Admire them, by all means, but keep over 100 feet (30 meters) away from the water’s edge because of the notorious sneaker waves along this stretch. The drive to the South Coast will also take you past some of Iceland’s notable sites, like Seljalandsfoss and Skogafoss waterfalls, which might be frozen! North and East Iceland in December Driving into the highlands isn’t possible unless you join this day tour of Landmannalaugar in a super jeep. The thick snow covers the roads and may even cover the road signs entirely. The weather and road conditions may limit access to North Iceland, East Iceland, and especially the Westfjords. Nonetheless, it’s possible to book this winter seven-day self-drive tour to North Iceland. The itineraries are flexible because the weather in Iceland in December is a force to be reckoned with.  Blue Lagoon in December Is the Blue Lagoon open in December? You’ll be happy to hear that it’s a yes! But it’s still as popular as ever, so if you can’t book tickets to the Blue Lagoon, consider hitting out one of the best swimming pools and hot tubs in Reykjavik. A nice soak in hot water after your winter adventures is sure to be a soothing outing—and rather exciting if there’s a snowstorm raging while you’re kicking back in hot water. See also: Things to Do During Storms in Iceland Visiting Iceland in December While Christmas and New Year events are the main draw of Iceland in December, and there are many activities you should not overlook, it’s essential to know how to prepare for a winter trip to Iceland. The two areas you need to consider more than anything else are the weather and the roads. Is December a Good Time to Visit Iceland? Absolutely! Iceland in December is one of the most festive times of the year, with Christmas and New Years’ Eve in full swing. The winter solstice also means you get the longest hours of nighttime throughout the year, which is perfect for northern lights hunting. As we’ve covered, all the glacier and ice cave tours are also at their peak. The only important thing is to pack all your winter gear on this trip! See also: What to Pack for Travel in Iceland Traveling to Iceland in December Aside from being aware of Iceland’s December weather, it’s important to pack enough warm clothes and the short daylight hours. But the most important thing to be aware of is driving in Iceland in December. Driving in Iceland in December The temperature means that the roads are often icy. Therefore, if you plan on renting a car, it’s highly recommended that you rent a four-wheel drive. If you want to drive out of the capital and into the country, it’s essential. If you’ve never driven in snowy or icy conditions before or aren’t comfortable doing so, it may be worth it to skip a rental car and instead take tours around the country, letting more experienced drivers take the wheel. Hopping onto a tour is undoubtedly the easiest, safest, and most stress-free option; you won’t even need to drive from Keflavik International Airport to Reykjavik! To fully immerse yourself in the country without driving, you could book a guided winter package, which will take you to all the sites. If you’re happy driving, there’s also a wealth of winter self-drive packages to consider. If you choose to drive yourself around Iceland in December, make sure that you know the exact route you’re going to take before you depart and that you let somebody know beforehand. The roads into the Highlands and around the Westfjords are now closed, and you don’t want to become stranded or snowbound. We recommend always checking the road conditions before you drive. The Icelandic Meteorological Office will give you all the information you need to know about the weather in Iceland in December. For example, some roads, like Route 1 along the south coast, are very vulnerable to high winds. Others are susceptible to avalanches after heavy precipitation, so make your plans accordingly, and be flexible if you can see that the roads could compromise your safety. See also: The Ultimate Guide to Driving in Iceland Weather in Iceland in December In December, the weather in Iceland is one of the coldest out of the year. Iceland is also very windy during this month. The same low-pressure system that moves through Iceland in autumn continues into winter, so remember to wear warm clothing and sturdy shoes wherever you go.   It’s also quite dark. And the combination of dark, cold, and wetness can be a real downer. It’s essential to set a strict time to wake up in the morning and go to bed in the evening to avoid a seasonal slump. And keep your eyes peeled for the lights – both the beautiful Christmas lights that christen the city streets and the northern lights.  The Temperature in Iceland in December How cold is Iceland in December? In the winter, the temperature generally hovers around freezing— ranging between 34 F and 39 F (-1 C and 4 C). December is one of Iceland’s wettest months, with 3.8 inches (97 mm) of precipitation.   Does It Snow in Iceland in December? Snowfall is common in December. To prepare for this, ensure you have a hat and gloves, thermal undergarments, windproof and waterproof outer layers, and warm clothes in between. You’ll also need sturdy hiking boots if you’re planning to do some exploring. Reykjavik Weather in December While the rest of the country might be covered in snow, it’s likely that Reykjavik won’t be beneath it. The capital’s climate is warmer than the rest of the country, and it tends only to be covered in snow sporadically between January and April. Where to Stay in Iceland in December To fully enjoy the festivities in Iceland in December, Reykjavik is the top choice. The roads to North and East Iceland and the Westfjords are affected by the weather, making the capital and South Iceland the two best options. You can find our recommended places to stay in Reykjavik, as well as an overall guide on where to stay in Iceland. Romance in Iceland in December December is also a popular month for romantic getaways. With the festive spirit, a sprinkling of snow, northern lights, and a wide variety of tours, the country becomes a romantic winter wonderland that lures couples worldwide. Additionally, the holiday season means that the city and surrounding towns are at their most beautiful, decked in lights and decorations, brightening up the nights and creating a fairytale ambiance. Snuggle up inside warm cafes, stroll the streets, explore the impressive countryside, and admire the northern lights at night.  See also: Best Places for Marriage Proposals in Iceland Suggested Itinerary for Iceland in December You can enjoy an eight-or-nine day holiday to Iceland in December in many ways. Some may prefer to base themselves in Reykjavik, while others may wish to see as much of Iceland’s nature as possible.  Different travelers have different interests, ability levels, and budgets. Therefore, the suggested itinerary below can be adjusted and tweaked to suit the individual but has an overall allure that should appeal to most visitors. The most important thing to decide before arriving is whether or not you’ll rent a four-wheel drive vehicle and drive yourself. There are a wealth of self-drive winter packages that could get you to the most popular destinations easily within a week if you so choose. There’s a two-day road trip to the Jokulsarlon Glacier Lagoon, which involves ice caving, and can be combined with a five-day self-drive around the west (for example, the Golden Circle and Snaefellsnes Peninsula). The combination will allow you to see a huge swathe of the country in about a week, and if you are staying longer, to enjoy the Reykjavik festivities, too. The ambitious could even do these two as a combined nine-day winter Snaefellsnes and South Coast self-drive package. Driving in Iceland in winter is only recommended for those who are both experienced and confident. So the itinerary below outlines a trip consisting of tours and packages instead. The most obvious choice for any traveler coming to Iceland is this eight-day winter wonderland package. In just over a week, you’ll get to see the Golden Circle, the South Coast, Jokulsarlon Glacier Lagoon, the Snaefellsnes Peninsula, and you have the choice either to use a free day to explore Reykjavik or to fly to Akureyri and see the sites around Lake Myvatn. You’ll go ice caving, take a complimentary northern lights bus tour or cruise, and choose between horse-riding, snowmobiling, or snorkeling. As December is the festive season, you may want to linger in the capital. In that case, combining a few packages will allow you to create a perfect combination of city and nature. You’ll arrive at Keflavik Airport on day one, jump on the Flybus, and start your holiday in the most relaxing way possible: in the Blue Lagoon. After resting in the tranquil waters until you’re fully recharged from your flight, you’ll settle into your hotel in Reykjavik. After that, you’ll have loads of free time to spend in downtown Reykjavik, taking in the Christmas spirit. The main street, Laugavegur, and the downtown area will be fully decked in lights and decorations. You’ll spend more time in Reykjavik later on your holiday, but first, you’ll head out into the countryside. With this two-day tour, you’ll explore the South Coast, seeing sites along the way to the Jokulsarlon Glacier Lagoon on the first evening. If you’re lucky, you’ll see the aurora borealis dancing above the icebergs. On the second day, you’ll get to go ice-caving before returning to the capital. You’ll spend your fourth day in Iceland further exploring Reykjavik. You can start in the morning by learning about Iceland’s fascinating history at the Reykjavik Maritime Museum or by having a giggle at the world’s only Phallological Museum before heading to the Arbaejarsafn Open Air Museum when it opens at 1 p.m. The Christmas spirit here is infectious, and it’s a great place to shop for some unique presents. That evening, enjoy a dinner in one of the city’s excellent restaurants or check out the nightlife at one of its many bars. On days five and six, you’ll take a two-day trip to the Snaefellsnes Peninsula. You’ll have the opportunity to see its many diverse features and landscapes, such as Mount Kirkjufell, Snaefellsjokull Glacier, and the Londrangar sea stacks, as well as the chance to go seal watching and lava caving. On day seven, you’ll see the Golden Circle. Because this will be your last opportunity to immerse yourself in the Icelandic countryside, however, you’ll combine it with another tour, like whale-watching, horse-riding, snowmobiling, or snorkeling; the choice is yours.  On day eight, you’ll head back to Keflavik Airport for your flight home. If you have a more extended holiday, you can spend extra time seeing more of Reykjavik and finishing up your Christmas shopping.   See all tours   Are you going to Iceland in December? Let us know if the guide was helpful to you and which tours you are most interested in! Best Places to Visit and Travel Tips Thailand’s weather in December is warm/mild, and rainfall is low in most of Thailand, which makes it a great time to spend your Chistmas/New Year vacation in this “Land of Smiles”. Read more about Thailand’s December weather, places to visit, clothes to wear, and travel tips for December in this article. The Weather in December Best Places to Visit in December Crowds and Cost in December What to Wear in December Thailand Weather in December: Overview The weather in Thailand in December is cool and dry. The average daily maximum is 32°C (89°F) and the average daily minimum is 24°C (75°F). There is only about 1 rainy day during the whole month in Bangkok, but it is much rainier in the south, and much cooler further north. Suggested read: Best (and Worst) Time to Visit Thailand The Regional Weather in Thailand in December December in Thailand is the coolest time of the year with the least amount of rainfall.  Bangkok, Central, and Eastern Thailand: 21°C to 31°C Central and eastern Thailand are large regions that include many popular travel destinations such as Bangkok, Pattaya, Koh Samet, Hua Hin, Ayutthaya, and Koh Chang in the southeast. Temperatures here range between 21°C (70°F) and 31°C (88°F). In December, this area of the country sees an average rainfall of 2mm (0.08 inches). Recommended Itinerary Chiang Mai and North Thailand: 15°C to 28°C In northern Thailand, the weather can get chilly in December. In Chiang Mai, temperatures typically drop to around 15°C (59°F) at night and in some years the temperature has been as low as 12°C (54°F). Islands of Southern Thailand: 23°C to 31°C Southern Thailand is an ideal place to visit if you want beautiful beaches and warm weather. In December, temperatures range between 22°C (72°F) and 31°C (88°F). However, the rainfalls in the east coast (Koh Samui and Koh Phangan) and the west coast (Phuket, Krabi, and Koh Phi Phi) are quite different. Phuket, Ko Lanta, and Ko Phi Phi on the west have drier weather at the beginning of December. Towards the end of the month, you could enjoy many sunny days in Koh Samui and Koh Phangan as well.   Further read: How to Choose from Thailand’s Islands (Your Island Hopping Guide) Thailand’s neighborhood countries Vietnam and Cambodia also have comfortable weather in December. For your 2-week Christmas holiday, visiting these three countries in one trip would be a smart choice as well.  A Southeast Asia Overview for a Shorter Vacation Best Places to Visit in Thailand in December December is one of the best months to travel to Thailand. The weather of December is hot/warm in the south and mild/cool in the north, and the monsoon rains cease in most of the country. Here are some of the best-recommended places to visit in December.   1. Bangkok Lots of sunshine and warm weather make Bangkok a great place to visit in December. It is a special experience to walk along the riverside and enjoy the Christmas streetlights in Bangkok with other holiday-time crowds. The comfortable weather and the many rooftop bars/restaurants make Bangkok a wonderful place to count down to the New Year. (Read more about Where to Celebrate New Year’s Eve in Thailand) 2. Chiang Mai and Chiang Rai With the cool weather of December, you can explore the elephant sanctuary near Chiang Mai and help the staff feed and bathe the elephants. (The Best 4 Ethical Elephant Sanctuaries in Chiang Mai) The hinterland of the old towns of Chiang Mai and Chiang Rai holds good places for trekking, camping, and cycling. Recommended Itinerary 3. Ayutthaya Ayutthaya in December The weather in Ayutthaya in December is pleasantly warm with a gentle breeze. It is comfortable to explore this once-thriving ancient city and visit the ancient temples of Ayutthaya. Caring for rescued elephants and biking through the old French, Portuguese, British, and Dutch quarters are some of the recommended activities. 4. Khao Yai National Park Khao Yai National Park December is a great time to explore Khao Yai National Park’s jungle (a UNESCO World Heritage site). You can take a half-day or day-long tour to explore caves, spot a lot of birds, see elephants (and other wild animals), and enjoy waterfalls.  Camping in the park on New Year’s Eve with the starry sky might be a special gift for your family. 5. Popular Islands of Thailand Phuket Beach in December Although temperatures on some of Thailand’s beaches can reach up to 31°C (87°F) in December, there is always a breeze coming from the ocean that makes it feel much cooler. December is a good time to relax on the beach without overheating and participate in watersports. Interestingly, the rainfalls in December are quiet different from the east coast (Koh Samui and Koh Phangan) to the west coast (Phuket, Krabi, and Koh Phi Phi). In general, December marks the end of rainy season on the east coast. But before December 20th, Koh Samui/Koh Phangan (east coast) might still see a few rainy days while Phuket and Krabi on the west enjoy drier weather.  When entering the end of December, both east coast and west coast are perfect for winding at the beach. Koh Samui usually has smaller crowds due to its higher airfare and less flights. (Phuket vs Koh Samui: Which Is Better to Go) For your first trip to Southeast Asia, you can also consider exploreing Thailand, Vietnam and Cambodia together in one trip as they’re conveniently connected and share the similar climate.  An In-Depth Experience of Southeast Asia at an Easy Pace December Crowding and Costs  December is the peak travel season in Thailand, especially during the “Western” holiday season (the Christmas / New Year’s break). The tourist areas can be extremely crowded, and hotel and flights costs are much higher than in other months. So, book early (2-3 months in advance) to save more.  Check some Thailand tours for inspiration. Suggested read: How to Plan Your First Trip to Thailand — 7 Easy Steps.  What to Wear in December?   The lowest temperature in December is about 24°C (76°F) in most of Thailand. So, shorts, skirts, light trousers, T-shirts, and other light clothes are good for this month. Bring a few pieces of warm clothing, such as a jacket or jeans, if you go to northern Thailand, which can sometimes get below 15°C (70°F). The Best Choice for the First-Timers to Thailand and Cambodia Monthly Weather and Travel Information for Thailand Learn about the weather in Thailand for 12 months and find out the best places to visit each month. Explore Thailand with Asia Highlights For the perfect December vacation to Thailand, look no further than Asia Highlights’ custom travel services. At Asia Highlights, we can create a tailor-made trip based on your preferences. If you want to avoid the crowds while enjoying the tropical beaches in the south or cities full of temples in the north then we can arrange it for you. Let us deal with the stress of planning so that you can just enjoy your trip. Weather Info & Best Places to Go [2022] Planning a trip to Mexico in December? You’re in the right place because I live in Mexico, and I’m going to share everything I know about traveling to Mexico in December with you! A year-round destination, you can visit Mexico anytime, but December is ideal for certain places more than others — which you’ll soon discover. In this article, you’ll learn about the 10 best places to visit in Mexico in December, including Cancun, Mexico City, Tulum and Cabo San Lucas (Los Cabos). You’ll also learn about the weather in Mexico in December, and the Mexico Christmas holiday at the end of the month. Ready to learn all about visiting Mexico in December? Let’s get to it! Mexico in December Weather Typical Mexico December Weather Not sure where to travel in December in Mexico? San Miguel de Allende is a beautiful, historic colonial city, and one of the most unique places in Mexico. (Photo: San Miguel de Allende in December trip via Canva) You’re likely wondering, What is the weather like in Mexico in December? — so you can plan the best trip possible. You’re in luck because Mexico’s weather in December is amazing! It’s one of the dry season months, and the weather is much cooler than the weather in Mexico in November. When is the rainy season in Mexico? The rainy season Mexico months include May through October. You have a slim chance of rain in Mexico in December, but there’s always at least some chance of rain on the coast. Atlantic Hurricane Season officially ends November 30, so you likely won’t see any bad storms in December. When is the Mexico busy season? The busy season in Mexico runs from November to April. While the high season is perfect weather-wise, if you want cheap Mexico travel deals, you’re not likely to find those in December, or the entire high season. Average temperatures in Mexico in December Want to know, How hot is Mexico in December? There is no set average daily temperature in Mexico in December, as it fluctuates in different parts of the country. In general, expect mild temperatures and low precipitation — but know Mexico is still on the warmer side, even in December. The beaches in Mexico on the coast will be much warmer than the cities in Central Mexico, like Mexico City, Guadalajara and San Miguel de Allende. In fact, the cities are on the colder side, and if you’re visiting the Central or North Mexican cities, pack a light jacket and layers🧣 No matter where you’re headed, check the Mexico December weather for that destination. There are plenty of weather apps and sites out there, like weather.com from The Weather Channel, Accuweather and Weather Spark, so you can check Mexico temperatures in December. Mexico December Holidays Christmas in Mexico: December 25 Wondering, How is the weather in Mexico in December during Christmas? You should have cool temperatures, blue skies and sunny days — but Mexico is not the place for a snowy, white Christmas ❄️ Like everywhere else in the world, Mexico Christmas is on December 25. However, for Mexicans and many Latins, the actual Christmas celebration takes place on December 24 (Christmas Eve in the United States, Canada, Europe and beyond), known as Noche Buena. Noche Buena: December 24 Traditionally, Mexicans eat the main Christmas dinner on December 24, known as Noche Buena, which means “Good Night.” While some families open presents at midnight, others only eat the meal on this day, and don’t open presents until Three Kings Day on January 6. Some of the Mexican Christmas dinner foods include roast turkey, tamales and romeritos con mole, among other traditional Mexican foods. The exact spread will vary from family to family, but many serve a Mexican drink called ponche, and hojarascas, Mexican Christmas cookies similar to shortbread. Mexico December Holidays Las Posadas in Mexico Mexican Posadas (holiday parties) take place throughout December. The Posadas symbolize the Biblical story in which Joseph and Mary made the month-long journey from the city of Nazareth to the city of Bethlehem, in search of a place to give birth to their baby. This is one of the oldest Mexican Christmas traditions, and it happens everywhere from private homes to rented halls, to citywide public celebrations and pastorela performances which represent the journey of the shepherds to go worship Jesus. At a private party, you may end up joining in with the pedir posadas (posada songs). This means “asking for shelter,” as in the Biblical journey when Joseph and Mary sought shelter at the inn. These songs can be sung at the party, or by going from door to door like Christmas carolers. Mexico December Holidays Best Places to Celebrate Christmas in Mexico You’ll love the Mexico City Christmas decorations in downtown, with the Metropolitan Cathedral as a backdrop. Christmas in Mexico City Mexico City, the largest city in the country, is the best place to see Christmas decorations in Mexico. The entire Zocalo (Main Square) in Centro Historico Mexico City (downtown) has large-scale decorations, an impressive lights display and large Christmas tree. Christmas on Mexico beaches The beaches of Mexico might have a decorated palm tree here and there, but the beaches themselves are the main draw. Popular with Mexican and international travelers, expect large crowds on Mexico beaches during Christmas week, and the week after New Year’s Eve. Visiting Mexico in December 10 Best Places to Visit in Mexico in December Wondering where to go in Mexico in December? While there’s no definitive “best place in Mexico to visit in December,” you have plenty of options to choose from. In reality, you can go anywhere you’d like, as the weather in Mexico in December is near-perfect. Below, you’ll find the Top 10 most popular places to travel in Mexico in December, with some info about what to expect and things to do. After reading through the list, you’ll be able to determine your own best place to go in Mexico in December. 1. Cancun in December For more information on visiting Cancun Mexico, check out this Cancun Travel Guide. Cancun is the top travel destination in Mexico all year. The difference between Cancun in December vs November is that December is much busier. If you want to enjoy a calmer Cancun with smaller crowds, plan for early-November, late-January or February. Looking for the best things to do in Cancun in December? Don’t miss swimming in the Cancun cenotes, and the Mayan Ruins in Cancun. If you want to stay at one of the best Cancun all inclusive resorts, book ASAP because December is the busiest month in Cancun, Mexico. What’s the average humidity in Cancun in December? The Cancun humidity in December averages about 75% — so put clothing that doesn’t show sweat on your Mexico packing list! It will be much less muggy when traveling to Cancun in December vs November, but to really escape the heat, plan for water activities in the afternoons. Wondering, What’s the average temperature in Cancun in December? You can expect about 85°F (29°C) during the day, and 70°F (21°C). In short: It’s still somewhat hot! Don’t forget to stay hydrated with a Water-To-Go bottle, and even this misting fan to cool your skin. Does it rain all day in Cancun in December? Usually, no. If it rains at all, it’s typically for an hour in the afternoon, and then the sun will come back out. It rarely rains in December, but if it does, it should pass quickly. If you happen to be visiting during a storm, then there is a chance it rains all day. RELATED ARTICLE 🏖️ Cancun in December: Weather Info and Travel Tips Atlantic Hurricane Season officially ends on November 30 (it runs June 1-November 30), so there’s virtually no chance of a hurricane in Mexico in December. By no means is December the wettest month in Cancun, but there’s always a chance of rain anywhere on the Mexican coast. Cancun Weather in December Weather Cancun Mexico in December (Photo via Weather and Climate) Visiting Mexico in December 2. Mexico City in December For more information on visiting Mexico City, check out this Mexico City Travel Guide. Considering a Mexico City December trip? Not many know this, but the winters in Mexico City are on the colder side. If you don’t like the cold, November is a great month to visit Mexico City because it’s technically still Fall, and won’t be as cold as December, January or February. December is part of the dry season in Mexico City, which runs from November to April. There is still a chance of the occasional afternoon shower, but as one of the world’s biggest cities, right up there with New York City, there are plenty of indoor things to do in Mexico City when it rains. After breakfast, head to the museums in Mexico City in the afternoon. Afterwards, enjoy some tacos at the best restaurants in Mexico City, and by then, the rains should have passed. Looking for the best things to do in Mexico City at night?! You must see a Lucha Libre wrestling match! What’s the best time to visit Mexico City? This will depend on your preferences, but the Mexico City rainy season is from about April to October, so many want to avoid that. It doesn’t usually rain much (if at all) in Mexico City in December, but of course, many prefer the dry season. If you like cooler weather, Fall and Winter might be the best bet for you. Nighttime temperatures can drop into the high 40°Fs (about 9°C) in December, and continue to fall month by month all winter long. For warmer nights, Spring and Summer work best. 🦋 Monarch Butterfly Season in Mexico: One of the best experiences is visiting the Piedra Herrada Butterfly Sanctuary during the annual butterfly migration in Mexico, from late-November to March. Book a Mexico butterfly tour to see millions of butterflies in the mountains near Mexico City. Weather in Mexico City in December Mexico City weather in December (Photo via Weather and Climate) Visiting Mexico in December 3. Cabo San Lucas in December For more information on visiting Cabo San Lucas, check out this Cabo Travel Guide. Cabo San Lucas and nearby San Jose del Cabo are located in the Los Cabos Municipality. In Spanish, los cabos means “the capes,” (as cabo means “cape”). These are the top two destinations in Los Cabos Mexico. Cabo San Lucas is the more popular of the two Cabos, though the airport you’ll fly into is in San Jose del Cabo, about 40 minutes away. With a more relaxed vibe, San Jose del Cabo offers a nice alternative to lively Cabo San Lucas, so some travelers stay there. With warmer weather all year, Mexico is great year-round — and Cabo even more so. It averages 300 days of sunshine each year (though some say it gets 350 days of sunshine!), so you can expect to have a nice trip to Los Cabos in December. In fact, the Cabo rainy season only runs from about August to September, followed by 8-10 months of sunshine. December is still warm, and temperatures average about 82°F (27°C), but you can always hop in your Cabo beach resort pool or the ocean for a refreshing swim. Swim With the Whale sharks in Cabo Looking for the best things to do in Cabo San Lucas in December? Join a Cabo whale shark tour to swim with the largest fish in the sea 🐋 Whale sharks are sharks, but they are a docile and harmless variety, similar to a nurse shark. They are also the largest fish in the sea at about 40- to 50-feet-long (12m-15m)! Cabo Whale Shark Season runs from about November to April, so if you want to experience this bucket list activity, book your Los Cabos Whale Shark tour ASAP because they do sell out. Cabo Weather in December Weather in Cabo in December, which shows what you can also expect from Los Cabos weather in December. (Photo via Weather and Climate) Visiting Mexico in December 4. Tulum in December For more information on visiting Tulum Mexico, check out this Tulum Travel Guide. Once a sleepy beach town, Tulum is now one of the most popular and best places to visit in Mexico. In recent years, it has also become one of the most expensive. Since December is one of the Tulum busy season months, you’ll want to book your Tulum beach resort ASAP! Weather-wise, it likely won’t rain at all, though a brief afternoon shower isn’t uncommon anywhere on the coast. Since the Tulum weather in December is so great, this is the busiest month for Tulum travel, so do expect large crowds throughout December in Tulum. If you were planning to travel to Tulum on a budget, your money will definitely stretch further in the summer months, during the Tulum slow season. December and January will be pricey, but you can find some good Tulum travel deals in February, and still enjoy the nice weather. With the money you can save visiting Tulum in November vs December, you may even want to extend your trip beyond Mexico and into Central America. Just a few hours south of Tulum, you can do a land crossing into Belize near Lake Bacalar, Mexico.   Tulum Weather in December You can use this chart to get a good feel for Yucatan Mexico weather, both for Tulum and the entire Yucatan Peninsula. (Photo via Weather and Climate, Tulum weather in December) Visiting Mexico in December 5. Oaxaca in December For more information on visiting Oaxaca Mexico, check out this Oaxaca Travel Guide. 🗣 Before we talk about visiting Oaxaca in December, let’s clear up the Oaxaca pronunciation. If you’re wondering, How do you pronounce Oaxaca?, it’s waa-haa-kah. Oaxaca State is one of the most culturally-rich places in Mexico and all Latin America. Oaxaca City, the capital of Oaxaca State, is well known as the Foodie Capital of Mexico thanks to its delicious Oaxacan cuisine. There’s also and colorful festivals, like Day of the Dead and the Guelaguetza. When most people say “Oaxaca,” they are referring to Oaxaca City (AKA Oaxaca de Juarez), in the central part of the state. The beaches of Oaxaca, like Puerto Escondido, Mazunte, Zipolite and Huatulco, are also popular, but they are located on the Pacific Coast. Oaxaca City weather is more of a desert-like climate, versus the beaches that are quite tropical. Though a desert, Oaxaca City does have a rainy season which runs from about May to September, so if you visit in December, you’ll have beautiful weather. Oaxaca Weather in December Oaxaca Mexico weather December (Photo via Weather and Climate) Visiting Mexico in December 6. Riviera Maya in December Many of the best things to do in Mexico in December involve being in the ocean! (Photo: Caribbean weather in December via Canva) The Riviera Maya is located between Cancun and Playa del Carmen, in the Yucatán Peninsula. It is the most posh area in Yucatan, where you’ll find many of the best resorts in Mexico and even the nicest Mexico overwater bungalows. Given its location, you can expect similar weather to Cancun, Tulum and Playa del Carmen, which is to say it’s on the hotter side. Of course, you’ll be right on the Caribbean Sea, so you’ll likely have a nice breeze, but you can also jump in the sea to cool off in the afternoons. 🏝 Costa Maya Mexico Weather in December: Located about 3.5 hours south of Riviera Maya, you’ll be in the beach town of Mahahual, Mexico on the Costa Maya. The weather in Riviera Maya and Coast Maya is similar, but the vibe is much more laid back in Costa Maya. Besides the Caribbean, there are so many other places to cool off and swim near Riviera Maya. From the cenotes in Tulum and cenotes near Cancun, both close to Riviera Maya, you also have water parks like Xcaret and Xel-Ha, and underground rivers, like Rio Secreto. For a truly memorable experience, head about 40 minutes south to the beach town of Akumal. It’s just south of Tulum, and one of the more up-and-coming Mexico resort towns. However, the real claim to fame is that you can swim with the turtles in Akumal Beach. riviera maya weather in December Mayan Riviera weather in December (Photo via Weather and Climate) Visiting Mexico in December 7. Puerto Vallarta in December For more information on visiting Puerto Vallarta Mexico, check out this Puerto Vallarta Travel Guide. Puerto Vallarta is one of the safest cities in Mexico, and best beach towns in Mexico. It appeals to all types of travelers, from solo travelers to honeymooners, families and LGBTQ+ travelers — as Puerto Vallarta is the gay capital of Mexico, AKA the San Francisco of Mexico. If you’re looking to go on a cruise to Mexico in December, see if there are any to Puerto Vallarta. A top destination for cruises in Mexico, there’s no shortage of things to do in Puerto Vallarta when you venture off-boat. 🏝 Sayulita in December: Located about one hour from Puerto Vallarta, many visit or even take a day trip to Sayulita, Mexico. This bohemian beach town has the same great weather as Puerto Vallarta in December, and it’s absolutely worth checking out. On one side of the city, there’s Bahía Banderas (Bay of Banderas), a tranquil inlet off the Pacific Ocean great for swimming, snorkeling, and whale watching (winters only). The Sierra Madre mountains are just behind the beach, so you really get the best of all worlds. As with all Mexico beaches in December, you can expect hotter, somewhat humid weather, but little rain. If it does rain, the showers usually pass quickly, and then you can go back to enjoying all the Old World charm, beautiful nature, and best beaches Puerto Vallarta has to offer. Puerto Vallarta Weather in December Weather in Puerto Vallarta in December (Photo via Weather and Climate) Visiting Mexico in December 8. Playa del Carmen in December For more information on visiting Playa del Carmen Mexico, check out this Playa del Carmen Travel Guide. Though some call Playa del Carmen the mini-Cancun, it’s a destination in its own right. Now, to get there, you do have to travel from Cancun to Playa del Carmen (or just “Playa,” as the locals call it), but it’s just a one hour drive. Once you arrive in Playa, it’s much more of a beach town than Cancun, which is a resort town. Now, there are some beautiful resorts in Playa del Carmen, but it has a small town feel. It’s much more walkable than Cancun, which is great because there’s no Uber in Playa del Carmen. What these two cities do share, is their weather. Much like Cancun, you can expect warmer days and cool, breezy nights. There’s not much humidity in winter, but to avoid it entirely when traveling to Playa del Carmen in December plan to be indoors, or in the water, in the afternoons. If you want to visit the nearby Mayan Ruins in Mexico, arrive early in the morning when they open, and you’ll be done touring the site by midday when the humidity can roll in. When in the Yucatan Peninsula, don’t miss Chichen Itza Pyramids — one of the Seven Wonders of the World. Playa del Carmen Weather in December Playa del Carmen weather Mexico in December (Photo via Weather and Climate) Visiting Mexico in December 9. Puerto Escondido in December For more information on visiting Puerto Escondido Mexico and all the best beaches of Oaxaca, check out this Oaxaca Beaches Travel Guide. Located on the Pacific Coast of Mexico, Puerto Escondido is the most famous of all Oaxaca Beaches. It is popular with surfers, artists, backpackers, and solo travelers in Mexico, but there’s really something for everyone in “Puerto,” as the locals call it. 🏄‍♀️ Want to learn to surf in Puerto Escondido? Book some surfing lessons now so you can learn how to in one of the best places to surf in Mexico. Some will start in Oaxaca City, then make the Oaxaca to Puerto Escondido journey, for a complete Oaxaca state trip. There are so many things to do in Puerto Escondido, however, that you can easily spend your whole trip there. When in town, you’ll want to visit the best beaches in Puerto Escondido, like Playa Carrizalillo, Playa Zicatela, Playa Bacocho, Playa La Punta and Playa Puerto Angel. December is part of the Mexico whale season, so you may even see some whales from the shore. You can also take a Puerto Escondido boat tour out to see the dolphins that hang out near Puerto. When the sun is setting, join the baby turtle release experience to send these adorable creatures into the sea for the first time. At night, head to Laguna Manialtepec Lagoon to see the bioluminescence. Puerto Escondido Weather in December Mexico climate and Puerto Escondido December weather (Photo via Weather and Climate) Visiting Mexico in December 10. Cozumel in December Want to visit Yucatan in December for some warm weather? Cozumel is a great choice because it’s located in Yucatan, the hottest part of Mexico in December. 🚢 Planning to take a Mexico cruise in December? Cozumel Island is one of the best Mexico cruise ports, especially for snorkelers and divers. Cozumel is a Mexican Caribbean island, located about 30 minutes by ferry from Playa del Carmen. There are also flights to Cozumel, and you can land right on the island at Cozumel International Airport. It’s also quite easy to travel from Cancun to Cozumel. Some say Cozumel is the best place for snorkeling in Mexico, and the best place for diving in Mexico as well. Just off-shore, there’s the Mesoamerican Barrier Reef, the second largest coral reef in the world, after the Great Barrier Reef. There are plenty of ways to see the reef, even if you don’t want to swim. That’s right, the Cozumel Submarine Tour is an unforgettable experience to see these coral reefs in an actual submarine. Cozumel also has beautiful beaches, and Mayan Ruins as well. You likely won’t get rain when traveling to Cozumel in December. However, the vast majority of all the best things to do in Cozumel involve being in, on or near the Caribbean Sea, so that makes the (possible) afternoon showers more tolerable. Cozumel Weather in December Cozumel December weather (Photo via Weather and Climate) Visiting Mexico in December Weather in Mexico in December: FAQs Not sure what to do in Mexico in December? Head to the beaches and enjoy everything from whale watching and snorkeling, to boat cruises, fine dining and diving. Does it rain in Mexico in December? It can, but it’s rare — December weather in Mexico is as close to perfect as it gets. There is a very slim chance of rain, though Nature does what it wants! If you’re visiting the beaches on the Mexican coast, an afternoon shower is always possible, though it would likely pass quickly. What’s the typical Mexico Christmas weather? Weather is never 100% predictable, but Mexican weather in December is somewhat predictable. While there’s no set Mexico temperature in December, you can expect warm days and cool nights on the beaches, but cold nights in the cities. It’s the dry season, so rain shouldn’t be an issue. What’s the best time of year to visit Mexico? Weather-wise, the best time to travel to Mexico is from November to March. This is during the dry season, when you’ll see very little (if any) rain, low humidity, and few mosquitoes. This is also the high or busy season in Mexico, when most people visit so they get the best weather. For travelers who want to escape the crowds, the summer months also give you more bang for your buck. You can still find cheap flight prices and hotel deals in December, but you have to look! If you want to treat yourself to a fancy resort in Mexico, opt for February over December. Visiting Mexico in December When is the shoulder season in Mexico? You’ll have near-empty beaches like this in Mazatlan if you visit during the Mexico shoulder season. (Photo: Mazatlan Mexico weather in December via Canva) The shoulder season is a magical time when the weather is still nice, but the crowds have died down, and the prices have as well. It takes place just as the busy season is about to begin, and right after it ends. For my money, this is the best time to visit Mexico! The Mexico shoulder season includes the months of October to November and April to May; though May is the hottest month in Mexico. You may still find great Mexico travel deals in other months, but you likely won’t find low prices or small crowds anytime during the busy season. Visiting Mexico in December How hot is it in Mexico in December? You might want to know, Is Mexico warm in December? Yes — It is still quite warm in Mexico, even in December. If you don’t like tropical weather, plan to visit the cities in Mexico in December, not the beaches, which are considerably warmer than the cities. ❄️ Mexico Fun Fact: The coldest city in Mexico is the small pueblo of Ciudad Madera, Chihuahua, located in North Mexico. Ciudad Madera sees a few inches of snow each year. Many are surprised that December is still one of the warmer months in Mexico, especially if you’re visiting the Mexico beach towns. Average temperatures in Mexico in December hover around 80°F (26°C) on the beaches, but it can feel a few degrees hotter because of the humidity. Visiting Mexico in December Is it sunny in Mexico in December? Even if it’s cloudy or rainy, the sun’s rays are still strong in Mexico — so don’t forget to pack these best sunscreens for Mexico to keep your skin safe. Yes — It tends to be sunny in Mexico year-round, even in the Winter season. Since December is not a Mexico rainy season month, it likely won’t rain at all. In the event it does, just know that even if storms, cloud cover and rainfall rolls in, the sun often comes back in an hour. What is the average temperature in Mexico in December? Wondering, Is Mexico hot in December? It Depends — The average weather in Mexico in December is on the warmer side, but it’s not very humid. If you’re visiting Mexico City and/or Central Mexico, the temperatures cool down considerably at night, but this isn’t the case on Mexican beaches. For Mexico beaches, you can expect 80°F days (26°C) and 72°F nights (22°C). With the humidity factored in, it might even feel hotter. Inland, the cities of Mexico are considerably cooler, so plan for 65°F days (18°C) and 45°F nights (7°C). If you’re debating on when to visit, know it’s usually a bit warmer in November compared to December. For travelers who enjoy the cooler weather, winters in Mexico are perfect, so plan to visit between December to March. Visiting Mexico in December When is Mexico Hurricane Season? Want to travel to the Yucatan Peninsula? The best time to visit Yucatan is December, when you can enjoy places like Merida, Valladolid, Izamal, the Mayan Ruins and Yucatan cenotes with nice weather. (Photo: Cenote Suytun) Mexico has about 5,800 miles (9330 km) of coastline, so there’s a lot of places susceptible to hurricanes. ⛈ Atlantic Hurricane Season runs from June 1 to November 30, so you’re always better off visiting Mexico beaches in December vs November, just in case! What are the best beaches in Mexico in December? I come bearing great news because beaches in Mexico all have great weather in December — sunny, warm (but not hot), with low humidity. In fact, December Mexico weather is perfect in both cities and on beaches, so you’re in for a great trip, regardless of when you’re going. No matter if you’re headed to the Pacific Coast beaches (Puerto Vallarta, Puerto Escondido and Sayulita), Caribbean beaches (Cancun, Riviera Maya, Tulum and Playa del Carmen) or Yucatan beaches (Progreso, El Cuyo) — you’re in for a beautiful vacation. Best time to see whales in Mexico: December to March Not sure where to travel to Mexico in December? The weather in Ensenada Mexico in December is perfect, both on the beaches and nearby vineyards of Valle de Guadalupe. (Photo: Ensenada Mexico weather in December via Canva) If you are visiting any of the Mexico Pacific beach towns, you must take a boat tour to see some whales. Several species of whales migrate past the Pacific coast during Mexico whale watching season, but the best place to see them is off the coast of Baja California. Baja California is a peninsula on Mexico’s west coast. It’s home to many of the best beach towns in Mexico, like Cabo San Lucas (Los Cabos), La Paz, Loreto and Rosarito. If you’re visiting Cabo San Lucas in December, don’t pass up the chance to take some of these Cabo whale tours. Visiting Mexico in December Should I go to Mexico in December? Yes — Mexico December weather is ideal, and you can expect sunny, cool days. If you’re traveling at the beginning of December, you will have nice weather and smaller crowds, though the crowd level picks up considerably as it gets closer to Christmas. Can you go to Mexico in December? Yes — In fact, it’s the month when the most visitors go to Mexico! December is a lively month in Mexico, but it’s also an exciting time as cities (especially downtown Mexico City) get decked out for the Christmas holiday season. You might even see some decorations on Mexico’s beaches. ✈️ Book your Mexico flights now on Skyscanner Visiting Mexico in December Are there any major Mexico holidays in December? The best way to visit is on a Basilica de Guadalupe tour, as it’s outside of the main tourist zone. Many tours combine the church with a visit to nearby Teotihuacan Ruins. Yes — December 25th is Christmas in Mexico, though many actually use this as a day of rest. The main Christmas event in Mexico is Noche Buena on December 24, as well as the Christmas Posadas, parties that take place throughout the month. Dia de la Virgen de Guadalupe: December 12 Christmas is the biggest Mexico holiday in December. However, there are others like Hanukkah for Jewish Mexicans (exact dates change every year), the Feast of the Immaculate Conception on December 8, New Year’s Eve on December 31. There’s also Dia de la Virgen de Guadalupe on December 12. One of the central religious figures, images and statues of the Virgen de Guadalupe (Virgin of Guadalupe) can be seen all over Mexico. For devout Catholics, the Dia de la Virgen de Guadalupe (Virgin of Guadalupe Day) on December 12 is one of the most important holidays. The main place to experience the holiday is the beautiful Basílica de Guadalupe in Mexico City. On December 12 each year, millions of devout Catholics (yes — millions!) travel from every corner of Mexico to attend this mass; some even make the trek on foot as a form of pilgrimage. Visiting Mexico in December Are there mosquitoes in Mexico in December? Yes — Mosquitoes are a way of life everywhere that has tropical weather, from Mexico and Costa Rica, to Puerto Rico and the Dominican Republic. The mosquitoes are at their worst in the Mexico rainy season, but you can still get bit in the dry season. You’ll want to pack insect repellent when visiting Mexico, and apply it more than once during the day. I recommend this eco-friendly mosquito spray from Repel, or this combo reef-safe sunscreen/mosquito repellent from Badger. ▶︎ SHOP: Anti-Mosquito Sunscreen ▶︎ SHOP: Eco-Mosquito Spray Final Thoughts: Traveling to Mexico in December If you’re going to Mexico in December, you’ll be in good company — as it’s the busiest month for Mexico travel. The weather is sunny, but cool all over the country, and there’s a festive feeling in the air, particularly the cities in Central Mexico. What’s the best place to visit in Mexico in December? In my opinion, Mexico City, because it’s so beautiful around Christmas time. All the Mexican beaches have perfect weather in December, but if you want to escape the crowds, check out Zihuatanejo or La Paz. You will definitely encounter crowds and high price tags in December and January, so if that’s not for you, opt for November or February. These are shoulder season months, so you’ll have nice weather, smaller crowds and reasonable prices — it just might be the best time to visit Mexico! If Mexico in December isn’t for you… After reading this, you might not want to visit Mexico in December after all. If so, check out the articles linked below about visiting Mexico during other months of the year. Mexico Travel Planning Guide 🚑 Should I buy Mexico travel insurance? 100% YES! — With basic coverage averaging just $5-10USD per day, enjoy peace of mind with a plan from World Nomads, the biggest name in travel insurance. (Read more) 💧Can you drink the water in Mexico? No — You’ll want to buy a Water-To-Go Bottle, which filters your drinking water so you don’t get sick from drinking water in Mexico, and helps keep you hydrated while traveling Mexico. (Read more) 🚙💨 Is it safe to rent a car in Mexico? Yes — Renting a car in Mexico is one of the best ways to see the country! I always rent with Discover Cars, which checks both international companies and local Mexican companies, so you get the best rates. (Read more) 📲 Will my phone work in Mexico? Maybe — It depends on your company, so check with your provider. If you don’t have free Mexico service, buy a Telcel SIM Card. As Mexico’s largest carrier, Telcel has the best coverage of any Mexico SIM Cards. (Read more) 🏩 What’s the best way to book my Mexico accommodations? For Mexico hotels, Booking is the best site, but for hostels, use Hostel World. If you’re considering a Mexico Airbnb, don’t forget to also check VRBO, which is often cheaper than Airbnb. 🧳 What do I pack for Mexico? Head to the Ultimate Mexico Packing List + FREE Checklist Download to get all the info you need on packing for Mexico. ✈️ What’s the best site to buy Mexico flights? For finding cheap Mexico flights, I recommend Skyscanner. 🎫 Do I need a visa for Mexico? Likely Not — U.S., Canadian and most European Passport holders don’t need a visa for Mexico; but check here to see if you do need a Mexico travel visa. The majority of travelers will receive a 180-Day FMM Tourist Visa upon arrival. Sri Lanka in December 2022 – rest and weather in Sri Lanka in December and for the New Year Sri Lanka is a heavenly corner of the earth, the rest in which always turns into a real adventure. Many people dream of celebrating the New Year surrounded by tropical landscapes. Tour-Calendar will tell you what the “Blessed Land” has prepared for its guests on the eve of the winter holidays. Contents Go to the south-west of the country for the sun and a comfortable beach holiday, rains are not ruled out there, but they are short-lived and do not bring any discomfort When is the best time to visit Sri Lanka? | January | February | March | April | May | June | July | August | September | October | November | December = “d” .$placeID ?> } else { ?> = “ddd” .$placeID ?> } ?> Weather in Sri Lanka in December and New Year Whatever time of the year you come to Sri Lanka, you will always be met by a hot summer, since the island is very close to the equator, at a distance of only 800 km. And fluctuations in annual temperatures, in principle, do not make up a large range. But nevertheless, the weather is still different, as the monsoons rule here, bringing with them heavy torrential rains. It depends on the presence and amount of precipitation whether the sky will be clear or cloudy, whether the sun will come out, or the days will be gloomy. Also during the period of monsoon dominance, there is the potential for such cataclysms as hurricanes and floods. So, December refers to the beginning of a favorable season in the southwestern part of the island, which is most often chosen by travelers because of the developed infrastructure. The thing is that starting from this month, until about the beginning of April, the monsoons change in Sri Lanka, in other words, the direction of the winds changes from the southeast to the northwest. This leads to the fact that “waves” of moist air from the Bay of Bengal roll over the northwestern regions of the country. The central mountain range, “cutting” the island into two halves, delays them, preventing them from advancing to the southern and western regions, as a result of which heavy rainfall begins in the north, and everything is more or less dry in the south. This does not mean at all that there will be no rain at all, just that their number in places is reduced by 2-2.5 times. In addition, the northeast monsoons are much more harmless than the southwest, during which the island undergoes about 90% annual rainfall. Colombo +28 +30 MARARARILA +28 +32 +32 Bentota +28 +32 Hikkaduva 9000 +28 9000 +31 9000 – Lanka for 14 days → Therefore, there is nothing to fear. Going to Colombo, located on the southwest coast, do not forget to take an umbrella with you. Despite the fact that December is considered a comfortable month to visit, up to 10 days of precipitation are expected here. Fortunately, the rains are warm and do not last more than 15-50 minutes. The weather is quite hot – up to +30°C during the day. On dry days, you can use an umbrella as protection from the sun, following the example of the Sri Lankans. It is very warm at night – around +24 °C. The same advice is relevant in relation to such southern and southwestern resorts as Galle, Weligama, Wadduwa, Hikkaduwa, Bentota, where almost a third of the month is marked by rain (about 1 time in 3 days). At noon, the thermometer rises here on average to +29..+30 °C, and the sun also shines up to 7 hours a day. As for the nights, they are warm everywhere – about +23..+24 °C. As for seaside cities like Kalutara and Beruwala, the weather is similar, but it is possible that the intensity of precipitation will be somewhat stronger. In the western city of Negombo, the nights are slightly cooler than in the southwestern resorts – about +22..+23 °C. Now let’s move on to the study of the inner central island regions. The climate here is mostly temperate, but depending on the height above sea level (if we are talking about hills), the temperature background will vary. For example, in Anuradhapura, it is just as hot as in the south, but the number of cloudy days is a little more – about 13. But the high-mountain resort of Nuwara Eliya, where it seems that it is at hand to the clouds, eats its fill of rain – as much as 15 days. It is good to come here in search of daytime coolness, but at night you will have to get winter things: the range of daily temperatures is from +11 ° C to +19°C The northeastern regions are flooded with rain – from 16 to 20 wet days. What to do in Sri Lanka in December? December weather in Sri Lanka provides amazing opportunities for a diverse holiday. Beach tours are especially popular: the air intoxicating with its purity, the boundless ocean with its turquoise surface surrounded by exotic nature, the abundance of the sun – all this makes you want to bask in the snow-white sands and swim in warm waters for a long, long time. This month, the variety of flora and fauna presented here deserves special attention, which will surprise even the worldly traveler. In addition, it should be remembered that Sri Lanka is the birthplace of Ayurvedic treatment, the science of a healthy lifestyle. Therefore, why not take a course of procedures with true healers in order to return home full of strength and energy, so to speak renewed? Well, lovers of all sorts of antiquities will meet with a myriad of architectural monuments and Buddhist temples. Beach holiday Over 1000 km of the purest white-sand beaches, bordered by dense rows of stately coconut palms, an abundance of fruits and cheap cocktails have earned the island the fame of a resort from the sensational advertising of the Bounty chocolate bar. In December, “Sri Lanka Beach” is experiencing a high tourist season. The hotels nestled on the coastal strip tirelessly accept new and new batches of vacationers, but for some reason the beaches do not become very crowded. The water temperature is uniform along the entire island and is about +27..+28 °C. They swim mainly on the southern, western and southwestern coasts, where storms are extremely rare. Nevertheless, decent waves still periodically rise in Negombo and Kalutara (here they are slightly smaller), which is why surfers have chosen these resorts. Along with them, the cleanest coast in Hikkaduwa. There are also a couple of worthy beaches in the vicinity of the port city of Galle – Unawatuna and Dalawella. In Mount Lavinia (there are very strong undercurrents here), where young people usually hang out, in Colombo with often stormy seas and in Bentota with Beruwella, also with big waves, relaxing with children is not the best solution. Entertainment and excursions Sri Lanka boasts not only luxurious beaches, but also a huge number of attractions. On its relatively small territory, there are about 9 sites included in the UNESCO World Heritage List. The mere fact that the island is the cradle of Buddhism provides tourists with a rich “excursion”. First of all, this is a lot of memorable and sacred places associated with this religious movement. For example, the Alluvihara group of monastic caves, where a written monument of Buddhism was created, or the “Golden Cave Temple”, crowning the top of Mount Dambulla, which houses the world’s largest collection of Buddha statues. These places are located in the very center of the country, so a trip there will take place only in case of good weather. Also, the interior regions of Sri Lanka are interesting with a unique city with gardens and pools on the “Lion Rock”, considered the 8th wonder of the world. The original and charming Colombo attracts tourists with religious buildings (all sorts of cathedrals, temples, mosques), colonial architecture mansions in lush gardens and the ancient Pettah Bazaar, where you can easily “hang out” for the whole day. In December, such entertainment as bird watching becomes available for guests of Sri Lanka, which this month arrive here for wintering from different countries and continents. One of the best places to track birds is Bundala Park, located 260 km from the capital. New Year and other holidays and festivals The Sri Lankans are tolerant people, so holidays of many religions are celebrated on the island. In Anuradhapura, on the day of the full moon, celebrations are held in honor of the arrival in Sri Lanka of the most ancient Bo tree on earth, thanks to which, according to legend, the Buddha received his sight. All tourists present at this great event, called “Unduvap Poya”, can touch the sacred tree. On December 25, Christians and Buddhists celebrate Christmas, the tradition of celebrating which came here back in the days of Portuguese colonization. Hotels prepare entertainment programs for their guests, Christmas trees are decorated in houses, and the streets are decorated with traditional decorations with national motifs. The European New Year is celebrated here on the same scale as the Sri Lankan, coming in April. At midnight, fireworks rumble over the island, and incendiary parties are held on the beaches. In general, fun flows like a river. What are the prices for holidays in Sri Lanka in December? Tours to Sri Lanka are already initially expensive due to the long flight. And in December, travel agencies request large amounts due to the high season that has begun and the eve of the Christmas and New Year holidays. The cost of tour packages rises by the 15th, but the overpayment in the end is not significant – 2% -10%, but by Christmas and New Year it will be from 35% to 50%. Remember that you can buy a tour to Sri Lanka cheaper at Travelata.ru – search for tours through hundreds of tour operators! Use our promo codes AF2000turcalendar for add. discount of 2000 rubles (tours from 100tr), AF1500turcalendar 1500 rubles (from 80tr) and AF1000turcalendar 1000 rubles (from 60tr)! Pick up a tour to Sri Lanka for December → Search flights to Sri Lanka → Prices for hotels in Sri Lanka → How to relax in Sri Lanka in December on your own Have you chosen where to go in Sri Lanka in December? For a solo trip you need: We book a hotel – do not overpay! We check prices at once on all booking sites at HotelLook Buy tickets on AviaSales – compare the cost of tickets to Sri Lanka from all agencies and airlines Book excursions on Tripster – choose and book excursions for December Rent a car – compare the prices of all car rental companies. Holidays in Sri Lanka in December will be more interesting with a car We arrange insurance – prices from all insurers at Cherehapa Transfer and taxi – proven service KiwiTaxi The ancient country of Ceylon will meet you in December with magnificent weather, conducive to an exciting and unforgettable vacation. It is more expedient to prefer the southwestern resorts, where the dry season reigns at this time. Tour-Calendar wishes you a successful trip! When is the best time to go to Sri Lanka, weather and seasons by months When is the best time to go to Sri Lanka – for a beach holiday or for the mountains – this is an important issue when planning a vacation. To make your vacation a success, before buying tickets, you must definitely find out when is the best time to travel to Sri Lanka and what kind of monthly weather . As you know, in the tropics everything is decided by monsoons, so seasonal weather changes affect the presence of rain and the state of the ocean. In the article, I will tell you in detail which of the beach resorts you should go to in which of the seasons in Sri Lanka. And also about what the weather will be like at this time in other regions of the island of Ceylon, where there are cultural attractions of the country that are worth seeing, and also tell you what holidays and festive events and processions are in Sri Lanka throughout the year . Contents of the article 1 When is the best time to go to Sri Lanka 1.1 Weather and seasons in Sri Lanka 1.2 When to go to the mountains in Sri Lanka 1.3 Weather in Sri Lanka by months

9024 9 day,
+22°C at night

City city	January-April	May-August
+30°C during the day, +24°C at night	+29°C during the day, +22°C at night
Kandy	+31°C during the day, +17°C at night	+29°C during the day, +21°C at night	+28°C day +18°C night
Nuwara Eliya	+21°C day +12°C night	+18°C day +16°C night 9024 +18°C day +15°C night
Trincomalee	+32°C day +24°C night	+33°C day +25°C night	+33°C C during the day, +23°C at night
Unawatuna	+31°C during the day, +24°C at night	+30°C during the day, +26°C at night	+31°C during the day, +25°C at night

Sometimes the monsoons interfere with the tourist season, mainly bringing in clouds and wind. Let’s find out in which month which of the resorts in Sri Lanka is best to go.

Where can I go in Sri Lanka depending on the month?

• In December, January and February it is best to go to the south and west of Sri Lanka, to beach resorts:
  -) Negombo →
  -) Colombo →
  -) Bentota →
  -) Hikkaduwa →
  -) Mirissa →
  -) Unawatuna →
  -) Tangale →
  … and others.
• In March and April you can travel all over the island of Sri Lanka, including the mountainous country to Nuwara Eliya and Ella. Everywhere will be great weather.
• In May, June, July it is best to go to the eastern resorts in Trincomalee. And July is ideal for exploring the Cultural Triangle (Anuradhapura, Polonnaruwa, Sigiriya).
• V August In Sri Lanka, a kind of “Indian summer” reigns, an echo of good weather. At this time, you can relax in all beach resorts, but these will not be ideal conditions. The sun will please, but the wind and waves will sometimes be present,
• In September the good season continues only on the east coast of Sri Lanka.
• October and November is the worst time to visit Sri Lanka. The monsoons are starting to change, the weather is getting worse, and it will be uncomfortable to rest throughout the country, on any coast and beach in Sri Lanka. Only by the end of November, good weather sets in on the southern and western coasts of Ceylon.

Conclusions on when to go to Sri Lanka depending on the weather:

• Thus, if you want to go to Sri Lanka for a holiday in beach resorts, then it is worth considering the winter and spring months for travel.
  In preparation for the trip, read about the best cheap hotels in Sri Lanka with their own beach: http://paikea.ru/sri-lanka-horoshie-nedorogie-oteli-s-sobstvennym-plyazhem/
• beach holiday in Sri Lanka with a trip to the main attractions in a mountainous country, it is best to fly to Ceylon in March or April.
• For those who do not want to spend a long time on the beach, but prefer independent travel and getting to know the country’s culture, it is best to go to Sri Lanka in July. At this time, in the arid region Rajarat (Anuradhapura, Polonnaruwa, Sigiriya and other ancient cities), you can get acquainted with the ancient architecture of a whole constellation of Sinhalese cities. However, it is worth considering that if you still want to end your trip to Sri Lanka with a short break on the beach, then in this case it is worth heading to the east coast at Trincomalee or Batticaloa .

So we figured out when is the best time to go to Sri Lanka. The matter remains small:

1. Buy air tickets to Sri Lanka;
2. Order hotels in Sri Lanka on your own – We recommend hotels in Sri Lanka for holidays →
3. Or pick up a ready-made tour to Sri Lanka on the Online Tours website →

Holidays in Sri Lanka by months

Another

a nuance that may be of interest to all lovers of exotic countries is the holidays that are celebrated in Sri Lanka. Some Buddhist and national holidays can even interfere with the life of tourists. For example, poya (full moon) days are always a public holiday. And on this day, shops selling alcohol are closed. However, this does not apply to beach resorts.

An overview of the main holidays in Sri Lanka

Bak Poya in Nuwara Eliya

During the holidays in Sri Lanka, everything seems to stop, and for several days people are in a rather relaxed mode. If the full moon falls on Thursday, then Friday will most likely also be non-working. The same applies to holidays that fall on weekends, Monday is added to non-working days.

A special place is occupied by Sinhalese New Year , which is celebrated in Sri Lanka in April. Many take two weeks off and go to relatives or go on a pilgrimage to holy places. The official pilgrimage season to Sri Pada (the highest mountain in Sri Lanka, also called Adam’s Peak) is from December to April.

Since Sri Lanka is inhabited by representatives of different faiths – Buddhism, Hinduism, Islam – the country celebrates 26 different holidays and also holds several major festivals. Some holidays in Sri Lanka do not have a fixed date, but are calculated according to the lunar calendar, while other holidays are calendar holidays and are held on strictly defined days.

Our experience of participating in holidays in Sri Lanka

During our trip to Sri Lanka, we visited Bak Poya in Nuwara Eliya and the celebration of the birth of the Buddha (Wesak) in Colombo. And I must say – this is a very colorful sight. The procession with fire is unforgettable!

Here’s what you need to know about Sri Lanka:

• Sri Lanka routes – the best way to travel around Ceylon
• Train travel in Sri Lanka – train schedules, ticketing features and railway description
• Colombo hotels near the airport – where to spend the night in the capital of Sri Lanka
• Inexpensive flight from Sri Lanka to the Maldives – practical information and cheap air tickets tea
• The best sights of Sri Lanka – what to see first of all on the island of Ceylon
• Akila guide review – how to choose a good driver-guide for traveling around Sri Lanka
• Visa to Sri Lanka – documents, terms, features and all ways to get

Useful information for tourists

• It is better to buy air tickets to Sri Lanka on a reliable website Aviasales. ru , because it has a quick search for cheap tickets and it is convenient to set different filters, choose a currency and view the calendar low prices. Other flight search engines are not much different from it, and there are fewer functions in them.
• To search and book hotels in , we always use the site Booking.com , as it presents the widest selection of hotels and hotels, provides detailed information with descriptions and photos of rooms, and you can also read real reviews and conveniently choose a hotel on map.
• We recommend renting accommodation (apartment or house) on the website Airbnb.ru . Get a $20 rental bonus by going to at this link (at registration you get a discount on the first booking).

Useful travel articles with Anex Tour in Rostov-on-Don

Published

New Year is a holiday that both adults and children are waiting for. Its atmosphere is created by decorated streets and the smell of spruce, and the number of days off only improves mood. It is believed that the New Year should be spent with the family, but every year the number of people choosing trips to other settlements is increasing. When choosing a place to stay, you need to …

Published in Useful information about tours

With the advent of summer, many people have a question about where it is better to go on holiday or on weekends. Of course, in the summer, seaside holidays are the most popular, and therefore it will not be superfluous to consider the best resorts of the Azov and Black Seas. Black Sea resorts Anapa This resort is perfect for relaxing, regardless of …

Published in Useful about tours

Published

Christmas Tale – 10 Cities of Russia Christmas is one of the main holidays of the year for Orthodox believers. But the triumph of the spirit in it is combined with the centuries-old Christmas traditions of the pagan ancestors, the fun of folk festivals. It is best to celebrate Christmas and feel its atmosphere, at the same time comprehending the mysteries of the Russian soul in 10 cities of Russia that have preserved historical architecture. Here is a list of the best places…

Published in Useful information about tours

For many Russians, Crimea remains a favorite vacation spot. Moreover, you can have fun and improve your health in different areas of the peninsula. Now both the southern coast of Crimea and the northern coast are open to everyone. The future traveler has to decide what kind of vacation he prefers. In the north there is a temperate climatic zone, and the southern part of Crimea is referred to as subtropics. In …

Published in Useful about tours

Published 25/08/2020 25/08/2020

Five coastal cities of Russia, where you can have a rest with children in the summer without damaging your wallet Vacation with children is an expensive pleasure For five years we have been traveling as a group of four (me, wife and two children). During this time, visited two dozen Russian cities. We try not to show off, but to choose the golden mean. At the same time, we never settle in hostels, but stay …

Published in Useful about tours

Published in 08/18/2020 08/18/2020

Russian resorts that amaze with their beauty and hospitality Dreams of a vacation warm the soul throughout the working year, motivating you to work hard, which will be rewarded with a magical vacation. But after the regime of self-isolation, it became clear that some foreign resorts will remain inaccessible this year. It is too early to despair – we have created a selection of Russian resorts that will impress tourists no less …

Published in Useful about tours

Published 17.08.2020 03.09.2020

Life, with its small and big joys, is slowly recovering from the damage caused by the pandemic. The need for new experiences and travel returns. Industries specializing in the joys of life are gradually recovering. Domestic tourism, one of the first industries to open its wings as it recovers from this year’s turmoil. While visiting other countries is in question, you can go to some, to some, no, with …

Published in Useful information about tours

Published in

17 warm countries to visit in February Some people do not tolerate frost well, so in winter they go to warm countries to bask in the sun and gain motivation. Someone flies on a dizzying cruise to plunge headlong into the atmosphere of adventure and take a break from the routine, and then return home with renewed vigor, while someone completely changes their environment …

Published in Useful information about tours

Published in

What is the usual idea of ​​holidays in autumn? These are cozy evenings at home, watching your favorite movies and tasting hot drinks. But holidays can be spent differently. Just imagine how your toes touch the hot sand, and a light breeze stirs your hair. October is perfect for such a holiday somewhere abroad. But before booking tickets, you should carefully study all the nuances of the countries so that the rest is remembered …

Published in Useful information about tours

Summer is over and in September the most comfortable time for a holiday on the sea coast begins. There is no longer that exhausting heat, the autumn sun does not burn, but pleasantly caresses. The evening sea breeze brings a refreshing coolness, and you don’t want to leave the warm, warm sea during the summer. At the beginning of autumn, theme festivals and various holidays are traditionally held in resort areas, …

Published in Useful information about tours

Sea recreation is most relevant in the midst of the Russian summer. It is in July that there is an increased demand for tours to the sea, as well as the purchase of air tickets and hotel reservations in popular resorts. Therefore, you should take care in advance about choosing a suitable destination and purchasing a ticket to one of the countries most attractive for sea holidays at this time. The earlier it is…

Published in Useful about tours

Posted 06/08/2020 06/09/2020

Most of the Russians prefer to plan their holidays at the end of summer, because in August the weather is sunny and warm at most resorts, and there are practically no nasty rains. During this period, as a rule, the demand for popular resort routes is greatly increased and, accordingly, the cost of vouchers increases. It would be useful to think about the upcoming vacation now, decide on financial issues …

Published in Useful about tours

Published 02/18/2020 02/19/2020

The first month of summer opens the beginning of the holiday season. June pleases travelers with good weather, free beaches and favorable prices. There are many countries to choose from for vacationers, in which comfortable weather conditions are noted. Rest is available not only in European countries, but also in interesting exotic destinations. Consider the countries most suitable for holidays in June. Bulgaria For entry into the country …

Published in Useful about tours

Posted 12/02/2020 19/02/2020

May holidays are a great chance to relax, gain strength and new experiences. We offer affordable options where to go on vacation in May without spending a lot of money. Number of holidays in May 2022 Holidays: from May 1 to May 5 and from May 9 to 11, working days on April 30 and May 8 will be reduced. Where …

Published in Useful information about tours0003

April is a transitional month in the tourist area. Ski resorts are beginning to close the season as the temperature no longer allows snow to lie on the slopes for long. Avid lovers of ski holidays by the end of February – beginning of March are already starting to remove their equipment until next winter. At the same time, large beach resorts in Europe are just preparing for the influx of tourists and slowly …

Published in Useful information about tours0003

Where to go abroad for a vacation if the vacation falls on the first month of spring 2022? In the article, we suggest that you familiarize yourself with the TOP destinations for a beach holiday. March in our country, according to tradition, is stingy on fine days, and after the long winter months, I really want to lie somewhere in the sun. Perhaps it is time to go abroad to …

Published in Useful information about tours

It is quite difficult to choose a place to stay at the end of the calendar year. But what can you do in order to publish New Year’s photos on the beach on a social network. Holidays on the warm sea at the end of December are possible in Africa, Asia, the Caribbean and the Middle East. Each of these regions has its own climatic features, which will be discussed …

Published in Useful information about tours

Holidays in Asian countries planned in advance will cost less than spontaneous ones. The fact is that in January you can go anywhere, but because of the weather, exotic islands and eastern countries with a warm climate become attractive. Planning your trip in advance allows you to buy a tour before the wave of tourist demand rises, and with it the price. In 2022 …

Published in Useful information about tours

To work is a noble and useful thing, but sometimes you need to rest. Do not despair if the vacation fell on a dank November. There are a lot of places in the world that will warm you with the warmth of the sun, smiles and vivid impressions even in this unpleasant time of the year. To help the traveler – our review of the 10 best places to stay in November. Sea, sun, sand: …

Published in Useful about tours

Weather in Sri Lanka, when is the best time to go

We lived in Sri Lanka for almost 10 years. We lived in the south of Sri Lanka in January, when it is difficult to squeeze through to the beach due to the abundance of tourists, and in July, when it is difficult to find an open cafe or restaurant with food edible for foreigners, and in the east of the island – in Trincomalee and Passikuda.
In this article, we will try to tell you in detail about the nuances of the weather and seasons here and give some tips on organizing a holiday in order to avoid surprises and even save on Sri Lanka weather .

Organization of excursions in Sri Lanka, car rental:

Igor Tours on Sri Lanka Car rental +79630540739 (VOTSAP, Telegram) “Since 2012, I have been organizing tours on Sri-Lanka and Vietnam and in Vietnam and Vietnam. -projects, for example “Orla and Reshki”. I will tell you how it is more convenient to make a route, what to visit and where to stay”

25 reviews

Article content:

1. When is the best weather for a holiday in Sri Lanka?
   1. Dry season. Pros
   2. Cons
   3. Photos of the beaches of Sri Lanka during the high season
2. Rainy season in Sri Lanka
   1. Pros
   2. Cons
   3. Photos of the beaches of Sri Lanka during the rainy season
3. The Secret Tour Operators Don’t Tell You
   1. What happens if you go to Sri Lanka during the rainy season?
   2. How to save money in bad weather?
4. Frequently asked questions about the weather in Sri Lanka
5. General weather information in Sri Lanka

When is the best weather for vacation in Sri Lanka?

Answer: If you do not want to waste time reading the article and immediately need an answer to the question, when is a good season for holidays in Sri Lanka, then here it is: Sri Lanka has a good season ALWAYS . More precisely, the seasons alternate on the west and east coasts. In winter, you need to go to southwest of the island . In summer – at east coast .

Let’s start with the so-called “hot season”, or as it is properly called – the dry season. By default, the dry season is called that in the southwest of the island (as already mentioned, in the east at this time the opposite is true – the monsoon season).
The season covers the following months: November, December, January, February, March.
We list the features, pros and cons of rest in the southwest of Sri Lanka during this period:

Pros:

• no waves
• low chance of rain (but not zero)
• clear blue sky
• clear water (you can swim with a mask and look at corals and fish)
• you can ride a yacht, watch whales

Cons:

• high prices (especially for the New Year) – in a good season, hotel prices are 2-4 times higher than in a rainy season
• there are a lot of tourists (if you dreamed of a secluded vacation on a wild beach, you need to choose certain hotels or resorts, for example, Bentota. Popular resorts such as Unawatuna and Hikkaduwa are very crowded at this time)
• often bad service (why bother if my restaurant already has more tourists than chairs?)
• it is more difficult to find a guide, rent a car, book a hotel, a villa (especially on New Year’s Eve, there are often no free places in rooms, free guides and even cars)

Photos of the beaches of the west coast of Sri Lanka during the high season (December – January)

Beach and weather in Hikkaduwa in January. No waves, clear sky, sun. Right here you can rent a mask and swim, look at corals and fish. Minus – as you can see, there are a lot of people on the beach.

Unawatuna beach and weather at the same time (December – January):

Rainy season in Sri Lanka

Another thing is the rainy season (June, July, August, September). Again, we remind you that at this time the rainy season is only in the South-West. The good season moves to the east of the island, in particular to the best beach in Sri Lanka – Nilaveli . The pros and cons are reversed. However, many of the minuses may not be minuses at all and they can be solved or turned to your advantage. But we will talk about this a little further.

Cons:

• The main disadvantage (and not rain at all, as you thought) – big waves in the ocean
• in the evenings it can rain for 15-20 minutes (and if you are not lucky at all, you can get into the period of showers, but this period is about two weeks a year)
• often cloudy skies (but many, especially locals, like it – it saves from the heat)
• due to the waves, the water can be cloudy, i.e. you can swim, but the picture is no longer like in the Bounty advertisement, and you can’t see the corals
• sailing trips on yachts and boats are suspended (for example, whale watching), or you may be sick on the waves if you take a boat to the ocean for fishing

Pros of holidays in Sri Lanka during the rainy season:

• very low prices , prices for 5* hotels, for example, can be 5-7 times lower (!) compared to the hot season
• very few tourists (if you dreamed of a secluded holiday – perfect choice)
• great service (if you are the only customer in a hotel or restaurant for a month, trust me, you will be licked from head to toe if you come back tomorrow)
• it is easy to find a good guide, rent a villa or a good car with a driver for ridiculous money (example: to travel around the island, you can book the cheapest economy class car via the Internet, instead you will be met by a driver in a suit on a brand new BMW – there is no work and it is better to go work for little money than sit at home and do nothing)

Pictures of Sri Lanka’s beaches during the rainy season

Unfortunately, many people do not quite understand what the “rainy season” is. And also what are the pros and cons of a holiday in Sri Lanka in each of the seasons.

Therefore, let’s just share photos of what the most popular resort in the south, Unawatuna, looks like during the rainy season.

Beach in the Galle area (near Unawatuna) during the rainy season (photo taken in August):

Beach in Hikkaduwa (the second popular resort in the southwest) at the same time (month of August):

But sometimes or in certain places there are such waves (2-3 meters). You need to look for a place protected by a coral reef that would dampen the waves if you want to swim.

Nice weather in Sri Lanka in summer. The secret that tour operators don’t talk about

Sometimes travel agencies and tour operators will say that it is “off season” in Sri Lanka in the summer. It’s not.

Actually in Sri Lanka NO bad season.
You can go here absolutely any time of the year !

The whole point is that the rainy season is local .
That is, when on one coast there are waves and cloudy, on the other – perfect heavenly weather.

We have just talked about the weather in Hikkaduwa and Unawatuna in August. And here is the weather at the same time in Trincomalee:

The thing is that cyclones run around the island during the year. And when on the Southwest coast (Hikkaduwa, Unawatuna, Mirissa, Bentota, Weligama) waves, cloudy and rainy (in June, July, August), on the East coast (Trincomalee, Nilaveli, Pasikuda) – heavenly weather, clear skies and clear water.

It is also convenient to visit the sights of the cultural triangle from Trincomalee, or you can combine a transfer with an excursion by adding an intermediate night in the center of the island after arrival.

Our tours in Sri Lanka:

Sigiriya, Safari, Kandy, Tea, Ambuluvava 3 days $110 per person Nuwara Eliya, Ella, train 2 days From $110 per person Kandy, Nuwara Eliya, Ambuluwawa 2 days $115 per person Blue Whales 1 day $79 per person Jeep Safari Yala or Udawalawe 1 day $95 per person Sigiriya, Nuwara Eliya, Ella, tea, train 4 days From $160 per person All treasures of Sri Lanka 4 days From $160 per person Car rental with driver From $50 per day

View all tours

Total:

In short, here are the resorts to choose depending on the season:

Good weather in Sri Lanka in winter (December, January, February, March) – South and South West coast:

• Unawatuna
• Hikkaduwa
• Mirissa
• Bentota
• Beruwala
• Tangalle
• Kalutara
• Weligama

Well, and their surroundings. You can just look at the map.

In winter, the weather here is ideal, but it is true that there are many tourists. But if you need a secluded place, you can always find it. To do this, you can simply write to us and ask for advice on a good place to stay at a certain time.

Nice weather in Sri Lanka in summer (in May, June, July, August, September) – East Coast:

• Trincomalee
• Nilaveli (the best beach in Sri Lanka in almost every way)
• Pasikuda
• Arugam Bay

Igor Tours on Sri Lanka Car rental +79630540739 (VOTSAP, Telegram) “Since 2012, I have been organizing tours on Sri-Lanka and Vietnam and in Vietnam and Vietnam. -projects, for example “Orla and Reshki”. I will tell you how it is more convenient to make a route, what to visit and where to stay”

25 reviews

What happens if you go to Sri Lanka during the rainy season?

You will be flooded, you will drown, there will be a flood, everyone will die, and the few survivors will revive human and civilization from scratch.
Nothing really bad will happen. In fact, you can go to Hikkaduwa or Unawatuna in the summer. You can also sunbathe on the beach and swim. Moreover, it will be very cheap and the service will be on top, you will be treated with care and attention, as you will be almost the only client.

If you need ideal weather, clear water and a really beautiful picture, then you need to go to the South-West in winter, and to the East in summer. But hotel prices will be higher.
Accordingly, in winter we go to the southwest for perfect weather. If we want to save money – go east, to Trincomalee.

Tip: not sure which coast to visit? Both are possible!

Another feature – all this can be combined .
If you are traveling on your own and not through a tour operator, you can break your holiday into several parts. Spend a few days on the East coast, then drive through the central part of the island, see the sights, mountains, go on a jeep safari and come to the south coast and spend a few more days there. And compare where you like best. In my subjective opinion, this is the most interesting option.

How to save money on bad weather in Sri Lanka

If during the hot season (for example, if you are going on vacation to Sri Lanka for the New Year), we highly recommend booking hotels in advance (otherwise there will simply be no places and you will have to spend the night in a dirty guesthouse for crazy money), then in the rainy season the recommendation is the opposite – it is better to book hotels at the last moment.

And here’s why: since many hotels remain empty during the rainy season, they often give very large discounts at the last moment in order to somehow fill up and have at least some business.

For example, hotels that cost $300-400 during the season can be booked for $60 during the low season.

Similarly with drivers and guides. Write to us, as a rule we can arrange an educated English or even Russian-speaking driver in a great car for $40 per day.

Answers to some popular questions about the weather in Sri Lanka

Question: How can I find out what the weather is like in that resort of Sri Lanka where we plan to go in the near future?
Answer: Very simple – just ask. Just write to us. It is not at all difficult for us to answer and this does not oblige you to anything. We have up-to-date information and will give a clear answer, we can even send a photo 🙂

Question: Yandex (or another site with weather forecasts) shows that at this time in Sri Lanka there are constant rains and thunderstorms, what should I do?
Answer: Very sad, but for some reason these sites often do not display up-to-date information, but simply issue a template – they simply have information in the database that it should rain in Sri Lanka at this time. This information is not taken from any real sources and often does not correspond to reality. Yandex can show that every day it rains at a time when in reality this beach has a clear sky and a calm blue ocean. A similar problem sometimes happens in the dry season – weather forecast services show that it is clear in this resort of Sri Lanka, although in reality it is still raining there.

Question: How then to find out the latest information about the weather in Sri Lanka now?
Answer: Very simple – ask those who are there. For example a local guide or just write to us.

Question: What about the transitional months (April, October), where is the best place to go on vacation in Sri Lanka?
Answer: Once again, ask those who are there. For example a local guide or write to us. But as a rule, according to the observations of recent years (2014 – 2022), the seasons are a little “delayed”. That is, in April, good weather is still in the south. And in October it is still held in the east. But it needs to be clarified. Every year is different.

General weather information in Sri Lanka:

The island has a tropical climate with a rainy season from May to October. But it is difficult to call this time rainy, because all precipitation is mostly short-term showers that last 20-30 minutes. From November to April, rain is rare on the island.

In Sri Lanka, the air temperature is stable throughout the year and is 27-29°C. The exception is mountainous areas (Nuwara Eliya), where in winter the temperature can drop to +10°C. The water temperature is 24-26°C.

Knowing the nature of the monsoons is essential to choosing a holiday destination with calm oceans and clear skies. From October to April, the northeast wind blows, so the southwest coast of the island is the best place to relax at this time. From May to November, the southwest wind blows and the east coast is more favorable for recreation at this time.

Table of average temperatures in the main parts of Sri Lanka (°C)

Weather in Sri Lanka in January – intermittent rains and winds in the northeast of the country, the southwest coast is favorable for recreation at this time (resorts of Unawatuna, Hikkaduwa, Bentota) at this time the average air temperature here is 30 ° C, the average water temperature is 26 ° C . Where to rest? In Sri Lanka in January, the best weather is in Unawatuna, Hikkaduwa, Bentota and other resorts on the Southwest Coast.

Weather in Sri Lanka in February – intermittent rains and winds in the northeast of the country, the southwest coast is favorable for recreation at this time, at this time the average air temperature here is 30 ° C, the average water temperature is 26 °C. Which resort to choose in Sri Lanka in February? Definitely, the best weather in February will be in Unawatuna, Hikkaduwa, Bentota and other resorts of the Southwest Coast.

Weather in Sri Lanka in March – intermittent rains and winds in the northeast of the country; °C. Which Sri Lankan resort to go to in March? The most comfortable weather in March will be in resorts such as Unawatuna, Hikkaduwa, Bentota and other resorts on the Southwest coast of Sri Lanka.

Weather in Sri Lanka in April – a period of monsoon change and, as a result, a shift in precipitation. In the southwest and northeast, approximately the same weather sets in, at this time the average air temperature is – 27 ° C, the average water temperature is 24 ° C. Which resort to choose at this time? In April, the weather can be good both in the west and in the east, so you can go to Unawatuna and Hikkaduwa, as well as to Trincomalee or Passikudhu.

Weather in Sri Lanka in May – the beginning of the rainy season. Rains and winds in the south-west of the country, the east coast is more favorable for recreation at this time, at this time the average air temperature here is 30 ° C, the average water temperature is 26 ° C.

Weather in Sri Lanka in June – intermittent rains and winds in the southwest of the country; °C.

Weather in Sri Lanka in July – intermittent rains and winds in the southwest of the country, the east coast is favorable for recreation at this time, at this time the average air temperature here is 30 ° C, the average water temperature is 26 ° C .

Weather in Sri Lanka in August – intermittent rains and winds in the south-west of the country, the east coast is favorable for recreation at this time, at this time the average air temperature here is 30 ° C, the average water temperature is 26 ° C .

Weather in Sri Lanka in September – intermittent rains and winds in the south-west of the country, the east coast is favorable for recreation at this time, at this time the average air temperature here is 30 ° C, the average water temperature is 26 ° C .

Weather in Sri Lanka in October – a period of monsoon change and, as a result, a shift in precipitation. In the southwest and northeast, approximately the same weather sets in, at this time the average air temperature is – 28 ° C, the average water temperature is 24 ° C.

Weather in Sri Lanka in November – intermittent rains and winds in the northeast of the country; °C.

Weather in Sri Lanka in December – intermittent rains and winds in the northeast of the country, the southwest coast is favorable for recreation at this time, at this time the average air temperature here is 30 ° C, the average water temperature is 26 °C.

When to go to Vietnam, the weather in different regions by months

January

Where to go to Vietnam in January

Weather in Vietnam in January. In the south and north of Vietnam, the dry, sunny season is in full swing, while the central part with the beaches of Hoi An, Da Nang and Nha Trang has just come out of the rains. Consistently good weather promises to be on the beaches in the second half of the month.

NORTH VIETNAM

Sapa, Hanoi, Ha Long Bay, Ninh Binh, Bac Ha, Mai Chau, Ha Giang

January is one of the driest months of the year in North Vietnam. Blue, sunny skies, but temperatures are quite cool, averaging +18°C. And although the rainfall in January is at its lowest, fog is quite common, especially in coastal areas and in Halong Bay.

In the far north it is dry, cold and at times foggy, especially at night and in the early morning. A white veil covers the streets of Sapa and wraps the mountain slopes in an airy veil. Night temperatures can drop to 0°C. Warm clothes, at this time of the year, will not be superfluous.

SOUTH VIETNAM

Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon), Mekong Delta, Phu Kok Island, Con Dao, Phan Thiet and Mui Ne Islands

The period when the weather in the south of Vietnam pleases with clear, blue skies, abundance of sun and few rains continues. The beaches of Phan Thiet and Mui Ne, Ho Tram and Long Hai are bathed in sunshine, as are the islands of Phu Quoc and Con Dao.

CITY OF VIETNAM

Hoi An, Hue, Da Nang, Da Lat, Qui Nhơn, Nha Trang

The rainy season is coming to an end and the weather in the central part of Vietnam is getting better and better. The amount and duration of rain decreases, decreasing to a minimum in the second half of the month. The average temperature is around +23°C. The beach season includes Hoi An, Da Nang and Nha Trang. In the Central Highlands at this time of the year, it is quite cool at night, and high in the mountains, the temperature can drop to +7°C.

The beach season in January

Hoyan, Danang, Kuinen, Nhazhang, Muyna, Kono, Fukok

February

9000

Where to go to Vietnames in February

9000 West in February in February. A good month to travel in Vietnam. The weather in February is mostly dry and sunny. And although it is still cool in the north, and foggy at night, in the center and south of the country there is a clear sky, an abundance of sun and almost no precipitation.

NORTH VIETNAM

Sapa, Hanoi, Halong Bay, Ninh Binh, Bac Ha, Mai Chau, Ha Giang

Clear blue skies and plenty of sunshine, but temperatures in the north will be quite cool, averaging +17°C. Precipitation in February is still at its lowest, although foggy haze is not uncommon, especially in coastal areas and around Halong. Far north it is dry but cool, sometimes foggy, especially at night. You will need suitable, warm clothing for the trip.

SOUTH VIETNAM

Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon), Mekong Delta, Phu Kok Island, Con Dao Islands, Phan Thiet and Mui Ne

Good weather can be expected throughout February. On the southern beaches and the islands of Phu Quoc and Con Dao, the weather is great, there is a lot of sun and almost no rain. Average temperature +27°C. February is a good month for snorkeling near Con Dao where the water is clear at this time and visibility averages 20-30 meters.

VIETNAM CENTER

Hoi An, Hue, Da Nang, Da Lat, Qui Nhơn, Nha Trang

Warmth returns to central Vietnam. The beaches of Hoi An and Da Nang are bathed in sunshine, which from time to time is diluted with a light rain that brings freshness. The average temperature is +25°C. Hue is also warm and dry, while Da Lat and the Central Highlands are cooler but still good for trekking and walking around. For the evening you will need warm clothes. Further south, on the beaches of Nha Trang, it will be warm, sunny and clear blue skies.

The beach season in February

Hoyan, Danang, Kuinen, Nhazhang, Muyna, Kon Dao, Fucok

March

Where to go to Vietnames in March

9000 West in Vietnam in March. March is one of the best months to visit Vietnam. At this time, excellent weather conditions throughout the country. The southern and central beaches have blue, clear skies, plenty of sun and are quite hot. The mountainous regions are not far behind and provide excellent conditions for hiking and adventure activities.

NORTH VIETNAM

Sapa, Hanoi, Ha Long Bay, Ninh Binh, Bac Ha, Mai Chau, Ha Giang

March is the month when the north is overflowing with sunshine and clear blue skies. It is getting warmer, the thermometer will average +19°C, but at the same time, if it rains, you may feel cool. In general, March is the time of the best conditions for walking and trekking in Sapa, Mu Cang Chai and Ha Giang.

SOUTH VIETNAM

Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon), Mekong Delta, Phu Kok Island, Con Dao, Phan Thiet and Mui Ne Islands

The temperature in the south is rising, although it has not yet reached its limit. The weather will be dry and clear, the beaches near Ho Chi Minh City: Phan Thiet and Mui Ne, Ho Tram and Long Hai – as well as the southern islands of Con Dao and Phu Quoc at the zenith of glory. The average temperature is +29°C. Like the previous month, March is a great time for diving around Con Dao Island, with visibility averaging 20-30 meters.

VIETNAM CENTER

Hoi An, Hue, Da Nang, Da Lat, Qui Nhơn, Nha Trang

Central Vietnam is having its best days in terms of weather, with the rains much lessened and the sun firmly in the sky. Hoi An and Da Nang beaches have entered the summer mode. The average temperature is +27°C. Hue is warm and dry. Comfortable conditions are also in Dalat and throughout the Central Highlands. Further south, in Nha Trang, the temperature rises, but the average is around +25°C. The month of March is a great time for diving.

The beach season in March

Hoyan, Danang, Kuinen, Nhazhang, Muyna, Kon, Fucok

April

9000 9000

Where to go to Vietnames in April

9000 WEACHING IN VEETMA in April. The weather remains comfortable. It’s sunny on the beaches, but it’s starting to rain in some areas. In the North of Vietnam at this time it is already quite hot, although you can still plan a trip to the mountains. The days are sunny and cloudless, while the nights are cool and pleasant.

NORTH VIETNAM

Sapa, Hanoi, Ha Long Bay, Ninh Binh, Bac Ha, Mai Chau, Ha Giang

Temperatures continue to rise in the north as the region prepares for a hot, humid season. It may rain towards the end of the month, with the average temperature hovering around +24°C. In mountainous areas, conditions are ideal for walking around Ha Giang, Mu Cang Chai and Sapa.

SOUTH VIETNAM

Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon), Mekong Delta, Phukoc Island, Con Dao, Phan Thiet and Mui Ne Islands

At this time, it is somewhat hot in the south, the average temperature is +31°C. And while the region is on the threshold of the rainy season, there are few rainy days in April. The days are sunny and the sky is blue and cloudless. Phu Quoc, Con Dao, Phan Thiet and Mui Ne remain among the best beach destinations in Vietnam in the month of April.

CENTRAL VIETNAM

Hoi An, Hue, Da Nang, Da Lat, Qui Nhơn, Nha Trang

Central Vietnam has ideal weather for both travel and beach holidays. On the beaches of Hoi An, Da Nang and Nha Trang, the best time. The average temperature in the region is +28°C. Further north, Hue also has good weather, similar to Dalat and the Central Highlands.

The beach season in April

Hoyan, Danang, Kuinen, Nhazhang, Muyna, Kon, Fucok

May

Where to go to Vietnames in May

9000 West in Vietnam in May. Last swallow of cloudless days. Some regions of Vietnam have already entered the rainy season, while the Central part is at the peak of solar activity with excellent beach weather in Hoi An, Da Nang and Nha Trang. The south has plunged into the rainy season, which, especially towards the end of the month, will bring long-awaited moisture to the dried land. In the north, hot, wet summers are also starting, temperatures will rise and more rain will fall.

NORTH VIETNAM

Sapa, Hanoi, Ha Long Bay, Ninh Binh, Bac Ha, Mai Chau, Ha Giang

In the north of Vietnam, the temperature rises along with the amount of rain, although there will still be dry days. On average, the temperature is kept at +29°C. Nevertheless, in the mountains you can still catch good days for walking.

SOUTH VIETNAM

Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon), Mekong Delta, Phukoc Island, Con Dao, Phan Thiet and Mui Ne Islands

Rains in May will increase. A strong, short downpour usually occurs in the afternoon and this period has its charms, because. a short, heavy rain quickly extinguishes the heat and fills the air with pleasant freshness.

CENTER OF VIETNAM

Hoi An, Hue, Da Nang, Da Lat, Qui Nhơn, Nha Trang

The sun and clear, blue sky are the hosts on the central beaches of Vietnam in May. Hoi An, Da Nang and Nha Trang have excellent conditions for a beach holiday. The average temperature in May is +30°C. Hue also has great weather. It’s already raining in the Central Highlands, although it’s far from its peak and there could still be plenty of sunny days.

Beach season in May

Hoi An, Da Nang, Qui Nhon, Nha Trang — dry sunny days throughout the month. Mui Ne, Con Dao, Fukok – Sunny days with a chance of rain in the afternoon.

June

Where to go to Vietnam in June

Weather in Vietnam in June. June is a mix of wet and dry weather. It rains in the south and north. In the north, showers can be accompanied by gusty winds and storms, but the beaches of the central region are still a good place to relax. Here the weather is good and the sun shines brightly, while the Central Highlands are almost completely dominated by rains.

NORTH VIETNAM

Sapa, Hanoi, Ha Long Bay, Ninh Binh, Bac Ha, Mai Chau, Ha Giang

Heat, rain and storms are the motto of this month. The average temperature in the North of Vietnam in June is +30°C. It rains in the mountains, which makes walking and trekking in the vicinity of mountain villages impossible.

SOUTH VIETNAM

Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon), Mekong Delta, Phukok Island, Con Dao, Phan Thiet and Mui Ne Islands

The wet season has settled in the south. It will rain more and more often, the volume of water poured from the sky will increase, but this does not mean at all that the south is completely devoid of sun. Combined with rain, there will still be plenty of clear and sunny hours. The average temperature in June is around +28°C.

Among other things, June is a significant period for the nesting of green turtles that come to Koh Dao to lay their eggs on one of the beaches. During the night tides, female turtles appear on the shore, dig a nest and lay eggs, which will soon turn into small, funny turtles. The process of nesting, as well as the appearance of offspring, takes place under the control of local biologists.

VIETNAM CENTER

Hoi An, Hue, Da Nang, Da Lat, Qui Nhon, Nha Trang

Dry, sunny days and blue skies continue to dominate central Vietnam. The beaches in Hoi An, Da Nang are in their best period. The average temperature is +30°C. Hue also has good weather. It rains in the Central Highlands, although it is still possible to travel in the highlands.

Beach season in June

Hoi An, Da Nang, Qui Nhon, Nha Trang, Mui Ne, Con Dao, Phu Kok,

July

0879

Weather in Vietnam in July. The weather in July is similar to its predecessor. Central Vietnam remains warm and sunny, but it rains regularly in the north and south of the country. In Hanoi, showers with thunderstorms, the mountainous regions of northern and central Vietnam are also at the mercy of rain.

NORTH VIETNAM

Sapa, Hanoi, Ha Long Bay, Ninh Binh, Bac Ha, Mai Chau, Ha Giang

The period of heat, rain and thunderstorms continues in the North of Vietnam. The average temperature is +30°C. In Halong and Hanoi, July is one of the rainiest periods of the year. The mountains of northern Vietnam also absorb life-giving moisture, thanks to which picturesque cascades of rice terraces will appear over time.

SOUTH VIETNAM

Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon), Mekong Delta, Phu Kok Island, Con Dao Islands, Phan Thiet and Mui Ne

The south is immersed in the rainy season. But it should be noted that the wet season in Vietnam is when, on a bright, sunny day, several tons of water suddenly pour out of the sky and the sun shines again. So during the rainy July there will definitely be a place for the sun. The average temperature in July is +29°C.

VIETNAM CENTER

Hoi An, Hue, Da Nang, Da Lat, Qui Nhon, Nha Trang

The period of good weather continues on the beaches of Hoi An, Da Nang and Nha Trang. Here, bright sunshine and blue skies are expected throughout the month. Basically, the days are dry with a fairly high temperature around +31°C. Hue experiences similar conditions, while Dalat and the Central Highlands experience heavy rainfall.

Beach season in July

Hoi An, Da Nang, Qui Nhơn, Nha Trang

August

Where to go to Vietnam in August

Weather in Vietnam in August. Central Vietnam remains hot and mostly dry. Rare rains will begin to fall towards the end of the month. If you go to central Vietnam in the first decade of August, you can count on warm, dry weather. But the south of the country has thoroughly entered the rainy season with an abundance of daily showers, however, like the north, where heavy rains with a large number of thunderstorms pour throughout the month. Trekking in the mountains of Vietnam, both in the north and in the central highlands, is completely excluded.

NORTH VIETNAM

Sapa, Hanoi, Ha Long Bay, Ninh Binh, Bac Ha, Mai Chau, Ha Giang

The north of the country is hot, rainy, with occasional storms. The thermometer will be at +30°C. August has taken over as the rainiest month and floods Halong and Hanoi with showers. The mountains in the north are also heavily rained and trekking throughout the month will be impossible.

SOUTH VIETNAM

Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon), Mekong Delta, Phukoc Island, Con Dao, Phan Thiet and Mui Ne Islands

The south is immersed in the wet season, but the sun still breaks through the clouds from time to time. Heavy showers are replaced by clear hours and so on throughout the month. The average temperature is +29°C.

From mid-August, on the beaches of Con Dao, you can watch how the tiny offspring of the “green turtle” takes its first steps towards the sea. Hotel staff always warns guests about such a wonderful event. Sea turtles are protected by the national park, which in turn owns more than 80% of the Con Dao archipelago.

CENTER OF VIETNAM

Hoi An, Hue, Da Nang, Da Lat, Qui Nhơn, Nha Trang

The beaches of Hoi An and Da Nang will still have good weather throughout the month. Although rains are expected in the second half of August (the closer to the end of the month, the more often it will rain). The average temperature will remain around +30°C. Hue is humid throughout August. In Nha Trang, the weather is good, it can deteriorate significantly by the end of the month. The central highlands remain wet and unsuitable for travel.

Beach season in August

Hoi An, Da Nang, Nha Trang

September

Where to go to Vietnam in September

.9 Weather in Vietnam

.9 High in the mountains of the north, the rainy season is coming to an end, preparing to give way to a dry period. Toward the end of September, the North of Vietnam is becoming more and more acceptable for trekking. At the same time, in the Central region, the dry season is replaced by rains. The south of the country remains largely unchanged, although the amount of rain will decrease as October approaches.

NORTH VIETNAM

Sapa, Hanoi, Ha Long Bay, Ninh Binh, Bac Ha, Mai Chau, Ha Giang

C), as well as occasional rains. Changes will be visible as we approach the end of the month. Temperatures will gradually drop and showers will become less frequent. A trip to the mountains can be planned as early as September. The end of the month is a particularly good time to visit Mu Cang Chai, with its endless cascading terraces adorned with golden rice.

SOUTH VIETNAM

Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon), Mekong Delta, Phu Kok Island, Con Dao Islands, Phan Thiet and Mui Ne

The south remains humid, although the amount of precipitation decreases with each passing day of the passing month. The temperature is high, on average +28°C. And although it still rains often, the number of clear, sunny hours is steadily increasing.

CENTER OF VIETNAM

Hoi An, Hue, Da Nang, Da Lat, Qui Nhơn, Nha Trang

Central Vietnam is preparing for change. In September, during the month in Hoi An and Hue, the frequency of rain will increase. By the end of the month there may be rainy, rainy days. The average temperature is +28°C. In Nha Trang, the rains are also intensifying.

Dalat and the Central Highlands are still in the wet season and some of Phong Nha caves are flooded.

October

Where to go to Vietnam in October

Weather in Vietnam in October. Despite the fact that the beaches of Central Vietnam are not the best time (rain came to the region), the weather improved in the north and in the central highlands. The ability to travel to the highlands has returned. In the south, more and more sun and rains are on the decline – the region is gradually returning to the dry, beach season.

NORTH VIETNAM

Sapa, Hanoi, Ha Long Bay, Ninh Binh, Bac Ha, Mai Chau, Ha Giang

The end of the rainy season is on the horizon. In the north, the amount of precipitation decreases and the temperature drops, especially in the second half of the month. On average, the thermometer will show + 26 ° C. In the far north, in the mountainous areas, the weather is dry and clear and excellent conditions for trekking. Early October is a good time to visit Mu Cang Chai. On the eve of the harvest, you can admire the golden cascades of rice terraces.

SOUTH VIETNAM

Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon), Mekong Delta, Phucoc Island, Con Dao, Phan Thiet and Mui Ne

The south is moving towards the dry season. It will rain less and less (their number will decrease by the end of the month), and the sun will shine more and more often. The average temperature is +27°C. The southern beaches of Phan Thiet and Mui Ne, as well as the islands of Phu Quoc and Con Dao, are returning to fine days. On Con Dao, you can watch how the chicks of the “green turtle” appearing from the sandy nests, fussily rush to the sea.

CENTER OF VIETNAM

Hoi An, Hue, Da Nang, Da Lat, Qui Nhơn, Nha Trang

The amount of rain in the center of Vietnam is close to its apogee. Rains may be accompanied by floods, particularly in Hoi An. The average temperature is +24-27 °C. On the beaches of Nha Trang, it is also rainy, in October – November, almost half of the annual rainfall falls.

Heavy rains in the Central Highlands subside, bringing the region back into the season of outdoor activities. However, still heavy rains in the mountains prevent visiting some of Phong Nha Kebang caves.

Beach season in October

Mui Ne, Con Dao, Phu Kok

November

Where to go to Vietnam in November

Vietnam weather in November. November, one of the best months to travel in Vietnam. While the central beaches are drowning in rain, and the coast is lashed from time to time by storms, the south and north are basking in the sun. The beaches of Phu Quoc, Phan Thiet and Mui Ne are in their best period. In the North and in the Central Highlands – excellent conditions for adventure tourism.

NORTH VIETNAM

Sapa, Hanoi, Ha Long Bay, Ninh Binh, Bac Ha, Mai Chau, Ha Giang

The North is a golden time to travel. There are good days and comfortable weather with an average temperature of +24°C. The wet season is already in the past and only occasionally, light rain reminds of it. In the mountainous regions of Ha Giang, Sapa, Bak Ha and Mu Can Chai, it is dry and clear, nature invites you to exciting walks in the surroundings and trekking in the mountains. November is also considered to be one of the best months for cruising in Halong Bay.

SOUTH VIETNAM

Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon), Mekong Delta, Phu Kok Island, Con Dao, Phan Thiet and Mui Ne

In the south, excellent conditions for recreation. The wet season is behind us and the beaches of Phan Thiet and Mui Ne, Ho Tram and Long Hai have clear skies and plenty of sun. The islands of Phu Kok and Con Dao also have warm, dry weather and are in the midst of one of the best periods of the year.

CENTER OF VIETNAM

Hoi An, Hue, Da Nang, Da Lat, Qui Nhơn, Nha Trang

Rainfall in the center of the country is at its peak, wind and bad weather, masters of November. Hoi An is still at risk of flooding from time to time. The average temperature in the section from Hue to Da Nang ranges from +23-25°C. Nha Trang is flooded with rains, in October-November, in just two months, almost half of the annual rainfall falls on its share. As for the Central Highlands, there is a completely different story – the sun is shining more often and it rains less and less.

Beach season in November

Mui Ne, Con Dao, Phukok

December

Where to go to Vietnam in December

Weather in Vietnam in December

In December, the optimal conditions for traveling around Vietnam, despite the fact that the weather differs between the regions of the country. In the north it is dry and fresh, while in the south the weather is warm and clear. In the central region, the amount of rain will decrease. A good choice of beaches in December will be: Phu Quoc, Phan Thiet and Mui Ne, and towards the end of the month Nha Trang. In the mountains, good conditions continue to hold, although the temperature is low, especially at night.

NORTH VIETNAM

Sapa, Hanoi, Halong Bay, Ninh Binh, Bac Ha, Mai Chau, Ha Giang

The north continues to please with comfortable conditions. Sometimes it can be a little rain and the average temperature drops to +19°C. December is one of the driest months of the year in Hanoi and the north. In the far northern regions of Ha Giang, Sapa, Bak Ha, Mu Kang Chai, the weather is dry and clear. Of the unpleasant moments – cold in the evenings. Warm clothes are required for walking.

SOUTH VIETNAM

Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon), Mekong Delta, Phu Kok Island, Con Dao Islands, Phan Thiet and Mui Ne

In the south, some of the best conditions of the year – blue skies and very little rain. The beaches of Phan Thiet and Mui Ne, Ho Tram, Long Hai are bathed in the sun. The southern islands of Phu Quoc and Con Dao are also not deprived of good weather.

CENTER OF VIETNAM

Hoi An, Hue, Danang, Da Lat, Qui Nhơn, Nha Trang

In the central region, the amount of precipitation will decrease significantly, but the possibility of storms, especially in the first decade of December, cannot be ruled out. Between Hoi An and Hue, the record holder for rain will be the first. Temperatures in the region will drop, averaging +24°C. It is still raining in Nha Trang, although the amount is rapidly declining. The Central Highlands are dry and clear, but can get chilly, especially in the evenings.

Beach season in December

Mui Ne, Con Dao, Fukok

Holidays in the Dominican Republic: the most complete guide

Contents:

1. Geographic location
2. A bit of history
3. Climate
4. Monthly weather in the Dominican Republic
5. Regions and Resorts
6. Dominican Republic hotels
7. What to take with you to the Dominican Republic?
8. flight
9. Excursions in the Dominican Republic
10. Rent a Car
11. Entertainment
12. Travel tips
13. Kitchen
14. Wedding
15. Photo sessions
16. Holidays in the Dominican Republic
17. Souvenirs

Are you going on vacation to the Dominican Republic and don’t know where to start? Get started with this article! In it, we have collected for you the most complete and useful information about the Dominican Republic! In this universal memo you will find everything you need to know and take note of before your vacation in this beautiful country.

---

On our site you can buy wonderful excursions in the Dominican Republic!

Book excursions

---

Location

The Dominican Republic is located on one of the islands located between North and South America. More specifically, the Dominican Republic occupies the eastern part of the island of Haiti. From the south, the island is washed by the Caribbean Sea, and from the north – by the waters of the Atlantic. The country also includes a number of small islands.

A bit of history

The history of the Dominican Republic is rich and colorful. In ancient times, the territory of the country was inhabited only by Indian tribes who moved to the island of Haiti from the mainland. So it was until the XV century – in 1492 year Christopher Columbus was the first European to land on these shores.

For more than 300 years, the island was a Spanish colony – from the Spaniards, the local population adopted the language, religion and other elements of culture. Large cities still keep architectural monuments of the colonial period.

In 1844, after a major uprising against the Haitian neighbors who occupied the island, the first independent Dominican Republic was proclaimed. So the country for the first time gained independence and its own state symbols.

Troubled times and revolutions are in the past. Modern Dominican Republic is a tropical paradise that attracts tourists from all over the world. People come to the Dominican Republic for first-class service, vibrant nature and cultural richness.

Climate in the Dominican Republic

The Dominican Republic is located in the subtropical zone. The climate here is warm and humid. In winter, the air temperature is kept at around +26 degrees, and in summer it rises to +32. In the summer months, the ocean warms up to +28 degrees. Between May and October, precipitation is more likely, but the rains in the Dominican Republic are short-lived and most often occur at night.

Seasons in the Dominican Republic

In the Dominican Republic, the temperature is almost the same throughout the year. For a person accustomed to the continental climate, the seasons change slightly – an inexperienced traveler may not notice this at all. But there are nuances.

• Winter is the most popular season for traveling to the Dominican Republic. The idea of ​​moving from snow and snowdrifts straight to a sunny beach seems attractive to a lot of people. In winter, there is almost no rain and wind in the Dominican Republic, and the sea is calm and smooth.
• In the spring in the Dominican Republic, the temperature rises to +30 °C. For travelers, this means that the water will be a little warmer, and there will be a little more rain.
• Summer on the island manifests itself in different ways. In June, the weather becomes more humid and hot, in July there are showers, and in August the sky can sometimes be colored with expressive clouds and lightning.
• In autumn, the climate on the island gradually returns to its winter phase – showers and storms subside, calm reigns. Many fear hurricanes in September and October – but in vain. Usually, everything is limited only by strong winds and a short-term storm, and serious natural phenomena bypass the Dominican Republic. Fall is a great chance to visit the Dominican Republic before tour prices rise again for the winter rush.

More about the seasons in the Dominican Republic can be found in our article:

Read also: Seasons in the Dominican Republic: when is it better to relax in the Dominican Republic

Weather in the Dominican Republic by months

The weather in the Dominican Republic changes a little during the year. As a rule, the difference in air temperature is only 1-2 °C. However, each month has its own peculiarities.

In December, the Dominican weather is clear and sunny. Only high in the mountains do frosts occur – usually once every 10 or 15 years. In addition, December is the most expensive and touristy month in the Caribbean, because many people dream of celebrating the New Year under palm trees.

• Air temperature: 28 degrees during the day and 24 degrees at night
• Ocean water – 28 degrees
• rainy days – 6

The weather in January is the best. Rain during this period is very rare. All that can disturb you this month is a light ocean breeze.

• Air temperature: 28 degrees during the day and 23 degrees at night
• Ocean water – 26 degrees
• rainy days – 4

In February, the weather continues to please with stability, and there are even more tourists in the Dominican Republic – the season of big humpback whales begins!

• Air temperature: 28 degrees during the day and 23 degrees at night
• Ocean water – 26 degrees
• rainy days – 5

In March, the weather is similar to February: there is still almost no rain, but the water and air become warmer. The weather is conducive to both beach and outdoor activities. And in March, carnivals are held all over the country – do not miss this bright spectacle!

• Air temperature: 28 degrees during the day and 23 degrees at night
• Ocean water – 26 degrees
• rainy days – 2

April is often referred to as the beginning of the “rainy season”, but this is a myth. In fact, it only rains a little more often, usually at night or closer to dawn. This month we recommend you go on an excursion to the capital – around Santo Domingo, rains are the least likely. In April, the long-awaited mango season begins, and it is also in April that the Semana Santa Easter week falls – the time when the whole country rests, has fun and pours rum river!

• Air temperature: 28 degrees during the day and 24 degrees at night
• Ocean water – 26 degrees
• rainy days – 7

In May, the Dominican weather becomes hotter and rainier. But, looking into the May sky, you can see a magnificent phantasmagoria woven from clouds and clouds of incredible colors and shades – this happens only in the tropics.

• Air temperature: 29 degrees during the day and 25 degrees at night
• Ocean water – 26 degrees
• rainy days – 8

June weather is similar to May. Humidity is rising, so a fresh breeze from the ocean comes in very handy. In June, a real fruit abundance and a mango festival awaits you in the Dominican Republic!

• Air temperature: 30 degrees during the day and 25 degrees at night
• Ocean water – 27 degrees
• rainy days – 9

In July, the weather in the Dominican Republic is not very stable. On average, this month accounts for 4 to 9rainy days. It usually starts raining in the afternoon and goes on for 15-20 minutes. It is very warm, so many even like these rains.

• Air temperature: 31 degrees during the day and 26 degrees at night
• Ocean water – 28 degrees
• rainy days – 9

August is the hottest and the wettest month of the year, but the prices for vacations in the Dominican Republic in August please with their affordability.

• Air temperature: 31 degrees during the day and 26 degrees at night
• Ocean water – 29 degrees
• Number of rainy days – 7

In September, the weather in the Dominican Republic is still possible winds and storms, but they are so rare that they are unlikely to interfere with rest. This is a great time to travel to the Dominican Republic if you like deserted beaches and big waves.

• Air temperature: 31 degrees during the day and 26 degrees at night
• Ocean water – 29 degrees
• rainy days – 7

The weather calms down and stabilizes in October. This time is considered perhaps the best for those who do not want to share a place under the sun with tourists who have come to spend the winter. Prices have not yet risen, and the weather has already stabilized.

• Air temperature: 31 degrees during the day and 25 degrees at night
• Ocean water – 29 degrees
• Number of rainy days – 6

Finally, in November, the highest season begins: rains still happen, but this is very rare. More and more people come to the island to escape the oppressive dullness of their cities – and the weather in the Dominican Republic provides them with every opportunity for this.

• Air temperature: 30 degrees during the day and 25 degrees at night
• Ocean water – 29 degrees
• rainy days – 6

On our website you can find more detailed material about the weather by months:

Read also: Weather in the Dominican Republic by months

Regions and resorts of the Dominican Republic

Dominican Republic is a resort country. People come here for the bright sun, excellent service and clear azure water that washes the Dominican Republic from all sides.

But there are also specific points of attraction – the best resorts located on the shores of the Caribbean Sea and the Atlantic Ocean. Now we will tell about them.

Punta Cana and Bavaro

Today the resorts of Punta Cana and Bavaro are the most popular resorts in the Dominican Republic among Russian (and not only) tourists. They have gained popularity due to the luxurious white beach with coconut palms and soft sand and excellent service in all-inclusive hotels.

This resort is designed, first of all, for those who are accustomed to luxury holidays.

One of the country’s two main airports is also located here, so wherever you go – most likely, your acquaintance with the country will begin with Punta Cana.

Punta Cana has nightclubs, casinos, restaurants and fitness clubs. That is, it will be interesting to rest here for almost any tourist!

Here you can find both family hotels with animation and water parks, and hotels only for adults, where life is in full swing day and night!

If you get bored with an all-inclusive holiday, you can find plenty of active entertainment here. For example, you can play golf, go on a jeep safari, fly a helicopter, swim with dolphins. There are clubs for divers and surfers, as well as excellent opportunities for ocean fishing.

In a word, it is in Punta Cana that you will find the most complete range of entertainment and excursions!

Puerto Plata

Puerto Plata is an ancient city located 250 kilometers from Santo Domingo. Today this place is called the Amber Coast, as amber of various colors is mined here.

In Puerto Plata you can admire beautiful old buildings and exotic nature.

However, it is worth bearing in mind that most of the hotels in Puerto Plato are quite old (it was here that the first hotels in the Dominican Republic appeared!), And on most beaches the sand is darker than in other resorts in the Dominican Republic. Also, very few Russians rest here, which means that if you do not know English or Spanish, you may have difficulty communicating with the staff.

Bayahibe

Bayahibe is a fishing village near La Romana. Here is the port for yachts, from where the most exciting excursions begin. Resting in Bayahibe, you can visit all the nearby islands, swim in the azure waters of the Caribbean Sea, and then soak up the virgin beaches of this amazing resort.

Bayahibe is perfect for couples who love a relaxing holiday, and for lovers of sports and entertainment (eg divers).

Juan Dolio

Not far from the Dominican capital is the picturesque seaside resort of Juan Dolio. Juan Dolio is an exotic nature and the atmosphere of a fishing village. Three and four star hotels are located on the local coast.

Thanks to coral reefs, the waters here are quiet, but the sand on the beaches is rather dark. On the other hand, there is excellent snorkeling, diving and the ability to quickly get to the capital.

In general, the place is not bad for those who have a limited budget and for lovers of a relaxing holiday. Because, alas, you will not find a rich selection of entertainment here.

Boca Chica

Boca Chica is a small town located 30 km from Santo Domingo. The shallow lagoon, protected by a coral reef, is bordered by a white sandy beach. Here you can go water skiing, windsurfing, sailing and diving.

However, it must be borne in mind that due to the proximity of the resort to the capital of Santo Domingo, many Dominicans always rest here, but there are very few foreigners. This often affects the quality of service in local hotels – it is lower than in hotels in Bavaro and Punta Cana.

La Romana

Most of the hotels here are five-star, but often the quality of the services provided is inferior to equivalent hotels in Bavaro and Punta Cana. However, the prices for local hotels are very affordable.

In 2000, an international airport was opened here, and the country’s capital is only 100 kilometers away.

If you decide to spend your holiday in La Romana, we advise you to choose a hotel located as far as possible from the mouths of the rivers. The fact is that where the rivers flow into the Caribbean Sea, sea water is noticeably muddy.

Read more about the resorts here:

Read also: The most popular resorts in the Dominican Republic

Hotels in the Dominican Republic

How to choose a hotel in the Dominican Republic?

No one will argue that the basis of a good holiday is the right hotel!

Where to start? First you need to choose:

• coast (Caribbean or Atlantic)
• region (north, south, or east of the island)
• resort (Punta Cana, Juan Dolio, Samana, Puerto Plata or others)
• hotel category (three, four or five stars)
• meals at the hotel (all inclusive, half board, breakfast)
• the specifics of the hotel (family, youth, with a water park, spa hotel, and so on)

Important facts about Dominican hotels:

1. you will be amazed by the rich infrastructure of hotels, the territory of which extends over hundreds and sometimes thousands of square meters
2. most of the hotels are located on the first line of the sea
3. all beaches are equipped with sun loungers and sometimes umbrellas
4. in Dominican hotels you will find spacious rooms located in buildings or detached bungalows
5. most of the rooms have access to a terrace or balcony with a beautiful view of the garden or the sea
6. you will live surrounded by tropical gardens, swimming pools and enjoy the singing of birds
7. deluxe rooms are often equipped with a jacuzzi and a king size 9 bed0100
8. hotel buildings are most often not high and are made in an elegant colonial style
9. most of the 5 star hotels in the Dominican Republic are all inclusive
10. Dominican Republic has both family hotels and adults-only hotels
11. many hotels provide pleasant gifts and privileges to newlyweds, regular customers, as well as on the occasion of an anniversary or birthday

Many hotels offer a variety of entertainment options for guests:
– casinos
– golf clubs
– spa centers
– discos
– daytime animation, evening shows
– gyms
– tennis courts
– diving training centers

A complete guide to Dominican hotels can be found in this article:

See also: Hotels in the Dominican Republic

What to take with you to the Dominican Republic

Decided? It’s time to pack your bags. Now we will tell you what you need to take with you to the Caribbean.

Documents in the Dominican Republic

First, let’s collect a package of documents. You will need:

• Passport. Make sure it is valid for the duration of your trip
• Visa. Citizens of Russia and Ukraine do not need it – if they enter the country for no more than 30 days
• Medical insurance. This is the case when it is better to play it safe – medicine in the Dominican Republic is very expensive. Highly!
• Driver’s license. Driving a car in the Dominican Republic is a separate pleasure. If you are a driver, you will definitely want to try. Russian rights will do – you will not need to issue an international certificate.
• Tickets. You won’t be able to fly without them. Departures and landings are in local time.
• Travel voucher, hotel details. If you are traveling on a tour, you will be told about all the necessary documents at the travel agency
• If you are newly married, bring a copy of your marriage certificate – some hotels offer discounts and free treats for newlyweds
• If you are flying with a child, do not forget his birth certificate. If without a second parent, you will have to obtain a notarized consent for the child to leave.
• Just in case, make photocopies of all documents and put them in a safe place. Anything happens.

Money in the Dominican Republic

Bring dollars. The euro in the Dominican Republic is accepted reluctantly and at an unfavorable rate. This is understandable – where is Europe, and where is the Caribbean? Rubles in the Dominican Republic cannot be changed for the same reason.

It is best to change money in city exchange offices or in banks. At the airport and hotels, the rate is usually raised.

In the Dominican Republic, you can also pay with a bank card – but you can always stumble upon a place that accepts only cash. In addition, money from the card will be converted at the rate of the bank, and it will not always be profitable.

The local currency – the peso – is unlikely to be useful to you if you do not plan to leave the tourist areas of the Dominican Republic.

Medications in the Dominican Republic

As on any long trip, it would not hurt travelers to pack a basic first aid kit. Let’s put in it:

• Painkiller
• Antipyretic
• Stomach
• Cold remedies
• Allergy medicine
• Sunscreen (try to find one with an SPF of at least 50)
• Burn ointment
• Mosquito repellent
• Motion sickness remedy
• Antiseptic
• Plaster
• Electronic thermometer

Even if you find a good pharmacy, it is always best to keep the essentials with you.

Appliances in the Dominican Republic

Usually, hotels provide guests with all the necessary household appliances – for example, a hairdryer and an iron.

But with the imported equipment, difficulties may arise: the voltage in Dominican sockets is 110 volts, and not 220, as in Russia. The frequency is also different. Therefore, to use your own equipment (especially a hair dryer and electric shavers), you will need a transformer adapter, which is better to stock up at home.

The sockets themselves are also different here – flat, like in the USA. For European plugs, you will need an adapter, but these are sold here at every turn.

Be sure to take a camera and plenty of flash drives – the Dominican Republic is very beautiful! A moisture-resistant bag or case will help protect your equipment from salt spray during sea excursions.

A complete checklist for fees to the Dominican Republic is here:

See also: What to bring with you to the Dominican Republic?

Flight to the Dominican Republic

In this section we will tell you about the flight to the Dominican Republic: how long to fly, how to fill out a migration card and what to do after landing.

Time difference

Time difference between Moscow and Punta Cana is 7 hours.

When it’s 10 a.m. in Moscow, it’s only 3 a.m. in Punta Cana

How long to fly

The total duration of the flight to the Dominican Republic depends on your route – airport of departure, airport of arrival, possible transfers and connections.

If you are flying on a direct flight from Moscow, you will spend 12-13 hours on the plane.

In addition, flights with transfers and connections in Europe and the USA fly to the Dominican Republic – it all depends on the airline and the specific flight. Sometimes the journey can take more than a day, some of which you will spend in another country or the transit zone of the airport. Usually, the total travel time on such flights, including transfers, is from 15 to 30 hours.

Migration card

Upon arrival and departure from the Dominican Republic, customs officers will give you a migration card to fill out. This is a document by which the local authorities will find out everything they need about your visit.

There is nothing difficult to fill out – a sample is easy to find on the Internet. You will be asked to provide passport details, the purpose and dates of your visit, your address in the Dominican Republic, and other important information.

Airport transfer

There are about 20 operating airports in the Dominican Republic, but only 8 of them have international status. Russian tourists most often arrive in the country through the airport in Punta Cana.

After a long flight, you will probably want to get to the hotel as soon as possible. Therefore, we recommend that you take care of the transfer in advance. On our website, you can book several types of transfers from Punta Cana airport – from a car to a helicopter.

The price and travel time will depend on the transportation you choose and the location of your hotel. For example, renting a Hyundai Grand Starex van costs $39. Details can be discussed with a consultant.

If necessary, our consultant will help arrange a transfer from Las Americas airport to Santo Domingo or, say, La Romana airport.

In the Dominican Republic

Attractions

The main wealth of the Dominican Republic is its nature. It is for the natural beauty that tourists come to the island. Therefore, bays, beaches and waterfalls inevitably occupy the first lines in any list of attractions in the Dominican Republic.

With Republic Pro you can explore all the most beautiful corners of this tropical paradise!

Tours in the Dominican Republic

BEST TOURS

The best tours in the Dominican Republic, which are recommended for every tourist:

• Saona Island
• Samana Peninsula
• excursion to the capital – Santo Domingo
• Mount Redonda
• buggy or jeep ride in the Dominican countryside

Sea excursions

Vacation in the Caribbean attracts travelers primarily with the beauty of the sea and ocean, the play of azure gentle waves. That is why sea excursions are one of the most popular in the Dominican Republic!

Of course, sea excursions to the legendary paradise island of Saona beat all records in popularity! Many are happy to return here again and again to swim in the warm waters of the Caribbean Sea, relax in the shade of coconut palms and walk along the coast, stepping on the gentle white sand.

The price of a trip to Saona Island in the Dominican Republic depends on the excursion program and on what transport you will use to get to the place: by catamaran, yacht or speedboat.

We have all possible options for this tour!

For those who are not alien to the spirit of adventure and excitement, we heartily recommend fishing in the Atlantic! There are really big fish here: you have a chance to catch tuna, barracuda and even marlin!

You can go fishing in the ocean alone or with an escort or join an international group.

There are also various options for party excursions on the water, with an open bar, animation and groovy Caribbean music!

Adventure

For outdoor enthusiasts there are plenty of entertainment and excursions in the Dominican Republic:

• trips on buggies, jeeps or quad bikes on the Dominican off-road
• zip line flights
• horse rides
• diving, surfing, fishing and all kinds of water sports are sure to delight the adventurous!
• guests of the island can appreciate the beauty of the local nature from above by ordering a flight by helicopter, plane, or even a hot air balloon!

FOR CHILDREN

Where to go with children? You can take a tour in the Dominican Republic with dolphins to swim with marine animals and watch shows with their participation.

Or go and feed the adorable and friendly monkeys at Monkey Land Park. You can also have a very fun and interesting time in the Adventure Park with the whole family. Well, or choose one of the not very tiring excursion programs, for example, Mount Redonda.

INDIVIDUAL

If you don’t like hackneyed routes and want something special, it’s best to book private tours in the Dominican Republic. In addition, this will allow you to travel only with your own company and at a comfortable pace.

We will make a tour for you on an individual route, take into account all your wishes, if necessary, introduce you to the guide in advance.

You can travel by any means of transport – car, yacht, plane, jeep, minibus, and even helicopter!

NATURE

Love nature? There is nothing better than to explore the beauties of the north of the country – an excursion to the Samana Peninsula in the Dominican Republic, Los Aitises Reserve, wild beaches will delight lovers of beauty! Well, from January to March, you can get on a unique excursion in the Dominican Republic – after all, during this period, whales come to Samana Bay, and you can watch these amazing animals in their natural environment!

Mount Redonda is also one of the most picturesque places in the Dominican Republic: there you can swing on the “winged” swing, enjoying the beautiful views of the Atlantic and mountain landscapes.

HISTORY

Agree, the impression of a country cannot be complete without visiting its capital. The multi-million city of Santo Domingo is not only the largest settlement in the Dominican Republic, but also the very first European settlement on the continent!

On our excursion to Santo Domingo you will find many historical sights, legends about Indians and pirates, stories about the adventures of Christopher Columbus and a grand memorial lighthouse dedicated to this great navigator and his discoveries.

Only we have the BEST HISTORICAL GUIDE in the Dominican Republic! Don’t miss your chance to take her tour!

A selection of the best excursions of 2019 with a description can be found here:

Beaches

Of course, the kilometer-long beaches of the Dominican Republic with the most delicate white sand are one of the main treasures of this country! To appreciate the beauty of the coast of a paradise island, go explore the best beaches of the Dominican Republic:

– Macau

– Juanillo

– Island of Saona

– Costa de Amor (Kabesa de Torro)

– lemon

– Dominicus

– Bavaro

– Playa Grande

– Bay Orlov

plan a wedding or photo shoot on the beach? Be sure to check out this material: in it we talk about all the intricacies and nuances of each beach:

Read also: The best beaches in the Dominican Republic for a wedding and a photo shoot0014

The Dominican Republic is a tropical expanse that has absorbed all the wonders of nature characteristic of such a climate. The best way to enjoy all the variety of Dominican landscapes is to drive a car.

From the window and at high speed, beautiful beaches and lagoons take on a completely different look, whether you rent a luxury sports car or a budget car.

Rental prices on the island have never been modest, but still remain affordable for many tourists. If you can afford flights to the Caribbean, then renting a car on the island is unlikely to create serious financial difficulties for you.

Renting a car in the Dominican Republic is not a difficult task. To carry it out, you will need:

• Driving license
• Identity card (foreign passport)
• Insurance
• Bank card

Be aware that most car rental companies in the Dominican Republic only deal with clients over 25 years of age. However, there are those who are ready to give a car to a person not younger than 21 years old.

To avoid any trouble, it is recommended to take out full insurance – it will cost about 10-20 US dollars per day.

In terms of prices, the most affordable car will set you back at least $38 a day. To rent a car – just write to us. The range can be viewed on our website. By the way, we provide everyone who rents a car with us with exclusive routes to the most interesting places in the Dominican Republic!

Find out where else you can go by car in the Dominican Republic here:

See also: Dominican Republic by car: what you need to know?

During the high tourist season it is recommended to book a car in advance – otherwise you may find that only very expensive or very used cars are available to you.

Entertainment in the Dominican Republic

The main occupation of the traveler in the Dominican Republic is a relaxed beach holiday and excursions. But that’s not all there is to enjoy here.

In addition to the usual excursions, you can try jeep safari, rafting or helicopter flights.

In most hotels you will find playgrounds for various sports: football, basketball, baseball, tennis, badminton. Wide golf courses are popular.

In addition, many hotels offer casinos. If you like risk and excitement!

Fans of water activities will also be pleased. There are many options here: diving, surfing, kitesurfing and windsurfing, sea fishing and spearfishing, sailing and all kinds of swimming with dolphins, rays and even sharks.

Young people will not be bored either – in Punta Cana there are many different nightclubs with cool DJs and a spectacular show program. Here are the most popular:

• Coco Bongo
• Oro
• Imagine

Especially for nightlife lovers, we have prepared an article about the best discos:

Read also: Discos in the Dominican Republic: 5 most incendiary places!

In large resorts and cities, it is easy to find opportunities for high-quality family recreation: aquariums, water parks, museums and amusement parks. In the Dominican Republic, they take care of the leisure of tourists – the country lives by this.

Useful information

In this section, we will tell you how to properly and comfortably settle in the Dominican Republic, as well as what to avoid.

Vacation tips:

1. Drink only bottled water. The tap water is not suitable for drinking. Carry a bottle of water with you at all times – in hot climates, this will help keep you cool and hydrated.
2. Wash your hands thoroughly before eating. Vegetables and fruits are best washed with soap.
3. Be sure to use sunscreen, even if there are clouds in the sky – the Dominican sun is very active. We advise you to purchase products with a protection factor of at least 30 SPF, and for the face and sensitive skin, 80 or even 100 SPF is better.
4. Don’t swim in glasses and jewelry if you don’t want your jewelry to replenish the stocks of sunken Caribbean treasures
5. Domestic fumigators will not save you from local mosquitoes – it is better to take funds in the form of a spray or lotion.
6. Do not be afraid to leave the hotel, even if the hotel tells you that it is very dangerous: take this information critically.
7. Follow basic safety rules: do not carry large sums of money with you, do not wear jewelry, hide expensive equipment from your eyes. Well, it is better not to leave tourist areas at night, especially alone.
8. In the market, fruit shops – you can safely bargain. But in shops and supermarkets – fixed prices.
9. As for tips, 10% of the bill is welcome in restaurants, and 1-2 dollars for maids and porters.
10. Some hotels ask you to follow a dress code in restaurants: keep in mind that in swimsuits and shorts you may simply not be allowed to dine.
11. When going to a local restaurant, be careful: sometimes an 18% tax is added to the check amount, so it’s better to ask in advance whether the tax is included or not.

For a complete list of Dominican vacation tips, see here:

Read also: Holidays in the Dominican Republic: 60 travel tips!

Communication and Wi-Fi

Internet access is available in almost every Dominican hotel, but the conditions are different everywhere. Somewhere you will be given unlimited access to the network for free, in other places Wi-Fi will be expensive, slow and with large restrictions. Read the reviews of tourists about your hotel so that you do not suddenly find yourself without communication at the last moment.

We do not recommend using roaming: Russian operators have few tariff options, and those that do have conditions are simply predatory.

If you need uninterrupted Internet while traveling, it is best to get a SIM card from one of the local providers – Claro or Orange.

How to call from Dominican Republic to Russia? All information here:

Read also: How to call Dominican Republic from Russia and vice versa?

Sharks in the Dominican Republic

Are there sharks in the Dominican Republic? Yes.

Should we be afraid of them? No.

Carnivorous species do not swim close to the shore, and the beaches of Dominican hotels, as a rule, are protected from sharks even at the distant approaches by a coral reef.

Housing in the Dominican Republic

The real estate market in the Dominican Republic is well developed. Renting an oceanfront shack or a luxury all-inclusive hotel room is up to you.

If you want to relax in a hotel, it is more profitable to fly to the Dominican Republic on a package tour. Typically, travel agencies have agreements with hotels that allow them to sell packages at a relatively low price. You are unlikely to succeed in collecting such an option on your own for the same money.

If funds allow, you can buy your own cabin on the island. Many celebrities have acquired real estate in the Dominican Republic – for example, Christina Aguilera, Jennifer Lopez, Sting or Timur Bekmambetov. But in this case, we recommend contacting trusted real estate agencies – you must admit, it would be unpleasant to be left in the loser due to ignorance of the legal intricacies of a foreign country.

What is it like to live in the Dominican Republic? We tell the whole truth about life in paradise in this article:

Read also: Everything you wanted to know about life in the Dominican Republic!

Dominican cuisine

Dominican culture has mixed traditions of different nations – Indians, Africans, French, Spaniards. This fully applies to cooking.

Traditional Dominican dishes include:

• Classic breakfast is a mango dish – thick mashed boiled vegetable bananas
• Sakocho. Thick soup made from 7 kinds of meat with rice and vegetables
• For lunch, it is customary to eat the dish “La Bandera” – it consists of rice, beans, meat and fried bananas platano
• Puerco en puya. Just fried pork. A delicacy option is a pork carcass stewed in a pit.
• Pastele en ojas. Meat and vegetables baked in banana leaves
• Pescado con coco. Fish in special coconut milk sauce
• Kangrecho Guisado. Crabs in sauce

As a rule, dishes are served with cassava cassava.

Everyone knows about drinks. The main Dominican drink is rum! But do not forget that fruit juices in the Dominican Republic are also excellent! Stock up on vitamins! Well, to stock up on energy for the whole day – start it with a cup of aromatic Dominican coffee! You won’t try this anywhere else!

A detailed guide to Dominican cuisine is here:

Read also: Dominican cuisine

Wedding in the Dominican Republic

, a tropical island will come in handy! In the Dominican Republic, the wedding will be bright, original and truly unforgettable.

Considered by many to be one of the most romantic places on earth, the Dominican Republic has a lot to offer honeymooners. Magnificent landscapes, mild climate, warm welcome – and already a well-established wedding industry.

You can organize a wedding on a white sandy beach, in a palm grove or among colonial architecture – you can choose the location that suits you.

A wedding ceremony can be official (with paperwork and a marriage certificate) or symbolic (with no legal consequences).

In the first case, you will need to collect a package of documents, translate them into Spanish and certify with a notary. Our coordinator will help you with all the formalities – you can find out about the services on our website.

Organizing a symbolic ceremony is much easier: you don’t have to contact the authorities, and the price will be much lower. A small buffet, a beautiful wedding arch, a sand ceremony – a great start to family life!

We have been organizing weddings for many years and have prepared the most detailed material on preparing for this wonderful event in the Dominican Republic:

See also: Wedding in the Dominican Republic: practical tips

Photo shoots in the Dominican Republic

Our tropical island, with beautiful weather all year round, is ideal for a variety of photo shoots: individual shooting, love story, marriage proposal and Wednesday, family photo session.

For a flawless result, contact trusted professionals. Choose from those presented on our website: our photographers have been working in the Dominican Republic for many years and are well versed in local intricacies.

Holidays in the Dominican Republic

As usual for the inhabitants of warm countries, the Dominicans like to arrange magnificent and bright holidays. If you are going to the Dominican Republic, be sure to study the local calendar and poster – you will almost certainly be able to catch something very interesting!

Since Catholicism is widespread in the Dominican Republic, many holidays have Christian roots. For example, Holy Week, Semana Santa, is widely celebrated here.

Locals walk loudly and for any reason. The Mango Festival and the Rum Festival are held here every year, the Independence Day of the Republic and various Christian holidays are celebrated. In summer you can visit the beautiful Merengue Music Festival.

Perhaps the most important holiday for the Dominicans is Catholic Christmas, which is celebrated here on a special scale. Well, elegant giant Christmas trees look very colorful in the tropics at 27 degrees Celsius!

The main cultural event of the country is the Dominican Carnival, preparations for which begin long before the event. Colorful processions take place throughout the island from the end of January to the end of February. The final part takes place in the capital of the country, Santo Domingo, and is called Desfile Nacional – National Parade.

How do Dominicans spend their holidays? Read in our article:

Read also: What to do in the Dominican Republic to make your vacation a success?

Souvenirs and shopping in the Dominican Republic

What to bring from the Dominican Republic?

Rum . Dominican rum is considered one of the best in the world, which the Dominicans themselves are proud of. The most popular brands of rum in the Dominican Republic:

• “Ron Barselo”
• “Brugal”
• “Bermudez”
• “Macorix”

Mamajuana . A traditional aromatic tincture made from rum, wine and honey on highland plants. The strength of the drink is 30 degrees. Popular rumor ascribes to him the properties of an aphrodisiac and the best remedy for any ailments.

Larimar . Semi-precious stone of pale blue color – mined only in the Dominican Republic.

Cocoa balls . Another Dominican exclusive. They are made by preserving the most valuable component of cocoa beans – healing cocoa butter. Therefore, the drink brewed from them has excellent taste, medicinal and nutritional properties.

Coffee . Even the cheapest Dominican coffee (Santo Domingo) will give odds to many famous coffee brands. What can we say about the elite varieties of coffee grown in the fertile valleys and highlands of the Dominican Republic. Be sure to treat yourself to this fragrant and delicious drink!

Cigars . Dominican cigars are almost as popular as Cuban cigars. And the quality of the tobacco is just as good.

The most popular brands in the Dominican Republic, which are produced by large cigar factories:

• “La Aurora”
• Courvoisier
• “Antonio Fuente”
• “Davidoff”.

Lime faceless doll . A traditional figurine of a woman without a face, dressed in bright national clothes. The doll embodies the diversity of the faces of the local people, because the Dominicans have Indian, European and African roots.

Articles made from « ironwood » Guayacan, the densest on the planet. This tree almost does not burn and does not give in to pests, even a small sliver of it immediately sinks in water.

Painting in the style of “Haitian naive”. Bright, childishly primitive and kind paintings are sold in every souvenir shop. They depict Caribbean landscapes, the writings of the Taino Indians or local residents at work.

Quality souvenirs can be bought at OlaSouvenirs stores, where you will find friendly Russian-speaking staff, lots of treats, gifts and surprises.